TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1 , 2016

Registration No. 333-      

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
6331
98-0664337
(State or other jurisdiction of
(Primary Standard Industrial
(I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)
Classification Code Number)
Identification Number)

2221 Edward Holland Drive, Suite 600
Richmond, VA 23230
(804) 289-1300
(Address including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Michael P. Kehoe
President and Chief Executive Officer
Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.
2221 Edward Holland Drive, Suite 600
Richmond, VA 23230
Telephone: (804) 289-1300
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Gregory A. Fernicola, Esq.
Dwight S. Yoo, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
(212) 735-3000
(212) 735-2000 (facsimile)
Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., Esq.
Byron B. Rooney, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
(212) 450-4000
(212) 701-5800 (facsimile)

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Large accelerated filer o
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer ☒
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class
of securities to be registered
Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price (1)
Amount of
registration fee
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
$100,000,000
$10,070.00

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated July 1 , 2016

Preliminary prospectus

          shares


Common stock

This is the initial public offering of common stock of Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. We are offering           shares of our common stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional           shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is estimated to be between $          and $          per share. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “KNSL.” The listing will be subject to the approval of our application.

 
Per Share
Total
Initial public offering price
$
         
 
$
         
 
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)(2)
$
         
 
$
         
 
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$
         
 
$
         
 
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
$
         
 
$
         
 
(1) The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional           shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount.
(2) We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses. See “Underwriting (conflicts of interests).”

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk factors” beginning on page 13 .

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startup Act and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus summary — Implications of being an emerging growth company.”

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission or regulatory authority has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock through the book-entry facilities of the Depository Trust Company on or about          , 2016.

   

J.P. Morgan
William Blair

RBC Capital Markets

 
 
 
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey
Dowling & Partners Securities LLC
Moelis & Company

                  , 2016

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

About this prospectus

Market and industry data

In this prospectus, we present certain market and industry data. This information is based on third-party sources which we believe to be reliable. We have not independently verified any third-party information. Forecasts and projections are based on historical market data, other publicly available information, our knowledge of our industry and assumptions based on such information and knowledge. These forecasts and projections have not been verified by any independent source. In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industry’s future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk factors.” These and other factors could cause future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See “Forward-looking statements.”

Trademarks and service marks

This prospectus contains references to a number of trademarks and service marks which are our registered trademarks or service marks, such as “Kinsale Capital Group,” or trademarks or service marks for which we have pending applications or common law rights. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names are referred to in this prospectus without the SM and ® symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that the owner thereof will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, such owner’s rights to their trademarks, service marks and trade names.

Other considerations

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our shares of common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Information contained on our website is not part of this prospectus.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of shares of common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all the information you should consider before making an investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk factors,” “Forward-looking statements,” “Selected consolidated financial and other data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. References in this prospectus to the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” are to Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires. References to “Kinsale” are to Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. only. References to “Kinsale Insurance” are to our subsidiary Kinsale Insurance Company, an Arkansas insurance company. For the definitions of certain terms used in this prospectus, see “Glossary of selected insurance and other terms.”

Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.

Who we are

Founded in 2009, we are an established and growing specialty insurance company. We focus exclusively on the excess and surplus lines (“E&S”) market in the U.S., where we can use our underwriting expertise to write coverages for hard-to-place small business risks. We market and sell these insurance products in all 50 states and the District of Columbia through a network of independent insurance brokers. We have an experienced and cohesive management team, who have an average of 20 years of experience in the E&S market. Many of our employees and members of our management team have also worked together for decades at other E&S insurance companies.

Our goal is to deliver long-term value for our stockholders by growing our business and generating attractive returns. We seek to accomplish this by generating consistent and attractive underwriting profits while managing our capital prudently. We have built a company that is entrepreneurial and highly efficient, using our proprietary technology platform and leveraging the expertise of our highly experienced employees in our daily operations. We believe our systems and technology are at the digital forefront of the insurance industry, allowing us to quickly collect and analyze data, thereby improving our ability to manage our business and reducing response times for our customers. We believe that we have differentiated ourselves from our competitors by effectively leveraging technology, vigilantly controlling expenses and maintaining control over our underwriting and claims operations.

We have significantly grown our business and have generated attractive returns. We have organically grown our stockholders’ equity from $76.5 million as of December 31, 2013 to $120.8 million as of March 31, 2016, a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 22.5%. We have grown our gross written premiums from $125.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $177.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a CAGR of 18.9%. Our return on equity and combined ratio were 21.6% and 60.6%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 18.0% and 79.6%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2016. Our adjusted combined ratio (a non-GAAP financial measure), which excludes the effects of our multi-line quota share reinsurance agreement (“MLQS”) was 77.5% for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 82.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2016. For a reconciliation of adjusted combined ratio to combined ratio, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Factors affecting our results of operations — The MLQS.” We believe that we are well positioned to continue to capitalize on attractive opportunities in our target market and to prudently grow our business.

Our products

We write a broad array of insurance coverages for risks that are unique or hard-to-place in the standard insurance market. Typical E&S risks include newly established companies or industries, high-risk operations, insureds in litigious venues, or companies with poor loss histories. We target

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

classes of business where our underwriters have extensive experience, allowing us to compete effectively and earn attractive risk-adjusted returns. Our underwriters specialize in individual lines of business which allow them to develop in-depth knowledge and experience of the risks they underwrite. Our core client focus is small to medium-sized accounts, which we believe tend to be subject to less competition and have better pricing. The average premium on a policy written by us in 2015 was $10,424. We believe that our strategy, experience and expertise allow us to compete effectively in the E&S market and will enable us to generate attractive long-term stockholder value.

In 2015, the percentage breakdown of our gross written premiums was 94.4% casualty and 5.6% property. Our commercial lines offerings include construction, small business, professional liability, excess casualty, energy, general casualty, life sciences, allied health, product liability, health care, commercial property, management liability, inland marine, environmental, public entity and commercial insurance. We also write a small amount of homeowners insurance in the personal lines market, which in aggregate represented 2.2% of our gross written premiums in 2015.

The following table shows our gross written premiums by underwriting division for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 and the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2016
2015
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Gross written premium by division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
$
9,252
 
$
8,112
 
$
36,932
 
$
31,667
 
$
22,709
 
Small business
 
6,432
 
 
4,286
 
 
21,468
 
 
14,462
 
 
8,246
 
Professional liability
 
3,945
 
 
4,276
 
 
14,636
 
 
14,698
 
 
14,108
 
Excess casualty
 
3,645
 
 
3,840
 
 
16,194
 
 
15,595
 
 
12,748
 
Energy
 
3,644
 
 
4,388
 
 
19,022
 
 
17,381
 
 
12,714
 
General casualty
 
3,086
 
 
5,000
 
 
20,511
 
 
20,597
 
 
15,702
 
Life sciences
 
2,859
 
 
2,561
 
 
11,935
 
 
10,456
 
 
7,826
 
Allied health
 
2,126
 
 
2,031
 
 
8,644
 
 
8,341
 
 
8,373
 
Products liability
 
2,091
 
 
2,067
 
 
9,480
 
 
8,931
 
 
6,797
 
Healthcare
 
1,877
 
 
1,892
 
 
6,579
 
 
6,479
 
 
7,334
 
Commercial property
 
1,118
 
 
1,524
 
 
6,181
 
 
7,024
 
 
8,181
 
Management liability
 
617
 
 
 
 
420
 
 
 
 
 
Inland marine
 
386
 
 
 
 
195
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental
 
328
 
 
131
 
 
1,005
 
 
164
 
 
160
 
Public entity
 
223
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial insurance
 
110
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total commercial
 
41,739
 
 
40,108
 
 
173,202
 
 
155,795
 
 
124,898
 
Personal:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personal insurance
 
1,343
 
 
822
 
 
3,807
 
 
2,728
 
 
369
 
Total
$
43,082
 
$
40,930
 
$
177,009
 
$
158,523
 
$
125,267
 

As an E&S insurance company, we are not subject to the rate and form requirements of state insurance regulators. Therefore, we have more flexibility to use policy forms and rates that we believe are appropriate for the risks that we underwrite. Because the underlying risks that we underwrite tend to have unique qualities, we evaluate those risks and use customized pricing and terms and conditions to meet the needs of the insured. This customized approach provides us with the opportunity to achieve attractive long-term growth and profitability.

Kinsale Insurance, our principal operating subsidiary, has been assigned an “A-” (Excellent) rating by A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”), a leading rating agency for the insurance industry. This rating is based on matters of concern to policyholders and is not designed or intended for use by investors in evaluating our securities.

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our competitive strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

Exclusive focus on the E&S market. The E&S, or non-admitted, market has historically operated at lower loss ratios and higher margins, and has grown direct premiums written more quickly than the admitted market. From 2001 to 2014, A.M. Best’s domestic professional surplus lines composite produced an average net loss and loss adjustment expense ratio of 68.4% and grew direct premiums written by 7.7% annually, versus 74.3% and 3.4%, respectively, for the property and casualty (“P&C”) industry.

Underwriting expertise across a broad spectrum of hard-to-place risks. We have a broad appetite to underwrite a diverse set of risks across the E&S market. Our underwriting team is highly experienced, and individually underwrites each risk to appropriately price and structure solutions. We balance our broad risk appetite by maintaining a diversified book of smaller accounts with strong pricing and well defined coverages. Unlike many of our competitors, we do not extend underwriting authority to brokers, agents or other third parties. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our loss ratio was 56.8%; our adjusted loss ratio (a non-GAAP financial measure), which excludes the effects of our MLQS, for the same year was 51.5%. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, our loss ratio and adjusted loss ratio were 59.2% and 55.3%, respectively. For a reconciliation of adjusted loss ratio to loss ratio, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Factors affecting our results of operations — The MLQS.”

Technology is a core competency. As an insurance company that was founded in 2009, we have the benefit of having built a proprietary technology platform that reflects the best practices our management team has learned from its extensive prior experience. We operate on a single digital platform with a data warehouse that collects a vast array of statistical data. Our platform provides a high degree of efficiency, accuracy and speed across all of our processes. We are able to use the data that we collect to quickly analyze trends across all functions in our business. Our customized proprietary system helps us to reduce the risk of administrative errors in our policy forms and include all of the necessary exclusions for the specified risk, and provides for the efficient and accurate handling of claims. Additionally, our systems enable us to rapidly respond to brokers, allowing our underwriters to reply to the majority of submissions within 24 hours, a significant benefit to our brokers. We believe that our technology platform will provide us with an enduring competitive advantage as it allows us to quickly respond to market opportunities, and will continue to scale as our business grows.

Significantly lower expense ratio than our competitors. Expense management is ingrained in our business culture. We believe that our proprietary technology platform coupled with our low-cost operation allow us to process policy quotes, underwrite policies and operate at a lower cost than our direct competitors. In particular, our efficient platform allows us to provide a higher level of service to our brokers and to target smaller accounts which we believe are generally subject to less competition. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our expense ratio was 3.8%; our adjusted expense ratio (a non-GAAP financial measure), which excludes the effects of our MLQS, for the same year was 26.0%. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, our expense ratio and adjusted expense ratio were 20.4% and 26.8%, respectively. For a reconciliation of adjusted expense ratio to expense ratio, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Factors affecting our results of operations — The MLQS.”

Fully integrated claims management. We believe that actively managing our claims is an important aspect of keeping losses low, while accurately setting reserves. We manage all of our claims in-house and do not delegate claims management authority to third parties. We promptly and thoroughly investigate all claims, generally through direct contact with the insured, and leverage both our systems and our underwriters to gather the relevant facts. When we believe claims are without merit, we vigorously contest payment. We currently average 120 open claims per claims

3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

adjuster, which we believe is significantly lower than industry average. As of March 31, 2016, our reserves for claims incurred but not reported were approximately 78.4% of our total net loss reserves. Only 24.3% of claims for accident years 2013 and prior were open as of March 31, 2016.

Entrepreneurial management team with a track record of success. Our management team is highly experienced with an average of 20 years of relevant experience, bringing together a full suite of underwriting, claims, technology and operating skills that we believe will drive our long-term success. The majority of our management team has a proven track record of successfully building high performing specialty insurance companies. We are led by Michael Kehoe who, prior to founding Kinsale, was the president and chief executive officer of James River Insurance Company from 2002 until 2008. Prior to James River Insurance Company, Mr. Kehoe held several senior positions at Colony Insurance Company. Many of our other employees and members of our management team worked with Mr. Kehoe at James River Insurance Company and have decades of experience at other E&S insurance companies. As meaningful owners of Kinsale, we believe our management team has closely aligned interests with our stockholders.

Our Board of Directors has deep insurance and financial services industry experience. Our Board of Directors is comprised of accomplished industry veterans. Collectively, our board members bring decades of experience from their prior roles operating and working in insurance and other financial services companies.

Our strategy

We believe that our approach to our business will allow us to achieve our goals of both growing our business and generating attractive returns. Our approach involves:

Expand our presence in the E&S market. According to A.M. Best, the total E&S market was approximately $40.2 billion of gross written premiums in 2014. Based on our 2015 gross written premiums of $177.0 million, our current market share is less than 0.5%. We believe that our exclusive focus on the E&S market and our high levels of service, including our ability to quote, underwrite and bind insurance policies in a timely manner given our efficient systems, allow us to better serve our brokers and positions us to profitably increase our market share.

Generate underwriting profits. We will continue to focus on underwriting profitability regardless of market cycles. Our strategy is to concentrate on hard-to-place risks and to maintain adequate rate levels for the risks that we underwrite. We maintain control over our underwriting process to ensure consistent quality of work. We underwrite each account individually and never delegate authority to any outside agents or brokers.

Maintain a contrarian risk appetite. Our flexibility as an E&S insurer enables us to write business at attractive returns while offering competitive policies to our brokers and insureds. We believe we distinguish ourselves in the market with our contrarian risk appetite and our willingness to offer terms on risks requiring more extensive underwriting that some of our competitors may decline to consider. Such accounts frequently offer us a better risk-adjusted return than those preferred by our competitors due to reduced competition.

Leverage investment in technology to drive efficiencies. We use a proprietary technology platform to drive a high level of efficiency, accuracy and speed in our underwriting and quoting process. We have organized our workflows, designed our systems and aligned our staff to provide superior service levels to brokers while achieving a level of efficiency that we believe provides us with a competitive advantage and helps contribute to our low expense ratio. We believe that automation also reduces human error in our underwriting, policy processing, accounting, collections, and claims adjusting processes. Additionally, we are able to track quotes, monitor historical loss experience and reserve development, and measure other relevant metrics at a granular level of detail. We believe that our technology is scalable and will allow us to maintain a low expense ratio as we continue to organically grow our business.

Maintain a strong balance sheet. In order to maintain the confidence of policyholders, brokers, reinsurers, investors, regulators and rating agencies, we seek to establish and maintain a conservative balance sheet. We have a robust process for setting our loss reserves and regularly

4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

review our estimates. In addition, we maintain a conservative investment portfolio. Our strong balance sheet allows us to maintain the confidence of our investors and other constituencies, and thereby position ourselves to better achieve our goals.

Our challenges and risks

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. The risks described under the heading “Risk factors” immediately following this summary may cause us to not realize the benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the more significant risks include:

Our loss reserves may be inadequate to cover our actual losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Given the inherent uncertainty of models, the usefulness of such models as a tool to evaluate risk is subject to a high degree of uncertainty that could result in actual losses that are materially different than our estimates, including probable maximum losses (“PMLs”). A deviation from our loss estimates may adversely impact, perhaps significantly, our financial results.
Adverse economic factors, including recession, inflation, periods of high unemployment or lower economic activity could result in the sale of fewer policies than expected or an increase in frequency or severity of claims and premium defaults or both, which, in turn, could affect our growth and profitability.
A decline in our financial strength rating may adversely affect the amount of business we write.
We could be adversely affected by the loss of one or more key executives or by an inability to attract and retain qualified personnel.
We rely on a select group of brokers, and such relationships may not continue. 46.3% of our gross written premiums were distributed through five of our brokers in 2015, with two brokers accounting for 22.8% of our gross written premiums.
Because our business depends on insurance brokers, we are exposed to certain risks arising out of our reliance on these distribution channels that could adversely affect our results.
The failure of any of the loss limitations or exclusions we employ, or changes in other claims or coverage issues, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Performance of our investment portfolio is subject to a variety of investment risks that may adversely affect our financial results.
Our E&S insurance operations are subject to increased risk from changing market conditions and our business is cyclical in nature, which may affect our financial performance.
Because we are a holding company and substantially all of our operations are conducted by our insurance subsidiary, our ability to pay dividends and service our debt obligations depends on our ability to obtain cash dividends or other permitted payments from our insurance subsidiary.
There is no public market for our common stock and a market may never develop.
Our stock price may be volatile, or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or our industry or if they issue unfavorable commentary or issue negative recommendations with respect to our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our common stock may depress the market price of our common stock.
The Moelis Funds will be able to exert significant influence over us and our corporate decisions.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Moelis Funds have no obligation to offer us corporate opportunities.
We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.
You will incur immediate dilution as a result of this offering.
We will be required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to achieve and maintain effective internal controls, our operating results and financial condition could be harmed.
We are eligible to be treated as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and are availing ourselves of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in this offering and may not use them effectively.
Certain underwriters are affiliates of our controlling stockholder and have interests in this offering beyond customary underwriting discounts and commissions.
Applicable insurance laws may make it difficult to effect a change of control.

Principal executive office and corporate information

Our office is located at 2221 Edward Holland Drive, Suite 600, Richmond, Virginia 23230 and our telephone number is (804) 289-1300. Our website is www.kinsaleins.com. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

Implications of being an emerging growth company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), enacted in April 2012. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related disclosure in our “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” (“MD&A”) in this prospectus (though we chose to include three years of audited financial statements and related disclosures in the MD&A);
not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);
the ability to use an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, of which we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves;
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and
exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. Such fifth anniversary will occur in 2021. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our gross revenues for any fiscal year equal or exceed $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

Our principal stockholder

We are controlled by, and after giving effect to this offering, will continue to be subject to the significant influence of funds managed by, or entities affiliated with, Moelis Capital Partners LLC (collectively, the “Moelis Funds”). The Moelis Funds will be selling stockholders in this offering, and immediately following the completion of this offering, are expected to own, in the aggregate, approximately    % of our outstanding common stock, or    % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in full. See “Principal and selling stockholders.” So long as the Moelis Funds own a significant amount of our outstanding common stock, the Moelis Funds will be able to exert significant influence over us and our corporate decisions. See “Risk factors — Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock — The Moelis Funds will be able to exert significant influence over us and our corporate decisions.”

NexPhase Capital, LP (“NexPhase Capital”) is a sector-focused independent private equity firm that makes control investments in lower middle market growth-oriented companies and also provides investment advisory services to Moelis Capital Partners LLC, pursuant to a sub-investment advisory arrangement whereby it acts as investment advisor to the Moelis Funds.

Our structure

The chart below displays our corporate structure:


Reclassification of Class A and Class B Common Stock

Concurrently with the completion of the offering, we will reclassify the outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock into shares of our common stock in order to simplify our capital structure. This reclassification will include the following:

the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock (of which           shares of our Class A Common Stock are outstanding as of July 1, 2016), plus accrued and unpaid dividends, into an aggregate of           shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, and
the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our Class B Common Stock (of which           shares of our Class B Common Stock are outstanding as of July 1, 2016) into an aggregate of           shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering,

in each case, assuming an initial public offering price of $          per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus, and a reclassification date of          , 2016. In

7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the event that the initial public offering price in this offering is less than $       per share, the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable in exchange for the Class A Common Stock will be increased and the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable in exchange for the Class B Common Stock will be decreased. In the event that the initial public offering price in this offering is more than $       per share, the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable in exchange for the Class A Common Stock will be decreased and the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable in exchange for the Class B Common Stock will be increased. The exact amount of any such adjustments, if any, will be based on the actual per share initial public offering price. However, any such adjustments will not result in any change to the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable in exchange for the Class A and Class B Common Stock as a whole, nor any change in the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering (other than any increase or decrease resulting from the elimination of fractional shares).

We refer to the reclassification of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock described above as the “reclassification”. The reclassification is described under “Description of share capital — Reclassification of Class A and Class B Common Stock” beginning on page 126 .

8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary consolidated financial and other data

The following tables present our summary consolidated financial and other data, at the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated financial and other data set forth below as of December 31, 20 15 and 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of our management, our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus include all adjustments, consisting of only normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth herein.

These historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. Our historical share information does not give effect to the reclassification we will complete concurrently with the completion of the offering. The following information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2016
2015
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross written premiums
$
43,082
 
$
40,930
 
$
177,009
 
$
158,523
 
$
125,267
 
Ceded written premiums
 
4,713
 
 
(23,944
)
 
(92,991
)
 
(97,012
)
 
(80,870
)
Net written premiums
$
47,795
 
$
16,986
 
$
84,018
 
$
61,511
 
$
44,397
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earned premiums
$
30,597
 
$
16,441
 
$
74,322
 
$
58,996
 
$
45,122
 
Net investment income
 
1,676
 
 
1,214
 
 
5,643
 
 
4,070
 
 
3,344
 
Net investment gains
 
387
 
 
8
 
 
59
 
 
201
 
 
8
 
Other income
 
58
 
 
124
 
 
572
 
 
409
 
 
10
 
Total revenues
 
32,718
 
 
17,787
 
 
80,596
 
 
63,676
 
 
48,484
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
18,121
 
 
9,218
 
 
42,238
 
 
41,108
 
 
28,890
 
Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses
 
6,248
 
 
331
 
 
2,809
 
 
1,451
 
 
6,894
 
Other expenses
 
460
 
 
496
 
 
1,992
 
 
1,644
 
 
597
 
Total expenses
 
24,829
 
 
10,045
 
 
47,039
 
 
44,203
 
 
36,381
 
Income before income taxes
 
7,889
 
 
7,742
 
 
33,557
 
 
19,473
 
 
12,103
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
2,632
 
 
2,626
 
 
11,284
 
 
6,500
 
 
(164
)
Net income
$
5,257
 
$
5,116
 
$
22,273
 
$
12,973
 
$
12,267
 
Underwriting income (1)
$
6,228
 
$
6,892
 
$
29,275
 
$
16,437
 
$
9,338
 

9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
At March 31,
At December 31,
 
2016
2015
2015
2014
 
(in thousands)
Balance sheet data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and invested assets
$
393,663
 
$
308,212
 
$
368,685
 
$
292,285
 
Premiums receivable, net
 
16,528
 
 
15,474
 
 
15,550
 
 
14,226
 
Reinsurance recoverables
 
75,162
 
 
68,244
 
 
95,670
 
 
70,348
 
Ceded unearned premiums
 
22,088
 
 
42,836
 
 
39,329
 
 
42,565
 
Intangible assets
 
3,538
 
 
3,538
 
 
3,538
 
 
3,538
 
Total assets
 
530,192
 
 
452,233
 
 
545,278
 
 
437,604
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
235,277
 
 
172,923
 
 
219,629
 
 
162,210
 
Unearned premiums
 
81,670
 
 
76,069
 
 
81,713
 
 
75,253
 
Funds held for reinsurers
 
46,890
 
 
61,563
 
 
87,206
 
 
63,932
 
Note payable
 
29,643
 
 
27,521
 
 
29,603
 
 
27,484
 
Total liabilities
 
409,351
 
 
353,770
 
 
431,827
 
 
345,018
 
Total stockholders’ equity
 
120,841
 
 
98,463
 
 
113,451
 
 
92,586
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible stockholders’ equity (2)
$
118,541
 
$
96,163
 
$
111,151
 
$
90,286
 
Debt to total capitalization ratio (3)
 
19.8
%
 
22.0
%
 
20.8
%
 
23.1
%
Statutory capital and surplus (4)
$
130,323
 
$
109,297
 
$
127,675
 
$
104,101
 
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2016
2015
2015
2014
2013
Underwriting and other ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss ratio (5)
 
59.2
%
 
56.1
%
 
56.8
%
 
69.7
%
 
64.0
%
Expense ratio (6)
 
20.4
%
 
2.0
%
 
3.8
%
 
2.4
%
 
15.3
%
Combined ratio (7)
 
79.6
%
 
58.1
%
 
60.6
%
 
72.1
%
 
79.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted loss ratio (8)
 
55.3
%
 
51.4
%
 
51.5
%
 
59.4
%
 
58.5
%
Adjusted expense ratio (8)
 
26.8
%
 
25.8
%
 
26.0
%
 
24.7
%
 
26.9
%
Adjusted combined ratio (8)
 
82.1
%
 
77.2
%
 
77.5
%
 
84.1
%
 
85.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on equity (9)
 
18.0
%
 
21.4
%
 
21.6
%
 
15.3
%
 
17.0
%

(1) Underwriting income is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of underwriting income to net income in accordance with GAAP.

(2) Tangible stockholders’ equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Liquidity and capital resources — Financial condition” for a reconciliation of tangible stockholders’ equity to stockholders’ equity.

(3) The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of total indebtedness for borrowed money, including capitalized lease obligations, to the sum of total indebtedness for borrowed money, including capitalized lease obligations, and stockholders’ equity.

(4) For our insurance subsidiary, the excess of assets over liabilities as determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles as determined by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”).

(5) The loss ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of losses and loss adjustment expenses to net earned premiums, net of the effects of reinsurance.

(6) The expense ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses to net earned premiums.

(7) The combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. A combined ratio under 100% generally indicates an underwriting profit. A combined ratio over 100% generally indicates an underwriting loss.

(8) The adjusted loss ratio, adjusted expense ratio and adjusted combined ratio are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Factors affecting our results of operations — The MLQS.”

(9) Return on equity represents net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending stockholders’ equity during the period.

10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The offering

Common stock offered by us in this offering ..
       shares
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders
       shares
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering
       shares
Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares
The underwriters have an option for a period of 30 days to purchase from the selling stockholders up to an additional        shares of our common stock.
Use of proceeds
We intend to use the proceeds from the offering to make contributions to the capital of our insurance subsidiary and for other general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering. See “Use of proceeds.”
Dividend policy
We intend to pay quarterly dividends on our common stock. The declaration, payment and amount of future dividends will be subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. See “Dividend policy.”
Stock exchange symbol
“KNSL”
Risk factors
You should read the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
Directed share program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to   % of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us. See “Executive compensation — Management and principal stockholder participation in this offering.”
Conflicts of interest
Moelis & Company LLC, an underwriter of this offering, is an affiliate of the Moelis Funds, our controlling stockholder. Since the Moelis Funds beneficially own more than 10% of our outstanding common stock, a “conflict of interest” is deemed to exist under Rule 5121(f)(5)(B) of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulation Authority (referred to as “FINRA”). Rule 5121 permits Moelis & Company LLC to participate in the offering notwithstanding this conflict of interest because J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, the underwriters primarily responsible for

11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

managing this offering, satisfy the criteria required by Rule 5121(f)(12)(E) and none of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, William Blair & Company, L.L.C. or RBC Capital Markets, LLC nor their respective affiliates have a conflict of interest with us. In accordance with Rule 5121, Moelis & Company LLC will not sell our common stock to a discretionary account without receiving written approval from the account holder. See “Underwriting (conflicts of interest).”

The number of shares of common stock outstanding after the offering is based on our outstanding shares as of          , 2016 after giving effect to the reclassification, but excludes shares of common stock reserved as of          , 2016 for future issuance under our Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Incentive Plan”).

Unless otherwise indicated and except for our historical consolidated financial information and our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, the information in this prospectus:

assumes that the initial public offering price of the common stock will be $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus;
gives effect to the completion of the reclassification;
assumes a reclassification date of          , 2016; and
assumes the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated by-laws upon the closing of this offering.

Any increase or decrease in the initial public offering price as compared to the assumed initial public offering price will change the relative percentages of common stock owned by the former holders of Class A and Class B Common Stock, but will not change the aggregate number of shares outstanding following the completion of this offering.

12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. There may be additional risks and uncertainties of which we currently are unaware or currently believe to be immaterial. The occurrence of any of these risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations or prospects. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks related to our business and our industry

Our loss reserves may be inadequate to cover our actual losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends on our ability to accurately assess the risks related to the businesses and people that we insure. We establish loss and loss adjustment expense reserves for the ultimate payment of all claims that have been incurred, and the related costs of adjusting those claims, as of the date of our financial statements. Reserves do not represent an exact calculation of liability. Rather, reserves represent an estimate of what we expect the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost us, and our ultimate liability may be greater or less than our estimate.

As part of the reserving process, we review historical data and consider the impact of such factors as:

claims inflation, which is the sustained increase in cost of raw materials, labor, medical services and other components of claims cost;
claims development patterns by line of business and by “claims made” versus “occurrence” policies;
legislative activity;
social and economic patterns; and
litigation and regulatory trends.

These variables are affected by both internal and external events that could increase our exposure to losses, and we continually monitor our reserves using new information on reported claims and a variety of statistical techniques. This process assumes that past experience, adjusted for the effects of current developments and anticipated trends, is an appropriate basis for predicting future events. There is, however, no precise method for evaluating the impact of any specific factor on the adequacy of reserves, and actual results may deviate, perhaps substantially, from our reserve estimates. For instance, the following uncertainties may have an impact on the adequacy of our resources:

When we write “occurrence” policies, we are obligated to pay covered claims, up to the contractually agreed amount, for any covered loss that occurs while the policy is in force. Accordingly, claims may arise many years after a policy has lapsed. Approximately 77.2% of our net casualty loss reserves were associated with “occurrence” policies as of March 31, 2016.
Even when a claim is received (irrespective of whether the policy is a “claims made” or “occurrence” basis form), it may take considerable time to fully appreciate the extent of the covered loss suffered by the insured and, consequently, estimates of loss associated with specific claims can increase over time.
New theories of liability are enforced retroactively from time to time by courts. See also “—The failure of any of the loss limitations or exclusions we employ, or changes in other claims or coverage issues, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.”

13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Volatility in the financial markets, economic events and other external factors may result in an increase in the number of claims and severity of the claims reported. In addition, elevated inflationary conditions would, among other things, cause loss costs to increase. See also “—Adverse economic factors, including recession, inflation, periods of high unemployment or lower economic activity could result in the sale of fewer policies than expected or an increase in frequency or severity of claims and premium defaults or both, which, in turn, could affect our growth and profitability.”
If claims were to become more frequent, even if we had no liability for those claims, the cost of evaluating such potential claims could escalate beyond the amount of the reserves we have established. As we enter new lines of business, or as a result of new theories of claims, we may encounter an increase in claims frequency and greater claims handling costs than we had anticipated.

In addition, there may be significant reporting lags between the occurrence of the insured event and the time it is actually reported to us and additional lags between the time of reporting and final settlement of any claims. Consequently, estimates of loss associated with specified claims can increase as new information emerges, which could cause the reserves for the claim to become inadequate.

If any of our reserves should prove to be inadequate, we will be required to increase our reserves resulting in a reduction in our net income and stockholders’ equity in the period in which the deficiency is identified. Future loss experience substantially in excess of established reserves could also have a material adverse effect on our future earnings and liquidity and our financial rating.

For further discussion of our reserve experience, please see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Critical accounting estimates — Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses.”

Given the inherent uncertainty of models, the usefulness of such models as a tool to evaluate risk is subject to a high degree of uncertainty that could result in actual losses that are materially different than our estimates, including PMLs . A deviation from our loss estimates may adversely impact, perhaps significantly, our financial results.

Our approach to risk management relies on subjective variables that entail significant uncertainties. For example, we rely heavily on estimates of PMLs for certain events that are generated by computer-run models. In addition, we rely on historical data and scenarios in managing credit and interest rate risks in our investment portfolio. These estimates, models, data and scenarios may not produce accurate predictions and consequently, we could incur losses both in the risks we underwrite and to the value of our investment portfolio.

We use third-party vendor analytic and modeling capabilities to provide us with objective risk assessment relating to other risks in our reinsurance portfolio. We use these models to help us control risk accumulation, inform management and other stakeholders of capital requirements and to improve the risk/return profile or minimize the amount of capital required to cover the risks in each of our reinsurance contracts. However, given the inherent uncertainty of modeling techniques and the application of such techniques, these models and databases may not accurately address a variety of matters which might impact certain of our coverages.

Small changes in assumptions, which depend heavily on our judgment and foresight, can have a significant impact on the modeled outputs. For example, catastrophe models that simulate loss estimates based on a set of assumptions are important tools used by us to estimate our PMLs. These assumptions address a number of factors that impact loss potential including, but not limited to, the characteristics of a given natural catastrophe event; the increase in claim costs resulting from limited supply of labor and materials needed for repairs following a catastrophe event (demand surge); the types, function, location and characteristics of exposed risks; susceptibility of exposed risks to damage from an event with specific characteristics; and the financial and contractual provisions of the (re)insurance contracts that cover losses arising from an event. We run many model simulations in order to understand the impact of these assumptions on a catastrophe’s loss potential. Furthermore, there are risks associated with catastrophe events, which are either poorly

14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

represented or not represented at all by catastrophe models. Each modeling assumption or un-modeled risk introduces uncertainty into PML estimates that management must consider. These uncertainties can include, but are not limited to, the following:

The models do not address all the possible hazard characteristics of a catastrophe peril (e.g., the precise path and wind speed of a hurricane);
The models may not accurately reflect the true frequency of events;
The models may not accurately reflect a risk’s vulnerability or susceptibility to damage for a given event characteristic;
The models may not accurately represent loss potential to insurance or reinsurance contract coverage limits, terms and conditions; and
The models may not accurately reflect the impact on the economy of the area affected or the financial, judicial, political, or regulatory impact on insurance claim payments during or following a catastrophe event.

Our PMLs are reviewed by management after the assessment of outputs from multiple third-party vendor models and other qualitative and quantitative assessments, including exposures not typically modeled in vendor models. Our methodology for estimating PMLs may differ from methods used by other companies and external parties given the various assumptions and judgments required to estimate a PML.

As a result of these factors and contingencies, our reliance on assumptions and data used to evaluate our entire reinsurance portfolio and specifically to estimate a PML is subject to a high degree of uncertainty that could result in actual losses that are materially different from our PML estimates and our financial results could be adversely affected.

Adverse economic factors, including recession, inflation, periods of high unemployment or lower economic activity could result in the sale of fewer policies than expected or an increase in frequency or severity of claims and premium defaults or both, which, in turn, could affect our growth and profitability.

Factors, such as business revenue, economic conditions, the volatility and strength of the capital markets and inflation can affect the business and economic environment. These same factors affect our ability to generate revenue and profits. In an economic downturn that is characterized by higher unemployment, declining spending and reduced corporate revenues, the demand for insurance products is generally adversely affected, which directly affects our premium levels and profitability. Negative economic factors may also affect our ability to receive the appropriate rate for the risk we insure with our policyholders and may adversely affect the number of policies we can write, including with respect to our opportunities to underwrite profitable business. In an economic downturn, our customers may have less need for insurance coverage, cancel existing insurance policies, modify their coverage or not renew the policies they hold with us. Existing policyholders may exaggerate or even falsify claims to obtain higher claims payments. These outcomes would reduce our underwriting profit to the extent these factors are not reflected in the rates we charge.

We underwrite a significant portion of our insurance in California, Texas and Florida. Any economic downturn in any such state could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

A decline in our financial strength rating may adversely affect the amount of business we write.

Participants in the insurance industry use ratings from independent ratings agencies, such as A.M. Best, as an important means of assessing the financial strength and quality of insurers. In setting its ratings, A.M. Best uses a quantitative and qualitative analysis of a company’s balance sheet strength, operating performance and business profile. This analysis includes comparisons to peers and industry standards as well as assessments of operating plans, philosophy and management. A.M. Best financial strength ratings range from “A++” (Superior) to “F” for insurance companies that

15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

have been publicly placed in liquidation. As of the date of this prospectus, A.M. Best has assigned a financial strength rating of “A-” (Excellent) to our operating subsidiary, Kinsale Insurance. A.M. Best assigns ratings that are intended to provide an independent opinion of an insurance company’s ability to meet its obligations to policyholders and such ratings are not evaluations directed to investors and are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold our common stock or any other securities we may issue. A.M. Best periodically reviews our financial strength rating and may revise it downward or revoke it at its sole discretion based primarily on its analysis of our balance sheet strength (including capital adequacy and loss adjustment expense reserve adequacy), operating performance and business profile. Factors that could affect such analysis include, but are not limited to:

if we change our business practices from our organizational business plan in a manner that no longer supports A.M. Best’s rating;
if unfavorable financial, regulatory or market trends affect us, including excess market capacity;
if our losses exceed our loss reserves;
if we have unresolved issues with government regulators;
if we are unable to retain our senior management or other key personnel;
if our investment portfolio incurs significant losses; or
if A.M. Best alters its capital adequacy assessment methodology in a manner that would adversely affect our rating.

These and other factors could result in a downgrade of our financial strength rating. A downgrade or withdrawal of our rating could result in any of the following consequences, among others:

causing our current and future brokers and insureds to choose other, more highly-rated competitors;
increasing the cost or reducing the availability of reinsurance to us;
severely limiting or preventing us from writing new and renewal insurance contracts; or
giving our lenders under our credit agreement the right to accelerate our debt.

In addition, in view of the earnings and capital pressures recently experienced by many financial institutions, including insurance companies, it is possible that rating organizations will heighten the level of scrutiny that they apply to such institutions, will increase the frequency and scope of their credit reviews, will request additional information from the companies that they rate or will increase the capital and other requirements employed in the rating organizations’ models for maintenance of certain ratings levels. We can offer no assurance that our rating will remain at its current level. It is possible that such reviews of us may result in adverse ratings consequences, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We could be adversely affected by the loss of one or more key executives or by an inability to attract and retain qualified personnel.

We depend on our ability to attract and retain experienced personnel and seasoned key executives who are knowledgeable about our business. The pool of talent from which we actively recruit is limited and may fluctuate based on market dynamics specific to our industry and independent of overall economic conditions. As such, higher demand for employees having the desired skills and expertise could lead to increased compensation expectations for existing and prospective personnel, making it difficult for us to retain and recruit key personnel and maintain labor costs at desired levels. Only our Chief Executive Officer has an employment agreement with us and is subject to a non-compete agreement. Should any of our key executives terminate their employment with us, or if we are unable to retain and attract talented personnel, we may be unable to maintain our current competitive position in the specialized markets in which we operate, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We rely on a select group of brokers, and such relationships may not continue.

We distribute the majority of our products through a select group of brokers. 46.3%, or $81.9 million, of our 2015 gross written premiums were distributed through five of our approximately 149 brokers, two of which accounting for 22.8%, or $40.3 million, of our 2015 gross written premiums.

Our relationship with any of these brokers may be discontinued at any time. Even if the relationships do continue, they may not be on terms that are profitable for us. The termination of a relationship with one or more significant brokers could result in lower gross written premiums and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or business prospects.

Because our business depends on insurance brokers, we are exposed to certain risks arising out of our reliance on these distribution channels that could adversely affect our results .

Certain premiums from policyholders, where the business is produced by brokers, are collected directly by the brokers and forwarded to our insurance subsidiary. In certain jurisdictions, when the insured pays its policy premium to its broker for payment on behalf of our insurance subsidiary, the premium might be considered to have been paid under applicable insurance laws and regulations. Accordingly, the insured would no longer be liable to us for those amounts, whether or not we have actually received the premium from that broker. Consequently, we assume a degree of credit risk associated with the brokers with whom we work. Where necessary, we review the financial condition of potential new brokers before we agree to transact business with them. Although the failure by any of our brokers to remit premiums to us has not been material to date, there may be instances where our brokers collect premiums but do not remit them to us and we may be required under applicable law to provide the coverage set forth in the policy despite the absence of related premiums being paid to us.

Because the possibility of these events occurring depends in large part upon the financial condition and internal operations of our brokers, we monitor broker behavior and review financial information on an as-needed basis. If we are unable to collect premiums from our brokers in the future, our underwriting profits may decline and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

The failure of any of the loss limitations or exclusions we employ, or changes in other claims or coverage issues, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Although we seek to mitigate our loss exposure through a variety of methods, the future is inherently unpredictable. It is difficult to predict the timing, frequency and severity of losses with statistical certainty. It is not possible to completely eliminate our exposure to unforecasted or unpredictable events and, to the extent that losses from such risks occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

For instance, various provisions of our policies, such as limitations or exclusions from coverage or choice of forum, which have been negotiated to limit our risks, may not be enforceable in the manner we intend. At the present time, we employ a variety of endorsements to our policies that limit exposure to known risks. As industry practices and legal, judicial, social and other conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge.

In addition, we design our policy terms to manage our exposure to expanding theories of legal liability like those which have given rise to claims for lead paint, asbestos, mold, construction defects and environmental matters. Many of the policies we issue also include conditions requiring the prompt reporting of claims to us and entitle us to decline coverage in the event of a violation of those conditions. Also, many of our policies limit the period during which a policyholder may bring a claim under the policy, which in many cases is shorter than the statutory period under which such claims can be brought against our policyholders. While these exclusions and limitations help us assess and reduce our loss exposure and help eliminate known exposures to certain risks, it is possible that a court or regulatory authority could nullify or void an exclusion or legislation could

17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

be enacted modifying or barring the use of such endorsements and limitations. These types of governmental actions could result in higher than anticipated losses and loss adjustment expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

As industry practices and legal, judicial, social and other environmental conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. Three examples of unanticipated risks that have affected the insurance industry are:

Asbestos liability applied to manufacturers of products and contractors who installed those products.
Apportionment of liability arising from subsidence claims assigned to subcontractors who may have been involved in mundane tasks (such as installing sheetrock in a home).
Court decisions, such as the 1995 Montrose decision in California, that read policy exclusions narrowly so as to expand coverage, thereby requiring insurers to create and write new exclusions.

These issues may adversely affect our business by either broadening coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the number or size of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until sometime after we have issued insurance contracts that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance contracts may not be known for many years after a contract is issued.

Performance of our investment portfolio is subject to a variety of investment risks that may adversely affect our financial results.

Our results of operations depend, in part, on the performance of our investment portfolio. We seek to hold a diversified portfolio of investments that is managed by professional investment advisory management firms in accordance with our investment policy and routinely reviewed by our Investment Committee. However, our investments are subject to general economic conditions and market risks as well as risks inherent to particular securities.

Our primary market risk exposures are to changes in interest rates and equity prices. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operation — Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk.” In recent years, interest rates have been at or near historic lows. A protracted low interest rate environment would continue to place pressure on our net investment income, particularly as it relates to fixed income securities and short-term investments, which, in turn, may adversely affect our operating results. Future increases in interest rates could cause the values of our fixed income securities portfolios to decline, with the magnitude of the decline depending on the duration of securities included in our portfolio and the amount by which interest rates increase. Some fixed income securities have call or prepayment options, which create possible reinvestment risk in declining rate environments. Other fixed income securities, such as mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, carry prepayment risk or, in a rising interest rate environment, may not prepay as quickly as expected.

The value of our investment portfolio is subject to the risk that certain investments may default or become impaired due to deterioration in the financial condition of one or more issuers of the securities we hold, or due to deterioration in the financial condition of an insurer that guarantees an issuer’s payments on such investments. Downgrades in the credit ratings of fixed maturities also have a significant negative effect on the market valuation of such securities.

Such factors could reduce our net investment income and result in realized investment losses. Our investment portfolio is subject to increased valuation uncertainties when investment markets are illiquid. The valuation of investments is more subjective when markets are illiquid, thereby increasing the risk that the estimated fair value (i.e., the carrying amount) of the securities we hold in our portfolio does not reflect prices at which actual transactions would occur.

We also invest in marketable equity securities. These securities are carried on the balance sheet at fair market value and are subject to potential losses and declines in market value. Our equity invested assets totaled $16.7 million as of March 31, 2016.

18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks for all types of securities are managed through the application of our investment policy, which establishes investment parameters that include but are not limited to, maximum percentages of investment in certain types of securities and minimum levels of credit quality, which we believe are within applicable guidelines established by the NAIC and the Arkansas State Insurance Department.

Although we seek to preserve our capital, we cannot be certain that our investment objectives will be achieved, and results may vary substantially over time. In addition, although we seek to employ investment strategies that are not correlated with our insurance and reinsurance exposures, losses in our investment portfolio may occur at the same time as underwriting losses and, therefore, exacerbate the adverse effect of the losses on us.

Our E&S insurance operations are subject to increased risk from changing market conditions and our business is cyclical in nature, which may affect our financial performance.

E&S insurance covers risks that are typically more complex and unusual than standard risks and require a high degree of specialized underwriting. As a result, E&S risks do not often fit the underwriting criteria of standard insurance carriers, and are generally considered higher risk than those covered in the standard market. If our underwriting staff inadequately judges and prices the risks associated with the business underwritten in the E&S market, our financial results could be adversely impacted.

Historically, the financial performance of the P&C insurance industry has tended to fluctuate in cyclical periods of price competition and excess capacity (known as a soft market) followed by periods of high premium rates and shortages of underwriting capacity (known as a hard market). Soft markets occur when the supply of insurance capital in a given market or territory is greater than the amount of insurance coverage demanded by all potential insureds in that market. When this occurs, insurance prices tend to decline and policy terms and conditions become more favorable to the insureds. Conversely, hard markets occur when there is not enough insurance capital capacity in the market to meet the needs of potential insureds, causing insurance prices to generally rise and policy terms and conditions to become more favorable to the insurers.

Although an individual insurance company’s financial performance depends on its own specific business characteristics, the profitability of most P&C insurance companies tends to follow this cyclical market pattern. Further, this cyclical market pattern can be more pronounced in the E&S market than in the standard insurance market. When the standard insurance market hardens, the E&S market hardens, and growth in the E&S market can be significantly more rapid than growth in the standard insurance market. Similarly, when conditions begin to soften, many customers that were previously driven into the E&S market may return to the admitted market, exacerbating the effects of rate decreases. We cannot predict the timing or duration of changes in the market cycle because the cyclicality is due in large part to the actions of our competitors and general economic factors. These cyclical patterns cause our revenues and net income to fluctuate, which may cause the price of our common stock to be volatile.

We are subject to extensive regulation, which may adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives. In addition, if we fail to comply with these regulations, we may be subject to penalties, including fines and suspensions, which may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our insurance subsidiary, Kinsale Insurance, is subject to extensive regulation in Arkansas, its state of domicile, and to a lesser degree, the other states in which it operates. Most insurance regulations are designed to protect the interests of insurance policyholders, as opposed to the interests of investors or stockholders. These regulations generally are administered by a department of insurance in each state and relate to, among other things, authorizations to write E&S lines of business, capital and surplus requirements, investment and underwriting limitations, affiliate transactions, dividend limitations, changes in control, solvency and a variety of other financial and non-financial aspects of our business. Significant changes in these laws and regulations could further limit our discretion or make it more expensive to conduct our business. State insurance regulators also conduct periodic examinations of the affairs of insurance companies and require the

19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

filing of annual and other reports relating to financial condition, holding company issues and other matters. These regulatory requirements may impose timing and expense constraints that could adversely affect our ability to achieve some or all of our business objectives.

In addition, state insurance regulators have broad discretion to deny or revoke licenses for various reasons, including the violation of regulations. In some instances, where there is uncertainty as to applicability, we follow practices based on our interpretations of regulations or practices that we believe generally to be followed by the industry. These practices may turn out to be different from the interpretations of regulatory authorities. If we do not have the requisite licenses and approvals or do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements, state insurance regulators could preclude or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or could otherwise penalize us. This could adversely affect our ability to operate our business. Further, changes in the level of regulation of the insurance industry or changes in laws or regulations themselves or interpretations by regulatory authorities could interfere with our operations and require us to bear additional costs of compliance, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

The NAIC has adopted a system to test the adequacy of statutory capital of insurance companies, known as “risk-based capital.” This system establishes the minimum amount of risk-based capital necessary for a company to support its overall business operations. It identifies P&C insurers that may be inadequately capitalized by looking at certain inherent risks of each insurer’s assets and liabilities and its mix of net written premiums. Insurers falling below a calculated threshold may be subject to varying degrees of regulatory action, including supervision, rehabilitation or liquidation. Failure to maintain our risk-based capital at the required levels could adversely affect the ability of our insurance subsidiary to maintain regulatory authority to conduct our business. See also “Regulation — Required licensing.”

We may become subject to additional government or market regulation which may have a material adverse impact on our business.

Our business could be adversely affected by changes in state laws, including those relating to asset and reserve valuation requirements, surplus requirements, limitations on investments and dividends, enterprise risk and risk-based capital requirements and, at the federal level, by laws and regulations that may affect certain aspects of the insurance industry, including proposals for preemptive federal regulation. The U.S. federal government generally has not directly regulated the insurance industry except for certain areas of the market, such as insurance for flood, nuclear and terrorism risks. However, the federal government has undertaken initiatives or considered legislation in several areas that may affect the insurance industry, including tort reform, corporate governance and the taxation of reinsurance companies.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) also established the Federal Insurance Office (the “FIO”) and vested the FIO with the authority to monitor all aspects of the insurance sector, including to monitor the extent to which traditionally underserved communities and consumers have access to affordable non-health insurance products. In addition, the FIO has the ability to recommend to the Financial Stability Oversight Council the designation of an insurer as “systemically significant” and therefore subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company. In December 2013, the FIO issued a report on alternatives to modernize and improve the system of insurance regulation in the United States (the “Modernization Report”), including increasing national uniformity through either a federal charter or effective action by the states. Any additional regulations established as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act or actions in response to the Modernization Report could increase our costs of compliance or lead to disciplinary action. In addition, legislation has been introduced from time to time that, if enacted, could result in the federal government assuming a more direct role in the regulation of the insurance industry, including federal licensing in addition to or in lieu of state licensing and requiring reinsurance for natural catastrophes. We are unable to predict whether any legislation will be enacted or any regulations will be adopted, or the effect any such developments could have on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Because we are a holding company and substantially all of our operations are conducted by our insurance subsidiary, our ability to pay dividends and service our debt obligations depends on our ability to obtain cash dividends or other permitted payments from our insurance subsidiary.

We intend to declare and pay dividends on shares of our common stock, in an amount and on such dates as may be determined by our Board of Directors and depending on a variety of factors. See “Dividend policy.” Because we are a holding company with no business operations of our own, our ability to pay dividends to stockholders and meet our debt payment obligations largely depends on dividends and other distributions from our insurance subsidiary, Kinsale Insurance. State insurance laws, including the laws of Arkansas, restrict the ability of Kinsale Insurance to declare stockholder dividends. State insurance regulators require insurance companies to maintain specified levels of statutory capital and surplus. Consequently, the maximum dividend distribution is limited by Arkansas law to the greater of 10% of policyholder surplus as of December 31 of the previous year or net income, not including realized capital gains, for the previous calendar year. Dividend payments are further limited to that part of available policyholder surplus which is derived from net profits on our business. The maximum amount of dividends Kinsale Insurance could pay us during 2016 without regulatory approval is $21.9 million. State insurance regulators have broad powers to prevent the reduction of statutory surplus to inadequate levels, and there is no assurance that dividends up to the maximum amounts calculated under any applicable formula would be permitted. Moreover, state insurance regulators that have jurisdiction over the payment of dividends by our insurance subsidiary may in the future adopt statutory provisions more restrictive than those currently in effect.

Our operating results have in the past varied from quarter to quarter and may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.

Our operating results are subject to fluctuation and have historically varied from quarter to quarter. We expect our quarterly results to continue to fluctuate in the future due to a number of factors, including the general economic conditions in the markets where we operate, the frequency of occurrence or severity of catastrophic or other insured events, fluctuating interest rates, claims exceeding our loss reserves, competition in our industry, deviations from expected renewal rates of our existing policies and contracts, adverse investment performance and the cost of reinsurance coverage.

In particular, we seek to underwrite products and make investments to achieve favorable returns on tangible stockholders’ equity over the long term. In addition, our opportunistic nature and focus on long-term growth in tangible equity may result in fluctuations in gross written premiums from period to period as we concentrate on underwriting contracts that we believe will generate better long-term, rather than short-term, results. Accordingly, our short-term results of operations may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.

We could be forced to sell investments to meet our liquidity requirements.

We invest the premiums we receive from our insureds until they are needed to pay policyholder claims. Consequently, we seek to manage the duration of our investment portfolio based on the duration of our loss and loss adjustment expense reserves to ensure sufficient liquidity and avoid having to liquidate investments to fund claims. Risks such as inadequate loss and loss adjustment reserves or unfavorable trends in litigation could potentially result in the need to sell investments to fund these liabilities. We may not be able to sell our investments at favorable prices or at all. Sales could result in significant realized losses depending on the conditions of the general market, interest rates and credit issues with individual securities.

We may be unable to obtain reinsurance coverage at reasonable prices or on terms that adequately protect us.

We use reinsurance to help manage our exposure to insurance risks. Reinsurance is a practice whereby one insurer, called the reinsurer, agrees to indemnify another insurer, called the ceding insurer, for all or part of the potential liability arising from one or more insurance policies issued by the ceding insurer. The availability and cost of reinsurance are subject to prevailing market

21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

conditions, both in terms of price and available capacity, which can affect our business volume and profitability. In addition, reinsurance programs are generally subject to renewal on an annual basis. We may not be able to obtain reinsurance on acceptable terms or from entities with satisfactory creditworthiness. If we are unable to obtain new reinsurance facilities or to renew expiring facilities, our net exposures would increase. In such event, if we are unwilling to bear an increase in our net exposure, we would have to reduce the level of our underwriting commitments, which would reduce our revenues.

Many reinsurance companies have begun to exclude certain coverages from, or alter terms in, the reinsurance contracts we enter into with them. Some exclusions are with respect to risks that we cannot exclude in policies we write due to business or regulatory constraints. In addition, reinsurers are imposing terms, such as lower per occurrence and aggregate limits, on direct insurers that do not wholly cover the risks written by these direct insurers. As a result, we, like other direct insurance companies, write insurance policies which to some extent do not have the benefit of reinsurance protection. These gaps in reinsurance protection expose us to greater risk and greater potential losses. For example, certain reinsurers have excluded coverage for terrorist acts or priced such coverage at unreasonably high rates. Many direct insurers, including us, have written policies without terrorist act exclusions and in many cases we cannot exclude terrorist acts because of regulatory constraints. We may, therefore, be exposed to potential losses as a result of terrorist acts. See also “Business — Reinsurance.”

We are subject to reinsurance counterparty credit risk.

Although reinsurance makes the reinsurer liable to us to the extent the risk is transferred or ceded to the reinsurer, it does not relieve us (the ceding insurer) of our primary liability to our policyholders. Our reinsurers may not pay claims made by us on a timely basis, or they may not pay some or all of these claims. For example, reinsurers may default in their financial obligations to us as the result of insolvency, lack of liquidity, operational failure, fraud, asserted defenses based on agreement wordings or the principle of utmost good faith, asserted deficiencies in the documentation of agreements or other reasons. Any disputes with reinsurers regarding coverage under reinsurance contracts could be time consuming, costly and uncertain of success. We evaluate each reinsurance claim based on the facts of the case, historical experience with the reinsurer on similar claims and existing case law and include any amounts deemed uncollectible from the reinsurer in our reserve for uncollectible reinsurance. As of March 31, 2016, we had $101.2 million of aggregate reinsurance balances on paid and unpaid losses, ceded unearned premiums and other reinsurance receivables. These risks could cause us to incur increased net losses, and, therefore, adversely affect our financial condition.

We may act based on inaccurate or incomplete information regarding the accounts we underwrite.

We rely on information provided by insureds or their representatives when underwriting insurance policies. While we may make inquiries to validate or supplement the information provided, we may make underwriting decisions based on incorrect or incomplete information. It is possible that we will misunderstand the nature or extent of the activities or facilities and the corresponding extent of the risks that we insure because of our reliance on inadequate or inaccurate information.

Our employees could take excessive risks, which could negatively affect our financial condition and business.

As an insurance enterprise, we are in the business of binding certain risks. The employees who conduct our business, including executive officers and other members of management, underwriters, product managers and other employees, do so in part by making decisions and choices that involve exposing us to risk. These include decisions such as setting underwriting guidelines and standards, product design and pricing, determining which business opportunities to pursue and other decisions. We endeavor, in the design and implementation of our compensation programs and practices, to avoid giving our employees incentives to take excessive risks. Employees may, however, take such risks regardless of the structure of our compensation programs and practices. Similarly, although we employ controls and procedures designed to monitor employees’

22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

business decisions and prevent them from taking excessive risks, these controls and procedures may not be effective. If our employees take excessive risks, the impact of those risks could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and business operations.

We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or may only be available on unfavorable terms.

Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including our ability to write new business successfully and to establish premium rates and reserves at levels sufficient to cover losses. To the extent that the funds generated by this offering are insufficient to fund future operating requirements and cover claim losses, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or curtail our growth. Many factors will affect the amount and timing of our capital needs, including our growth rate and profitability, our claims experience, and the availability of reinsurance, market disruptions and other unforeseeable developments. If we need to raise additional capital, equity or debt financing may not be available at all or may be available only on terms that are not favorable to us. In the case of equity financings, dilution to our stockholders could result. In the case of debt financings, we may be subject to covenants that restrict our ability to freely operate our business. In any case, such securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of the shares of common stock offered hereby. If we cannot obtain adequate capital on favorable terms or at all, we may not have sufficient funds to implement our operating plans and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The failure of our information technology and telecommunications systems could adversely affect our business.

Our business is highly dependent upon our information technology and telecommunications systems, including our browser-based underwriting system. Among other things, we rely on these systems to interact with brokers and insureds, to underwrite business, to prepare policies and process premiums, to perform actuarial and other modeling functions, to process claims and make claims payments and to prepare internal and external financial statements and information. In addition, some of these systems may include or rely on third-party systems not located on our premises or under our control. Events such as natural catastrophes, terrorist attacks, industrial accidents or computer viruses may cause our systems to fail or be inaccessible for extended periods of time. While we have implemented business contingency plans and other reasonable plans to protect our systems, sustained or repeated system failures or service denials could severely limit our ability to write and process new and renewal business, provide customer service, pay claims in a timely manner or otherwise operate in the ordinary course of business.

Our operations depend on the reliable and secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other data and information in our computer systems and networks. Computer viruses, hackers, employee misconduct and other external hazards could expose our systems to security breaches, cyber-attacks or other disruptions. In addition, we routinely transmit and receive personal, confidential and proprietary data and information by electronic means and are subject to numerous data privacy laws and regulations enacted in the jurisdictions in which we do business.

While we have implemented security measures designed to protect against breaches of security and other interference with our systems and networks, our systems and networks may be subject to breaches or interference. Any such event may result in operational disruptions as well as unauthorized access to or the disclosure or loss of our proprietary information or our customers’ data and information, which in turn may result in legal claims, regulatory scrutiny and liability, reputational damage, the incurrence of costs to eliminate or mitigate further exposure, the loss of customers or affiliated advisors, reputational harm or other damage to our business. In addition, the trend toward general public notification of such incidents could exacerbate the harm to our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we successfully protect our technology infrastructure and the confidentiality of sensitive data, we could suffer harm to our business and reputation if attempted security breaches are publicized. We cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities, discovery of new vulnerabilities, attempts to exploit vulnerabilities in our systems, data thefts, physical system or network break-ins or inappropriate access, or other

23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

developments will not compromise or breach the technology or other security measures protecting the networks and systems used in connection with our business.

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our intellectual property, proprietary technology platform and brand, or we may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part on our intellectual property, which includes our rights in our proprietary technology platform and our brand. We primarily rely on copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, customers, service providers, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Additionally, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability and scope of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our brand and adversely impact our business.

Our success depends also in part on our not infringing on the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry. In the future, third parties may claim that we are infringing on their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing on such rights. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our services, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, any litigation could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

We employ third-party and open source licensed software for use in our business, and the inability to maintain these licenses, errors in the software we license or the terms of open source licenses could result in increased costs, or reduced service levels, which would adversely affect our business.

Our business relies on certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such third-party software in the future. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we currently license, this may not always be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to replace. In addition, integration of new third-party software may require significant work and require substantial investment of our time and resources. Our use of additional or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into license agreements with third parties, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Many of the risks associated with the use of third-party software cannot be eliminated, and these risks could negatively affect our business.

Additionally, the software powering our technology systems incorporates software covered by open source licenses. The terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts and there is a risk that the licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to operate our systems. In the event that portions of our proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code or re-engineer all or a portion of our technology systems, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our technology systems. Such risk could be difficult or impossible to eliminate and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Severe weather conditions and other catastrophes may result in an increase in the number and amount of claims filed against us.

Our business is exposed to the risk of severe weather conditions and other catastrophes. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including natural events such as severe winter weather, tornadoes, windstorms, earthquakes, hailstorms, severe thunderstorms and fires, and other

24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

events such as explosions, terrorist attacks and riots. The incidence and severity of catastrophes and severe weather conditions are inherently unpredictable. The extent of losses from catastrophes is a function of the total amount of losses incurred, the number of insureds affected, the frequency and severity of the events, the effectiveness of our catastrophe risk management program and the adequacy of our reinsurance coverage. Insurance companies are not permitted to reserve for a catastrophe until it has occurred. Severe weather conditions and catastrophes can cause losses in our property lines and generally result in both an increase in the number of claims incurred and an increase in the dollar amount of each claim asserted, which might require us to increase our reserves, causing our liquidity and financial condition to deteriorate. In addition, our inability to obtain reinsurance coverage at reasonable rates and in amounts adequate to mitigate the risks associated with severe weather conditions and other catastrophes could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operation.

We may not be able to manage our growth effectively.

We intend to grow our business in the future, which could require additional capital, systems development and skilled personnel. However, we must be able to meet our capital needs, expand our systems and our internal controls effectively, allocate our human resources optimally, identify and hire qualified employees or effectively incorporate the components of any businesses we may acquire in our effort to achieve growth. The failure to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Competition for business in our industry is intense.

We face competition from other specialty insurance companies, standard insurance companies and underwriting agencies, as well as from diversified financial services companies that are larger than we are and that have greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do. Some of these competitors also have longer experience and more market recognition than we do in certain lines of business. In addition, it may be difficult or prohibitively expensive for us to implement technology systems and processes that are competitive with the systems and processes of these larger companies.

In particular, competition in the insurance industry is based on many factors, including price of coverage, the general reputation and perceived financial strength of the company, relationships with brokers, terms and conditions of products offered, ratings assigned by independent rating agencies, speed of claims payment and reputation, and the experience and reputation of the members of our underwriting team in the particular lines of insurance and reinsurance we seek to underwrite. See “Business — Competition.” In recent years, the insurance industry has undergone increasing consolidation, which may further increase competition.

A number of new, proposed or potential legislative or industry developments could further increase competition in our industry. These developments include:

An increase in capital-raising by companies in our lines of business, which could result in new entrants to our markets and an excess of capital in the industry;
The deregulation of commercial insurance lines in certain states and the possibility of federal regulatory reform of the insurance industry, which could increase competition from standard carriers; and
Changing practices caused by the internet, including shifts in the way in which E&S insurance is purchased. We currently depend largely on the wholesale distribution model. If the wholesale distribution model were to be significantly altered by changes in the way E&S insurance were marketed, including, but not limited to, through use of the internet, it could have a material adverse effect on our premiums, underwriting results and profits.

We may not be able to continue to compete successfully in the insurance markets. Increased competition in these markets could result in a change in the supply and demand for insurance, affect our ability to price our products at risk-adequate rates and retain existing business, or underwrite new business on favorable terms. If this increased competition so limits our ability to transact business, our operating results could be adversely affected.

25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we are unable to underwrite risks accurately and charge competitive yet profitable rates to our policyholders, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.

In general, the premiums for our insurance policies are established at the time a policy is issued and, therefore, before all of our underlying costs are known. Like other insurance companies, we rely on estimates and assumptions in setting our premium rates. Establishing adequate premium rates is necessary, together with investment income, to generate sufficient revenue to offset losses, loss adjustment expenses and other underwriting costs and to earn a profit. If we do not accurately assess the risks that we assume, we may not charge adequate premiums to cover our losses and expenses, which would adversely affect our results of operations and our profitability. Alternatively, we could set our premiums too high, which could reduce our competitiveness and lead to lower revenues.

Pricing involves the acquisition and analysis of historical loss data and the projection of future trends, loss costs and expenses, and inflation trends, among other factors, for each of our products in multiple risk tiers and many different markets. In order to accurately price our policies, we must:

collect and properly analyze a substantial volume of data from our insureds;
develop, test and apply appropriate actuarial projections and ratings formulas;
closely monitor and timely recognize changes in trends; and
project both frequency and severity of our insureds’ losses with reasonable accuracy.

We seek to implement our pricing accurately in accordance with our assumptions. Our ability to undertake these efforts successfully and, as a result, accurately price our policies, is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including:

insufficient or unreliable data;
incorrect or incomplete analysis of available data;
uncertainties generally inherent in estimates and assumptions;
our failure to implement appropriate actuarial projections and ratings formulas or other pricing methodologies;
regulatory constraints on rate increases;
our failure to accurately estimate investment yields and the duration of our liability for loss and loss adjustment expenses; and
unanticipated court decisions, legislation or regulatory action.

If actual renewals of our existing contracts do not meet expectations, our written premiums in future years and our future results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Many of our contracts are written for a one-year term. In our financial forecasting process, we make assumptions about the rates of renewal of our prior year’s contracts. The insurance and reinsurance industries have historically been cyclical businesses with intense competition, often based on price. If actual renewals do not meet expectations or if we choose not to write a renewal because of pricing conditions, our written premiums in future years and our future operations would be materially adversely affected.

We may change our underwriting guidelines or our strategy without stockholder approval.

Our management has the authority to change our underwriting guidelines or our strategy without notice to our stockholders and without stockholder approval. As a result, we may make fundamental changes to our operations without stockholder approval, which could result in our pursuing a strategy or implementing underwriting guidelines that may be materially different from the strategy or underwriting guidelines described in the section titled “Business” or elsewhere in this prospectus.

26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The effects of litigation on our business are uncertain and could have an adverse effect on our business.

As is typical in our industry, we continually face risks associated with litigation of various types, including disputes relating to insurance claims under our policies as well as other general commercial and corporate litigation. Although we are not currently involved in any material litigation with our customers, other members of the insurance industry are the target of class action lawsuits and other types of litigation, some of which involve claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts, and the outcomes of which are unpredictable. This litigation is based on a variety of issues, including insurance and claim settlement practices. We cannot predict with any certainty whether we will be involved in such litigation in the future or what impact such litigation would have on our business.

Changes in accounting practices and future pronouncements may materially affect our reported financial results.

Developments in accounting practices may require us to incur considerable additional expenses to comply, particularly if we are required to prepare information relating to prior periods for comparative purposes or to apply the new requirements retroactively. The impact of changes in current accounting practices and future pronouncements cannot be predicted but may affect the calculation of net income, stockholders’ equity and other relevant financial statement line items.

Our insurance subsidiary, Kinsale Insurance, is required to comply with statutory accounting principles (“SAP”). SAP and various components of SAP are subject to constant review by the NAIC and its task forces and committees, as well as state insurance departments, in an effort to address emerging issues and otherwise improve financial reporting. Various proposals are pending before committees and task forces of the NAIC, some of which, if enacted, could have negative effects on insurance industry participants. The NAIC continuously examines existing laws and regulations. We cannot predict whether or in what form such reforms will be enacted and, if so, whether the enacted reforms will positively or negatively affect us.

Our failure to accurately and timely pay claims could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We must accurately and timely evaluate and pay claims that are made under our policies. Many factors affect our ability to pay claims accurately and timely, including the training and experience of our claims representatives, our claims organization’s culture and the effectiveness of our management, our ability to develop or select and implement appropriate procedures and systems to support our claims functions and other factors. Our failure to pay claims accurately and timely could lead to regulatory and administrative actions or material litigation, undermine our reputation in the marketplace and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, if we do not train new claims employees effectively or if we lose a significant number of experienced claims employees, our claims department’s ability to handle an increasing workload could be adversely affected. In addition to potentially requiring that growth be slowed in the affected markets, our business could suffer from decreased quality of claims work which, in turn, could adversely affect our operating margins.

We rely on the use of credit scoring in pricing and underwriting certain of our insurance policies and any legal or regulatory requirements that restrict our ability to access credit score information could decrease the accuracy of our pricing and underwriting process and thus decrease our ability to be profitable.

We use credit scoring as a factor in pricing and underwriting decisions where allowed by state law. Consumer groups and regulators have questioned whether the use of credit scoring unfairly discriminates against some groups of people and are calling for laws and regulations to prohibit or restrict the use of credit scoring in underwriting and pricing. Laws or regulations that significantly curtail or regulate the use of credit scoring, if enacted in a large number of states in which we

27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

operate, could impact the integrity of our pricing and underwriting processes, which could, in turn, materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and make it harder for us to be profitable over time.

Global climate change may have an adverse effect on our financial results.

Although uncertainty remains as to the nature and effect of future efforts to curb greenhouse gas emissions and thereby mitigate their potential long-term effects on the climate, a broad spectrum of scientific evidence suggests that manmade production of greenhouse gas has had an adverse effect on the global climate. Our insurance policies are generally written for one year and repriced annually to reflect changing exposures. However, assessing the risk of loss and damage associated with the adverse effects of climate change and the range of approaches to address loss and damage associated with the adverse effects of climate change, including impacts related to extreme weather events and slow onset events, remains a challenge and might adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock

There is no public market for our common stock and a market may never develop.

Before this offering, there has not been a public trading market for our common stock. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “KNSL.” However, an active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling your shares of common stock at an attractive price, or at all. The initial public offering price for our common stock sold in this offering has been determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. This price may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade after this offering. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all.

Our stock price may be volatile, or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

You should consider an investment in our common stock to be risky, and you should invest in our common stock only if you can withstand a significant loss and wide fluctuation in the market value of your investment. The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering in response to the factors described in this “Risk factors” section and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly and annual operating results or those of other companies in our industry;
changes in market valuations of companies perceived to be similar to us;
publication of research reports or news stories about us, our competitors or our industry, or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;
the public’s response to our or our competitors’ filings with the SEC, press releases or other announcements regarding acquisitions, restructurings, litigation, regulation or other strategic actions and significant matters;
changes in our Board of Directors, senior management or other key personnel;
sales of our common stock, including by our directors, executive officers and principal stockholder;
short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions in our common stock;
any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future;

28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

actions by stockholders;
the occurrence of severe weather conditions and other catastrophes that affect or are perceived by investors as affecting us or our industry;
exposure to capital and credit market risks that adversely affect our investment portfolio or our capital resources;
changes in our credit ratings; and
the actual or anticipated passage of legislation or other regulatory developments affecting us or our industry.

The securities markets have from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations, as well as general market, economic and political conditions, such as recessions, loss of investor confidence or interest rate changes, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our stock price to fall and may expose us to securities class action litigation that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend, divert management’s attention and resources or harm our business.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or our industry or if they issue unfavorable commentary or issue negative recommendations with respect to our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that equity research and other securities analysts publish about us, our business and our industry. We do not have control over these analysts and we may be unable or slow to attract research coverage. One or more analysts could issue negative recommendations with respect to our common stock or publish other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us, our business or our industry. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market. As a result of one or more of these factors, the market price of our common stock price could decline rapidly and our common stock trading volume could be adversely affected.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that the stockholder finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees and may discourage these types of lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by - laws and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider advantageous, including transactions in which you would otherwise receive a

29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions include those which:

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, which our Board of Directors could issue to discourage a takeover attempt;
deny the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;
provide that certain litigation against us can only be brought in Delaware;
provide that the Board of Directors, without the assent or vote of our stockholders, is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our by-laws; and
establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on at stockholder meetings.

The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.

In addition, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. This provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law could delay or prevent a change of control of our company, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our common stock may depress the market price of our common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately           shares of our common stock. Of these shares,           shares to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless such shares are held by our directors, executive officers or any of our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All remaining shares of common stock outstanding following this offering will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available. We will grant registration rights to the Moelis Funds and certain other stockholders with respect to shares of our common stock. Any shares registered pursuant to the registration rights agreement that we expect to amend and restate in connection with this offering described in “Certain relationships and related party transactions” will be freely tradable in the public market following a 180-day lock-up period as described below. Sales of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and may make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-linked securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem necessary or appropriate.

In connection with this offering, our directors, executive officers, the selling stockholders and certain of our significant stockholders have each agreed to enter into “lock-up” agreements with the underwriters and thereby be subject to a lock-up period, meaning that they and their permitted transferees will not be permitted to sell any shares of our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions without the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters. Although we have been advised that there is no present intention to do so, the representatives may, in their sole discretion, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in any of the lock-up agreements described above. See “Underwriting.” Possible sales of these shares in the market following the expiration of such agreements could exert significant downward pressure on our stock price.

We expect that upon the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors and our stockholders will have approved the 2016 Incentive Plan which will permit us to issue, among other

30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

things, stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock to eligible employees (including our named executive officers), directors and advisors, as determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors. We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, as soon as practicable after the consummation of this offering, to cover the issuance of shares upon the exercise of awards granted, and of shares granted, under the 2016 Incentive Plan. As a result, any shares issued under the 2016 Incentive Plan after the consummation of this offering also will be freely tradable in the public market. If equity securities are granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan and it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, then the price of our common stock could decline.

Also, in the future, we may issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding shares of our common stock.

The Moelis Funds will be able to exert significant influence over us and our corporate decisions.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, the Moelis Funds are expected to own, in the aggregate, approximately          % of our outstanding common stock (or approximately          % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in full). So long as the Moelis Funds own a significant amount of our outstanding common stock, the Moelis Funds will be able to exert significant voting influence over us and our corporate decisions, including any matter requiring stockholder approval regardless of whether others believe that the matter is in our best interests. For example, the Moelis Funds will be able to exert significant influence over the vote in any election of directors and any amendment of our charter. The Moelis Funds may act in a manner that advances its best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders, including investors in this offering, by, among other things:

delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of us;
entrenching our management or our Board of Directors; or
influencing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all stockholders.

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a director nomination agreement that will grant the Moelis Funds the right to nominate individuals to our Board of Directors provided certain ownership requirements are met. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions — Director nomination agreement.”

The concentration of ownership could deprive stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and may ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Moelis Funds have no obligation to offer us corporate opportunities.

The Moelis Funds and the members of our board of directors who are affiliated with the Moelis Funds, by the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon consummation of this offering, will not be required to offer us any corporate opportunity of which they become aware and could take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to other companies in which they have an investment, unless such opportunity is expressly offered to them solely in their capacity as our directors. Kinsale, by the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, expressly renounces any interest in any such corporate opportunity to the extent permitted under applicable law, even if the opportunity is one that we would reasonably be deemed to have pursued if given the opportunity to do so. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation cannot be amended to eliminate our renunciation of any such corporate opportunity arising prior to the date of any such amendment. The Moelis Funds are in the business of making investments in portfolio companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete with us, and the Moelis Funds have no obligation to refrain from acquiring competing businesses. Any competition could intensify if an affiliate or subsidiary of the

31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Moelis Funds were to enter into or acquire a business similar to ours. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by the Moelis Funds to itself, its portfolio companies or its other affiliates instead of to us.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. After completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition and therefore we will need to have the ability to prepare financial statements that comply with all SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. In addition, we will be subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including certain requirements of and certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which will impose significant compliance obligations upon us.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Select Market, have increased regulation of, and imposed enhanced disclosure and corporate governance requirements on, public companies. Our efforts to comply with these evolving laws, regulations and standards will increase our operating costs and divert management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities.

These changes will also place significant additional demands on our finance and accounting staff and on our financial accounting and information systems. We may in the future hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company reporting experience and technical accounting knowledge. Other expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors’ fees and director and officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses. As a public company, we will be required, among other things, to:

prepare and file periodic reports and distribute other stockholder communications, in compliance with the federal securities laws and requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market ;
define and expand the roles and the duties of our Board of Directors and its committees;
institute more comprehensive compliance and investor relations functions; and
evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over financial reporting, and report on management’s assessment thereof, in compliance with rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

We may not be successful in implementing these requirements, and implementing them could materially adversely affect our business. The increased costs will decrease our net income and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

In addition, if we fail to implement the required controls with respect to our internal accounting and audit functions, our ability to report our results of operations on a timely and accurate basis could be impaired. If we do not implement the required controls in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC or the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Any such action could harm our reputation and the confidence of investors in, and clients of, our company and could negatively affect our business and cause the price of our shares of common stock to decline.

32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

You will incur immediate dilution as a result of this offering.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net stockholders’ tangible equity per share of our common stock based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities divided by our shares of common stock outstanding immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible stockholders’ equity per share value after consummation of this offering. You may experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances. See “Dilution.”

We will be required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting . If we are unable to achieve and maintain effective internal control s , our operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

As a public company with SEC reporting obligations, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require annual assessments by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We are an emerging growth company, and thus we are exempt from the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley until such time as we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. See also “—We are eligible to be treated as an ‘emerging growth company,’ as defined in the JOBS Act, and are availing ourselves of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.” Regardless of whether we qualify as an emerging growth company, we will still need to implement substantial internal control systems and procedures in order to satisfy the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act and applicable requirements.

During the course of our assessment, we may identify deficiencies that we are unable to remediate in a timely manner. Testing and maintaining our internal control over financial reporting may also divert management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley. If we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or their effect on our operations. Moreover, any material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting may impede our ability to file timely and accurate reports with the SEC. Any of the above could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information or our common stock listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market to be suspended or terminated, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We are eligible to be treated as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and are availing ourselves of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (1) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (2) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and (3) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of any June 30 before that time or if we have total annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding

33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled “Use of proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management may not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Certain underwriters are affiliates of our controlling stockholder and have interests in this offering beyond customary underwriting discounts and commissions.

Moelis & Company LLC, an underwriter of this offering, is an affiliate of the Moelis Funds, our controlling stockholder. Since the Moelis Funds beneficially own more than 10% of our outstanding common stock, a “conflict of interest” is deemed to exist under Rule 5121(f)(5)(B) of the Conduct Rules of FINRA. Accordingly, we intend that this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121. In particular, pursuant to Rule 5121, the appointment of a qualified independent underwriter is not necessary because Moelis & Company LLC is not primarily responsible for managing this offering, and the underwriters that are primarily responsible for managing this offering (J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC) satisfy the criteria required by Rule 5121(f)(12)(E) and do not have a conflict of interest with us. However, in accordance with Rule 5121, Moelis & Company LLC will not sell our common stock to a discretionary account without receiving written approval from the account holder. See “Underwriting (conflicts of interest).”

Applicable insurance laws may make it difficult to effect a change of control.

Under applicable Arkansas insurance laws and regulations, no person may acquire control of a domestic insurer until written approval is obtained from the state insurance commissioner following a public hearing on the proposed acquisition. Such approval would be contingent upon the state insurance commissioner’s consideration of a number of factors including, among others, the financial strength of the proposed acquiror, the acquiror’s plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control. Arkansas insurance laws and regulations pertaining to changes of control apply to both the direct and indirect acquisition of ten percent or more of the voting stock of an Arkansas-domiciled insurer. Accordingly, the acquisition of ten percent or more of our common stock would be considered an indirect change of control of Kinsale Insurance and would trigger the applicable change of control filing requirements under Arkansas insurance laws and regulations, absent a disclaimer of control filing and its acceptance by the Arkansas Insurance Department. These requirements may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of Kinsale, including through transactions that some or all of the stockholders of Kinsale might consider to be desirable. See also “Regulation — Changes of control.”

34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. You can identify forward-looking statements in this prospectus by the use of words such as “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans” and “believes,” and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,” “may” and “could.” These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements relating to our future financial performance, our business prospects and strategy, anticipated financial position, liquidity and capital needs and other similar matters. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions about future events, which are inherently subject to uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict.

Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus as a result of various factors, including, among others:

the possibility that our loss reserves may be inadequate to cover our actual losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations;
the inherent uncertainty of models resulting in actual losses that are materially different than our estimates;
adverse economic factors, including recession, inflation, periods of high unemployment or lower economic activity resulting in the sale of fewer policies than expected or an increase in frequency or severity of claims and premium defaults or both, affecting our growth and profitability;
a decline in our financial strength rating adversely affecting the amount of business we write;
the potential loss of one or more key executives or an inability to attract and retain qualified personnel adversely affecting our results of operations;
our reliance on a select group of brokers;
the failure of any of the loss limitations or exclusions we employ, or change in other claims or coverage issues, having a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations;
the performance of our investment portfolio adversely affecting our financial results;
the changing market conditions of our E&S insurance operations, as well as cyclical nature of our business, affecting our financial performance;
extensive regulation adversely affecting our ability to achieve our business objectives or the failure to comply with these regulations adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations;
the ability to pay dividends and service our debt obligations being dependent on our ability to obtain cash dividends or other permitted payments from our insurance subsidiary;
being forced to sell investments to meet our liquidity requirements;
the inability to obtain reinsurance coverage at reasonable prices and on terms that adequately protect us;
our underwriters and other associates taking excessive risks;
the possibility that severe weather conditions and other catastrophes may result in an increase in the number and amount of claims filed against us;
the inability to manage our growth effectively;
the intense competition for business in our industry;
the effects of litigation having an adverse effect on our business;
the ability of the Moelis Funds to exert significant influence over us and our corporate decisions;

35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Sarbanes-Oxley; and
other risks and uncertainties discussed in “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Accordingly, you should read this prospectus completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as expressly required under federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC, we do not have any obligation, and do not undertake, to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances arising after the date of this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus or that may be made elsewhere from time to time by us, or on our behalf. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Use of proceeds

We estimate the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses of $         million.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $          million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, which we show on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

We intend to use the net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering to make contributions to the capital of our insurance subsidiary and for other general corporate purposes. We anticipate that we will contribute $         million to $         million of the net proceeds to the capital of our insurance subsidiary in 2016.

This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering.

37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dividend policy

We initially expect to pay quarterly cash dividends of $       per share on our common stock, which will be our only class of common stock outstanding immediately following this offering, subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. The declaration, payment and amount of future dividends will be subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors will give consideration to various risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under the headings “Risk factors” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus when determining whether to declare and pay dividends, as well as the amount thereof. Our Board of Directors may take into account a variety of factors when determining whether to declare any dividends, including (1) our financial condition, liquidity, results of operations (including our ability to generate cash flow in excess of expenses and our expected or actual net income), retained earnings and capital requirements, (2) general business conditions, (3) legal, tax and regulatory limitations, (4) contractual prohibitions and other restrictions, (5) the effect of a dividend or dividends on our financial strength ratings and (6) any other factors that our Board of Directors deem relevant.

Our status as a holding company and a legal entity separate and distinct from our subsidiaries affects our ability to pay dividends and make other payments. As a holding company without significant operations of our own, the principal sources of our funds are dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries. The ability of our insurance subsidiary to pay dividends to us is subject to limits under insurance laws of the state in which our insurance subsidiary is domiciled. See “Risk factors – Risks related to our business and our industry – Because we are a holding company and substantially all of our operations are conducted by our insurance subsidiary, our ability to pay dividends and service our debt obligations depends on our ability to obtain cash dividends or other permitted payments from our insurance subsidiary” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Liquidity and capital resources” and “Regulation.”

38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Capitalization

The following table summarizes our consolidated capitalization as of March 31, 2016:

on an actual basis;
on a pro forma basis to reflect the reclassification; and
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further give effect to the sale by us of           shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus, after the deduction of the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses.

Any increase or decrease in the initial public offering price as compared to the assumed initial public offering price will change the relative percentages of common stock owned by the former holders of Class A and Class B Common Stock, but will not change the aggregate number of shares outstanding following the completion of this offering. You should read this table in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Selected consolidated financial and other data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
As of March 31, 2016
 
Actual
Pro Forma
Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note payable (1)
$
29,643
 
$
       
 
$
       
 
Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 13,803,183 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 3,333,333 shares authorized, 1,534,773 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock $          par value, no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, actual;           shares authorized,          shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;          shares authorized,          shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
80,236
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retained earnings
 
34,827
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
5,777
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
 
120,841
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total capitalization
$
150,484
 
$
 
 
$
 
 

(1) Relates solely to our amended and restated credit agreement with The PrivateBank and Trust Company. See “Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations − Liquidity and capital resources − Credit facility.”

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $       million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, which we show on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Pro forma net tangible book value per share gives effect to the reclassification described under “Description of share capital — Reclassification of Class A and Class B Common Stock.” Pro forma net tangible book value per share has been determined by dividing net tangible book value (total tangible assets less total liabilities) by the pro forma number of shares of common stock outstanding. Pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2016 was $    million, or $    per share of common stock.

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value is our pro forma net tangible book value, plus the effect of the sale by us of           shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2016 was $    million, or $    per share of common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $    per share to our existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution of $    per share to new investors participating in this offering. We determine dilution per share to new investors by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors.

The following table illustrates the per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share
 
 
 
$
       
 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2016
$
       
 
 
 
 
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering
 
 
 
$
 
 
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors
 
 
 
$
 
 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering by approximately $   , and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $   , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, which we show on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $    per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $    and the dilution per share to new investors would be $    per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2016, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by

40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average
Price
Per Share
 
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Existing stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New investors
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
100
%
 
 
 
 
100
%
 
 
 

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders is exercised in full, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to          , or          % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering and the number of shares held by existing stockholders will decrease to          , or          % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that any options or other equity incentive grants are issued in the future with an exercise price or purchase price below the initial public offering price, new investors will experience further dilution.

41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Selected consolidated financial and other data

The following tables present our selected consolidated financial and other data, at the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated financial and other data set forth below as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of our management, our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus include all adjustments, consisting of only normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth herein.

These historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. Our historical share information does not give effect to the reclassification we will complete concurrently with the completion of the offering. The following information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2016
2015
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross written premiums
$
43,082
 
$
40,930
 
$
177,009
 
$
158,523
 
$
125,267
 
Ceded written premiums
 
4,713
 
 
(23,944
)
 
(92,991
)
 
(97,012
)
 
(80,870
)
Net written premiums
$
47,795
 
$
16,986
 
$
84,018
 
$
61,511
 
$
44,397
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earned premiums
$
30,597
 
$
16,441
 
$
74,322
 
$
58,996
 
$
45,122
 
Net investment income
 
1,676
 
 
1,214
 
 
5,643
 
 
4,070
 
 
3,344
 
Net investment gains
 
387
 
 
8
 
 
59
 
 
201
 
 
8
 
Other income
 
58
 
 
124
 
 
572
 
 
409
 
 
10
 
Total revenues
 
32,718
 
 
17,787
 
 
80,596
 
 
63,676
 
 
48,484
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
18,121
 
 
9,218
 
 
42,238
 
 
41,108
 
 
28,890
 
Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses
 
6,248
 
 
331
 
 
2,809
 
 
1,451
 
 
6,894
 
Other expenses
 
460
 
 
496
 
 
1,992
 
 
1,644
 
 
597
 
Total expenses
 
24,829
 
 
10,045
 
 
47,039
 
 
44,203
 
 
36,381
 
Income before income taxes
 
7,889
 
 
7,742
 
 
33,557
 
 
19,473
 
 
12,103
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
2,632
 
 
2,626
 
 
11,284
 
 
6,500
 
 
(164
)
Net income
$
5,257
 
$
5,116
 
$
22,273
 
$
12,973
 
$
12,267
 
Underwriting income (1)
$
6,228
 
$
6,892
 
$
29,275
 
$
16,437
 
$
9,338
 

42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
At March 31,
At December 31,
 
2016
2015
2015
2014
 
(in thousands)
Balance sheet data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and invested assets
$
393,663
 
$
308,212
 
$
368,685
 
$
292,285
 
Premiums receivable, net
 
16,528
 
 
15,474
 
 
15,550
 
 
14,226
 
Reinsurance recoverables
 
75,162
 
 
68,244
 
 
95,670
 
 
70,348
 
Ceded unearned premiums
 
22,088
 
 
42,836
 
 
39,329
 
 
42,565
 
Intangible assets
 
3,538
 
 
3,538
 
 
3,538
 
 
3,538
 
Total assets
 
530,192
 
 
452,233
 
 
545,278
 
 
437,604
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
235,277
 
 
172,923
 
 
219,629
 
 
162,210
 
Unearned premiums
 
81,670
 
 
76,069
 
 
81,713
 
 
75,253
 
Funds held for reinsurers
 
46,890
 
 
61,563
 
 
87,206
 
 
63,932
 
Note payable
 
29,643
 
 
27,521
 
 
29,603
 
 
27,484
 
Total liabilities
 
409,351
 
 
353,770
 
 
431,827
 
 
345,018
 
Total stockholders’ equity
 
120,841
 
 
98,463
 
 
113,451
 
 
92,586
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible stockholders’ equity (2)
$
118,541
 
$
96,163
 
$
111,151
 
$
90,286
 
Debt to total capitalization ratio (3)
 
19.8
%
 
22.0
%
 
20.8
%
 
23.1
%
Statutory capital and surplus (4)
$
130,323
 
$
109,297
 
$
127,675
 
$
104,101
 
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2016
2015
2015
2014
2013
Underwriting and other ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss ratio (5)
 
59.2
%
 
56.1
%
 
56.8
%
 
69.7
%
 
64.0
%
Expense ratio (6)
 
20.4
%
 
2.0
%
 
3.8
%
 
2.4
%
 
15.3
%
Combined ratio (7)
 
79.6
%
 
58.1
%
 
60.6
%
 
72.1
%
 
79.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted loss ratio (8)
 
55.3
%
 
51.4
%
 
51.5
%
 
59.4
%
 
58.5
%
Adjusted expense ratio (8)
 
26.8
%
 
25.8
%
 
26.0
%
 
24.7
%
 
26.9
%
Adjusted combined ratio (8)
 
82.1
%
 
77.2
%
 
77.5
%
 
84.1
%
 
85.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on equity (9)
 
18.0
%
 
21.4
%
 
21.6
%
 
15.3
%
 
17.0
%

(1) Underwriting income is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of underwriting income to net income in accordance with GAAP.

(2) Tangible stockholders’ equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Liquidity and capital resources — Financial condition” for a reconciliation of tangible stockholders’ equity to stockholders’ equity.

(3) The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of total indebtedness for borrowed money, including capitalized lease obligations, to the sum of total indebtedness for borrowed money, including capitalized lease obligations, and stockholders’ equity.

(4) For our insurance subsidiary, the excess of assets over liabilities as determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles as determined by the NAIC.

(5) The loss ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of losses and loss adjustment expenses to net earned premiums, net of the effects of reinsurance.

(6) The expense ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses to net earned premiums.

(7) The combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. A combined ratio under 100% generally indicates an underwriting profit. A combined ratio over 100% generally indicates an underwriting loss.

(8) The adjusted loss ratio, adjusted expense ratio and adjusted combined ratio are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Factors affecting our results of operations — The MLQS.”

(9) Return on equity represents net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending stockholders’ equity during the period.

43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion and analysis below includes certain forward-looking statements that are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in “Risk factors” beginning on page 13 and elsewhere in this prospectus that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, those forward-looking statements. See “Forward-looking statements.”

Overview

Founded in 2009, we are an established and growing specialty insurance company. We focus exclusively on the E&S market in the U.S., where we can use our underwriting expertise to write coverages for hard-to-place small business risks. We market and sell these insurance products in all 50 states and the District of Columbia through a network of independent insurance brokers. We have an experienced and cohesive management team, who have an average of 20 years of experience in the E&S market. Many of our employees and members of our management team have also worked together for decades at other E&S insurance companies.

We have one reportable segment, our Excess and Surplus Lines Insurance segment, which offers P&C insurance products through the E&S market. In 2015, the percentage breakdown of our gross written premiums was 94.4% casualty and 5.6% property. Our commercial lines offerings include construction, small business, general casualty, energy, excess casualty, professional liability, life sciences, product liability, allied health, health care, commercial property, environmental, management liability and inland marine. We also write a small amount of homeowners insurance in the personal lines market, which in aggregate represented 2.2% of our gross written premiums in 2015.

Our goal is to deliver long-term value for our stockholders by growing our business and generating attractive returns. We seek to accomplish this by generating consistent and attractive underwriting profits while managing our capital prudently. We have built a company that is entrepreneurial and highly efficient, using our proprietary technology platform and leveraging the expertise of our highly experienced employees in our daily operations. We believe our systems and technology are at the digital forefront of the insurance industry, allowing us to quickly collect and analyze data, thereby improving our ability to manage our business and reducing response times for our customers. We believe that we have differentiated ourselves from our competitors by effectively leveraging technology, vigilantly controlling expenses and maintaining control over our underwriting and claims management.

Factors affecting our results of operations

The MLQS

Historically, a significant amount of our business has been reinsured through our MLQS with third-party reinsurers. This agreement allows us to cede a portion of the risk related to certain of the insurance that we underwrite in exchange for a portion of our direct written premiums on that business, less a ceding commission. The MLQS is subject to annual renewal; however, we can adjust the amount of business we cede on a quarterly basis in accordance with the terms of the MLQS. We continually monitor the ceding percentage under the MLQS and adjust this percentage based on our projected direct written premiums. Under our MLQS effective January 1, 2016, for the calendar year Tokio Millennium Re AG, Munich Reinsurance America, Inc., Everest Reinsurance Co. and Berkley Insurance Co. are counterparty to 40%, 32.5%, 20% and 7.5%, respectively, of the MLQS.

We entered into the MLQS in the middle of 2012. Effective January 1, 2013, the MLQS had a ceding percentage of 45% and a provisional ceding commission rate of 35%. Effective January 1, 2014, we increased the ceding percentage under the MLQS from 45% to 50% and the provisional ceding

44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

commission rate from 35% to 40%. Effective January 1, 2015, the MLQS maintained a ceding percentage of 50% and the provisional ceding commission rate increased slightly to 41%.The ceding percentage remained at 50% until October 1, 2015, at which time we decreased the percentage to 40%, while the ceding commission rate remained at 41%. A lower ceding percentage generally results in higher net earned premiums and a reduction in ceding commissions in future periods.

Effective January 1, 2016, we further reduced the ceding percentage from 40% to 15% while maintaining the provisional ceding commission rate at 41%. We reduced the ceding percentage due to Kinsale Insurance’s capital position growing more strongly as a result of the profitability of the business relative to the growth rate of gross written premiums. We may adjust the ceding percentage under the MLQS for future periods depending on future business conditions in our industry. Generally, we would consider increasing the ceding percentage when gross written premiums are growing more strongly relative to the growth rate of Kinsale Insurance’s capital position, and decreasing the ceding percentage when Kinsale Insurance’s capital position is growing more strongly relative to the growth rate of gross written premiums. In periods of high premium rates and shortages of underwriting capacity (known as a hard market), the E&S market may grow significantly more rapidly than the standard insurance market as business may shift from the standard market to the E&S market dramatically.

The impact of the MLQS on our results of operations is primarily reflected in our ceded written premiums, losses and loss adjustment expenses, as well as our underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses. The following tables summarize the effect of the MLQS on our underwriting income for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 and the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2016
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015
($ in thousands)
Including
Quota
Share
Effect of
Quota
Share
Excluding
Quota
Share
Including
Quota
Share
Effect of
Quota
Share
Excluding
Quota
Share
Gross written premiums
$
43,082
 
$
 
$
43,082
 
$
40,930
 
$
 
$
40,930
 
Ceded written premiums
 
4,713
 
 
11,589
 
 
(6,876
)
 
(23,944
)
 
(17,204
)
 
(6,740
)
Net written premiums
$
47,795
 
$
11,589
 
$
36,206
 
$
16,986
 
$
(17,204
)
$
34,190
 
Net retention (1)
 
110.9
%
 
 
 
 
84.0
%
 
41.5
%
 
 
 
 
83.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earned premiums
$
30,597
 
$
(5,432
)
$
36,029
 
$
16,441
 
$
(16,703
)
$
33,144
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
(18,121
)
 
1,810
 
 
(19,931
)
 
(9,218
)
 
7,821
 
 
(17,039
)
Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6,248
)
 
3,405
 
 
(9,653
)
 
(331
)
 
8,214
 
 
(8,545
)
Underwriting income (2)
$
6,228
 
$
(217
)
$
6,445
 
$
6,892
 
$
(668
)
$
7,560
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss ratio
 
59.2
%
 
33.3
%
 
 
 
56.1
%
 
46.8
%
 
 
Expense ratio
 
20.4
%
 
62.7
%
 
 
 
2.0
%
 
49.2
%
 
 
Combined ratio
 
79.6
%
 
96.0
%
 
 
 
58.1
%
 
96.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted loss ratio (3)
 
 
 
 
 
55.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
51.4
%
Adjusted expense ratio (3)
 
 
 
 
 
26.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
25.8
%
Adjusted combined ratio (3)
 
 
 
 
 
82.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
77.2
%

45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Year Ended
December 31, 2015
Year Ended
December 31, 2014
Year Ended
December 31, 2013
($ in thousands)
Including
Quota
Share
Effect of
Quota
Share
Excluding
Quota
Share
Including
Quota
Share
Effect of
Quota
Share
Excluding
Quota
Share
Including
Quota
Share
Effect of
Quota
Share
Excluding
Quota
Share
Gross written premiums
$
177,009
 
$
 
$
177,009
 
$
158,523
 
$
 
$
158,523
 
$
125,267
 
$
 
$
125,267
 
Ceded written premiums
 
(92,991
)
 
(63,991
)
 
(29,000
)
 
(97,012
)
 
(68,755
)
 
(28,257
)
 
(80,870
)
 
(58,241
)
 
(22,629
)
Net written premiums
$
84,018
 
$
(63,991
)
$
148,009
 
$
61,511
 
$
(68,755
)
$
130,266
 
$
44,397
 
$
(58,241
)
$
102,638
 
Net retention (1)
 
47.5
%
 
83.6
%
 
38.8
%
 
82.2
%
 
35.4
%
 
81.9
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earned premiums
$
74,322
 
$
(67,950
)
$
142,272
 
$
58,996
 
$
(60,838
)
$
119,834
 
$
45,122
 
$
(38,310
)
$
83,432
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
(42,238
)
 
30,978
 
 
(73,216
)
 
(41,108
)
 
30,093
 
 
(71,201
)
 
(28,890
)
 
19,904
 
 
(48,794
)
Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses
 
(2,809
)
 
34,254
 
 
(37,063
)
 
(1,451
)
 
28,160
 
 
(29,611
)
 
(6,894
)
 
15,533
 
 
(22,427
)
Underwriting income (2)
$
29,275
 
$
(2,718
)
$
31,993
 
$
16,437
 
$
(2,585
)
$
19,022
 
$
9,338
 
$
(2,873
)
$
12,211
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss ratio
 
56.8
%
 
45.6
%
 
 
 
69.7
%
 
49.5
%
 
 
 
64.0
%
 
52.0
%
 
 
Expense ratio
 
3.8
%
 
50.4
%
 
 
 
2.4
%
 
46.3
%
 
 
 
15.3
%
 
40.5
%
 
 
Combined ratio
 
60.6
%
 
96.0
%
 
 
 
72.1
%
 
95.8
%
 
 
 
79.3
%
 
92.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted loss ratio (3)
 
 
 
 
 
51.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
59.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
58.5
%
Adjusted expense ratio (3)
 
 
 
 
 
26.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
24.7
%
 
 
 
 
 
26.9
%
Adjusted combined ratio (3)
 
 
 
 
 
77.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
84.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
85.4
%

(1) The ratio of net written premiums to gross written premiums.

(2) Underwriting income is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of underwriting income to net income in accordance with GAAP.

(3) Our adjusted loss ratio, adjusted expense ratio and adjusted combined ratio are non-GAAP financial measures. We define our adjusted loss ratio, adjusted expense ratio and adjusted combined ratio as each of our loss ratio, expense ratio and combined ratio, respectively, excluding the effects of the MLQS. We use these adjusted ratios as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe they give our management and other users of our financial information useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance. Our adjusted loss ratio, adjusted expense ratio and adjusted combined ratio should not be viewed as substitutes for our loss ratio, expense ratio and combined ratio, respectively, which are presented in accordance with GAAP.

Our results of operations may be difficult to compare from year to year as we may make periodic adjustments to the amount of business we cede under the terms of the MLQS, may change the negotiated terms of the MLQS upon renewal, and may increase or decrease the ceding commission under the MLQS based on the loss experience of the business ceded. In light of the impact of the MLQS on our results of operations, we internally evaluate our financial performance both including and excluding the effect of the MLQS.

46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Components of our results of operations

Gross written premiums

Gross written premiums are the amount received or to be received for insurance policies written or assumed by us during a specific period of time without reduction for policy acquisition costs, reinsurance costs or other deductions. The volume of our gross written premiums in any given period are generally influenced by:

New business submissions;
Binding of new business submissions into policies;
Renewals of existing policies; and
Average size and premium rate of new and existing policies.

We earn insurance premiums on a pro rata basis over the term of a policy. Our insurance policies generally have a term of one year. Net earned premiums represent the earned portion of our gross written premiums, less that portion of our gross written premiums that is ceded to third-party reinsurers under our reinsurance agreements.

Ceded written premiums

Ceded written premiums are the amount of gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers. We enter into reinsurance contracts to limit our exposure to potential large losses as well as to provide additional capacity for growth. Ceded written premiums are earned over the reinsurance contract period in proportion to the period of risk covered. The volume of our ceded written premiums is impacted by the level of our gross written premiums and any decision we make to increase or decrease retention levels. Since we reduced the ceding percentage under the MLQS from 40% to 15% effective January 1, 2016, we anticipate that our ceded written premiums will decline significantly relative to our gross written premiums in future periods.

Net investment income

Net investment income is an important component of our results of operations. We earn investment income on our portfolio of cash and invested assets. Our cash and invested assets are primarily comprised of fixed maturity securities, but also include cash and cash equivalents, equity securities and short-term investments. The principal factors that influence net investment income are the size of our investment portfolio and the yield on that portfolio. As measured by amortized cost (which excludes changes in fair market value, such as from changes in interest rates), the size of our investment portfolio is mainly a function of our invested equity capital along with premiums we receive from our insureds less payments on policyholder claims.

Net investment gains

Net investment gains are a function of the difference between the amount received by us on the sale of a security and the security’s amortized cost, as well as any “other-than-temporary” impairments recognized in earnings.

Other income

Other income primarily consists of the commissions retained by our affiliate broker, Aspera.

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

Losses and loss adjustment expenses are a function of the amount and type of insurance contracts we write and the loss experience associated with the underlying coverage. In general, our losses and loss adjustment expenses are affected by:

Frequency of claims associated with the particular types of insurance contracts that we write;
Trends in the average size of losses incurred on a particular type of business;

47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mix of business written by us;
Changes in the legal or regulatory environment related to the business we write;
Trends in legal defense costs;
Wage inflation; and
Inflation in medical costs.

Losses and loss adjustment expenses are based on an actuarial analysis of the estimated losses, including losses incurred during the period and changes in estimates from prior periods. Losses and loss adjustment expenses may be paid out over a period of years.

Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses

Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses include policy acquisition costs and other underwriting expenses. Policy acquisition costs are principally comprised of the commissions we pay our brokers, net of ceding commissions we receive on business ceded under certain reinsurance contracts. Policy acquisition costs that are directly related to the successful acquisition of those policies are deferred. The amortization of such policy acquisition costs is charged to expense in proportion to premium earned over the policy life. Other underwriting expenses represent the general and administrative expenses of our insurance business including employment costs, telecommunication and technology costs, the costs of our lease, and legal and auditing fees. As we have reduced the ceding percentage under the MLQS from 40% to 15% effective January 1, 2016, we expect to receive lower ceding commissions and therefore anticipate that our underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses will increase significantly during 2016.

Other expenses

Other expenses are comprised principally of interest expense related to our credit facility and expenses relating to Aspera, our affiliate broker.

Income tax expense (benefit)

Currently all of our income tax expense relates to federal income taxes. Kinsale Insurance is generally not subject to income taxes in the states in which it operates; however, our non-insurance subsidiaries are subject to state income taxes. The amount of income tax expense or benefit recorded in future periods will be dependent on the jurisdictions in which we operate and the tax laws and regulations in effect.

Key metrics

We discuss certain key metrics, described below, which provide useful information about our business and the operational factors underlying our financial performance.

Underwriting income is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define underwriting income as net income, excluding net investment income, net investment gains and losses, and other income and expenses. See “—Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of underwriting income to net income in accordance with GAAP.

Loss ratio , expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of losses and loss adjustment expenses to net earned premiums, net of the effects of reinsurance.

Expense ratio, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses to net earned premiums.

Combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. A combined ratio under 100% generally indicates an underwriting profit. A combined ratio over 100% generally indicates an underwriting loss.

Adjusted loss ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define adjusted loss ratio as the loss ratio, excluding the effects of the MLQS. For additional detail on the impact of the MLQS on our results of operations, see “—Factors affecting our results of operations — The MLQS.”

48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Adjusted expense ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define adjusted expense ratio as the expense ratio, excluding the effects of the MLQS. For additional detail on the impact of the MLQS on our results of operations, see “—Factors affecting our results of operations — The MLQS.”

Adjusted combined ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define adjusted combined ratio as the loss ratio, excluding the effects of the MLQS. For additional detail on the impact of the MLQS on our results of operations, see “—Factors affecting our results of operations — The MLQS.”

Return on equity is our net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending stockholders’ equity during the period. Our overall financial goal is to produce a return on equity in the mid-teens over the long-term.

Results of operations

Three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to three months ended March 31, 2015

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
($ in thousands)
2016
2015
Change
Gross written premiums
$
43,082
 
$
40,930
 
$
2,152
 
Ceded written premiums
 
4,713
 
 
(23,944
)
 
28,657
 
Net written premiums
$
47,795
 
$
16,986
 
$
30,809
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earned premiums
$
30,597
 
$
16,441
 
$
14,156
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
18,121
 
 
9,218
 
 
8,903
 
Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses
 
6,248
 
 
331
 
 
5,917
 
Underwriting income (1)
 
6,228
 
 
6,892
 
 
(664
)
Other expenses, net
 
(402
)
 
(372
)
 
(30
)
Net investment income
 
1,676
 
 
1,214
 
 
462
 
Net investment gains
 
387
 
 
8
 
 
379
 
Income before taxes
 
7,889
 
 
7,742
 
 
147
 
Income tax expense
 
2,632
 
 
2,626
 
 
6
 
Net income
$
5,257
 
$
5,116
 
$
141
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on equity
 
18.0
%
 
21.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss ratio
 
59.2
%
 
56.1
%
 
 
 
Expense ratio
 
20.4
%
 
2.0
%
 
 
 
Combined ratio
 
79.6
%
 
58.1
%
 
 
 

(1) Underwriting income is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of underwriting income to net income in accordance with GAAP.

Our net income was $5.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $5.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of 2.8%. Our underwriting income decreased by $0.7 million, or 9.6%, to $6.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $6.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The decrease in our underwriting income in the period was due primarily to lower favorable development of prior accident years, during the first three months of 2016 compared to the same period in 2015.

Upon renewal of the MLQS on January 1, 2015, we maintained the MLQS ceding percentage at 50%, which resulted in a net retention ratio of 41.5%, for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and the provisional ceding commission rate was increased slightly to 41%.The ceding percentage remained at 50% until October 1, 2015, at which time we decreased the percentage to 40%. Upon

49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

renewal of the MLQS on January 1, 2016, we further reduced the ceding percentage from 40% to 15%, which resulted in a net retention ratio of 110.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2016, while maintaining the provisional ceding commission rate at 41%. Excluding the effect of the MLQS, our net retention ratio was 84.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to 83.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

In addition, excluding the effect of the MLQS, our underwriting income was $6.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $7.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $1.1 million, or 14.7%. The corresponding adjusted combined ratio was 82.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to 77.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The adjusted combined ratio reflected a 3.9 point increase in the adjusted loss ratio in the first quarter of 2016 and an increase in the adjusted expense ratio of 1.0 point.

Premiums

Our gross written premiums were $43.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $40.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $2.2 million, or 5.3%. Premium growth in the first quarter of 2016 was due to an increase in the number of policies written, offset in part by a decrease in the average premium per policy. The average premium on a policy written by us in the first quarter of 2016 was $8,929 compared to $10,402 in the first quarter of 2015. The increase in gross written premiums was most notable in the following lines of business:

Construction, which represented approximately 21.5% of our gross written premiums in the first quarter of 2016, increased by $1.1 million (or 14.1%) for the three months ended March 31, 2016 over the prior three months ended March 31, 2015;
Small business, which represented approximately 14.9% of our gross written premiums in the first quarter of 2016, increased by $2.1 million (or 50.1%) for the three months ended March 31, 2016 over the prior three months ended March 31, 2015;
Energy, which represented approximately 8.5% of our gross written premiums in the first quarter of 2016, decreased by $0.7 million (or 17.0%) for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from the prior three months ended March 31, 2015.
General casualty, which represented approximately 7.2% of our gross written premiums in the first quarter of 2016, decreased by $1.9 million (or 38.3%) for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from the prior three months ended March 31, 2015;
Personal insurance, which represented approximately 3.1% of our gross written premiums in the first quarter of 2016, increased by $0.5 million (or 63.4%) for the three months ended March 31, 2016 over the prior three months ended March 31, 2015; and
Management liability, which represented approximately 1.4% of our gross written premiums in the first quarter of 2016 and a new line product line in the fourth quarter of 2015, was $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

Net written premiums increased by $30.8 million, or 181.4%, to $47.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $17.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. This increase in net written premiums was primarily due to the decrease in the ceding percentage on the MLQS and higher gross written premiums in the first quarter of 2016. Effective January 1, 2016, we decreased the ceding percentage on the MLQS from 40% to 15%.

Net earned premiums increased by $14.2 million, or 86.1%, to $30.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $16.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 due to higher net written premiums in the first quarter of 2016 compared to the first quarter of 2015. Excluding the effect of the MLQS, net earned premiums increased by $2.9 million, or 8.7%, to $36.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $33.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Loss ratio

Our loss ratio was 59.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to 56.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2015, or an increase of 3.1 points. This increase in the loss ratio for the first quarter of 2016 was due primarily to lower favorable development of prior accident years during the first three months of 2016 compared to the same period in 2015.

The following tables summarize the effect of the factors indicated above on the loss ratio for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
($ in thousands)
Losses and loss
adjustment
expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Losses and loss
adjustment
expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Loss ratio:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current accident year
$
20,844
 
 
68.1
%
$
12,808
 
 
77.9
%
Effect of prior year development
 
(2,723
)
 
(8.9
)
 
(3,590
)
 
(21.8
)
 
$
18,121
 
 
59.2
%
$
9,218
 
 
56.1
%
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
($ in thousands)
Losses and loss
adjustment
expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Losses and loss
adjustment
expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Adjusted loss ratio:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current accident year
$
24,060
 
 
66.8
%
$
22,246
 
 
67.1
%
Effect of prior year development
 
(4,129
)
 
(11.5
)
 
(5,207
)
 
(15.7
)
 
$
19,931
 
 
55.3
%
$
17,039
 
 
51.4
%

Expense ratio

Our expense ratio was 20.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to 2.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2015. As a result of the MLQS, our expense ratio in the first quarter of 2015 was unusually low from ceding commissions we received under the MLQS and certain other reinsurance contracts.

The following table summarizes the effect of the factors indicated above on the expense ratio for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
($ in thousands)
Underwriting
Expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Underwriting
Expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Commissions incurred:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
$
6,406
 
 
20.9
%
$
5,963
 
 
36.3
%
Ceding - MLQS
 
(3,405
)
 
(11.1
)%
 
(8,214
)
 
(50.0
)%
Ceding - other
 
(2,003
)
 
(6.5
)%
 
(1,866
)
 
(11.3
)%
Net commissions incurred
 
998
 
 
3.3
%
 
(4,117
)
 
(25.0
)%
Other underwriting expenses
 
5,250
 
 
17.1
%
 
4,448
 
 
27.0
%
Underwriting, acquisition, and insurance expenses
$
6,248
 
 
20.4
%
$
331
 
 
2.0
%

51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The 18.4 point increase in the expense ratio in the first quarter of 2016 was due primarily to the decrease in the ceding percentage and related ceding commission on the MLQS for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015. Other underwriting expenses were $5.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $4.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $0.8 million, or 18.0%. This increase was primarily due to higher compensation costs associated with an increase in our overall number of employees in the first quarter of 2016, as well as increased employee incentive compensation. Direct commissions paid as a percent of gross written premiums was 14.9% for each of the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

Excluding the effect of the MLQS, the adjusted expense ratio was 26.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to 25.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Combined ratio

Our combined ratio was 79.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to 58.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Excluding the effects of the MLQS, the adjusted combined ratio was 82.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to 77.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Investing results

Our net investment income increased by 38.1% to $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, primarily due to the increase in our investment portfolio from additional premiums collected since the first quarter of 2015. We achieved this increase despite the continuing low interest rate environment.

The following table summarizes net investment income and net capital gains for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
($ in thousands)
2016
2015
Change
Net investment income
$
1,676
 
 
1,214
 
$
462
 
Net capital gains
 
387
 
 
8
 
 
379
 
Total
$
2,063
 
$
1,222
 
$
841
 

The weighted average duration of our fixed income portfolio was 3.0 years at March 31, 2016 and 3.2 years at March 31, 2015. Our fixed income portfolio had a book yield of 2.05% at March 31, 2016, compared to 1.95% at March 31, 2015.

We perform quarterly reviews of all securities within our investment portfolio to determine whether any other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. Management concluded that none of the fixed maturity or equity securities with an unrealized loss at March 31, 2016 and 2015 experienced an other-than-temporary impairment.

Other expenses

Other expenses were relatively flat for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 and were comprised principally of interest expense related to our credit facility of $0.3 million for the first quarter of 2016 and 2015, and expenses related to Aspera.

Income tax expense

Our income tax expense was $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015. Our effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was approximately 33.4% compared to 33.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory tax rate primarily as a result of favorable tax treatment on certain municipal bond interest income and dividends received from our equity investments.

52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Return on equity

Our annualized return on equity for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was 18.0% compared to 21.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and reflects the increase in our combined ratio in the first quarter of 2016.

Year ended December 31, 2015 compared to year ended December 31, 2014

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in thousands)
2015
2014
Change
Gross written premiums
$
177,009
 
$
158,523
 
$
18,486
 
Ceded written premiums
 
(92,991
)
 
(97,012
)
 
4,021
 
Net written premiums
$
84,018
 
$
61,511
 
$
22,507
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earned premiums
$
74,322
 
$
58,996
 
$
15,326
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
42,238
 
 
41,108
 
 
1,130
 
Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses
 
2,809
 
 
1,451
 
 
1,358
 
Underwriting income (1)
 
29,275
 
 
16,437
 
 
12,838
 
Other expenses, net
 
(1,420
)
 
(1,235
)
 
(185
)
Net investment income
 
5,643
 
 
4,070
 
 
1,573
 
Net investment gains
 
59
 
 
201
 
 
(142
)
Income before taxes
 
33,557
 
 
19,473
 
 
14,084
 
Income tax expense
 
11,284
 
 
6,500
 
 
4,784
 
Net income
$
22,273
 
$
12,973
 
$
9,300
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on equity
 
21.6
%
 
15.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss ratio
 
56.8
%
 
69.7
%
 
 
 
Expense ratio
 
3.8
%
 
2.4
%
 
 
 
Combined ratio
 
60.6
%
 
72.1
%
 
 
 

(1) Underwriting income is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of underwriting income to net income in accordance with GAAP.

Our net income was $22.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $9.3 million, or 71.7%. Our underwriting income increased by $12.8 million, or 78.1%, to $29.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in our underwriting income in the period was primarily the result of higher premium volume in 2015 combined with an improvement in the loss ratio to 56.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015, from 69.7% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Effective January 1, 2014, we increased both the ceding percentage on the MLQS from 45% to 50%, which resulted in a net retention ratio of 38.8%, and the provisional ceding commission rate from 35% to 40%. Effective October 1, 2015, we decreased the ceding percentage on the MLQS to 40%, which resulted in a net retention ratio of 47.5%, while the ceding commission rate increased slightly to 41%. Excluding the effect of the MLQS, our net retention ratio was 83.6% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 82.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

In addition, excluding the effect of the MLQS, our underwriting income was $32.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $13.0 million, or 68.2%. The corresponding adjusted combined ratio was 77.5% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 84.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014. The

53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

adjusted combined ratio reflected a 7.9 point decease in the adjusted loss ratio in 2015 offset in part by a slight increase in the adjusted expense ratio of 1.3 points.

Premiums

Our gross written premiums were $177.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $158.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $18.5 million, or 11.7%. Premium growth in 2015 was due to an increase in the number of policies written, offset in part by a decrease in the average premium per policy. The average premium on a policy written by us in 2015 was $10,424 compared to $11,020 in 2014. The increase in gross written premiums was most notable in the following lines of business:

Construction, which represented approximately 20.9% of our gross written premiums in 2015, increased by $5.2 million (or 16.6%) for the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year;
Small business, which represented approximately 12.1% of our gross written premiums in 2015, increased by $7.0 million (or 48.4%) for the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year;
Energy, which represented approximately 10.7% of our gross written premiums in 2015, increased by $1.6 million (or 9.4%) for the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year; and
Life sciences, which represented approximately 6.7% of our gross written premiums in 2015, increased by $1.5 million (or 14.1%) for the year ended December 31, 2015 over the prior year.

Net written premiums increased by $22.5 million, or 36.6%, to $84.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $61.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase in net written premiums was primarily due to the higher gross written premiums in 2015 and increased retention. Net retention was 47.5% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 38.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014. Effective October 1, 2015, we decreased the ceding percentage on the MLQS from 50% to 40%, which increased the net retention relative to gross written premiums.

Net earned premiums increased by $15.3 million, or 26.0%, to $74.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $59.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 due to higher net written premiums in 2015 compared to 2014. Excluding the effect of the MLQS, net earned premiums increased by $22.4 million, or 18.7%, to $142.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $119.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Loss ratio

Our loss ratio was 56.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 69.7% for the year ended December 31, 2014, or a decrease of 12.9 points. This decrease in the loss ratio for 2015 was due primarily to the favorable development of prior accident years, particularly on our general casualty line of business.

The following tables summarize the effect of the factors indicated above on the loss ratio for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
($ in thousands)
Losses and loss
adjustment
expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Losses and loss
adjustment
expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Loss ratio:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current accident year
$
51,434
 
 
69.2
%
$
42,620
 
 
72.2
%
Effect of prior year development
 
(9,196
)
 
(12.4
)
 
(1,512
)
 
(2.5
)
 
$
42,238
 
 
56.8
%
$
41,108
 
 
69.7
%

54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
($ in thousands)
Losses and loss
adjustment
expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Losses and loss
adjustment
expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Adjusted loss ratio:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current accident year
$
88,229
 
 
62.0
%
$
75,288
 
 
62.8
%
Effect of prior year development
 
(15,013
)
 
(10.5
)
 
(4,087
)
 
(3.4
)
 
$
73,216
 
 
51.5
%
$
71,201
 
 
59.4
%

Expense ratio

Our expense ratio was 3.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 2.4% for the year ended December 31, 2014. As a result of the MLQS, our expense ratio in these periods was unusually low from ceding commissions we received under the MLQS and certain other reinsurance contracts.

The following table summarizes the effect of the factors indicated above on the expense ratio for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
($ in thousands)
Underwriting
Expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Underwriting
Expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Commissions incurred:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
$
25,241
 
 
34.0
%
$
21,617
 
 
36.6
%
Ceding - MLQS
 
(34,254
)
 
(46.1
)%
 
(28,160
)
 
(47.7
)%
Ceding - other
 
(7,827
)
 
(10.5
)%
 
(6,529
)
 
(11.1
)%
Net commissions incurred
 
(16,840
)
 
(22.6
)%
 
(13,072
)
 
(22.2
)%
Other underwriting expenses
 
19,649
 
 
26.4
%
 
14,523
 
 
24.6
%
Underwriting, acquisition, and insurance expenses
$
2,809
 
 
3.8
%
$
1,451
 
 
2.4
%

The increase in the expense ratio of 1.4 points in 2015 was due primarily to higher other underwriting expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014. Other underwriting expenses were $19.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $5.1 million, or 35.3%. This increase was primarily due to higher compensation costs associated with an increase in our overall number of employees in 2015, as well as increased employee incentive compensation. Direct commissions as a percent of gross written premiums was 14.8% for each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Excluding the effect of the MLQS, the adjusted expense ratio was 26.0% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 24.7% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Combined ratio

Our combined ratio was 60.6% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 72.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the effects of the MLQS, the adjusted combined ratio was 77.5% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 84.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Investing results

Our net investment income increased by 38.6% to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to the increase in our investment portfolio from additional premiums collected in 2015. We achieved this increase despite the unfavorable interest rate environment.

55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes the components of net investment income and net investment gains for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
2015
2014
Change
Net investment income
$
5,643
 
$
4,070
 
$
1,573
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net capital gains
 
59
 
 
323
 
 
(264
)
Other-than temporary losses
 
 
 
(122
)
 
122
 
Net investment gains
 
59
 
 
201
 
 
(142
)
Total
$
5,702
 
$
4,271
 
$
1,431
 

The weighted average duration of our fixed income portfolio was 3.2 years at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Our fixed income portfolio had a book yield of 2.08% at December 31, 2015, compared to 1.99% at December 31, 2014.

We perform quarterly reviews of all securities within our investment portfolio to determine whether any other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. In connection with that review, we recognized an impairment loss of $0.1 million on a municipal bond issued by the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico for the year ended December 31, 2014. The impairment was based on management’s assessment of that country’s economic conditions and debt burden. Management concluded that none of the fixed maturity securities with an unrealized loss at December 31, 2015 experienced an other-than-temporary impairment.

Other expenses

Our other expenses increased by $0.4 million to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and were comprised principally of interest expense related to our credit facility of $1.2 million in 2015 and $1.0 million in 2014.

Income tax expense

Our income tax expense increased by $4.8 million, or 73.6%, to $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 was approximately 33.6% compared to 33.4% for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our effective tax rate differed from the statutory tax rate in 2015 and 2014 primarily as a result favorable tax treatment on certain municipal bond interest income and dividends received from our equity investments.

Return on equity

Our return on equity for the year ended December 31, 2015 was 21.6% compared to 15.3% for the year ended December 31, 2014 and reflects the improvement in our results of operations driven primarily by our favorable loss experience in 2015.

56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2013

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in thousands)
2014
2013
Change
Gross written premiums
$
158,523
 
$
125,267
 
$
33,256
 
Ceded written premiums
 
(97,012
)
 
(80,870
)
 
(16,142
)
Net written premiums
$
61,511
 
$
44,397
 
$
17,114
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earned premiums
$
58,996
 
$
45,122
 
$
13,874
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
41,108
 
 
28,890
 
 
12,218
 
Underwriting, acquisition, and insurance expenses
 
1,451
 
 
6,894
 
 
(5,443
)
Underwriting income (1)
 
16,437
 
 
9,338
 
 
7,099
 
Other expenses, net
 
(1,235
)
 
(587
)
 
(648
)
Net investment income
 
4,070
 
 
3,344
 
 
726
 
Net investment gains
 
201
 
 
8
 
 
193
 
Income before taxes
 
19,473
 
 
12,103
 
 
7,370
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
6,500
 
 
(164
)
 
6,664
 
Net income
$
12,973
 
$
12,267
 
$
706
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on equity
 
15.3
%
 
17.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss ratio
 
69.7
%
 
64.0
%
 
 
 
Expense ratio
 
2.4
%
 
15.3
%
 
 
 
Combined ratio
 
72.1
%
 
79.3
%
 
 
 

(1) Underwriting income is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of underwriting income to net income in accordance with GAAP.

Our net income was $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $0.7 million, or 5.8%. Our underwriting income increased by $7.1 million, or 76.0%, to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in our underwriting income in the period was primarily the result of higher premium volume in 2014 combined with an improvement in the combined ratio to 72.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 79.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Effective January 1, 2014, we increased both the ceding percentage on the MLQS from 45% to 50%, which resulted in a net retention ratio of 38.8%, and the provisional ceding commission rate from 35% to 40%. Excluding the effect of the MLQS, our net retention ratio was 82.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 81.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

In addition, excluding the effect of the MLQS, our underwriting income was $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $6.8 million, or 55.8%. The corresponding adjusted combined ratio was 84.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 85.4% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The adjusted combined ratio reflected a 2.2 point decease in the adjusted expense ratio in 2014 offset in part by a slight increase in the adjusted loss ratio of 0.9 points.

Premiums

Our gross written premiums were $158.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $125.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $33.2 million, or 26.5%. Premium growth in 2014 reflected an increase in the number of policies written across most of our

57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

lines of business in 2014 as our operations continued to expand, offset in part by a decrease in the average premium per policy. The average premium on a policy written by us in 2014 was $11,020 compared to $12,353 in 2013. The increase in gross written premiums was most notable in the following lines of business:

Construction, which represented approximately 20.0% of our gross written premiums in 2014, increased by $9.0 million (or 39.5%) for the year ended December 31, 2014 over the prior year;
General casualty, which represented 13.0% of our gross written premiums in 2014, increased by $4.9 million (or 31.2%) for the year ended December 31, 2014 over the prior year;
Energy, which represented 11.0% of our gross written premiums in 2014, increased by $4.7 million (or 36.7%) for the year ended December 31, 2014 over the prior year; and
Small business, which represented approximately 9.1% of our gross written premiums in 2014, increased by $6.2 million (or 75.4%) for the year ended December 31, 2014 over the prior year.

Net written premiums increased by $17.1 million, or 38.5%, to $61.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $44.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase in net written premiums was primarily due to an increase in the number of policies written in 2014. Net retention was 38.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 35.4% for the year ended December 31, 2013. Due to our premium growth expectations, we increased the ceding percentage on the MLQS from 45% to 50% effective January 1, 2014. An increase in the ceding percentage would typically lower the net retention relative to gross written premiums. However, in 2014, net retention increased by 3.4 percentage points as a result of increasing the ceding percentage related to the MLQS from 10% to 45% effective January 1, 2013. The change in the ceding percentage in 2013 resulted in an incremental increase in ceded premiums of $11.8 million for the year ended December 2013. The change in the ceding percentage in 2014, from 45% to 50%, resulted in an incremental increase in ceded premiums of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Excluding the effect of the MLQS, net retention was 82.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 81.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Net earned premiums increased by $13.9 million, or 30.7%, to $59.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $45.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, due to higher net written premiums in 2014 compared to 2013. Excluding the effect of the MLQS, net earned premiums increased by $36.4 million, or 43.6%, to $119.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $83.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 due to higher net written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.

Loss ratio

Our loss ratio was 69.7% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 64.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013, or an increase of 5.7 points. The increase in the loss ratio for 2014 was due primarily to a higher frequency of reported large losses related to the 2014 accident year.

The following tables summarize the effect of the factors indicated above on the loss ratio for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2014
2013
($ in thousands)
Losses and loss
adjustment
expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Losses and loss
adjustment
expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Loss ratio:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current accident year
$
42,620
 
 
72.2
%
$
30,991
 
 
68.7
%
Effect of prior year development
 
(1,512
)
 
(2.5
)
 
(2,101
)
 
(4.7
)
 
$
41,108
 
 
69.7
%
$
28,890
 
 
64.0
%

58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2014
2013
($ in thousands)
Losses and loss
adjustment
expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Losses and loss
adjustment
expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Adjusted loss ratio:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current accident year
$
75,288
 
 
62.8
%
$
51,040
 
 
61.2
%
Effect of prior year development
 
(4,087
)
 
(3.4
)
 
(2,246
)
 
(2.7
)
 
$
71,201
 
 
59.4
%
$
48,794
 
 
58.5
%

Expense ratio

Our expense ratio decreased from 15.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 2.4% for the year ended December 31, 2014. As a result of the MLQS, our expense ratio was unusually low in 2014 from ceding commissions we received under the MLQS and certain other reinsurance contracts in this period.

The following table summarizes the effect of the factors indicated above on the expense ratio for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2014
2013
($ in thousands)
Underwriting
Expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Underwriting
Expenses
% of Earned
Premiums
Commissions incurred:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
$
21,617
 
 
36.6
%
$
15,001
 
 
33.2
%
Ceding - MLQS
 
(28,160
)
 
(47.7
)%
 
(15,533
)
 
(34.4
)%
Ceding - other
 
(6,529
)
 
(11.1
)%
 
(4,205
)
 
(9.3
)%
Net commissions incurred
 
(13,072
)
 
(22.2
)%
 
(4,737
)
 
(10.5
)%
Other underwriting expenses
 
14,523
 
 
24.6
%
 
11,631
 
 
25.8
%
Underwriting, acquisition, and insurance expenses
$
1,451
 
 
2.4
%
$
6,894
 
 
15.3
%

The decrease in the expense ratio of 12.9 points in 2014 was primarily due to the impact of ceding commissions on the MLQS and, to a lesser extent, from growth in premium volume. Ceding commissions related to the MLQS increased on higher written premiums ceded under the MLQS from growth in the business and from an increase in the provisional ceding commission from 35% in 2013 to 40% in 2014. In addition, contingent commissions under the MLQS increased by $2.7 million in 2014 over 2013 as a result of favorable loss ratios. Direct commissions as a percent of gross written premiums was 14.8% for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Other underwriting expenses were $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $2.9 million, or 24.9%. This increase was primarily due to higher compensation costs associated with an increase in our overall number of employees in 2014, as well as increased employee incentive compensation.

Excluding the effect of the MLQS, the adjusted expense ratio was 24.7% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 26.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Combined ratio

Our combined ratio was 72.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 79.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding the effects of the MLQS, the adjusted combined ratio was 84.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 85.4% in 2013.

59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investing results

Our net investment income increased by $0.7 million, or 21.2%, to $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to the increase in our investment portfolio from additional premium collected in 2014. We achieved this increase despite the unfavorable interest rate environment.

The following table summarizes the components of net investment income and net investment gains for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in thousands)
2014
2013
Change
Net investment income
$
4,070
 
$
3,344
 
$
726
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net capital gains
 
323
 
 
8
 
 
315
 
Other-than temporary losses
 
(122
)
 
 
 
(122
)
Net investment gains
 
201
 
 
8
 
 
193
 
Total
$
4,271
 
$
3,352
 
$
919
 

The weighted average duration of our fixed income portfolio was 3.2 years at December 31, 2014, compared to 3.4 years at December 31, 2013. Our fixed income portfolio had a book yield of 1.99% at December 31, 2014, compared to 2.22% at December 31, 2013.

We perform quarterly reviews of all securities within our investment portfolio to determine whether any other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. In connection with this review, we recognized an impairment loss of $0.1 million on a municipal bond issued by the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. The impairment was based on management’s assessment of that country’s economic conditions and debt burden. We concluded that none of the other fixed maturity securities with an unrealized loss at December 31, 2014 experienced an other-than-temporary impairment and there were no other-than-temporary impairments on fixed maturity securities with an unrealized loss at December 31, 2013.

Other expenses

Our other expenses increased by $1.0 million to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and was comprised principally of interest expense related to our credit facility of $1.0 million, and expenses related to our affiliate broker, Aspera, which was formed in August 2013. Other expenses in 2013 were comprised primarily of interest expense related to our credit facility of $0.5 million.

Income tax expense (benefit)

Our income tax expense was $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to an income tax benefit of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 was approximately 33.4% compared to (1.4)% for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our effective tax rate differed from the statutory tax rate in 2014 primarily as a result favorable tax treatment on certain municipal bond interest income and dividends received from equity investments. The (1.4)% effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflected the tax benefit recognized in the fourth quarter of 2013 related to release of the valuation allowance that was previously recorded against our net deferred tax asset.

Return on equity

Our return on equity for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 15.3% compared to 17.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and reflects the tax treatment related to the release of a valuation allowance.

60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Liquidity and capital resources

Sources and uses of funds

We are organized as a Delaware holding company with our operations primarily conducted by our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary, Kinsale Insurance, which is domiciled in Arkansas. Accordingly, Kinsale may receive cash through (1) loans from banks, (2) issuance of equity and debt securities, (3) corporate service fees from our insurance subsidiary, (4) payments from our subsidiaries pursuant to our consolidated tax allocation agreement and other transactions, and (5) dividends from our insurance subsidiary. We may use the proceeds from these sources to contribute funds to Kinsale Insurance in order to support premium growth, reduce our reliance on reinsurance, retire our outstanding indebtedness and pay interest, dividends and taxes and for other business purposes.

We receive corporate service fees from Kinsale Insurance to reimburse us for most of the other operating expenses that we incur. Reimbursement of expenses through corporate service fees is based on the actual costs that we expect to incur with no mark-up above our expected costs.

We file a consolidated federal income tax return with our subsidiaries, and under our corporate tax allocation agreement, each participant is charged or refunded taxes according to the amount that the participant would have paid or received had it filed on a separate return basis with the Internal Revenue Service.

State insurance laws restrict the ability of Kinsale Insurance to declare stockholder dividends without prior regulatory approval. State insurance regulators require insurance companies to maintain specified levels of statutory capital and surplus. The maximum dividend distribution Kinsale Insurance may make absent the approval or non-disapproval of the insurance regulatory authority in Arkansas is limited by Arkansas law to the greater of (1) 10% of policy holder surplus as of December 31 of the previous year, or (2) net income, not including realized capital gains, for the previous calendar year. The Arkansas statute also requires that dividends and other distributions be paid out of positive unassigned surplus without prior approval. The maximum amount of dividends Kinsale Insurance can pay us during 2016 without regulatory approval is $21.9 million. Insurance regulators have broad powers to ensure that statutory surplus remains at adequate levels, and there is no assurance that dividends of the maximum amount calculated under any applicable formula would be permitted. In the future, state insurance regulatory authorities that have jurisdiction over the payment of dividends by Kinsale Insurance may adopt statutory provisions more restrictive than those currently in effect. Kinsale Insurance has paid no dividends since its inception. See also “Risk factors — Risks related to our business and our industry — Because we are a holding company and substantially all of our operations are conducted by our insurance subsidiary, our ability to pay dividends and service our debt obligations depends on our ability to obtain cash dividends or other permitted payments from our insurance subsidiary.”

As of December 31, 2015, our holding company had $1.7 million in cash and investments, compared to $2.7 million as of December 31, 2014. The difference was primarily due to interest payments under the Credit Agreement (as defined under “—Credit facility” below) in 2015 of $1.1 million.

Management believes that the Company has sufficient liquidity available both in Kinsale and in its insurance subsidiary, Kinsale Insurance, as well as in its other operating subsidiaries, to meet its operating cash needs and obligations and committed capital expenditures for the next 12 months.

Cash flows

Our most significant source of cash is from premiums received from our insureds, which, for most policies, we receive at the beginning of the coverage period. Our most significant cash outflow is for claims that arise when a policyholder incurs an insured loss. Because the payment of claims occurs after the receipt of the premium, often years later, we invest the cash in various investment securities that earn interest and dividends. We also use cash to pay commissions to brokers, as well as to pay for ongoing operating expenses such as salaries, rent, taxes and interest expense. As described under “—Reinsurance” below, we use reinsurance to manage the risk that we take on our policies. We cede, or pay out, part of the premiums we receive to our reinsurers and collect cash back when losses subject to our reinsurance coverage are paid.

61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The timing of our cash flows from operating activities can vary among periods due to the timing by which payments are made or received. Some of our payments and receipts, including loss settlements and subsequent reinsurance receipts, can be significant, so their timing can influence cash flows from operating activities in any given period. Management believes that cash receipts from premiums, proceeds from investment sales and redemptions and investment income are sufficient to cover cash outflows in the foreseeable future.

Our cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 were:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
 
(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$
16,169
 
$
15,258
 
Investing activities
 
(14,700
)
 
(14,108
)
Financing activities
 
(33
)
 
(33
)
Change in cash and cash equivalents
$
1,436
 
$
1,117
 

Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $16.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared with $15.3 million provided by operating activities for the same period in 2015. This increase was largely driven by the timing of claim payments and reinsurance balances and operating assets and liabilities.

Net cash used in investing activities was $14.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared with net cash used in investing activities of $14.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase in cash used in investing activities was primarily attributable to higher net purchases of short-term and equity securities of $11.0 million, largely offset by lower net purchases of fixed maturity securities of $10.4 million.

There were no significant cash flows related to financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

Our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$
78,702
 
$
80,068
 
$
61,797
 
Investing activities
 
(80,047
)
 
(82,570
)
 
(73,944
)
Financing activities
 
1,931
 
 
10,242
 
 
12,644
 
Change in cash and cash equivalents
$
586
 
$
7,740
 
$
497
 

We have posted positive operating cash flow in each of the last three years. The increase in cash provided by operating activities for 2015 over 2013 was largely driven by higher premium volume and the timing of premium receipt, claim payments and reinsurance balances. Cash flows from operations in each of the past three years were used to fund investing activities. Net cash used by investing activities decreased by $2.5 million in 2015 from 2014 primarily due to lower purchases of equity securities of $4.9 million and a decrease of short-term investments of $2.2 million. This was offset in part by higher net purchases of fixed maturity investments of $5.4 million. Net cash used by investing activities increased by $8.6 million in 2014 over 2013 primarily due to higher net purchases of fixed maturity investments and equity securities of $7.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of short-term investments of $3.7 million.

62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Net cash provided by financing activities was $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared with net cash provided by financing activities of $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, cash provided by financing activities included proceeds from the drawdown of our debt facility of $2.0 million and $10.5 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, cash provided by financing activities included proceeds from the drawdown of our credit facility of $17.5 million. On December 21, 2012, we entered into a loan agreement with certain holders of our Class A Common Stock in the amount of $4.0 million. In 2013, we repaid the principal of $4.0 million on the loan made by the holders of the Class A Common Stock. See “—Credit facility” for further information.

Credit facility

On June 21, 2013, we entered into a loan and security agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with The PrivateBank and Trust Company (“PrivateBank”) to obtain a five-year secured term loan in the amount of $17.5 million. Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the applicable interest rate on the term loan accrues daily at a rate equal to the 3 month LIBOR plus a margin (2.75% as of December 31, 2015 and 3.50% as of December 31, 2014), and is payable on the last day of each calendar quarter. The term loan had an initial maturity of June 30, 2018. Our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Kinsale Management, Inc. (“Kinsale Management”) and Aspera, are guarantors of the term loan. We invested $11.0 million in Kinsale Insurance as additional paid-in capital. In addition, we repaid principal and interest of $4.2 million on a loan previously made by certain holders of our Class A Common Stock and $2.3 million was retained by us to fund estimated interest payments through 2016. The assets of Kinsale, Kinsale Management and Aspera and the stock of Kinsale Insurance have been pledged as collateral to PrivateBank (the “Pledged Equity”).

On March 10, 2014, we amended the Credit Agreement to increase the term loan commitment by $7.5 million to $25.0 million. On September 29, 2014, the Credit Agreement was further amended to increase the term loan commitment by an additional $3.0 million to $28.0 million. We invested $9.0 million in Kinsale Insurance as additional paid-in capital and retained the $1.5 million to fund estimated interest payments through 2016.

On December 4, 2015, we amended the Credit Agreement to increase the term loan commitment by $2.0 million to $30.0 million. We invested $2.0 million in Kinsale Insurance as additional paid-in capital and extended the term loan maturity to December 4, 2020.

On June 28, 2016, the Credit Agreement was amended and restated, among other things, to (i) increase the materiality thresholds and grace periods for events of default thereunder, (ii) add additional permitted categories to the debt, lien, restricted payments, mergers, disposals, transactions with affiliates and investment covenants, as well as to increase the general permitted baskets under the debt, lien, restricted payments and investment covenants, (iii) remove certain representations and warranties and affirmative covenants, (iv) add materiality qualifiers to certain representations and warranties, (v) add reinvestment rights and a minimum threshold with respect to net cash proceeds of certain asset disposals (other than disposals of the Pledged Equity) which must be used to prepay the outstanding term loans and (vi) make the creation and perfection requirements with respect to collateral less onerous.

Reinsurance

We enter into reinsurance contracts to limit our exposure to potential large losses as well as to provide additional capacity for growth. Our reinsurance is primarily contracted under quota-share reinsurance contracts and excess of loss contracts. In quota share reinsurance, the reinsurer agrees to assume a specified percentage of the ceding company’s losses arising out of a defined class of business in exchange for a corresponding percentage of premiums, net of a ceding commission. In excess of loss reinsurance, the reinsurer agrees to assume all or a portion of the ceding company’s losses, in excess of a specified amount. In excess of loss reinsurance, the premium payable to the reinsurer is negotiated by the parties based on their assessment of the amount of risk being ceded to the reinsurer because the reinsurer does not share proportionately in the ceding company’s losses.

63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015, property insurance represented 5.6% of our gross written premiums. When we do write property insurance, we buy reinsurance to significantly mitigate our risk. We use computer models to analyze the risk of severe losses from weather-related events and earthquakes. We measure exposure to these catastrophe losses in terms of PML, which is an estimate of what level of loss we would expect to experience in a windstorm or earthquake event occurring once in every 100 or 250 years. We manage this PML by purchasing catastrophe reinsurance coverage. Effective June 1, 2015, we purchased catastrophe reinsurance coverage of $32 million per event in excess of our $3 million per event retention.

Reinsurance contracts do not relieve us from our obligations to policyholders. Failure of the reinsurer to honor its obligations could result in losses to us, and therefore, we establish allowances for amounts considered uncollectible. At December 31, 2015, there was no allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. As of December 31, 2015, Kinsale Insurance has only contracted with reinsurers with A.M. Best financial strength ratings of “A” (Excellent) or better. At December 31, 2015, the net reinsurance receivable, defined as the sum of paid and unpaid reinsurance recoverables, ceded unearned premiums and other reinsurance receivables less reinsurance payables, from four reinsurers represented 86.5% of the total balance.

Ratings

Kinsale Insurance has a financial strength rating of “A-” (Excellent) from A.M. Best. A.M. Best assigns 16 ratings to insurance companies, which currently range from “A++” (Superior) to “F” (In Liquidation). “A-” (Excellent) is the fourth highest rating issued by A.M. Best. The “A-” (Excellent) rating is assigned to insurers that have, in A.M. Best’s opinion, an excellent ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders. This rating is intended to provide an independent opinion of an insurer’s ability to meet its obligation to policyholders and is not an evaluation directed at investors. See also “Risk factors — Risks related to our business and our industry — A decline in our financial strength rating may adversely affect the amount of business we write.”

The financial strength ratings assigned by A.M. Best have an impact on the ability of the insurance companies to attract and retain agents and brokers and on the risk profiles of the submissions for insurance that the insurance companies receive. The “A-” (Excellent) rating obtained by Kinsale Insurance is consistent with our business plan and allows us to actively pursue relationships with the agents and brokers identified in our marketing plan.

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following table illustrates our contractual obligations and commercial commitments by due date as of December 31, 2015:

 
Payments Due by Period
 
Total
Less Than
One Year
One Year to
Less Than
Three Years
Three Years
to Less
Than
Five Years
More Than
Five Years
 
(in thousands)
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
$
219,629
 
$
31,862
 
$
59,576
 
$
33,894
 
$
94,297
 
Note payable
 
33,732
 
 
2,417
 
 
7,592
 
 
23,723
 
 
 
Operating lease obligations
 
3,025
 
 
639
 
 
1,358
 
 
1,028
 
 
 
Total
$
256,386
 
$
34,918
 
$
68,526
 
$
58,645
 
$
94,297
 

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses represent our best estimate of the ultimate cost of settling reported and unreported claims and related expenses. As discussed previously, the estimation of loss and loss expense reserves is based on various complex and subjective judgments. Actual losses and settlement expenses paid may deviate, perhaps substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements. Similarly, the timing for payment of our estimated losses is not fixed and is not determinable on an individual or aggregate basis. The assumptions

64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

used in estimating the payments due by period are based on industry and peer-group claims payment experience. Due to the uncertainty inherent in the process of estimating the timing of such payments, there is a risk that the amounts paid in any period can be significantly different than the amounts disclosed above. Amounts disclosed above are gross of anticipated amounts recoverable from reinsurers. Reinsurance balances recoverable on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses are reported separately as assets, instead of being netted with the related liabilities, since reinsurance does not discharge us of our liability to policyholders. Reinsurance balances recoverable on reserves for paid and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses totaled $75.2 million at March 31, 2016, $95.7 million at December 31, 2015 and $70.3 million at December 31, 2014.

Interest on the note payable under the Credit Agreement is calculated using 3-month LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% in effect at December 31, 2015 with the assumption that interest rates remain flat over the remainder of the period that the note is outstanding. At our option, we may prepay the note payable in whole or in part without premium or penalty.

Financial condition

Stockholders’ equity

As of March 31, 2016, total stockholders’ equity was $120.8 million and tangible stockholders’ equity was $118.5 million, compared to $98.5 million total stockholders’ equity and $96.2 million tangible stockholders’ equity as of March 31, 2015. The increases in both total and tangible stockholders’ equity over the prior year end balances were primarily due to net income and an increase in unrealized gains on investments, net of taxes.

As of December 31, 2015, total stockholders’ equity was $113.5 million and tangible stockholders’ equity was $111.2 million, compared to $92.6 million total stockholders’ equity and $90.3 million tangible stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2014. The increase in both total and tangible stockholders’ equity was primarily due to the net income we earned in the year ended December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2013, our total stockholders’ equity was $76.5 million and tangible stockholders’ equity was $74.2 million. The increase in both total and tangible stockholders’ equity in the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily due to the net income we earned in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Tangible stockholders’ equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define tangible stockholders’ equity as stockholders’ equity less intangible assets, net of deferred taxes. Our definition of tangible stockholders’ equity may not be comparable to that of other companies, and it should not be viewed as a substitute for stockholders’ equity calculated in accordance with GAAP. We use tangible stockholders’ equity internally to evaluate the strength of our balance sheet and to compare returns relative to this measure.

Tangible stockholders’ equity at March 31, 2016 and 2015, reconciles to stockholders’ equity as follows:

 
March 31,
 
2016
2015
 
(in thousands)
Tangible stockholders’ equity
$
118,541
 
$
96,163
 
Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes
 
2,300
 
 
2,300
 
Stockholders’ equity
$
120,841
 
$
98,463
 

65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Tangible stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2015 and 2014, reconciles to stockholders’ equity as follows:

 
December 31,
 
2015
2014
 
(in thousands)
Tangible stockholders’ equity
$
111,151
 
$
90,286
 
Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes
 
2,300
 
 
2,300
 
Stockholders’ equity
$
113,451
 
$
92,586
 

Investment portfolio

Our cash and invested assets consist of fixed maturity securities, cash and cash equivalents, equity securities and short-term investments. At December 31, 2015, $24.5 million represented the cash and cash equivalents portion of our total cash and invested assets of $368.7 million. The majority of the portfolio, or $327.6 million, was comprised of fixed maturity securities that are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses on these securities, net of applicable taxes, reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Also included in our investments were $14.2 million of equity securities classified as available-for-sale and $2.3 million of short-term investments. Our fixed maturity securities had a weighted average duration of 3.2 years and an average rating of “AA-”at December 31, 2015 and 2014. Our fixed income portfolio had a book yield of 2.08% at December 31, 2015, compared to 1.99% at December 31, 2014.

At December 31, 2015, the amortized cost and fair value on available-for-sale securities were as follows:

 
December 31, 2015
 
Amortized
Cost
Estimated Fair
Value
% of Total
Fair Value
 
(in thousands)
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
3,422
 
$
3,433
 
 
1.0
%
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
69,997
 
 
72,513
 
 
21.2
%
Corporate and other securities
 
130,758
 
 
129,521
 
 
37.9
%
Asset-backed securities
 
58,680
 
 
58,307
 
 
17.0
%
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
64,096
 
 
63,828
 
 
18.7
%
Total fixed maturities
 
326,953
 
 
327,602
 
 
95.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange traded funds
 
12,184
 
 
14,240
 
 
4.2
%
Total investments available for sale
$
339,137
 
$
341,842
 
 
100.0
%

66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The table below summarizes the credit quality of our fixed-maturity securities as of December 31, 2015, as rated by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services, LLC (“Standard & Poor’s”):

 
December 31, 2015
Standard & Poor’s or Equivalent Designation
Estimated
Fair Value
% of Total
 
(in thousands)
AAA
$
59,263
 
 
18.1
%
AA
 
122,154
 
 
37.3
%
A
 
107,218
 
 
32.7
%
BBB
 
35,164
 
 
10.7
%
BB
 
1,006
 
 
0.3
%
Below BB and unrated
 
2,797
 
 
0.9
%
Total
$
327,602
 
 
100.0
%

The amortized cost and fair value of our available-for-sale investments in fixed maturity securities summarized by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2015, were as follows:

 
December 31, 2015
 
Amortized
Cost
Estimated Fair
Value
% of Fair
Value
 
(in thousands)
Due in one year or less
$
19,723
 
$
19,709
 
 
6.0
%
Due after one year through five years
 
111,059
 
 
110,733
 
 
33.8
%
Due after five years through ten years
 
27,383
 
 
27,335
 
 
8.3
%
Due after ten years
 
46,012
 
 
47,690
 
 
14.6
%
Asset-backed securities
 
58,680
 
 
58,307
 
 
17.8
%
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
64,096
 
 
63,828
 
 
19.5
%
Total fixed maturities
$
326,953
 
$
327,602
 
 
100.0
%

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because some borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

Restricted investments

In order to conduct business in certain states, we are required to maintain letters of credit or assets on deposit to support state-mandated insurance regulatory requirements and to comply with certain third-party agreements. Assets held on deposit or in trust accounts are primarily in the form of cash or certain high-grade securities. The fair value of our restricted assets was $7.2 million at December 31, 2015 compared to $6.3 million at December 31, 2014.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures

Reconciliation of underwriting income

Underwriting income is a non-GAAP financial measure that is useful in evaluating our underwriting performance without regard to investment income. Underwriting income represents the pre-tax profitability of our insurance operations and is derived by subtracting losses and loss adjustment expenses and other operating expenses from net earned premiums. We use underwriting income as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives us and users of our financial information useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance. Underwriting income should not be viewed as a substitute for net income calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define underwriting income differently.

Underwriting income for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 and the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, reconciles to net income as follows:

 
Three Months
Ended March 31,
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in thousands)
2016
2015
2015
2014
2013
Underwriting income
$
6,228
 
$
6,892
 
$
29,275
 
$
16,437
 
$
9,338
 
Net investment income
 
1,676
 
 
1,214
 
 
5,643
 
 
4,070
 
 
3,344
 
Net investment gains
 
387
 
 
8
 
 
59
 
 
201
 
 
8
 
Other income
 
58
 
 
124
 
 
572
 
 
409
 
 
10
 
Other expenses
 
(460
)
 
(496
)
 
(1,992
)
 
(1,644
)
 
(597
)
Income before income taxes
 
7,889
 
 
7,742
 
 
33,557
 
 
19,473
 
 
12,103
 
Income tax expense
 
2,632
 
 
2,626
 
 
11,284
 
 
6,500
 
 
(164
)
Net income
$
5,257
 
$
5,116
 
$
22,273
 
$
12,973
 
$
12,267
 

Critical accounting estimates

We identified the accounting estimates below as critical to the understanding of our financial position and results of operations. Critical accounting estimates are defined as those estimates that are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require us to exercise significant judgment. We use significant judgment concerning future results and developments in applying these critical accounting estimates and in preparing our consolidated financial statements. These judgments and estimates affect our reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of our material contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ materially from the estimates and assumptions used in preparing the consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our estimates regularly using information that we believe to be relevant. For a detailed discussion of our accounting policies, see the “Notes to consolidated financial statements” included in this prospectus.

Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses

The reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses is the largest and most complex estimate in our consolidated balance sheet. The reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses represent our estimated ultimate cost of all unreported and reported but unpaid insured claims and the cost to adjust these losses that have occurred as of or before the balance sheet date. As a relatively new company, our historical loss experience is limited. We estimate the reserves using individual case-basis valuations of reported claims and statistical analyses. Those estimates are based on our historical information, industry information and our estimates of future trends in variable factors such as loss severity, loss frequency and other factors such as inflation. We regularly review our estimates and adjust them as necessary as experience develops or as new information becomes known to us. Such adjustments are included in current operations. Additionally, during the loss settlement period, it often becomes necessary to refine and adjust the estimates of liability on a claim either upward or downward. Even after such adjustments, ultimate liability may exceed or be

68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

less than the revised estimates. Accordingly, the ultimate settlement of losses and the related loss adjustment expenses may vary significantly from the estimate included in our financial statements.

We categorize our reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses into two types: case reserves and reserves for incurred but not yet reported losses (“IBNR”). Our gross reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2015 were $219.6 million. Of this amount, 81.4% related to IBNR. Our net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2015 were $124.1 million. Of this amount, 79.2% related to IBNR. A 5% change in net IBNR reserves at December 31, 2015 would equate to an $4.9 million change in the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at such date, as well as $3.2 million change in net income, a 2.8% change in stockholders’ equity and a 2.9% change in tangible equity, in each case at or for the year ended December 31, 2015.

The following table summarizes our gross and net reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2015:

 
December 31, 2015
 
Gross
% of Total
Net
% of Total
 
($ in thousands)
Case reserves
$
40,950
 
 
18.6
%
$
25,828
 
 
20.8
%
IBNR
 
178,679
 
 
81.4
 
 
98,298
 
 
79.2
 
Total
$
219,629
 
 
100.0
%
$
124,126
 
 
100.0
%

Case reserves are established for individual claims that have been reported to us. We are notified of losses by our insureds or their brokers. Based on the information provided, we establish case reserves by estimating the ultimate losses from the claim, including defense costs associated with the ultimate settlement of the claim. Our claims department personnel use their knowledge of the specific claim along with advice from internal and external experts, including underwriters and legal counsel, to estimate the expected ultimate losses.

IBNR reserves are reserves that are statistically estimated for losses that have occurred but have not yet been reported to us. We use the incurred Bornhuetter-Ferguson actuarial method (“BF method”) to arrive at our loss reserve estimates for each line of business. This method estimates the reserves based on our initial expected loss ratio and expected reporting patterns for losses. Because we have a limited number of years of loss experience compared to the period over which we expect losses to be reported, we use industry and peer-group data as a basis for selecting our expected reporting patterns. The expected loss ratio used in the incurred BF method is typically not adjusted after it is initially set for an accident year, because the mechanics of that method already incorporate departures from expected reported losses into the reserve calculations. Since the incurred BF method does not directly use reported losses in the estimation of IBNR, it is less sensitive to our level of reported losses than other actuarial methods. This method avoids some of the distortions that could result from a large loss development factor being applied to a small base of reported losses to calculate ultimate losses. However, this method will react more slowly than some other loss development methods if reported loss experience deviates significantly from our expected losses.

Our Reserve Committee consists of our Chief Actuary, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Reserve Committee meets quarterly to review the actuarial recommendations made by the Chief Actuary. In establishing the quarterly actuarial recommendation for the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, our actuary estimates an initial expected ultimate loss ratio for each of our statutory lines of business by accident year. Input from our underwriting and claims departments, including premium pricing assumptions and historical experience, is considered by our actuary in estimating the initial expected loss ratios. Our reserving methodology uses a loss reserving model that calculates a point estimate for our ultimate losses. Although we believe that our assumptions and methodology are reasonable, our ultimate payments may vary, potentially materially, from the estimates we have made.

In addition, we retain an independent external actuary to assist in determining if the reserve levels are reasonable. The independent actuary is not involved in the establishment and recording of our

69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

loss reserve. The actuarial consulting firm prepares its own estimate of our reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses, and we compare their estimate to the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses reviewed and approved by the Reserve Committee in order to gain additional comfort on the adequacy of those reserves.

The table below quantifies the impact of potential reserve deviations from our carried reserve at December 31, 2015. We applied sensitivity factors to incurred losses for the three most recent accident years and to the carried reserve for all prior accident years combined. We believe that potential changes such as these would not have a material impact on our liquidity.

 
December 31, 2015
Potential Impact on 2015
Sensitivity
Accident
Year
Net Ultimate
Loss and LAE
Sensitivity
Factor
Net Ultimate
Incurred
Losses and
LAE
Net Loss and
LAE Reserve
Pre-tax
income
Stockholders’
Equity
 
($ in thousands)
Sample increases
 
2015
 
 
10.0
%
$
51,434
 
$
49,208
 
$
(5,143
)
$
(3,343
)
 
 
2014
 
 
5.0
%
 
36,085
 
 
30,086
 
 
(1,804
)
 
(1,173
)
 
 
2013
 
 
2.5
%
 
24,375
 
 
26,643
 
 
(609
)
 
(396
)
 
 
Prior
 
 
2.5
%
 
46,462
 
 
18,189
 
 
(455
)
 
(296
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sample Decreases
 
2015
 
 
(10.0
)%
 
51,434
 
 
49,208
 
 
5,143
 
 
3,343
 
 
 
2014
 
 
(5.0
)%
 
36,085
 
 
30,086
 
 
1,804
 
 
1,173
 
 
 
2013
 
 
(2.5
)%
 
24,375
 
 
26,643
 
 
609
 
 
396
 
 
 
Prior
 
 
(2.5
)%
 
46,462
 
 
18,189
 
 
455
 
 
296
 

Reserve development

The amount by which estimated losses differ from those originally reported for a period is known as “development.” Development is unfavorable when the losses ultimately settle for more than the amount reserved or subsequent estimates indicate a basis for reserve increases on unresolved claims. Development is favorable when losses ultimately settle for less than the amount reserved or subsequent estimates indicate a basis for reducing loss reserves on unresolved claims. We reflect favorable or unfavorable development of loss reserves in the results of operations in the period the estimates are changed.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, our net incurred losses for accident years 2014 and prior developed favorably by $9.2 million. This favorable development included $6.5 million for the 2014 accident year and $2.7 million of favorable development for accident years 2013 and prior. The favorable development was primarily due to reported losses emerging at a much lower rate than expected, particularly on the medical malpractice and professional liability lines of business.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, our net incurred losses for accident years 2013 and prior developed favorably by $1.5 million. This included favorable development of $3.1 million for the 2013 accident year primarily related to the medical malpractice and professional liability lines of business. The favorable development was offset in part by unfavorable development of $1.6 million for accident years 2012 and prior related to the casualty lines of business.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, our net incurred losses for accident years 2012 and prior developed favorably by $2.1 million. This favorable development included $1.9 million for the 2012 accident year and $0.2 million for accident years 2011 and prior related to the casualty lines of business.

70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investments

Fair value measurements

Our investments in fixed maturities and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair value. Under current accounting guidance, changes in the fair value of investments classified as available-for-sale are not recognized as income during the period, but rather are recognized as a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized. Like other accounting estimates, fair value measurements may be based on subjective information and generally involve uncertainty and judgment. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Market participants are assumed to be independent, knowledgeable, able and willing to transact an exchange and not acting under duress. Fair value hierarchy disclosures are based on the quality of inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). Adjustments to transaction prices or quoted market prices may be required in illiquid or disorderly markets in order to estimate fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets.

Level 2 - Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability and market-corroborated inputs.

Level 3 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable for the asset or liability and are significant to the fair value measurement.

When the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the level within which the fair value measurement is categorized is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Thus, a Level 3 fair value measurement may include inputs that are observable (Level 1 and 2) and unobservable (Level 3). The use of valuation methodologies may require a significant amount of judgment. During periods of financial market disruption, including periods of rapidly widening credit spreads or illiquidity, it may be difficult to value certain of our securities if trading becomes less frequent or market data becomes less observable. We review the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of valuation inputs may result in a reclassification for certain financial assets and liabilities.

Fair values of our investment portfolio are estimated using unadjusted prices obtained by our investment manager from third-party pricing services, where available. For securities where we are unable to obtain fair values from a pricing service or broker, fair values are estimated using information obtained from our investment manager. We perform several procedures to ascertain the reasonableness of investment values included in the consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2015, including (1) obtaining and reviewing internal control reports from our investment manager that obtain fair values from third-party pricing services, (2) discussing with our investment managers their process for reviewing and validating pricing obtained from outside pricing services and (3) reviewing the security pricing received from our investment manager and monitoring changes in unrealized gains and losses.

Investment securities are subject to fluctuations in fair value due to changes in issuer-specific circumstances, such as credit rating, and changes in industry-specific circumstances, such as movements in credit spreads based on the market’s perception of industry risks. In addition, fixed maturities are subject to fluctuations in fair value due to changes in interest rates. As a result of these potential fluctuations, it is possible to have significant unrealized gains or losses on a security.

71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Impairment

We review all securities with unrealized losses on a quarterly basis to assess whether the decline in the securities’ fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary. The determination that an investment has incurred an other-than-temporary loss in value requires judgment, and we consider a number factors in completing our impairment review, including the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been below cost and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. For fixed maturities, we consider whether we intend to sell the security, or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery, or have the ability to recover all amounts outstanding when contractually due. For equity securities, we evaluate the near-term prospects of these investments in relation to the severity and duration of the impairment and, we consider our ability and intent to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for anticipated recovery.

For fixed maturities where we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, a decline in fair value is considered to be other-than-temporary and is recognized in net loss based on the fair value of the security at the time of assessment, resulting in a new cost basis for the security. If the decline in fair value of a fixed maturity below its amortized cost is considered to be other-than-temporary based upon other considerations, we compare the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected to the amortized cost of the security. The extent to which the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost of the security represents the credit-related portion of the other-than-temporary impairment and is recognized in net loss, resulting in a new cost basis for the security. Any remaining decline in fair value represents the noncredit portion of the other-than-temporary impairment and is recognized in other comprehensive loss. For equity securities, a decline in fair value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is recognized in net loss based on the fair value of the security at the time of assessment, resulting in a new cost basis for the security.

When assessing whether we intend to sell a fixed maturity, or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell a fixed maturity before recovery of its amortized cost, we evaluate facts and circumstances including, but not limited to, decisions to reposition the investment portfolio and potential sales of investments to meet cash flow needs. The day-to-day management of our investment portfolio is outsourced to a third-party investment manager. For securities with unrealized losses, our investment manager may believe that the preferred course of action is to hold those securities until such losses are recovered. However, the dynamic nature of the portfolio management may result in a subsequent decision to sell the security and realize the loss based upon a change in the market and other factors described above. Our investment manager notifies us of rating agency downgrades of securities in their portfolios as well as any potential investment valuation issues at the end of each quarter. Our investment manager is also required to notify us of, and receive approval for, any other-than-temporary impairments it has identified. At March 31, 2016, all declines in fair value are considered to be temporary. See note 2 of the notes the consolidated financial statements for further discussion regarding our investments.

Deferred income taxes

We record deferred income taxes as assets or liabilities on our balance sheet to reflect the net tax effect of the temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured by applying enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which such differences are expected to reverse. Our deferred tax assets result from temporary differences primarily attributable to loss reserves, unearned premium reserves and deferred acquisition costs. Our deferred tax liabilities result primarily from unrealized gains in the investment portfolio. We review the need for a valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets each quarter. We reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance when we determine that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The assessment of whether or not a valuation allowance is needed requires us to use significant judgment. During 2012, we recorded a valuation allowance equal to total deferred tax assets net of existing deferred tax liabilities that

72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

were expected to reverse in future periods. During 2013, we concluded that it was more likely than not that we would realize the entire federal deferred tax asset and we released the entire federal valuation allowance in 2013. We based our conclusions on (1) our ability to achieve consecutive profitable quarters, (2) inception to date taxable income sufficient to exhaust all of the net operating loss carryforwards created in our startup phase, (3) our cumulative pre-tax income over the past three years, and (4) our projected future taxable income. See note 6 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion regarding our deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Reinsurance

We enter into reinsurance contracts to limit our exposure to potential large losses and to provide additional capacity for growth. Reinsurance refers to an arrangement in which a company called a reinsurer agrees in a contract (often referred to as a treaty) to assume specified risks written by an insurance company (known as a ceding company) by paying the insurance company all or a portion of the insurance company’s losses arising under specified classes of insurance policies in return for a share in premiums.

Reinsurance recoverables recorded on insurance losses ceded under reinsurance contracts are subject to judgments and uncertainties similar to those involved in estimating gross loss reserves. In addition to these uncertainties, our reinsurance recoverables may prove uncollectible if the reinsurers are unable or unwilling to perform under the reinsurance contracts. In establishing our reinsurance allowance for amounts deemed uncollectible, we evaluate the financial condition of our reinsurers and monitor concentration of credit risk arising from our exposure to individual reinsurers. To determine if an allowance is necessary, we consider, among other factors, published financial information, reports from rating agencies, payment history, collateral held and our legal right to offset balances recoverable against balances we may owe. Our reinsurance allowance for doubtful accounts is subject to uncertainty and volatility due to the time lag involved in collecting amounts recoverable from reinsurers. Over the period of time that losses occur, reinsurers are billed and amounts are ultimately collected, economic conditions, as well as the operational and financial performance of particular reinsurers may change and these changes may affect the reinsurers’ willingness and ability to meet their contractual obligations to us. It is difficult to fully evaluate the impact of major catastrophic events on the financial stability of reinsurers, as well as the access to capital that reinsurers may have when such events occur. The ceding of insurance does not legally discharge us from our primary liability for the full amount of the policies, and we will be required to pay the loss and bear the collection risk if any reinsurer fails to meet its obligations under the reinsurance contracts. We target reinsurers with A.M. Best financial strength ratings of “A” (Excellent) or better. Based on our evaluation of the factors discussed above, we believe all of our recoverables are collectible and, therefore, no allowance for uncollectible reinsurance was provided for at March 31, 2016.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Market risk is the risk of economic losses due to adverse changes in the estimated fair value of a financial instrument as the result of changes in interest rates, equity prices, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. The primary components of market risk affecting us are credit risk, interest rate risk and equity rate risk.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the potential loss resulting from adverse changes in an issuer’s ability to repay its debt obligations. We have exposure to credit risk as a holder of fixed maturity investments. Our risk management strategy and investment policy is to primarily invest in debt instruments of high credit quality issuers and to limit the amount of credit exposure with respect to particular ratings categories and any one issuer. At December 31, 2015, our fixed maturity portfolio had an average rating of “AA-,” with approximately 88.1% of securities in that portfolio rated “A” or better by at least one nationally recognized rating organization. Our policy is to invest in investment grade

73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

securities and to minimize investments in fixed maturities that are unrated or rated below investment grade. At December 31, 2015, approximately 1.2% of our fixed maturity portfolio was unrated or rated below investment grade. We monitor the financial condition of all of the issuers of fixed maturity securities in our portfolio.

In addition, we are subject to credit risk with respect to our third-party reinsurers. Although our third-party reinsurers are obligated to reimburse us to the extent we cede risk to them, we are ultimately liable to our policyholders on all risks we have ceded. As a result, reinsurance contracts do not limit our ultimate obligations to pay claims covered under the insurance policies we issue and we might not collect amounts recoverable from our reinsurers. We address this credit risk by selecting reinsurers that have an A.M. Best rating of “A” (Excellent) or better at the time we enter into the agreement and by performing, along with our reinsurance broker, periodic credit reviews of our reinsurers. If one of our reinsurers suffers a credit downgrade, we may consider various options to lessen the risk of asset impairment, including commutation, novation and letters of credit.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that we will incur economic losses due to adverse changes in interest rates. The primary market risk to the investment portfolio is interest rate risk associated with investments in fixed maturity securities. Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct effect on the market valuation of these securities. When market interest rates rise, the fair value of our fixed maturity securities decreases. Conversely, as interest rates fall, the fair value of our fixed maturity securities increases. We manage this interest rate risk by investing in securities with varied maturity dates and by managing the duration of our investment portfolio to the duration of our reserves. Expressed in years, duration is the weighted average payment period of cash flows, where the weighting is based on the present value of the cash flows. We set duration targets for our fixed income investment portfolios after consideration of the estimated duration of our liabilities and other factors. The effective weighted average duration of the portfolio as of December 31, 2015 was 3.2 years.

We had fixed maturity securities with a fair value of $327.6 million at December 31, 2015 that were subject to interest rate risk. The table below illustrates the sensitivity of the fair value of our fixed maturity securities to selected hypothetical changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2015.

 
Estimated Fair
Value
Estimated
Change in Fair
Value
Estimated %
Increase Decrease in
Fair Value
 
($ in thousands)
300 basis points increase
$
295,842
 
$
(31,760
)
 
(9.7
)%
200 basis points increase
$
305,923
 
$
(21,679
)
 
(6.6
)%
100 basis points increase
$
316,573
 
$
(11,029
)
 
(3.4
)%
No change
$
327,602
 
$
 
 
%
100 basis points decrease
$
337,284
 
$
9,682
 
 
3.0
%
200 basis points decrease
$
343,193
 
$
15,591
 
 
4.8
%
300 basis points decrease
$
344,796
 
$
17,194
 
 
5.2
%

Changes in interest rates will have an immediate effect on comprehensive income and stockholders’ equity but will not ordinarily have an immediate effect on net income. Actual results may differ from the hypothetical change in market rates assumed in this disclosure. This sensitivity analysis does not reflect the results of any action that we may take to mitigate such hypothetical losses in fair value.

Equity risk

Equity risk represents the potential economic losses due to adverse changes in equity security prices. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 4.1% of the fair value of our investment portfolio (excluding cash and cash equivalents) was invested in equity securities. We manage equity price risk primarily through asset allocation techniques, such as investing in exchange traded funds.

74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Recent accounting pronouncements

Prospective accounting standards

ASU 2015-09, Financial Services-Insurance (Topic 944): Disclosures about Short-Duration Contracts

In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-09, “Insurance (Topic 944), Disclosures about Short-Duration Contracts.” This ASU was issued to enhance disclosures about an entity’s insurance liabilities, including the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows related to those liabilities. The new guidance requires the disclosure of the following information related to unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses:

Net incurred and paid claims development information by accident year for the number of years for which claims incurred typically remain outstanding, but need not exceed 10 years;
A reconciliation of incurred and paid claims development information to the aggregate carrying amount of the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses, with separate disclosure of reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims for each period presented in the statement of financial position;
For each accident year presented, the total of incurred-but-not-reported liabilities plus expected development on reported claims included in the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses;
For each accident year presented, quantitative information about claim frequency accompanied by a qualitative description of methodologies used for determining claim frequency information; and
For all claims, the average annual percentage payout of incurred claims by age.

This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. We have not early-adopted this ASU and while disclosures will be increased, we do not believe adoption will have a material effect on our financial statements.

ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

In January 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments – Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” which requires equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income, requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes, requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset, and eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on our consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)” to improve the financial reporting of leasing transactions. Under this ASU, lessees will recognize a right-of-use asset and corresponding liability on the balance sheet for all leases, except for leases covering a period of fewer than 12 months. The liability is to be measured as the present value of the future minimum lease payments taking into account renewal options if applicable plus initial incremental direct costs such as commissions. The minimum payments are discounted using the rate implicit in the lease or, if not known, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate. The lessee’s income statement treatment for leases will vary depending on the nature of what is being leased. A financing type lease is present when, among other matters, the asset is being leased for a substantial portion of its economic life

75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or has an end-of-term title transfer or a bargain purchase option as in today’s practice. The payment of the liability set up for such leases will be apportioned between interest and principal; the right-of use asset will be generally amortized on a straight-line basis. If the lease does not qualify as a financing type lease, it will be accounted for on the income statement as rent on a straight-line basis. This ASU is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

To our knowledge, there are no other prospective accounting standards which, upon their effective date, would have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Industry

P&C industry

P&C insurance companies provide insurance coverage under a policy in exchange for premiums paid by the customer. An insurance policy is a contract between the insurance company and the insured under which the insurance company agrees to pay for losses suffered by the insured, or a third-party claimant, that are covered under the contract.

The type of coverage and source of premiums are often classified based on how long an insurer may have exposure to the risks covered by the policy. Casualty losses are generally long tailed, which means that there can be a significant delay between the occurrence of a loss and the time it is settled by the insurer. These losses are also more susceptible to litigation and can be significantly affected by changing policy interpretations and a changing legal environment. Judicial and regulatory bodies have frequently interpreted insurance contracts in a manner that expands coverage beyond what was contemplated by the insurer when the policy was issued. In 2015, 94.4% of our gross written premiums were generated from long tail casualty lines of business, while the remainder were generated from short tail lines of businesses, primarily property lines of business.

In addition to its long tailed loss experience, the casualty business generally has a longer reporting lag and payment pattern than property business. Due to these factors, the estimation of loss reserves for casualty business generally involves a higher degree of judgment than for property business. Insurance policies are also classified as either claims-made or occurrence-based policies. Claims-made policies cover liabilities only when a claim is made during the policy period, while occurrence-based policies cover liabilities if an event occurs during the term of policy, irrespective of when a claim was made. As of March 31, 2016, 22.8% of our net casualty loss reserves were for policies written on a claims-made basis. These policies are advantageous from a reserving standpoint because they have limited reporting lag.

Property losses are generally short tailed and are usually known and paid within a relatively short period of time after the underlying loss event has occurred. Our estimates for losses resulting from catastrophic events are based upon a combination of internal and external catastrophe models, as well as insured- and location-specific assessments and reports, where available. These estimates are developed immediately after the loss event, and the loss estimates are subsequently refined based on broker advice and insured notifications.

According to A.M. Best, the U.S. P&C insurance industry, the largest P&C market in the world, generated approximately $570 billion in direct written premiums in 2014. In 2014, U.S. P&C insurance industry direct written premiums were split 50.03%, 48.95% and 1.02% between commercial, personal, and accident & health lines, respectively. The U.S. P&C insurance industry is also subdivided between standard lines (also referred to as the admitted market) and non-standard lines (also referred to as the non-admitted market or E&S market).

U.S. E&S market

Kinsale operates exclusively within the E&S market, a submarket within the broader P&C industry principally for businesses or individuals that the standard market is unwilling or unable to underwrite. The standard market’s limited appetite for such coverage is often driven by the insured’s unique risk characteristics, the perils involved, the nature of the business and the insured’s loss experience. The E&S market makes up approximately 7% of the U.S. P&C insurance industry. In 2014, the E&S market totaled about $40 billion in annual written premiums according to A.M. Best.

The E&S market functions as a safety valve for the broader standard market. Insurance buyers that cannot find coverage from a standard carrier may move into the E&S market to secure coverage. An insurance buyer will typically access the E&S market through independent insurance brokers. E&S insurance companies have the freedom to negotiate price and coverage on a risk by risk basis whereas standard insurance carriers are subject to various regulations including rate and form filings which impede price and coverage flexibility. Because a combination of factors may make insureds in the E&S market harder to place, the premium is typically higher and the coverage

77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

typically narrower than what would typically be found in a policy from a standard company. In addition to price, competition between insurance carriers in the E&S market also focuses on other value-based considerations, such as availability, service and expertise.

Based on the factors that lead an insured to purchase insurance in the E&S market, an insured may move back to a standard insurance company after a period of time should their reasons for accessing the E&S market change. This could result from a change in the insured’s risk profile, an improvement in loss experience or a change in risk appetite among standard insurance carriers. Other buyers will only ever purchase coverage within the E&S market. During periods of intense competition in the P&C market, the E&S market may shrink as standard insurance carriers become more aggressive in expanding their risk appetites and extending coverage to accounts previously covered in the E&S market. Likewise, when capacity in the P&C market shrinks due to adverse results, the E&S market may experience a period of dramatic growth as standard insurance carriers react to poor results by tightening underwriting standards and focusing on risks that fit within their traditional insured set. Success as an E&S underwriting company over many years depends on an ability to manage this cycle, meaning growing the business when pricing is favorable to the risk bearer, and shrinking the business when pricing is unfavorable.


78

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: A.M. Best

From 2006 to 2010, the P&C market experienced a soft market. During this period, according to A.M. Best, premiums in the overall P&C market declined 4.5%. By 2011, the combined effects of the financial crisis, low interest rates and prevailing soft market conditions increased pressure on the insurance industry to raise rates to achieve adequate returns. This coincided with an improvement in the overall economy, which created insurable exposure for small and midsized accounts that required E&S capacity. From 2011 to 2014, overall P&C premiums increased 13.6% while the E&S market increased 29.2% according to A.M. Best.

79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business

Founded in 2009, we are an established and growing specialty insurance company. We focus exclusively on the E&S market in the U.S., where we can use our underwriting expertise to write coverages for hard-to-place small business risks. We market and sell these insurance products in all 50 states and the District of Columbia through a network of independent insurance brokers. We have an experienced and cohesive management team, who have an average of 20 years of experience in the E&S market. Many of our employees and members of our management team have also worked together for decades at other E&S insurance companies.

Our goal is to deliver long-term value for our stockholders by growing our business and generating attractive returns. We seek to accomplish this by generating consistent and attractive underwriting profits while managing our capital prudently. We have built a company that is entrepreneurial and highly efficient, using our proprietary technology platform and leveraging the expertise of our highly experienced employees in our daily operations. We believe our systems and technology are at the digital forefront of the insurance industry, allowing us to quickly collect and analyze data, thereby improving our ability to manage our business and reducing response times for our customers. We believe that we have differentiated ourselves from our competitors by effectively leveraging technology, vigilantly controlling expenses and maintaining control over our underwriting and claims operations.

We have significantly grown our business and have generated attractive returns. We have organically grown our stockholders’ equity from $76.5 million as of December 31, 2013 to $120.8 million as of March 31, 2016, a CAGR of 22.5%. We have grown our gross written premiums from $125.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $177.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a CAGR of 18.9%. Our return on equity and combined ratio were 21.6% and 60.6%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 18.0% and 79.6%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2016. Our adjusted combined ratio (a non-GAAP financial measure), which excludes the effects of the MLQS was 77.5% for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 82.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2016. For a reconciliation of adjusted combined ratio to combined ratio, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Factors affecting our results of operations — The MLQS.” We believe that we are well positioned to continue to capitalize on attractive opportunities in our target market and to prudently grow our business.

History

Kinsale Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware domiciled insurance holding company, was formed on June 3, 2009 for the purpose of acquiring and managing insurance entities. Prior to September 5, 2014, the Company was a Bermuda registered holding company, formerly known as Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd. (“KCGL”). Effective September 5, 2014, KCGL was re-domesticated from Bermuda to Delaware. A wholly owned subsidiary of KCGL, Kinsale Capital Group, Inc., which was formed on June 4, 2009 as a U.S. holding company, was immediately merged into the re-domesticated entity and Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd. changed its name to Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.

On June 4, 2009, we incorporated Kinsale Management, Inc. as a wholly owned subsidiary domiciled in Delaware, in order to provide management services to all of our U.S.-based subsidiaries.

On February 5, 2010, we acquired American Healthcare Specialty Insurance Company and changed its name to Kinsale Insurance Company. Kinsale Insurance is an Arkansas-domiciled excess and surplus lines insurance company authorized to write business in 50 states and the District of Columbia.

On August 21, 2013, we established Aspera, an E&S insurance broker. Aspera is domiciled in Virginia and is licensed in Virginia, Alabama, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, South Carolina and Texas.

80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our products

We write a broad array of insurance coverages for risks that are unique or hard-to-place in the standard insurance market. Typical E&S risks include newly established companies or industries, high-risk operations, insureds in litigious venues, or companies with poor loss histories. We target classes of business where our underwriters have extensive experience allowing us to compete effectively and earn attractive risk-adjusted returns. Our underwriters specialize in individual lines of business which allow them to develop in-depth knowledge and experience of the risks they underwrite. Our core client focus is small to medium-sized accounts, which we believe tend to be subject to less competition and have better pricing. The average premium on a policy written by us in 2015 was $10,424. We believe that our strategy, experience and expertise allow us to compete effectively in the E&S market and will enable us to generate attractive long-term stockholder value.

In 2015, the percentage breakdown of our gross written premiums was 94.4% casualty and 5.6% property. Our commercial lines offerings include construction, small business, general casualty, energy, excess casualty, professional liability, life sciences, product liability, allied health, health care, commercial property, environmental, management liability, inland marine, public entity and commercial insurance. We also write a small amount of homeowners insurance in the personal lines market, which in aggregate represented 2.2% of our gross written premiums in 2015.

Our competitive strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

Exclusive focus on the E&S market. The E&S, or non-admitted, market has historically operated at lower loss ratios and higher margins, and has grown direct premiums written more quickly than the admitted market. From 2001 to 2014, A.M. Best’s domestic professional surplus lines composite produced an average net loss and loss adjustment expense ratio of 68.4% and grew direct premiums written by 7.7% annually, versus 74.3% and 3.4%, respectively, for the P&C industry.

Underwriting expertise across a broad spectrum of hard-to-place risks. We have a broad appetite to underwrite a diverse set of risks across the E&S market. Our underwriting team is highly experienced, and individually underwrites each risk to appropriately price and structure solutions. We balance our broad risk appetite by maintaining a diversified book of smaller accounts with strong pricing and well defined coverages. Unlike many of our competitors, we do not extend underwriting authority to brokers, agents or other third parties. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our loss ratio was 56.8%; our adjusted loss ratio (a non-GAAP financial measure), which excludes the effects of our MLQS, for the same year was 51.5%. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, our loss ratio and adjusted loss ratio were 59.2% and 55.3%, respectively. For a reconciliation of adjusted loss ratio to loss ratio, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Factors affecting our results of operations — The MLQS.”

Technology is a core competency. As an insurance company that was founded in 2009, we have the benefit of having built a proprietary technology platform that reflects the best practices our management team has learned from its extensive prior experience. We operate on a single digital platform with a data warehouse that collects a vast array of statistical data. Our platform provides a high degree of efficiency, accuracy and speed across all of our processes. We are able to use the data that we collect to quickly analyze trends across all functions in our business. Our customized proprietary system helps us to reduce the risk of administrative errors in our policy forms and include all of the necessary exclusions for the specified risk, and provides for the efficient and accurate handling of claims. Additionally, our systems enable us to rapidly respond to brokers, allowing our underwriters to reply to the majority of submissions within 24 hours, a significant benefit to our brokers. We believe that our technology platform will provide us with an enduring competitive advantage as it allows us to quickly respond to market opportunities, and will continue to scale as our business grows.

Significantly lower expense ratio than our competitors. Expense management is ingrained in our business culture. We believe that our proprietary technology platform coupled with our low-cost

81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

operation allow us to process policy quotes, underwrite policies and operate at a lower cost than our direct competitors. In particular, our efficient platform allows us to provide a higher level of service to our brokers and to target smaller accounts which we believe are generally subject to less competition. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our expense ratio was 3.8%; our adjusted expense ratio (a non-GAAP financial measure), which excludes the effects of our MLQS, for the same year was 26.0%. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, our expense ratio and adjusted expense ratio were 20.4% and 26.8%, respectively. For a reconciliation of adjusted expense ratio to expense ratio, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Factors affecting our results of operations — The MLQS.”

Fully integrated claims management. We believe that actively managing our claims is an important aspect of keeping losses low, while accurately setting reserves. We manage all of our claims in-house and do not delegate claims management authority to third parties. We promptly and thoroughly investigate all claims, generally through direct contact with the insured, and leverage both our systems and our underwriters to gather the relevant facts. When we believe claims are without merit, we vigorously contest payment. We currently average 120 open claims per claims adjuster, which we believe is significantly lower than industry average. As of March 31, 2016, our reserves for claims incurred but not reported were approximately 78.4% of our total net loss reserves. Only 24.3% of claims for accident years 2013 and prior were open as of March 31, 2016.

Entrepreneurial management team with a track record of success. Our management team is highly experienced with an average of 20 years of relevant experience, bringing together a full suite of underwriting, claims, technology and operating skills that we believe will drive our long-term success. The majority of our management team has a proven track record of successfully building high performing specialty insurance companies. We are led by Michael Kehoe who, prior to founding Kinsale, was the president and chief executive officer of James River Insurance Company from 2002 until 2008. Prior to James River Insurance Company, Mr. Kehoe held several senior positions at Colony Insurance Company. Many of our other employees and members of our management team worked with Mr. Kehoe at James River Insurance Company and have decades of experience at other E&S insurance companies. As meaningful owners of Kinsale, we believe our management team has closely aligned interests with our stockholders.

Our Board of Directors has deep insurance and financial services industry experience. Our Board of Directors is comprised of accomplished industry veterans. Collectively, our board members bring decades of experience from their prior roles operating and working in insurance and other financial services companies.

Our strategy

We believe that our approach to our business will allow us to achieve our goals of both growing our business and generating attractive returns. Our approach involves:

Expand our presence in the E&S market. According to A.M. Best, the total E&S market was approximately $40.2 billion of gross written premiums in 2014. Based on our 2015 gross written premiums of $177.0 million, our current market share is less than 0.5%. We believe that our exclusive focus on the E&S market and our high levels of service, including our ability to quote, underwrite and bind insurance policies in a timely manner given our efficient systems, allow us to better serve our brokers and positions us to profitably increase our market share.

Generate underwriting profits. We will continue to focus on underwriting profitability regardless of market cycles. Our strategy is to concentrate on hard-to-place risks and to maintain adequate rate levels for the risks that we underwrite. We maintain control over our underwriting process to ensure consistent quality of work. We underwrite each account individually and never delegate authority to any outside agents or brokers.

Maintain a contrarian risk appetite. Our flexibility as an E&S insurer enables us to write business at attractive returns while offering competitive policies to our brokers and insureds. We believe we

82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

distinguish ourselves in the market with our contrarian risk appetite and our willingness to offer terms on risks requiring more extensive underwriting that some of our competitors may decline to consider. Such accounts frequently offer us a better risk-adjusted return than those preferred by our competitors due to reduced competition.

Leverage investment in technology to drive efficiencies. We use a proprietary technology platform to drive a high level of efficiency, accuracy and speed in our underwriting and quoting process. We have organized our workflows, designed our systems and aligned our staff to provide superior service levels to brokers while achieving a level of efficiency that we believe provides us with a competitive advantage and helps contribute to our low expense ratio. We believe that automation also reduces human error in our underwriting, policy processing, accounting, collections, and claims adjusting processes. Additionally, we are able to track quotes, monitor historical loss experience and reserve development, and measure other relevant metrics at a granular level of detail. We believe that our technology is scalable and will allow us to maintain a low expense ratio as we continue to organically grow our business.

Maintain a strong balance sheet. In order to maintain the confidence of policyholders, brokers, reinsurers, investors, regulators and rating agencies, we seek to establish and maintain a conservative balance sheet. We have a robust process for setting our loss reserves and regularly review our estimates. In addition, we maintain a conservative investment portfolio. Our strong balance sheet allows us to maintain the confidence of our investors and other constituencies, and thereby position ourselves to better achieve our goals.

Products

We write a broad array of coverages with a focus on smaller commercial buyers. Our average premium in 2015 was $10,424. In 2015, the percentage breakdown of our gross written premiums was 94.4% casualty and 5.6% property. Our commercial lines product offerings include construction, small business, professional liability, excess casualty, energy, general casualty, life sciences, allied health, product liability, health care, commercial property, management liability, inland marine, environmental, public entity and commercial insurance. We also write a small amount of homeowners insurance in the personal lines market, which in aggregate represented 2.2% of our gross written premiums in 2015. All of our business is distributed through independent brokers.

83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows our gross written premiums by underwriting division for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 and the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2016
2015
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Gross written premium by division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
$
9,252
 
$
8,112
 
$
36,932
 
$
31,667
 
$
22,709
 
Small business
 
6,432
 
 
4,286
 
 
21,468
 
 
14,462
 
 
8,246
 
Professional liability
 
3,945
 
 
4,276
 
 
14,636
 
 
14,698
 
 
14,108
 
Excess casualty
 
3,645
 
 
3,840
 
 
16,194
 
 
15,595
 
 
12,748
 
Energy
 
3,644
 
 
4,388
 
 
19,022
 
 
17,381
 
 
12,714
 
General casualty
 
3,086
 
 
5,000
 
 
20,511
 
 
20,597
 
 
15,702
 
Life sciences
 
2,859
 
 
2,561
 
 
11,935
 
 
10,456
 
 
7,826
 
Allied health
 
2,126
 
 
2,031
 
 
8,644
 
 
8,341
 
 
8,373
 
Products liability
 
2,091
 
 
2,067
 
 
9,480
 
 
8,931
 
 
6,797
 
Healthcare
 
1,877
 
 
1,892
 
 
6,579
 
 
6,479
 
 
7,334
 
Commercial property
 
1,118
 
 
1,524
 
 
6,181
 
 
7,024
 
 
8,181
 
Management liability
 
617
 
 
 
 
420
 
 
 
 
 
Inland marine
 
386
 
 
 
 
195
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental
 
328
 
 
131
 
 
1,005
 
 
164
 
 
160
 
Public entity
 
223
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial insurance
 
110
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total commercial
 
41,739
 
 
40,108
 
 
173,202
 
 
155,795
 
 
124,898
 
Personal:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personal insurance
$
1,343
 
$
822
 
 
3,807
 
 
2,728
 
 
369
 
Total
$
43,082
 
$
40,930
 
$
177,009
 
$
158,523
 
$
125,267
 

Construction underwrites commercial general liability coverage on small contractors focusing on new residential construction, residential remodeling and renovation and commercial construction. Policy limits offered are generally $1 million per occurrence.

Small business underwrites commercial general liability on smaller risks with an emphasis on artisan contractors and premises related exposures. The majority of policies written in this division are for limits of $1 million per occurrence.

Professional liability underwrites small-to-medium sized non-medical professional liability risks. The classes of risks we cover include accountants, architects and engineers, financial planners, insurance agents, lawyers, realtors, and certain other professions. Policy limits offered are generally $1 million.

Excess casualty underwrites excess liability over risks that would fit within the general casualty, construction, products liability and small business divisions above. Coverage is written over our primary liability coverage as well as that of other insurers. This division also writes excess liability over primary commercial auto liability policies written by other carriers. We typically provide between $1 million and $5 million per occurrence limits above a $1 million attachment point.

Energy underwrites commercial general liability, pollution liability, professional liability and excess liability on enterprises engaged in the business of energy production or distribution or mining including drillers, lease operators, contractors and product manufacturers. The policy limits offered range from $1 million to $6 million.

General casualty underwrites general liability and liquor liability on hospitality, habitational and retail risks, among others, with similar premises liability loss exposures. Policy limits generally equal $1 million.

84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Life sciences underwrites general liability, products liability and professional liability coverage for manufacturers, distributors and developers of dietary supplements, medical devices, pharmaceuticals, biologics, health and beauty products, durable medical equipment and clinical trials. Typical policy limits are offered between $1 million and $5 million.

Allied health underwrites commercial general liability, professional liability and excess liability on allied health and social service risks including assisted living facilities, home health care agencies and outpatient medical facilities. Policy limits offered in this coverage are $1 million to $5 million.

Products liability underwrites commercial general liability on manufacturers, distributors and importers of a wide array of consumer, commercial and industrial products. We generally write $1 million per occurrence limits.

Healthcare underwrites medical professional liability for physicians, surgeons, dentists, chiropractors and podiatrists. Policies cover both individuals and small practice groups. We generally write $1 million per occurrence in limits.

Commercial property underwrites catastrophe-exposed risks including manufacturing facilities, government and municipal buildings, professional buildings, offices and general commercial properties, vacant properties, as well as entertainment and retail facilities. Policy limits offered are generally $5 million or less per occurrence.

Management liability underwrites directors and officers liability, employment practices liability and fiduciary liability coverage on a variety of commercial and government risks. Policy limits offered are $1 million to $5 million.

Inland marine underwrites a variety of inland marine coverages including builders risk, contractors equipment, transportation risks and mobile equipment. Policy limits offered in this coverage are $2 million per occurrence or less.

Environmental underwrites commercial general liability, pollution liability and professional liability on a wide range of commercial risks where environmental exposures exist that are operational in nature or related to the premises. Policy limits offered in this coverage are up to $5 million per occurrence.

Public entity underwrites law enforcement professional liability. The classes of risks we cover include police departments, sheriff agencies and other public safety organizations. Policy limits offered are generally $1 million.

Commercial insurance underwrites commercial general liability on small accounts, through our affiliate broker, Aspera.

Personal insurance writes homeowners coverage on manufactured homes with a catastrophe exposure due to coastal location. Limits are typically below $200,000.

85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We sell policies in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. The following tables show our gross written premiums by state for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 and the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
% of
Total
2015
% of
Total
 
(in thousands)
Gross written premiums by state:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
California
$
11,263
 
 
26.1
%
$
9,274
 
 
22.7
%
Texas
 
6,598
 
 
15.3
%
 
6,105
 
 
14.9
%
Florida
 
4,861
 
 
11.3
%
 
4,255
 
 
10.4
%
New Jersey
 
1,803
 
 
4.2
%
 
1,920
 
 
4.7
%
New York
 
1,781
 
 
4.1
%
 
2,669
 
 
6.5
%
Washington
 
1,624
 
 
3.8
%
 
1,463
 
 
3.6
%
Nevada
 
1,383
 
 
3.2
%
 
1,015
 
 
2.5
%
Arizona
 
895
 
 
2.1
%
 
718
 
 
1.7
%
Pennsylvania
 
882
 
 
2.0
%
 
678
 
 
1.7
%
Illinois
 
841
 
 
2.0
%
 
879
 
 
2.1
%
All other states
 
11,151
 
 
25.9
%
 
11,954
 
 
29.2
%
 
$
43,082
 
 
100.0
%
$
40,930
 
 
100.0
%
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
% of
Total
2014
% of
Total
2013
% of
Total
 
(in thousands)
Gross written premiums by state:
 
 
 
California
$
43,473
 
 
24.6
%
$
37,509
 
 
23.7
%
$
25,806
 
 
20.6
%
Texas
 
26,607
 
 
15.0
%
 
23,987
 
 
15.1
%
 
20,157
 
 
16.1
%
Florida
 
16,199
 
 
9.2
%
 
12,421
 
 
7.8
%
 
8,585
 
 
6.9
%
New York
 
11,549
 
 
6.6
%
 
9,992
 
 
6.3
%
 
8,376
 
 
6.7
%
New Jersey
 
7,119
 
 
4.0
%
 
6,624
 
 
4.2
%
 
5,645
 
 
4.5
%
Washington
 
7,199
 
 
4.1
%
 
5,482
 
 
3.5
%
 
4,448
 
 
3.5
%
Pennsylvania
 
3,960
 
 
2.2
%
 
4,058
 
 
2.5
%
 
3,407
 
 
2.7
%
Arizona
 
3,788
 
 
2.1
%
 
3,859
 
 
2.4
%
 
3,360
 
 
2.7
%
Louisiana
 
3,763
 
 
2.1
%
 
3,452
 
 
2.2
%
 
2,530
 
 
2.0
%
Colorado
 
3,730
 
 
2.1
%
 
2,335
 
 
1.5
%
 
1,753
 
 
1.4
%
All other states
 
49,622
 
 
28.0
%
 
48,804
 
 
30.8
%
 
41,200
 
 
32.9
%
 
$
177,009
 
 
100.0
%
$
158,523
 
 
100.0
%
$
125,267
 
 
100.0
%

Marketing and distribution

We market our products through a broad group of independent insurance brokers that we believe can consistently produce reasonable volumes of quality business for us. We also sell policies through our wholly-owned affiliate broker, Aspera. Aspera distributes 2.2% of Kinsale’s premiums, primarily personal lines, through independent brokers. Kinsale does not grant its brokers any underwriting or claims authority.

We select our brokers based on management’s review of the experience, knowledge and business plan of each broker. While many of our brokers have more than one office, we evaluate each office as if it were a separate brokerage and may appoint some but not all offices owned by a broker for specialized lines of business. We seek brokers with business plans that are consistent with our strategy and underwriting objectives. Brokers must be able to demonstrate an ability to

86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

competently produce both the quality and quantity of business that we seek. For our more specialized divisions, we seek to appoint brokers that have a similar focus and demonstrated experience in the particular line of business. Brokers who produce unacceptably low volumes of business may be terminated. Our underwriters regularly visit with brokers in their offices in order to market to these brokers and discuss the products we offer.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, our largest brokers were AmWINS Group, LLC, who produced $20.8 million, or 11.8%, of our gross written premiums and R-T Specialty, LLC, who produced $19.4 million, or 11.0%, of our gross written premiums. No other broker accounted for more than 10% of our gross written premiums in the year ended December 31, 2015.

It is important to us that we maintain excellent relationships with the group of brokers who present business to us. Commissions are an important part of that relationship, but brokers will also typically consider the ultimate price to the insured, and the service and expertise offered by the carrier when determining where to place their business. In 2015, we paid an average commission to our brokers of 14.8% of gross written premiums. We believe this is slightly lower than the average commission paid by our competitors. We believe that our specialization in hard-to-place risks, combined with our high degree of service, including our rapid speed-to-quote, permits us to manage our commission expense as part of our overall management of the underwriting process. Additionally, we do not contract out our underwriting to program managers or general agents which typically requires a higher commission level to compensate the third party for its work on behalf of the carrier.

Underwriting

Our underwriting department consisted of 74 employees as of March 31, 2016. We use our proprietary technology platform to drive a high level of efficiency, accuracy and speed in our underwriting and quoting process. We believe our internal business processing systems allow us to maintain a high ratio of underwriters to total employees, as we do not require a significant number of administrative personnel to facilitate our underwriting process. We also believe that our digital environment allows us to engage fewer employees in policy administration.

We are very selective in the policies we choose to bind, with approximately one in every 10 submissions bound. If our underwriters cannot reasonably expect to bind coverage at the combination of premium and coverage that meets our standards, they are encouraged to quickly move on to another prospective opportunity. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we received 148,691 new submissions, issued 47,204 quotes and bound 8,533 policies for a policy to submission ratio of 5.7%. We are careful to establish terms that are suited to the risk and the pricing of our policies. As an E&S company, we use our freedom of rate and form assertively in order to appropriately underwrite risks that have already been rejected by licensed carriers based on approved forms and filed rates.

Beyond simply selecting risks, we attempt to craft policies that offer affordable protection to insureds by tailoring coverages in ways that make potential losses more predictable and reduce claims costs. For example, our “defense inside the limits” clause, which we applied to more than 96% of our Professional Liability premiums written in 2015, means that funds we expend defending an insured against a claim are counted against the total policy limit. We believe we do not have any material exposure to claims from asbestos, lead paint, silica, mold or nuclear, biological or chemical terrorism.

Claims

Our claims department consisted of 14 claims professionals who had an average of 13 years of claims experience in the P&C industry as of March 31, 2016. Our Chief Claims Officer, Ann Marie Marson, has over 30 years of claims experience in large commercial and specialty insurance claims departments. Prior to joining us, Ann Marie Marson was a senior officer in charge of claims for James River Insurance Company. Our claims department is fully integrated with our other functional departments. We handle all of our claims in-house and do not delegate claims management authority to third parties.

87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We focus on the effective management of the claims adjusting process. This process is achieved by extending low reserve and settlement authority levels to our front line claim examiners; keeping the adjuster-to-supervisor ratios low to allow for greater supervision over the adjusting process; and monitoring the number of claims handled by each claims examiner. This method ensures that two or more members of the department participate in the decision-making process when appropriate; our claim examiners recognize and address key issues; and reserves are adjusted to the appropriate amount as necessary. We seek to manage the number of claims per claims examiner to allow our claim examiners sufficient time to review and investigate claims submitted. Moreover, prior to any scheduled mediation or trial, claims personnel conduct further peer review to ensure that issues and exposures have been adequately analyzed. In addition, our claim examiners work closely with members of the underwriting staff to keep them apprised of claim trends. Vendor management is also important and our claim examiners work closely with our vendors to manage expenses and costs.

Information technology

Our information technology department consisted of 22 employees as of March 31, 2016. Our Chief Information Officer (“CIO”), Bill Kenney, has over 30 years of experience in the technology field. Prior to joining us, Bill was CIO at James River Insurance Company. Our information technology utilizes an agile methodology to develop best-in-class software solutions and to attract and retain quality staff.

We have built a proprietary technology platform that reflects the best practices our management team has learned from its extensive prior experiences. Our proprietary technology platform is comprised of 14 modules linked together in a common system. All of the modules currently in use, except for one module, were developed in-house. We initially licensed an off-the-shelf software program for processing insurance transactions. We have gradually discontinued the use of individual modules within this licensed program and replaced them with software solutions developed in-house as they have become operational. The development of the final module is in process and is expected to be operational by year-end 2016. We expect to terminate the licensed program once the final in-house developed module becomes operational.

We designed the architecture for our information systems in a fashion that would allow us to reduce our administrative costs and quickly provide us with useful real-time information. Our insurance company subsidiary operates in a digital environment, which eliminates the costs of printing, storing and handling thousands of documents each week. Moreover, by maintaining electronic files on each account, we have been able to facilitate clear communication among personnel responsible for handling matters related to underwriting, servicing and claims as each has access to full information regarding the account.

We use a browser-based platform approach to processing business. When a broker makes a submission, the information is transferred into our browser-based underwriting system. This eliminates costly data-entry steps in our underwriting process and permits the underwriter to focus on underwriting the account accurately and rapidly.

Since inception, we have been intent on capturing and analyzing our data and building, over time, a robust repository of information that we can use to improve our decision making. We refer to this repository as our data warehouse. The design of our data warehouse permits us to capture a vast array of statistical data, collected by the policy management systems at Kinsale. The data warehouse is easily searchable, collects and labels information in a consistent format and contains most of the underwriting and claims information we collect at every level. The data warehouse permits us flexibility with regard to analyzing our business by segment or in the aggregate. We believe the data warehouse is a competitive advantage for us.

Reinsurance

We enter into various reinsurance contracts to limit our exposure to potential losses arising from large risks and to provide additional capacity for growth. Reinsurance involves an insurance company transferring (“ceding”) a portion of its exposure on a risk to another insurer, the reinsurer.

88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The reinsurer assumes the exposure in return for a portion of the premium. The ceding of liability to a reinsurer does not legally discharge the primary insurer from its liability for the full amount of the policies on which it obtains reinsurance. The primary insurer remains liable for the entire loss if the reinsurer fails to meet its obligations under the reinsurance agreement.

We use treaty reinsurance and, on a limited basis, facultative reinsurance coverage. Treaty coverage refers to a reinsurance contract that is applied to a group or class of business where all the risks written meet the criteria for that class. Facultative coverage refers to a reinsurance contract on individual risks as opposed to a group or class of business. It is used for a variety of reasons, including supplementing the limits provided by the treaty coverage or covering risks or perils excluded from treaty reinsurance.

We cede risks through our MLQS. The MLQS transfers a portion of the risk related to certain lines of business written by us to reinsurers in exchange for a proportion of the gross written premiums on that business. Transferring risk to the reinsurers also reduces the amount of capital required to support our insurance operations. The MLQS is subject to annual renewal, effective January 1. Under the terms of the 2015 MLQS contract, we receive a provisional ceding commission equal to 41% of ceded written premiums and pay a reinsurance margin equal to 4% of ceded written premium. The reinsurers do not receive a margin when they are in the loss position on the contract. The MLQS includes a sliding scale commission provision that can reduce the ceding commission to 25% or increase the ceding commission to 41% based on the loss experience of the business ceded. Additionally, we are entitled to an additional contingent profit commission up to an amount equal to all of the reinsurers’ profits above the margin based on the underwriting results of the business ceded, upon commutation of the contract. The contract has a loss ratio cap of 110%, which means that we cannot cede any losses in excess of a 110% loss ratio to the reinsurers. For a discussion regarding the effect of the MLQS contract on our results, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Overview.”

In addition to the MLQS described above, the following is a summary of our other significant reinsurance programs as of December 31, 2015:

Line of Business Covered
Company Policy Limit
Reinsurance Coverage
Company Retention
Property
Up to $5.0 million per risk
$4.0 million excess of $1.0 million
$1.0 million per risk
 
 
 
 
Property - catastrophe (1)
Up to $5.0 million per occurrence
$32.0 million excess of $3.0 million
$3.0 million per occurrence
 
 
 
 
Excess casualty (2)
Up to $5.0 million per occurrence
Variable quota share
$750,000 per occurrence except as described in note (2) below

(1) Our property catastrophe reinsurance reduces the financial impact of a catastrophe event involving multiple claims and policyholders. Our property catastrophe reinsurance includes a reinstatement provision which requires us to pay reinstatement premiums after a loss has occurred in order to preserve coverage. Including the reinstatement provision, the maximum aggregate loss recovery limit is $64 million and is in addition to the per-occurrence coverage provided by our facultative and other treaty coverages.

(2) Reinsurance is not applicable to any individual policy with a per occurrence limit of less than $1.0 million. For policies with a per occurrence limit of $1.0 million or higher, the quota share ceding percentage varies such that the retention is always $750,000. For example, for a $1.0 million limit excess policy, our retention would be 75%, whereas for a $5.0 million limit excess policy, our retention would be 15%. For policies for which we also write an underlying primary limit, the retention on the excess policy will never exceed $1,175,000.

At each renewal, we consider any plans to change the underlying insurance coverage we offer, as well as updated loss activity, the level of our capital and surplus, changes in our risk appetite and the cost and availability of reinsurance treaties. In the last renewal cycle, we maintained similar retentions on most lines of business.

Reinsurance contracts do not relieve us from our obligations to policyholders. Failure of the reinsurer to honor its obligation could result in losses to us, and therefore, we establish allowances for amounts considered uncollectible. In formulating our reinsurance programs, we are selective in our choice of reinsurers and we consider numerous factors, the most important of which are the financial stability of the reinsurer, its history of responding to claims and its overall reputation. In an

89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

effort to minimize our exposure to the insolvency of our reinsurers, we review the financial condition of each reinsurer annually. In addition, we continually monitor for rating downgrades involving any of our reinsurers. At December 31, 2015, all reinsurance contracts that our insurance subsidiary was party to were either with companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A” (Excellent) or better. As of December 31, 2015, we have never had an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance.

We had reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses of $95.5 million at December 31, 2015, and recoverables on paid losses of $0.2 million at December 31, 2015. The following table provides a summary of our top ten reinsurers, based on net amount recoverable, as of December 31, 2015:

Reinsurers
A.M. Best Rating
Reinsurance
Recoverable
 
(in thousands)
Munich Reinsurance America, Inc.
 
A
+
$
28,620
 
Tokio Millennium Re AG
 
A
++
 
24,113
 
Swiss Reinsurance America Corp.
 
A
+
 
15,929
 
Everest Reinsurance Co.
 
A
+
 
12,129
 
SCOR Reinsurance Co.
 
A
 
 
3,829
 
Arch Reinsurance Co.
 
A
+
 
3,404
 
Berkley Insurance Co.
 
A
+
 
2,699
 
Odyssey America Reinsurance Corp.
 
A
 
 
2,129
 
Hannover Ruckversicherungs AG
 
A
+
 
733
 
QBE Reinsurance Corp.
 
A
 
 
661
 
Total for Top Ten
 
 
 
 
94,246
 
All others
 
 
 
 
1,424
 
Total
 
 
 
$
95,670
 

We did not have reinsurance recoverables greater than $0.6 million at December 31, 2015 from any reinsurers other than the ten listed above.

To reduce credit exposure to reinsurance recoverable balances, we obtain letters of credit from certain reinsurers that are not authorized as reinsurers under U.S. state insurance regulations. In addition, under the terms of the MLQS contract discussed above, we retain funds due from reinsurers (the funds held account) as security for those recoverable balances. We had funds held by the Company under the MLQS contract of $87.2 million at December 31, 2015.

Catastrophe risk management

In addition to the reinsurance protection noted above, we use other techniques to carefully manage our exposure to catastrophe losses. We use computer models to analyze the risk of severe losses from natural catastrophes. We measure exposure to these losses in terms of probable maximum loss (PML), which is an estimate of the amount of loss we would expect to meet or exceed once in a given number of years (referred to as the return period). When managing our catastrophe exposure, we focus on the 100 year and the 250 year return periods. Our main catastrophe risk arises from hurricanes and earthquakes. We manage this exposure through careful and disciplined underwriting, extensive reinsurance protection purchased from financially strong counterparties and monthly catastrophe modeling of the portfolio. Additionally, we limit the concentration of property business by geographic area to reduce loss exposure from extreme events.

Reserve development

We maintain reserves for specific claims incurred and reported, reserves for claims incurred but not reported and reserves for uncollectible reinsurance when appropriate. Our ultimate liability may be greater or less than current reserves. In the insurance industry, there is always the risk that reserves may prove inadequate. We continually monitor reserves using new information on reported claims and a variety of statistical techniques. Anticipated inflation is reflected implicitly in the reserving process through analysis of cost trends and the review of historical development. We do not discount our reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses to reflect estimated present value.

90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the development of balance sheet property-casualty loss reserves calculated in accordance with GAAP, as of December 31 in each of the years 2010 through 2015.

 
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
 
(in thousands)
Gross reserve for property-casualty losses
$
2,488
 
$
15,314
 
$
50,503
 
$
96,365
 
$
162,210
 
$
219,629
 
Reinsurance recoverables
 
(683
)
 
(2,837
)
 
(12,831
)
 
(39,776
)
 
(70,240
)
 
(95,503
)
Reserves for property-casualty losses originally stated, net of reinsurance
 
1,805
 
 
12,477
 
 
37,672
 
 
56,589
 
 
91,970
 
 
124,126
 
Cumulative net paid losses as of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 year later
 
207
 
 
3,184
 
 
7,888
 
 
3,820
 
 
7,856
 
 
 
 
2 years later
 
563
 
 
4,922
 
 
14,467
 
 
7,584
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 years later
 
677
 
 
7,736
 
 
19,825
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4 years later
 
1,326
 
 
9,563
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5 years later
 
1,335
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net reserves re-estimated as of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 year later
 
1,792
 
 
11,796
 
 
35,572
 
 
55,076
 
 
82,774
 
 
 
 
2 years later
 
1,422
 
 
11,579
 
 
37,189
 
 
52,416
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 years later
 
1,424
 
 
13,392
 
 
38,015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4 years later
 
1,636
 
 
13,615
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5 years later
 
1,559
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cumulative redundancy (deficiency)
$
246
 
$
(1,138
)
$
(343
)
$
4,173
 
$
9,196
 
 
 
 
Net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses re-estimated
 
1,559
 
 
13,615
 
 
38,015
 
 
52,416
 
 
82,774
 
 
 
 
Reinsurance recoverables re-estimated
 
126
 
 
1,374
 
 
9,696
 
 
34,563
 
 
60,580
 
 
 
 
Gross reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses re-estimated
 
1,685
 
 
14,989
 
 
47,711
 
 
86,979
 
 
143,354
 
 
 
 
Gross cumulative redundancy
$
803
 
$
325
 
$
2,792
 
$
9,386
 
 
18,856
 
 
 
 

This table does not present accident or policy year development data. The top line of the table shows the gross reserves for property-casualty losses as of December 31 for each of the indicated years and is reconciled to the net reserve by adjusting for reinsurance recoverables. Reserves for property-casualty losses originally stated, net of reinsurance represents the estimated amount of net loss and loss adjustment expense arising in the current year and all prior years that are unpaid at the balance sheet date, including IBNR reserves.

The “Cumulative net paid losses as of” section of the table shows the cumulative net paid amounts as of successive years with respect to the net reserve liability.

The “Net reserves re-estimated as of” section of the table shows the re-estimated amount of the previously recorded reserves as adjusted for new information received as of the end of each succeeding year. These estimates change as more information becomes known about the frequency and severity of claims for individual years.

The “net cumulative redundancy (deficiency)” line represents the aggregate change from the original balance sheet estimate on the third line of the table, “reserves for property-casualty losses, originally stated, net of reinsurance” to the date of the current estimate. For example, the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses developed a $0.2 million redundancy from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2015. Conditions and trends that have affected the development of loss reserves in the past may not necessarily occur in the future. Accordingly, it may not be appropriate to extrapolate future redundancies or deficiencies based on the table.

The “gross cumulative redundancy” represents the aggregate change to date from the original estimate on the top line of the table, “gross reserves for property-casualty losses,” before deductions for reinsurance. Gross deficiencies and redundancies may be significantly more or less than net deficiencies and redundancies due to the nature and extent of applicable reinsurance.

91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

See note 7 of the notes to consolidated financial statements and the discussion under “Critical accounting estimates” for a discussion of estimates and assumptions related to the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses.

Investments

Investment income is an important component of our earnings. We collect premiums and hold a portion of these funds in reserves until claims are paid. We invest these reserves. In the years that we make an underwriting profit, we are able to retain all investment income. Underwriting losses require us to dedicate a portion of our investment income or capital to cover insurance claims and expenses associated with writing insurance.

Our cash and invested assets consist of fixed maturity securities, short-term investments, cash and cash equivalents and exchange traded funds (classified as equity securities on the balance sheet). Our fixed maturity securities and equity securities are classified as “available-for-sale” and are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses on these securities reported, net of tax, as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Fair value generally represents quoted market value prices for securities traded in the public market or prices analytically determined using bid or closing prices for securities not traded in the public marketplace. Short-term investments are reported at cost and include investments that are both readily convertible to known amounts of cash and have maturities of 12 months or less upon acquisition by us.

Our cash and invested assets totaled $393.7 million at March 31, 2016, $368.7 million at December 31, 2015 and $292.3 million at December 31, 2014, and is summarized as follows:

 
March 31, 2016
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
 
Fair Value
Percent of
Portfolio
Fair Value
Percent of
Portfolio
Fair Value
Percent of
Portfolio
 
($ in thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
10,430
 
 
2.6
%
$
3,433
 
 
0.9
%
$
10,444
 
 
3.6
%
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
64,416
 
 
16.4
%
 
72,513
 
 
19.7
%
 
61,632
 
 
21.1
%
Corporate and other securities
 
135,822
 
 
34.5
%
 
129,521
 
 
35.1
%
 
87,756
 
 
30.0
%
Asset-backed securities
 
59,370
 
 
15.1
%
 
58,307
 
 
15.8
%
 
36,638
 
 
12.5
%
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
70,996
 
 
18.0
%
 
63,828
 
 
17.3
%
 
53,264
 
 
18.2
%
Total fixed maturities
 
341,034
 
 
86.6
%
 
327,602
 
 
88.8
%
 
249,734
 
 
85.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities - ETFs
 
16,666
 
 
4.2
%
 
14,240
 
 
3.9
%
 
14,336
 
 
4.9
%
Short-term investments
 
9,983
 
 
2.6
%
 
2,299
 
 
0.6
%
 
4,257
 
 
1.5
%
Cash and cash equivalents
 
25,980
 
 
6.6
%
 
24,544
 
 
6.7
%
 
23,958
 
 
8.2
%
Total
$
393,663
 
 
100.0
%
$
368,685
 
 
100.0
%
$
292,285
 
 
100.0
%

Our policy is to invest primarily in high quality fixed maturity securities with a focus on preservation of capital and a secondary focus on maximizing our risk adjusted investment returns. Investment policy is set by the Investment Committee of the Board of Directors, subject to the limits of applicable regulations. Our investment policy is designed to comply with the regulatory investment requirements and restrictions to which our insurance subsidiary is subject. Our investment portfolio is managed by an outside investment advisory firm, General Re - New England Asset Management, Inc., which operates under guidelines approved by our Investment Committee. Our Investment Committee meets periodically and reports to our Board of Directors. We seek to maximize investment returns using investment guidelines that stress prudent allocation among cash and cash equivalents, fixed-maturity securities and, to a lesser extent, equity securities.

92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our investment policy also imposes strict requirements for credit quality, with a minimum average credit quality of the portfolio being rated “AA-” or higher by Standard & Poor’s or the equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating agency. Our investment policy also imposes restrictions on concentrations of securities by class and issuer. As of March 31, 2016, our fixed maturity portfolio including cash and cash equivalents, had an average duration of 3.0 years and had an average rating of “AA-”.

The following table sets forth the composition of our portfolio of fixed maturity securities by rating as of March 31, 2016:

 
AAA
AA
A
BBB
Below BBB
Total
 
(in thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
 
$
10,430
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
10,430
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
4,344
 
 
41,071
 
 
19,001
 
 
 
 
 
 
64,416
 
Corporate and other securities
 
2,013
 
 
12,562
 
 
87,546
 
 
30,268
 
 
3,433
 
 
135,822
 
Asset-backed securities
 
53,775
 
 
 
 
5,595
 
 
 
 
 
 
59,370
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
67,930
 
 
200
 
 
 
 
2,866
 
 
70,996
 
Total fixed maturities
$
60,132
 
$
131,993
 
$
112,342
 
$
30,268
 
$
6,299
 
$
341,034
 

The fair value of our investments in fixed maturity securities at March 31, 2016, summarized by stated maturities follows:

 
March 31, 2016
 
Estimated
Fair Value
% of
Fair Value
 
($ in thousands)
Due in one year or less
$
25,776
 
 
7.6
%
Due after one year through five years
 
117,422
 
 
34.4
%
Due after five years through ten years
 
24,340
 
 
7.1
%
Due after ten years
 
43,130
 
 
12.7
%
Asset-backed securities
 
59,370
 
 
17.4
%
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
70,996
 
 
20.8
%
Total fixed maturities
$
341,034
 
 
100.0
%

Actual maturities may differ for some securities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties. As of March 31, 2016, our fixed maturity security portfolio contained $71.0 million (20.8%) of residential mortgage-backed securities. Residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBSs”), including collateralized mortgage obligations, are subject to prepayment risks that vary with, among other things, interest rates. During periods of declining interest rates, RMBSs generally prepay faster as the underlying mortgages are prepaid and refinanced by the borrowers in order to take advantage of the lower rates. As a result, during periods of falling interest rates, proceeds from such prepayments generally must be reinvested at lower prevailing yields. In addition, RMBSs that have an amortized cost that is greater than par (i.e., purchased at a premium) may incur a reduction in yield or a loss as a result of such prepayments. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the rate of prepayments generally slows. RMBSs that have an amortized value that is less than par (i.e., purchased at a discount) may incur a decrease in yield as a result of a slower rate of prepayments. Changes in estimated cash flows due to changes in prepayment assumptions from the original purchase assumptions are revised based on current interest rates and the economic environment. Our investment policy does not permit us to own any interest only, principal only or residual tranches of RMBSs.

93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At March 31, 2016, our portfolio of fixed maturity securities contained corporate fixed maturity securities with a fair value of $135.8 million. A summary of these securities by industry segment is shown below as of March 31, 2016:

 
March 31, 2016
Industry
Fair Value
% of Total
 
($ in thousands)
Industrials and other
$
94,387
 
 
69.5
%
Financial
 
38,425
 
 
28.3
%
Utilities
 
3,010
 
 
2.2
%
Total
$
135,822
 
 
100.0
%

Approximately 4% of our total cash and investments were invested in Vanguard exchange traded funds (“ETFs”), which provided low-cost diversification. At March 31, 2016, our ETF balance was comprised of the following funds:

 
March 31, 2016
Fund
Fair Value
% of Total
 
($ in thousands)
Intermediate-term corporate bond fund
$
923
 
 
5.5
%
Dividend yield equity fund
 
4,815
 
 
28.9
%
Domestic stock market fund
 
8,173
 
 
49.1
%
Foreign stock market fund
 
2,755
 
 
16.5
%
Total
$
16,666
 
 
100.0
%

Competition

The P&C insurance industry is highly competitive. We compete with domestic and international insurers, some of which have greater financial, marketing and management resources and experience than we do. We may also compete with new market entrants in the future. Competition is based on many factors, including the perceived market strength of the insurer, pricing and other terms and conditions, services provided, the speed of claims payment, the reputation and experience of the insurer and ratings assigned by independent rating organizations such as A.M. Best. We currently have a rating from A.M. Best of “A-” (Excellent). Ratings for an insurance company are based on its ability to pay policyholder obligations and are not directed toward the protection of investors.

Today, our primary competitors in the E&S sector include Alleghany Corporation, Argo Group International Holdings, Ltd., James River Group Holdings, Ltd., Markel Corporation, Navigators Group Inc., RLI Corp. and W. R. Berkley Corporation.

Ratings

A.M. Best, which rates insurance companies based on factors of concern to policyholders, rates our insurance subsidiary. Our insurance subsidiary, Kinsale Insurance, has a rating of “A-” (Excellent) from A.M. Best. A.M. Best currently assigns 16 ratings to insurance companies, which currently range from “A++” (Superior) to “S” (Rating Suspended). “A-” (Excellent) is the fourth highest rating. In evaluating a company’s financial and operating performance, A.M. Best reviews the company’s profitability, leverage and liquidity, as well as its book of business, the adequacy and soundness of its reinsurance, the quality and estimated market value of its assets, the adequacy of its loss and loss expense reserves, the adequacy of its surplus, its capital structure, the experience and competence of its management and its market presence. A.M. Best’s ratings reflect its opinion of an insurance company’s financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet its obligations to policyholders. These evaluations are not directed to purchasers of an insurance company’s securities.

94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Employees

As of July 1, 2016, we had 144 employees, all of whom were employed by Kinsale Insurance through arrangements with Kinsale Management, Inc. Our employees are not subject to any collective bargaining agreements, and we are not aware of any current efforts to implement such an agreement.

Facilities

Our executive offices and insurance operations are located in Richmond, Virginia, which occupy approximately 34,000 square feet of office space for annual rent and rent-related operating expenses of approximately $0.6 million. The lease for this space expires in 2020.

We do not own any real property. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs.

Legal proceedings

We are subject to routine legal proceedings in the normal course of operating our insurance business. We are not involved in any legal proceedings which reasonably could be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Regulation

Insurance regulation

We are regulated by insurance regulatory authorities in the states in which we conduct business. State insurance laws and regulations generally are designed to protect the interests of policyholders, consumers and claimants rather than stockholders or other investors. The nature and extent of state regulation varies by jurisdiction, and state insurance regulators generally have broad administrative power relating to, among other matters, setting capital and surplus requirements, licensing of insurers and agents, establishing standards for reserve adequacy, prescribing statutory accounting methods and the form and content of statutory financial reports, regulating certain transactions with affiliates and prescribing types and amounts of investments.

Regulation of insurance companies constantly changes as governmental agencies and legislatures react to real or perceived issues. In recent years, the state insurance regulatory framework has come under increased federal scrutiny, and some state legislatures have considered or enacted laws that alter, and in many cases, increase, state authority to regulate insurance companies and insurance holding company systems. Further, the NAIC and some state insurance regulators are re-examining existing laws and regulations specifically focusing on issues relating to the solvency of insurance companies, interpretations of existing laws and the development of new laws. Although the federal government does not directly regulate the business of insurance, federal initiatives often affect the insurance industry in a variety of ways. In addition, the FIO was established within the U.S. Department of the Treasury by the Dodd-Frank Act in July 2010 to monitor all aspects of the insurance industry, including identifying issues or gaps in the regulation of insurers that could contribute to a systemic crisis in the insurance industry or the U.S. financial system. See “—Federal and state legislative and regulatory changes” below.

Among the various legislative changes that state legislatures have considered, commercial lines deregulation initiatives have been adopted in many states. In some states, the deregulation of commercial lines generally enables admitted insurers to underwrite certain commercial P&C risks without the necessity of obtaining prior approval for rates and forms, although the content of policy forms is still regulated. In other states, the terms and conditions of commercial insurance policy forms have been deregulated. The deregulation of commercial lines may permit risks that would not otherwise be considered attractive by standard market carriers to be underwritten by such carriers using forms and rates that are attractive to them. In such states, competition in the E&S markets could increase.

Required licensing

Kinsale Insurance is organized and domiciled in the state of Arkansas and is authorized (licensed) in the State of Arkansas to transact certain lines of P&C insurance. This license is in good standing, and, pursuant to applicable Arkansas laws and regulations, will continue in force unless otherwise suspended, revoked or otherwise terminated, subject to certain conditions, including the payment by Kinsale Insurance of annual continuation fees and the filing of an annual registration statement with the Arkansas Insurance Department.

Kinsale Insurance currently operates on a surplus lines basis in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. While Kinsale Insurance does not have to apply for and maintain a license in those states (with the exception of Arkansas, its domiciliary state), it is subject to maintaining suitability standards or approval under each particular state’s surplus lines laws to be included as an approved surplus lines carrier (as discussed below, the Dodd-Frank Act has brought uniformity to these standards (see “—Federal and state legislative and regulatory changes”)). In states in which it operates on a surplus line basis, Kinsale Insurance has freedom of rate and form on the majority of its business. This means that Kinsale Insurance can implement a change in policy form, underwriting guidelines, or rates for a product on an immediate basis without regulatory approval.

96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

All insurance is written through licensed agents and brokers. In states in which we operate on a non-admitted basis, general agents and their retail insurance brokers generally are required to certify that a certain number of licensed admitted insurers had been offered and declined to write a particular risk prior to placing that risk with us.

Insurance holding company regulation

We operate as an insurance holding company system and are subject to the insurance holding company laws of the State of Arkansas, the state in which Kinsale Insurance is organized and domiciled. These statutes require that each insurance company in the system register with the insurance department of its state of domicile and furnish information concerning the operations of companies within the holding company system that may materially affect the operations, management or financial condition of the insurers within the system domiciled in that state. These statutes also provide that all transactions among members of a holding company system must be fair and reasonable. Transactions between insurance subsidiaries and their parents and affiliates generally must be disclosed to the state regulators, and notice to or prior approval of the applicable state insurance regulator generally is required for any material or extraordinary transaction.

Changes of control

Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. domestic insurer, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state where the insurer is domiciled, or the acquiror must make a disclaimer of control filing with the insurance department of such state and obtain approval thereon. Prior to granting approval of an application to acquire control of a domestic insurer, the domiciliary state insurance commissioner will consider a number of factors, which include the financial strength of the proposed acquiror, the acquiror’s plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control.

Generally, state insurance statutes provide that control over a domestic insurer is presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, ten percent or more of the voting securities of the domestic insurer. This statutory presumption of control may be rebutted by a showing that control does not exist in fact. The state regulators, however, may find that “control” exists in circumstances in which a person owns or controls less than ten percent of voting securities.

As Kinsale Insurance is domiciled in Arkansas, the insurance law and regulation of that state would be applicable to the transaction. Under applicable Arkansas insurance laws and regulations, no person may acquire control of a domestic insurer until written approval is obtained from the state insurance commissioner following a public hearing on the proposed acquisition. Such approval would be contingent upon the state insurance commissioner’s consideration of a number of factors, including among others, the financial strength of the proposed acquiror, the integrity and management of the acquiror’s board of directors and executive officers, the acquiror’s plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control. Arkansas insurance laws and regulations pertaining to changes of control apply to both the direct and indirect acquisition of ten percent or more of the voting stock of an Arkansas-domiciled insurer. Accordingly, the acquisition of ten percent or more of our common stock would be considered an indirect change of control of Kinsale Insurance and would trigger the applicable change of control filing requirements under Arkansas insurance laws and regulations, absent a disclaimer of control filing and its acceptance by the Arkansas Insurance Department. These requirements may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of us, including through transactions that some or all of our stockholders might consider to be desirable.

Restrictions on paying dividends

We are a holding company with no business operations of our own. Consequently, our ability to pay dividends to stockholders and meet our debt payment obligations is largely dependent on dividends and other distributions from our insurance subsidiary. State insurance laws restrict the ability of our

97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

insurance subsidiary to declare stockholder dividends. State insurance regulators require insurance companies to maintain specified levels of statutory capital and surplus. The maximum dividend distribution absent the approval or non-disapproval of the insurance regulatory authority in Arkansas is limited by Arkansas law to the greater of 10% of policy holder surplus as of December 31 of the previous year or net income, not including realized capital gains, for the previous calendar year. Dividend payments are further limited to that part of available policyholder surplus which is derived from net profits on an insurer’s business. The maximum amount of dividends Kinsale Insurance can pay us during 2016 without regulatory approval is $21.9 million. Insurance regulators have broad powers to prevent reduction of statutory surplus to inadequate levels, and there is no assurance that dividends of the maximum amounts calculated under any applicable formula would be permitted. State insurance regulatory authorities that have jurisdiction over the payment of dividends by our insurance subsidiary may in the future adopt statutory provisions more restrictive than those currently in effect.

Investment regulation

Kinsale Insurance is subject to state laws which require diversification of our investment portfolios and limits on the amount of our investments in certain categories. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause non-conforming investments to be treated as non-admitted assets in the states in which we are licensed to sell insurance policies for purposes of measuring statutory surplus and, in some instances, would require us to sell those investments.

Restrictions on cancellation, non-renewal or withdrawal

Many states have laws and regulations that limit the ability of an insurance company licensed by that state to exit a market. Some states prohibit an insurer from withdrawing from one or more lines of business in the state except pursuant to a plan approved by the state insurance regulator, which may disapprove a plan that may lead to market disruption. Some state statutes may explicitly or by interpretation apply these restrictions to insurers operating on a surplus lines basis.

Licensing of our employees and adjustors

In certain states in which we operate, insurance claims adjusters are also required to be licensed and some must fulfill annual continuing education requirements. In most instances, our employees who are negotiating coverage terms are underwriters and employees of the Company and are not required to be licensed agents. As of March 31, 2016, thirteen of our employees were required to maintain and did maintain requisite licenses for these activities in most states in which we conduct business.

Enterprise risk and other new developments

The NAIC, as part of its solvency modernization initiative, has engaged in a concerted effort to strengthen the ability of U.S. state insurance regulators to monitor U.S. insurance holding company groups. The NAIC’s solvency modernization initiative, among other things, aims to expand the authority and focus of state insurance regulators to encompass U.S. insurance holding company systems at the group level. The holding company reform efforts at the NAIC culminated in December 2010 in the adoption of significant amendments to the NAIC’s Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act (the “Model Holding Company Act”) and its Insurance Holding Company System Model Regulation (the “Model Holding Company Regulation”). Among other things, the revised Model Holding Company Act and Model Holding Company Regulation explicitly address “enterprise” risk - the risk that an activity, circumstance, event or series of events involving one or more affiliates of an insurer will, if not remedied promptly, be likely to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or liquidity of the insurer or its insurance holding company system as a whole - and require annual reporting of potential enterprise risk as well as access to information to allow the state insurance regulator to assess such risk. In addition, the Model Holding Company Act amendments include a requirement to the effect that any person

98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

divesting control over an insurer must provide 30 days’ notice to the regulator and the insurer (with an exception for cases where a Form A is being filed). The amendments direct the domestic state insurance regulator to determine those instances in which a divesting person will be required to file for and obtain approval of the transaction.

Some form of the 2010 amendments to the Model Holding Company Act have been adopted in all states, including Arkansas. In April 2015, Arkansas adopted the principal components of the amended Model Holding Company Act. Under the Arkansas amendments, the ultimate controlling person of insurers subject to registration is required to file an annual enterprise risk report with the lead state commissioner, when applicable, of the insurance holding company system as determined by the procedures within the Financial Analysis Handbook adopted by the NAIC.

In December 2014, the NAIC adopted additional revisions to the Model Holding Company Act, updating the model to clarify the group-wide supervisor for a defined class of internationally active insurance groups. The revisions also outline the process for determining the lead state for domestic insurance groups, outline the activities the commissioner may engage in as group-wide supervisor and extend confidentiality protections to cover information received in the course of group-wide supervision. The 2014 revisions to the Model Holding Company Act have been adopted in Arkansas.

In 2012, the NAIC adopted the Risk Management and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (“ORSA”) Model Act, which requires domestic insurers to maintain a risk management framework and establishes a legal requirement for domestic insurers to conduct an ORSA in accordance with the NAIC’s ORSA Guidance Manual. The ORSA Model Act provides that domestic insurers, or their insurance group, must regularly conduct an ORSA consistent with a process comparable to the ORSA Guidance Manual process. The ORSA Model Act also provides that, no more than once a year, an insurer’s domiciliary regulator may request that an insurer submit an ORSA summary report, or any combination of reports that together contain the information described in the ORSA Guidance Manual, with respect to the insurer and the insurance group of which it is a member. If and when the ORSA Model Act is adopted by a particular state, the ORSA Model Act would impose more extensive filing requirements on parents and other affiliates of domestic insurers. Effective July 2015, Arkansas adopted its version of the ORSA Model Act.

Federal and state legislative and regulatory changes

From time to time, various regulatory and legislative changes have been proposed in the insurance industry. Among the proposals that have in the past been or are at present being considered are the possible introduction of federal regulation in addition to, or in lieu of, the current system of state regulation of insurers and proposals in various state legislatures (some of which have been enacted) to conform portions of their insurance laws and regulations to various model acts adopted by the NAIC. As discussed above, the NAIC has undertaken a solvency modernization initiative focused on updating the U.S. insurance solvency regulation framework, including capital requirements, governance and risk management, group supervision, accounting and financial reporting and reinsurance. The 2010 and 2014 revisions to the Model Holding Company Act (discussed above), as well as the ORSA Model Act, are a result of these efforts.

The U.S. federal government’s oversight of the insurance industry was expanded under the Dodd-Frank Act. Prior to the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act in July 2010, the U.S. federal government’s regulation of the insurance industry was essentially limited to certain insurance products, such as flood insurance, multi-peril crop insurance and reinsurance of losses from terrorism. As part of the overall federal financial regulatory reform package contained in the Dodd-Frank Act, Congress has legislated reforms in the reinsurance and surplus lines sectors.

Under reinsurance credit rules established under the Dodd-Frank Act, a U.S. ceding insurer need not satisfy the reinsurance credit rules of any nondomestic state if the following two conditions are met: (1) the ceding insurer’s domestic state is NAIC-accredited or has financial solvency requirements substantially similar to the requirements necessary for NAIC accreditation, and (2) the ceding insurer’s domestic state recognizes credit for reinsurance for its ceded risk.

99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Dodd-Frank Act also incorporates the Nonadmitted and Reinsurance Reform Act of 2010 (“NRRA”), which became effective on July 21, 2011. Among other things, the NRRA establishes national uniform standards on how states may regulate and tax surplus lines insurance and sets national standards concerning the regulation of reinsurance. In particular, the NRRA gives regulators in the home state of an insured exclusive authority to regulate and tax surplus lines insurance transactions, and regulators in a ceding insurer’s state of domicile the sole responsibility for regulating the balance sheet credit that the ceding insurer may take for reinsurance recoverables.

The Dodd-Frank Act also established the FIO in the U.S. Department of the Treasury and vested the FIO with the authority to monitor all aspects of the insurance sector, monitor the extent to which traditionally underserved communities and consumers have access to affordable non-health insurance products, and to represent the United States on prudential aspects of international insurance matters, including at the International Association of Insurance Supervisors (the “IAIS”). In addition, the FIO serves as an advisory member of the Financial Stability Oversight Council, assists the secretary of the U.S. Department of the Treasury with administration of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program, and advises the secretary of the U.S. Department of the Treasury on important national and international insurance matters. In addition, the FIO has the ability to recommend to the Financial Stability Oversight Council the designation of an insurer as “systemically significant” and therefore subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company.

In limited circumstances, the FIO can declare a state insurance law or regulation “preempted,” but this can be done only after extensive consultation with state insurance regulators, the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative and key insurance industry players (in trade associations representing insurers and intermediaries). Additionally, the FIO must publish a notice regarding the basis for the preemption in the Federal Register, allowing a reasonable opportunity for comments. The FIO cannot preempt state antitrust laws governing rate making, underwriting, sales practices or coverage requirements. No later than September 30th of each year, the FIO must submit an annual report to Congress explaining any use of the preemption authority during the prior year.

In addition, a number of federal laws affect and apply to the insurance industry, including various privacy laws and the economic and trade sanctions implemented by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of the Treasury. OFAC maintains and enforces economic sanctions against certain foreign countries and groups and prohibits U.S. persons from engaging in certain transactions with certain persons or entities. OFAC has imposed civil penalties on persons, including insurance and reinsurance companies, arising from violations of its economic sanctions program.

On December 12, 2013, the FIO submitted a report to Congress as required under the Dodd-Frank Act on improving U.S. insurance regulation (the “Modernization Report”). The Modernization Report concludes that the federal government should continue its involvement in insurance regulation, emphasizing the need for improved uniformity and efficiency in the U.S. insurance regulatory system, but that the current “hybrid” state and federal regulatory system should remain in place. The Modernization Report also recommends certain steps that should be taken to modernize and improve the U.S. insurance regulatory system through a combination of actions to be taken by the state and federal governments. Many of the recommendations in the Modernization Report are subject to NAIC initiatives. As the FIO does not have regulatory authority, the recommendations in its report could be viewed as advisory in nature. Most suggestions for U.S. federal standards and involvement in insurance regulation would require U.S. Congressional action. In the FIO’s 2015 annual report released on September 28, 2015, the FIO provides a summary of the status of and progress on each recommendation in the Modernization Report. Whether many of the recommendations will be implemented, altered considerably, or delayed for an extended period is still uncertain.

On November 20, 2015, the FIO and the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative announced their intention to exercise their authority under the Dodd-Frank Act to negotiate a “covered agreement” with the European Union (the “EU”). Once complete, the covered agreement would establish standards on collateral requirements for reinsurance, insurance group supervision and

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

confidentiality. This announcement was significant because it is expected that the covered agreement negotiated with the EU would likely serve as the basis for preempting certain state insurance laws, including laws relating to credit for reinsurance ceded to a reinsurer domiciled in the EU.

International developments

The IAIS has proposed a common framework for the supervision of Internationally Active Insurance Groups (“IAIGs”), which is scheduled to be effective in 2019. Under the proposed framework, IAIGs would be supervised on a group-wide basis across national boundaries and each IAIG would be required to conduct its own risk and solvency assessment to monitor and manage its overall solvency. The IAIS is also developing a risk-based global Insurance Capital Standard, which would apply to IAIGs. In addition, the Financial Stability Board is pursuing enhanced group supervisory and capital requirements for Global Systemically Important Insurers. Finally, Insurance Core Principles, another set of supervisory requirements under development by the IAIS, would apply to all insurers and insurance groups, regardless of size or systemic importance. These frameworks may influence applicable capital requirements in the jurisdictions in which we operate in the future, potentially leading to an increase in our capital requirements.

Trade practices

The manner in which insurance companies and insurance agents and brokers conduct the business of insurance is regulated by state statutes in an effort to prohibit practices that constitute unfair methods of competition or unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Prohibited practices include, but are not limited to, disseminating false information or advertising, unfair discrimination, rebating and false statements. We set business conduct policies and provide training to make our employee-agents and other sales personnel aware of these prohibitions, and we require them to conduct their activities in compliance with these statutes.

Unfair claims practices

Generally, insurance companies, adjusting companies and individual claims adjusters are prohibited by state statutes from engaging in unfair claims practices on a flagrant basis or with such frequency to indicate a general business practice. Unfair claims practices include, but are not limited to, misrepresenting pertinent facts or insurance policy provisions; failing to acknowledge and act reasonably promptly upon communications with respect to claims arising under insurance policies; and attempting to settle a claim for less than the amount to which a reasonable person would have believed such person was entitled. We set business conduct policies and conduct training to make our employee-adjusters and other claims personnel aware of these prohibitions, and we require them to conduct their activities in compliance with these statutes.

Quarterly and annual financial reporting

Our insurance subsidiary is required to file quarterly and annual financial reports with state insurance regulators using statutory accounting practices (SAP) rather than generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). In keeping with the intent to assure policyholder protection, SAP emphasize solvency considerations. For a summary of the significant differences for our insurance subsidiary between SAP and GAAP, see note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Credit for reinsurance

State insurance laws permit U.S. insurance companies, as ceding insurers, to take financial statement credit for reinsurance that is ceded, so long as the assuming reinsurer satisfies the state’s credit for reinsurance laws. The NRRA contained in the Dodd-Frank Act provides that if the state of domicile of a ceding insurer is an NAIC accredited state, or has financial solvency requirements substantially similar to the requirements necessary for NAIC accreditation, and recognizes credit for reinsurance for the insurer’s ceded risk, then no other state may deny such credit for reinsurance. Because all

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

states are currently accredited by the NAIC, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits a state in which a U.S. ceding insurer is licensed but not domiciled from denying credit for reinsurance for the insurer’s ceded risk if the cedant’s domestic state regulator recognizes credit for reinsurance. The ceding company in this instance is permitted to reflect in its statutory financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to the ceding company’s liability for unearned premium (which are that portion of written premiums which applies to the unexpired portion of the policy period), loss reserves and loss expense reserves to the extent ceded to the reinsurer.

Periodic financial and market conduct examinations

The insurance regulatory authority in the State of Arkansas, our insurance subsidiary’s state of domicile, conducts on-site visits and examinations of the affairs of our insurance subsidiary, including its financial condition, its relationships and transactions with affiliates and its dealings with policyholders, every three to five years, and may conduct special or targeted examinations to address particular concerns or issues at any time. Insurance regulators of other states in which we do business also may conduct examinations. The results of these examinations can give rise to regulatory orders requiring remedial, injunctive or other corrective action. Insurance regulatory authorities have broad administrative powers to regulate trade practices and in that connection to restrict or rescind licenses to transact business and to levy fines and monetary penalties against insurers and insurance agents and brokers found to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations.

Risk-based capital

Risk-based capital (RBC) laws are designed to assess the minimum amount of capital that an insurance company needs to support its overall business operations and to ensure that it has an acceptably low expectation of becoming financially impaired. State insurance regulators use RBC to set capital requirements, considering the size and degree of risk taken by the insurer and taking into account various risk factors including asset risk, credit risk, underwriting risk and interest rate risk. As the ratio of an insurer’s total adjusted capital and surplus decreases relative to its risk-based capital, the RBC laws provide for increasing levels of regulatory intervention culminating with mandatory control of the operations of the insurer by the domiciliary insurance department at the so-called mandatory control level.

The Arkansas Insurance Department has largely adopted the model legislation promulgated by the NAIC pertaining to RBC, and requires annual reporting by Arkansas-domiciled insurers to confirm that the minimum amount of RBC necessary for an insurer to support its overall business operations has been met. Arkansas-domiciled insurers falling below a calculated threshold may be subject to varying degrees of regulatory action, including supervision, rehabilitation or liquidation by the Arkansas Insurance Department. Failure to maintain our risk-based capital at the required levels could adversely affect the ability of Kinsale Insurance to maintain the regulatory authority necessary to conduct our business. However, as of December 31, 2015, Kinsale Insurance maintained RBC levels significantly in excess of amounts that would require any corrective actions.

IRIS ratios

The NAIC Insurance Regulatory Information System, or IRIS, is part of a collection of analytical tools designed to provide state insurance regulators with an integrated approach to screening and analyzing the financial condition of insurance companies operating in their respective states. IRIS is intended to assist state insurance regulators in targeting resources to those insurers in greatest need of regulatory attention. IRIS consists of two phases: statistical and analytical. In the statistical phase, the NAIC database generates key financial ratio results based on financial information obtained from insurers’ annual statutory statements. The analytical phase is a review of the annual statements, financial ratios and other automated solvency tools. The primary goal of the analytical phase is to identify companies that appear to require immediate regulatory attention. A ratio result falling outside the usual range of IRIS ratios is not considered a failing result; rather, unusual values are viewed as part of the regulatory early monitoring system. Furthermore, in some years, it may

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

not be unusual for financially sound companies to have several ratios with results outside the usual ranges. An insurance company may fall out of the usual range for one or more ratios because of specific transactions that are in themselves immaterial.

As of December 31, 2015, Kinsale Insurance had two IRIS ratios outside the usual range, as set forth in the following table:

Ratio
Usual Range
Actual Results
Change in net written premiums
-33% to 33%
37.0%
Investment yield
3.0% to 6.5%
1.8%

Our results for these ratios are attributable to the significant growth in premiums and surplus and low investment yields due to the current interest rate environment.

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management

Directors and executive officers

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers as of the date hereof. Certain directors were appointed pursuant to the terms of a stockholders’ agreement. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions — Stockholders’ agreement.”

Name
Age
Position
Michael P. Kehoe
50
Chief Executive Officer and President, Director
Brian D. Haney
46
Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Bryan P. Petrucelli
50
Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Steven J. Bensinger
61
Director
Joel G. Killion
39
Director
Robert Lippincott III
69
Chairman
James J. Ritchie
61
Director
Frederick L. Russell, Jr.
56
Director
Edward D. Yun
49
Director

Michael P. Kehoe has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President, and as one of our directors, since June 2009 when he founded Kinsale. From 2002 to 2008, Mr. Kehoe was the President and Chief Executive Officer at James River Insurance Company, and before that, served in various senior positions at Colony Insurance Company from 1994 to 2002, finishing as Vice President of Brokerage Underwriting. Mr. Kehoe received a B.A. in Economics from Hampden Sydney College and a J.D. from the University of Richmond School of Law.

We believe Mr. Kehoe’s qualifications to serve on our board include his 25 years of underwriting and claims experience in the P&C industry.

Brian D. Haney has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since March 2015, and was previously our Chief Actuary from 2009. From 2002 to 2009, Mr. Haney was the Chief Actuary of James River Insurance Company, where he was responsible for the actuarial functions, as well as catastrophe modeling and the purchasing of ceded reinsurance. From 1997 to 2002, Mr. Haney was the Chief Actuary of Colony Insurance Company, and was previously a business manager at Capital One Financial Corporation. Mr. Haney began his career at GEICO as an actuarial associate. He is a Fellow of the Casualty Actuarial Society and a member of the American Academy of Actuaries. Mr. Haney received a B.A. in Mathematics and Economics from the University of Virginia in 1992.

Bryan P. Petrucelli has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since March 2015, and as our Treasurer since December 2015, and before that, was our Vice President of Finance from 2009. Prior to his role at the Company, Mr. Petrucelli was a Senior Manager in Ernst & Young’s audit practice with over 13 years of experience serving clients in the insurance industry. Prior to Ernst & Young, Mr. Petrucelli spent seven years with Travelers Insurance Company, leaving as a senior auditor. Mr. Petrucelli received a B.B.A. in finance from James Madison University and a Post Baccalaureate Certificate in Accounting from Virginia Commonwealth University. Mr. Petrucelli is a Certified Public Accountant.

Steven J. Bensinger has served as one of our directors since July 2015. Mr. Bensinger currently serves as Senior Advisor with TigerRisk Partners LLC, a privately held firm providing sophisticated advisory services to the insurance industry. Prior to joining TigerRisk in October 2015, Mr. Bensinger was a Senior Managing Director at FTI Consulting in its Global Insurance Services Practice. From January 2010 to June 2011, he worked at The Hanover Insurance Group as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. From September 2002 to October 2008, Mr. Bensinger worked at American International Group, Inc. (AIG), where he held a number of senior executive positions, including Chief Financial Officer. He was appointed Vice Chairman, Financial Services, in May 2008 in addition to retaining Chief Financial Officer responsibilities. Mr. Bensinger has also held senior positions with Combined Specialty Group, Inc. (Aon), Chartwell Re Corporation, Skandia America Corporation and

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Coopers & Lybrand. Mr. Bensinger is a Certified Public Accountant and a Certified Global Management Accountant. He received a B.S. from New York University’s Leonard N. Stern School of Business.

We believe Mr. Bensinger’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his more than 30 years of experience in the insurance industry and his financial and business acumen, which have provided him with significant expertise in our area of business.

Joel G. Killion has served as one of our directors since March 2015, and was previously a member of our Board of Directors from June 2009 to January 2013. Mr. Killion is a Partner at NexPhase Capital. Prior to NexPhase, Mr. Killion worked at Sun Capital, Catterton Partners, Lehman Brothers and Legg Mason. Mr. Killion is also a director at Dr. Fresh, LLC, Flexible Architecture and Simplified Technology, LLC (FAST), Insurance Technologies, LLC, Joerns WoundCo Holdings, Inc. (Joerns Healthcare) and SwipeClock LLC. He received a B.S. in economics from Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School.

We believe Mr. Killion’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his 16 years of private equity investment experience.

Robert Lippincott, III has served as the chairman of our Board of Directors since May 2015, and has served as one of our directors from July 2010. Mr. Lippincott is the President of Lippincott Consulting, LLC. From November 2005 to September 2006, he was the Interim Chief Executive Officer of Quanta Capital Holdings Inc., and before that worked at Towers Perrin Re as Executive Vice President. Prior to Towers Perrin, Mr. Lippincott was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the AXA Property and Casualty Reinsurance companies, which he founded in October 1983. Mr. Lippincott is also a director and member of the compensation committee at AXA Art Insurance Company and AXA Art Americas Corporation. He also served as a director at Quanta Capital Holdings Inc. from 2005 to 2008, having been elected chairman in August 2006, and before that at Reinsurance Association of America from 1998 to 2003, having served as chairman in 2000. Mr. Lippincott received a B.S. in marketing and management science from St. Joseph’s College.

We believe Mr. Lippincott’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his 45 years of insurance and reinsurance industry experience.

James J. Ritchie has served as one of our directors since January 2013. From 2001 until his retirement in 2003, Mr. Ritchie served as Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of White Mountains Insurance Group, Ltd.’s OneBeacon Insurance Company, a specialty insurance company, and as the group chief financial officer for White Mountains Insurance Group, Ltd., a financial services holding company. Mr. Ritchie’s former board experience includes: board member and chairman of the audit committee of Ceres Group, Inc.; board member and non-executive chairman of the board and member of the compensation committee of Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company (formerly Old Mutual Financial Life Insurance Company, Inc.); board member and member of the audit and compensation committees of KMG America Corporation; board member, chairman of the audit committee and member of the compensation committee of Lloyd’s Syndicate 4000; and board member and non-executive chairman of the board and former chairman of the audit committee of Quanta Capital Holdings Ltd. He is the non-executive chairman of OMAM Inc. and has served as chairman and a member of the Audit and Risk Committee of the Board of Directors of OMAM Inc. since August 2007. Mr. Ritchie is also a Director and Chairman of the audit committee of Old Mutual (Bermuda) Ltd. He is a member of the National Association of Corporate Directors and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Ritchie received a B.A. in Economics with honors from Rutgers College and an M.B.A. from Rutgers Graduate School of Business Administration.

We believe Mr. Ritchie’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his extensive background in finance, substantial board experience, strategic and operational leadership and wide-ranging knowledge of operational, risk and control initiatives. His background in financial risk and regulation will provide valuable guidance to our Board of Directors and our Company in addressing risk management.

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Frederick L. Russell, Jr. has served as one of our directors since April 2010. Mr. Russell has been a Managing Partner at Virginia Capital Partners since its inception in 1997. From September 2012 to June 2014, he served as director at Smith-Midland Corp. He received a B.S. from the McIntire School of Commerce at the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

We believe Mr. Russell’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his more than 25 years of venture capital and private equity experience.

Edward D. Yun has served as one of our directors since May 2015. Mr. Yun is a Managing Partner at NexPhase Capital. Prior to joining NexPhase Capital, Mr. Yun was a Managing Partner at Moelis Capital Partners and prior to that, was a founder and Managing Partner of West Hill Partners, a private equity firm focused on middle market growth company buyouts. Prior to West Hill Partners, he spent 11 years at J.W. Childs as a Partner and Chairman of the Investment Committee. Previously, Mr. Yun worked at DLJ Merchant Banking, The Blackstone Group and Drexel Burnham Lambert. He is also a director at Comprehensive Pharmacy Services, Dr. Fresh, LLC, OmniSYS, LLC and WIN Holdings, Inc. Mr. Yun graduated magna cum laude with a B.S. in economics with a concentration in finance from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania and a B.A.S. from the School of Engineering and Applied Science at the University of Pennsylvania and received an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

We believe Mr. Yun’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his 25 years of investment experience and expertise in building and managing private equity firms.

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our Board of Directors. There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers or directors.

Board of directors

Our by-laws provide that our Board of Directors shall consist of no less than one but no more than fifteen directors and the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors currently consists of seven members. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions — Director nomination agreement.”

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will amend our certificate of incorporation and by-laws to divide our Board of Directors into three classes of approximately equal number of directors, with each director serving a three-year term and one class being elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. See “Description of share capital — Anti-takeover effects of certain provisions of Delaware law, our charter and by-laws — Classified board; number of directors fixed by board only.”

Director independence

We have reviewed the independence of the persons that will be serving as directors upon the consummation of this offering using the NASDAQ Global Select Market independence standards. Based on this review, we have determined that Messrs. Bensinger, Lippincott, Ritchie and Russell are independent within the meaning of the NASDAQ Global Select Market listing standards.

Committees of the Board of Directors

After the completion of this offering, we will have three standing committees of the Board of Directors: the Audit Committee; Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee; and Investment Committee.

Audit committee

After the completion of this offering, our Audit Committee will consist of Mr. Ritchie, who serves as the Chair of the Audit Committee, and Messrs. Bensinger and Lippincott. Each of Messrs. Ritchie, Bensinger and Lippincott qualifies as independent directors under the corporate governance

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

standards and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Prior to this offering, our Board of Directors will determine which member of our Audit Committee qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Audit Committee assists our Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to:

the quality and integrity of our financial statements and our financial reporting process;
internal and external auditing and the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence;
the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm;
the integrity of our systems of internal accounting and financial controls; and
our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

In so doing, the Audit Committee is responsible for maintaining free and open communication between the committee, our independent registered public accounting firm and our management. In this role, the Audit Committee is empowered to investigate any matter brought to its attention with full access to all books, records, facilities and personnel of our Company and has the power to retain outside counsel or other experts for this purpose.

The Audit Committee has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee meets in executive session with the independent registered public accounting firm at least quarterly.

Compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee

Our Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consists of Mr. Lippincott, who serves as the Chair, and Messrs. Bensinger, Killion and Yun. The committee assists our Board of Directors with reviewing the performance of our management in achieving corporate goals and objectives and assuring that our executives are compensated effectively in a manner consistent with our strategy, competitive practice and the requirements of appropriate regulatory bodies. Toward that end, the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will, among other responsibilities, review and approve director and executive officer compensation, incentive compensation and equity-based compensation plans, and employee benefit plans. The Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will also assist our Board of Directors by:

identifying individuals qualified to become board members;
recommending to the Board of Directors the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders;
leading the Board of Directors in its annual review of performance; and
recommending a code of conduct to the Board of Directors.

Investment committee

Our Investment Committee consists of Mr. Russell, who serves as the Chair, and Messrs. Bensinger, Kehoe, and Killion. The investment committee develops our investment policy and oversees our investment managers.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and none of our executive officers has had a relationship that would constitute an interlocking relationship with executive officers or directors of another entity or insider participating in compensation decisions.

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Code of conduct

Upon completion of this offering, we will have a Code of Conduct applicable to our directors, officers and employees that complies with the requirements of applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Select Market. This code will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;
full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we file with, or submit to, the SEC and in other public communications made by us;
compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; and
prompt internal reporting to an appropriate person or persons identified in the Code of Conduct of violations of the Code of Conduct; and accountability for adherence to the Code of Conduct.

Upon completion of this offering, our Code of Conduct will be available on the investor relations portion of our website.

Director compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning compensation earned by our directors for the year ended December 31, 2015:

Name
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)
Stock
Awards ($)
All Other
Compensation ($)
Total ($)
Steven J. Bensinger (1)(2)
 
20,000
 
 
12,000
 
 
 
 
32,000
 
Mark Fuller (3)(4)
 
20,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
20,000
 
Joel G. Killion (3)
 
40,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
40,000
 
Robert Lippincott III
 
40,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
40,000
 
James J. Ritchie
 
40,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
40,000
 
Frederick L. Russell, Jr. (3)
 
40,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
40,000
 
Edward D. Yun (3)(5)
 
20,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
20,000
 

(1) Mr. Bensinger has served as one of our directors since July 2015 and received half of the annual retainer otherwise payable to directors for 2015.

(2) Stock awards represent a grant of 10,000 shares of restricted Class B Common Stock.

(3) Pursuant to a management and support services agreement by and among the Company, Moelis Capital Partners LLC and Virginia Capital Partners LLC, the Company pays a cash fee directly to each fund for each representative of such fund serving on the Board of Directors in an amount equal to the annual retainer payable to non-employee directors. The representatives of Moelis Capital Partners LLC and Virginia Capital Partners LLC serving on our Board of Directors do not receive grants under our equity incentive plans for their service.

(4) Mr. Fuller served as one of our directors until May 2015 and Moelis Capital Partners LLC was therefore entitled to only half of the annual retainer otherwise payable to directors for 2015 in connection with Mr. Fuller’s service as a representative of Moelis Capital Partners LLC.

(5) Mr. Yun has served as one of our directors since May 2015 and Moelis Capital Partners LLC was therefore entitled to only half of the annual retainer otherwise payable to directors for 2015 in connection with Mr. Yun’s service as a representative of Moelis Capital Partners LLC.

Directors who are also our employees receive no compensation for serving as directors. Non-employee directors or their designees receive an annual retainer in the amount of $40,000 for their service on the Board of Directors. Beginning in 2016, the chairman of our Board of Directors as well as the chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional annual retainer for their service in that capacity. Non-employee directors or their designees do not receive any fees for attending board or committee meetings. We also reimburse all directors (including employee directors) for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses they incur in connection with their service as directors.

Our directors or their designees are eligible to receive grants of restricted shares of Class B Common Stock under the 2010 Incentive Plan when and if determined by the Board of Directors, in consultation with the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, as well as non-qualified stock options and other equity-based awards. Each of our non-employee directors (other than directors affiliated with Moelis Capital Partners LLC and Virginia Capital Partners LLC) has received a grant of 10,000 shares of restricted Class B Common Stock on or about the time of their appointment to the Board of Directors.

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Executive compensation

The following section provides compensation information pursuant to the scaled disclosure rules applicable to “emerging growth companies” under the rules of the SEC, including reduced narrative and tabular disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

Summary compensation table

The following table shows the compensation earned by Michael P. Kehoe, Brian Haney and Edward Desch (collectively, the “named executive officers”) for the year ended December 31, 2015 as well as the compensation of Bryan Petrucelli, who became our Chief Financial Officer on March 1, 2015. We expect Mr. Petrucelli to be one of our named executive officers in 2016. Our compensation packages for the named executive officers and Mr. Petrucelli primarily consist of salary and annual bonuses.

Name and Principal Position
Year
Salary
Bonus (1)
All Other
Compensation (2)
Total
 
 
($)
($)
($)
($)
Named Executive Officers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Michael P. Kehoe
Director, President and
Chief Executive Officer
 
2015
 
 
450,000
 
 
300,000
 
 
16,680
 
 
766,680
 
Brian D. Haney
Chief Operating Officer
 
2015
 
 
227,035
 
 
120,000
 
 
16,620
 
 
363,655
 
Edward Desch
Chief Financial Officer
(until March 1, 2015)
 
2015
 
 
223,348
 
 
110,000
 
 
16,241
 
 
349,589
 
Other Executive Officers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bryan P. Petrucelli
Chief Financial Officer
(from March 1, 2015)
 
2015
 
 
195,311
 
 
100,000
 
 
16,510
 
 
311,821
 

(1) Represents discretionary cash bonuses.

(2) Represents items listed in the following table:

Name
Contributions
to our tax
qualified
401(k) plans
Life
Insurance
Premiums
Michael P. Kehoe
$
15,900
 
$
780
 
Brian D. Haney
$
15,900
 
$
720
 
Edward Desch
$
15,900
 
$
341
 
Bryan P. Petrucelli
$
15,900
 
$
610
 

Elements of Compensation

Each of our named executive officers was provided with the following primary elements of compensation in 2015:

Base Salary

Each of our named executive officer received a fixed base salary in an amount determined based on a number of factors, including:

The nature, responsibilities and duties of the officer’s position;
The officer’s expertise, demonstrated leadership ability and prior performance;
The officer’s salary history and total compensation, including annual cash bonuses and long-term incentive compensation; and
The competitiveness of the market for the officer’s services.

Each named executive officer’s base salary for 2015 is listed in “—Summary compensation table.”

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2015 Bonus Arrangements

Each named executive officer was eligible to earn an annual cash incentive in 2015. Our practice with respect to annual incentive compensation has historically been to provide an opportunity to earn cash bonus awards based on the Company’s underwriting income and our discretionary assessment of the executive officer’s individual performance for the year. The Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee selected underwriting income as the basis for the bonus calculation because it believes this is the most accurate reflection of the Company’s short-term financial and operational performance. For a reconciliation of underwriting income to net income in accordance with GAAP, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures.” When evaluating financial performance at the end of the year and adjusting the calculated preliminary award, the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may also consider the state of the insurance market, the state of the investment market or other factors affecting underwriting income that may be outside of management’s control. Our Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee retains and exercises discretion with respect to whether any annual bonus is to be paid to a particular named executive officer and, if so, the ultimate amount of such annual bonus. Our Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee reviewed the 2015 performance of our named executive officers and recommended to the Board of Directors discretionary cash bonus grants based upon such review. The Board of Directors considered the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s recommendations and approved them as proposed.

Other Benefits

All of our employees are eligible to participate in broad-based and comprehensive employee benefit programs, including medical, dental, vision, life and disability insurance and a 401(k) plan. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in these plans generally on the same basis as our other employees. We do not sponsor or maintain any deferred compensation or supplemental retirement plans in addition to our 401(k) plan. Our 401(k) plan provides substantially all employees with the ability to make pre- or post-tax retirement contributions in accordance with applicable IRS limits. Matching contributions are provided in an amount equal to 100% of the first 6% of elective contributions by the employee. The 401(k) plan matching contributions provided to our named executive officers in 2015 are reflected above in the “—Summary compensation table” section under the “All Other Compensation” heading.

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end

The following table shows the outstanding equity awards held by the named executive officers of the Company as well as by Bryan Petrucelli as of December 31, 2015, which consist solely of one-time grants of restricted shares of Class B Common Stock. For additional information on the restricted shares of Class B Common Stock described in the table below, see “—2010 incentive plan.”

Name
Number of shares or units of
stock that have not vested
Market value of shares or units of
stock that have not vested
 
 
( $ )
Michael P. Kehoe
 
75,080
(1)
 
169,680
 
Brian D. Haney
 
19,111
(2)
 
43,191
 
Edward Desch
 
19,111
(3)
 
43,191
 
Bryan P. Petrucelli
 
7,188
(4)
 
16,244
 

(1) Restricted shares of Class B Common Stock, all of which vested on June 4, 2016.

(2) Restricted shares of Class B Common Stock, all of which vested on June 22, 2016.

(3) Restricted shares of Class B Common Stock, all of which vested on June 15, 2016.

(4) Restricted shares of Class B Common Stock, all of which vested on June 8, 2016.

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Equity award s

2010 incentive plan

In 2010, our Board of Directors adopted the Kinsale 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2010 Incentive Plan”). The purpose of this plan is to assist us in attracting and retaining selected individuals to serve as directors, officers, consultants, advisors and employees and to achieve long-term objectives which will inure to the benefit of all of our stockholders through the additional incentive inherent in the ownership of shares of our common stock.

There are 2,730,167 shares of Class B Common Stock authorized for issuance under the 2010 Incentive Plan. As of July 1, 2016, we have granted 1,783,858 restricted shares of Class B Common Stock, of which 1,677,706 shares of Class B Common Stock have vested per the terms of the 2010 Incentive Plan. All grants of Class B Common Stock pursuant to the 2010 Incentive Plan will vest and be converted in accordance with the terms of the 2010 Incentive Plan into grants of our common stock prior to completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus. We do not intend to make further grants under the 2010 Incentive Plan following completion of the offering and we intend to terminate the 2010 Incentive Plan prior to the completion of this offering.

2016 incentive plan

In connection with the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, we intend to adopt the 2016 Incentive Plan to be effective immediately prior to the date the offering is consummated. The 2016 Incentive Plan will become effective as of the date it is approved by our shareholders (which is expected to be shortly preceding the occurrence of the distribution (the “Effective Date”). The following is a summary of the expected material terms of the 2016 Incentive Plan.

Under the 2016 Incentive Plan, 1,800,000 shares of common stock are initially available for grant.

Rationale for adoption of the 2016 Incentive Plan

Grants of options, restricted shares, restricted stock units and other share-based awards to our officers, employees, directors, independent contractors and consultants are an important part of our long-term incentive compensation program, which we use in order to strengthen the commitment of such individuals to us, motivate them to faithfully and diligently perform their responsibilities and attract and retain competent and dedicated individuals whose efforts are expected to result in our long-term growth and profitability.

At the time when Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) becomes applicable to us, annual compensation in excess of $1 million paid to individuals who are “covered employees” will not be deductible by us unless it is “performance-based compensation.” The plan administrator may make awards under the 2016 Incentive Plan to eligible participants who are covered employees (or to individuals whom the plan administrator believes may become covered employees) that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent it is applicable to us. To qualify, the exercisability and payment of such awards will generally be subject to the achievement of performance criteria based upon one or more performance goals set forth in the 2016 Incentive Plan and to certification of such achievement in writing by the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The performance criteria will be established in writing by that committee not later than the time period prescribed under Section 162(m) of the Code.

Description of 2016 Incentive Plan

The following is a summary of the material features of the 2016 Incentive Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the 2016 Incentive Plan, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Types of awards. The 2016 Incentive Plan provides for the issuance of options, share appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted shares, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), other share-based awards and cash awards to our officers, employees, directors, independent contractors and consultants.

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shares available; certain limitations. The maximum number of shares of common stock reserved and available for issuance under the 2016 Incentive Plan will be equal to 1,800,000 shares of common stock. Pursuant to 162(m) of the Code, no individual (including any individual who is likely to be a “covered employee” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code) may be granted options or SARs during any single fiscal year in excess of 600,000 shares of common stock or restricted shares, RSUs, or other share-based awards in excess of 300,000 shares. In addition, the maximum cash award that any such individual may receive with respect to a cash award in respect of any annual performance period is $3,000,000 and for any other performance period, such amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the performance period and the denominator of which is twelve. No more than 200,000 shares of common stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options (“ISOs”), as described below. No non-employee director under the 2016 Incentive Plan shall be granted awards in any consecutive 12-month period in respect of shares of common stock having a fair market value of more than $400,000, as measured as of the applicable grant date.

Shares of common stock subject to an award under the 2016 Incentive Plan that remain unissued upon the cancellation or termination of the award will again become available for grant under the 2016 Incentive Plan. However, shares of common stock that are surrendered by a participant or withheld as payment of the exercise price in connection with any award under the 2016 Incentive Plan, as well as any shares of common stock exchanged by a participant or withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to any award, will not be available for subsequent awards under the 2016 Incentive Plan. If an award is denominated in shares of common stock, but settled in cash, the number of shares of common stock previously subject to the award will again be available for grants under the 2016 Incentive Plan. If an award can only be settled in cash, it will not be counted against the total number of shares of common stock available for grant under the 2016 Incentive Plan.

Administration. The 2016 Incentive Plan will be administered by our Board of Directors, or if our Board of Directors does not administer the 2016 Incentive Plan, a committee of our Board of Directors that complies with the applicable requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and any other applicable legal or stock exchange listing requirements (each of our Board of Directors or such committee, the “plan administrator”). The plan administrator may interpret the 2016 Incentive Plan and may prescribe, amend and rescind rules and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2016 Incentive Plan, provided that the plan administrator will not have the authority to reprice or cancel and regrant any award at a lower exercise, base or purchase price or cancel any award with an exercise, base or purchase price in exchange for cash, property or other awards without first obtaining the approval of our stockholders.

The 2016 Incentive Plan permits the plan administrator to select the eligible recipients who will receive awards, to determine the terms and conditions of those awards, including but not limited to the exercise price or other purchase price of an award, the number of shares of common stock or cash or other property subject to an award, the term of an award and the vesting schedule applicable to an award, and to amend the terms and conditions of outstanding awards.

Restricted shares and RSUs. Restricted shares and RSUs may be granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan. The plan administrator will determine the purchase price, vesting schedule and performance goals, if any, applicable to the grant of restricted shares. If the restrictions, performance goals or other conditions determined by the plan administrator are not satisfied, the restricted shares and RSUs will be forfeited. Subject to the provisions of the 2016 Incentive Plan and the applicable individual award agreement, the plan administrator has the sole discretion to provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments or the acceleration or waiver of restrictions (in whole or part) under certain circumstances, including the attainment of certain performance goals, a participant’s termination of employment or service or a participant’s death or disability. The rights of restricted share and RSU holders upon a termination of employment or service will be set forth in individual award agreements.

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unless the applicable award agreement provides otherwise, participants with restricted shares will generally have all of the rights of a stockholder during the restricted period, including the right to receive dividends declared with respect to such shares; provided, however, that dividends declared during the restricted period with respect to restricted shares shall only become payable if (and to the extent) that the restricted shares vest. During the restricted period, participants with RSUs will generally not have any rights of a stockholder, but may be credited with dividend equivalent rights if the applicable individual award agreement so provides.

Options. We may issue non-qualified stock options and ISOs (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) under the 2016 Incentive Plan. The terms and conditions of any options granted to a participant will be set forth in an award agreement and, subject to the provisions in the 2016 Incentive Plan, will be determined by the plan administrator. The exercise price of any option granted under our 2016 Incentive Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date the option is granted (110% of fair market value in the case of ISOs granted to ten percent stockholders). The maximum term of an option granted under our 2016 Incentive Plan is ten years. The amount of incentive stock options that become exercisable for the first time in a particular year cannot exceed a value of $100,000 per participant, determined using the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of grant.

Subject to our 2016 Incentive Plan, the plan administrator will determine the vesting and other terms and conditions of options granted under our 2016 Incentive Plan and the plan administrator will have the authority to accelerate the vesting of any option in its sole discretion. Unless the applicable option award agreement provides otherwise, in the event of a participant’s termination of employment or service for any reason other than for cause, disability or death, such participant’s options (to the extent exercisable at the time of such termination) generally will remain exercisable until 90 days after such termination and then expire. Unless the applicable option agreement provides otherwise, in the event of a participant’s termination of employment or service due to disability or death, such participant’s options (to the extent exercisable at the time of such termination) generally will remain exercisable until 6 months after such termination and will then expire. Options that were not exercisable on the date of termination for any reason other than for cause will expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. In the event of a participant’s termination of employment or service for cause, such participant’s outstanding options will expire at the commencement of business on the date of such termination. In no event, however, may an option be exercised after the expiration of its term.

The award agreement with respect to an option that is granted to a participant resident in the state of California may not provide terms that are more detrimental to the participant then the following: unless a participant's employment is terminated for cause, the participant shall be entitled to exercise the option until the earlier of (i) the expiration date of the option or (ii) if the termination of employment was caused by the participant's death or disability, the date which is at least six months following such termination of employment or (iii) if the termination of employment was for a reason other than death or disability, the date which is at least 30 days following such termination of employment.

Share appreciation rights. SARs may be granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan either alone or in conjunction with all or part of any option granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan. A free-standing SAR granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan entitles its holder to receive, at the time of exercise, an amount per share up to the excess of the fair market value (at the date of exercise) of a share of common stock over the exercise price of the free-standing SAR multiplied by the number of shares in respect of which the SAR is being exercised. An SAR granted in conjunction with all or part of an option under the 2016 Incentive Plan entitles its holder to receive, at the time of exercise of the SAR and surrender of the related option, an amount per share up to the excess of the fair market value (at the date of exercise) of a share of common stock over the exercise price of the related option multiplied by the number of shares in respect of which the SAR is being exercised. Each SAR will be granted with an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of the related shares of common stock on the date of grant. Unless the applicable SAR award agreement provides otherwise, in the event of a participant’s termination of employment or service for any reason other

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

than for cause, disability or death, such participant’s SARs (to the extent exercisable at the time of such termination) generally will remain exercisable until ninety days after such termination and then expire. Unless the applicable SAR award agreement provides otherwise, in the event of a participant’s termination of employment or service due to disability or death, such participant’s SARs (to the extent exercisable at the time of such termination) generally will remain exercisable until six months after such termination and will then expire. SARs that were not exercisable on the date of termination for any reason other than for cause will expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. In the event of a participant’s termination of employment or service for cause, such participant’s outstanding SARs will expire at the commencement of business on the date of such termination. The maximum term of all SARs granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan will be determined by the plan administrator, but may not exceed ten years. The plan administrator may determine to settle the exercise of an SAR in shares of common stock, cash, or any combination thereof.

Each free-standing SAR will vest and become exercisable (including in the event of the SAR holder’s termination of employment or service) at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator in the applicable individual free-standing SAR agreement. SARs granted in conjunction with all or part of an option will be exercisable at such times and subject to all of the terms and conditions applicable to the related option.

Other share-based awards. Other share-based awards, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, shares of common stock (including dividend equivalents) may be granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of such other share-based awards, including the number of shares of common stock to be granted pursuant to such other share-based awards, the manner in which such other share-based awards will be settled (e.g., in shares of common stock, cash or other property), and the conditions to the vesting and payment of such other share-based awards (including the achievement of performance goals). The rights of participants granted other share-based awards upon the termination of employment with or service to us will be set forth in the award agreement.

Cash awards. Bonuses that are payable solely in cash may also be granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan, and may be granted contingent upon the achievement of performance goals. The rights of participants granted cash awards upon the termination of employment with or service to us will be set forth in the applicable award agreement.

Performance goals. The vesting of awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code will be based upon one or more of the following criteria: (i) earnings, including one or more of operating income, net operating income, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, adjusted EBITDA, economic earnings, or extraordinary or special items or book value per share (which may exclude nonrecurring items); (ii) pre-tax income or after-tax income; (iii) earnings per share (basic or diluted); (iv) operating profit; (v) revenue, revenue growth or rate of revenue growth; (vi) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on equity; (vii) returns on sales or revenues; (viii) operating expenses; (ix) share price appreciation; (x) cash flow, cash flow per share, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (xi) implementation or completion of critical projects or processes; (xii) cumulative earnings per share growth; (xiii) operating margin or profit margin; (xiv) cost targets, reductions and savings, productivity and efficiencies; (xv) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, human resources management, supervision of litigation, information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and similar transactions, and budget comparisons; (xvi) personal professional objectives, including any of the foregoing performance goals, the implementation of policies and plans, the negotiation of transactions, the development of long term business goals, formation of joint ventures, research or development collaborations, and the completion of other corporate transactions; (xvii) loss ratio;

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(xviii) economic value created; (xix) share price or total stockholder return; (xx) expense ratio; (xxi) combined ratio; (xxii) underwriting profit; (xxiii) gross or net written premiums; and (xxiv) any combination of, ratio of, or a specified increase in, any of the foregoing.

The criteria may be expressed in terms of attaining a specified level of the particular criteria or the attainment of a percentage increase or decrease in the particular criteria, and may be applied to us or any of our affiliates, or one of our divisions or strategic business units or a division or strategic business unit of any of our affiliates, or may be applied to our performance relative to a market index, a group of other companies or a combination thereof, all as determined by the plan administrator. The criteria may also be subject to a threshold level of performance below which no payment will be made, levels of performance at which specified payments will be made, and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment will be made. The criteria will be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (to the extent applicable) and achievement of the criteria will require certification by the plan administrator. To the extent permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code, the plan administrator will have the authority to make equitable adjustments to the criteria in recognition of unusual or infrequent occurring events affecting us or any of our affiliates or our financial statements or the financial statements of any of our affiliates, in response to changes in applicable laws or regulations, or to account for items of gain, loss or expense determined to be extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence or related to the disposal of a segment of a business or related to a change in accounting principles.

Equitable adjustments. In the event of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization, spin-off, spin-out, repurchase, reorganization, special or extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution (whether in the form of common stock, cash or other property), combination, exchange of shares, or other change in corporate structure affecting our common stock, an equitable substitution or proportionate adjustment shall be made in (i) the aggregate number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Incentive Plan, (ii) the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to awards granted to any participant in any calendar or fiscal year, (iii) the kind and number of securities subject to, and the exercise price of, any outstanding options and SARs granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan, and (iv) the kind, number and purchase price of shares of common stock, or the amount of cash or amount or type of property, subject to outstanding restricted shares, RSUs and other share-based awards granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan. Equitable substitutions or adjustments other than those listed above may also be made as determined by the plan administrator. In addition, the plan administrator may terminate all outstanding awards for the payment of cash or in-kind consideration having an aggregate fair market value equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares of common stock, cash or other property covered by such awards over the aggregate exercise price, if any, of such awards, but if the exercise price of any outstanding award is equal to or greater than the fair market value of the shares of common stock, cash or other property covered by such award, our Board of Directors may cancel the award without the payment of any consideration to the participant. With respect to awards subject to foreign laws, adjustments will be made in compliance with applicable requirements. Except to the extent determined by the plan administrator, adjustments to incentive stock options will be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code.

Change in control . If the plan administrator determines in its discretion to accelerate the vesting of options and/or share appreciation rights in connection with a change in control, the plan administrator shall also have discretion in connection with such action to provide that all options and/or share appreciation rights outstanding immediately prior to such change in control shall expire on the effective date of such change in control.

Definition of change in control. For purposes of the 2016 Incentive Plan, a “change in control” will mean, in summary: (i) a person or entity becomes the beneficial owner of 50% or more of our voting power; (ii) an unapproved change in the majority membership of our Board of Directors; (iii) a merger or consolidation of us or any of our subsidiaries, other than (A) a merger or consolidation that results in our voting securities continuing to represent more than 50% of the

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

combined voting power of the surviving entity or its parent and our Board of Directors immediately prior to the merger or consolidation continuing to represent a majority of the Board of Directors of the surviving entity or its parent or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization in which no person is or becomes the owner of our voting securities representing 50% or more of our combined voting power; or (iv) stockholder approval of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of us or the consummation of an agreement for the sale or disposition of substantially all of our assets, other than a sale or disposition to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of us immediately prior to such sale or a sale or disposition to an entity controlled by our Board of Directors. However, a change in control will not be deemed to have occurred as a result of any transaction or series of integrated transactions following which our stockholders, immediately prior thereto, hold immediately afterward the same proportionate equity interests in the entity that owns all or substantially all of our assets.

Tax withholding. Each participant will be required to make arrangements satisfactory to the plan administrator regarding payment of the minimum amount of applicable taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to any award granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan. We have the right, to the extent permitted by law, to deduct any amounts that will not cause adverse accounting consequences for us and are permitted under the 2016 Incentive Plan in satisfaction of Participant’s tax obligations. With the approval of the plan administrator, the participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by either electing to have us withhold from delivery of shares of common stock, cash or other property, as applicable, or by delivering already owned unrestricted shares of common stock, in each case, having a value not exceeding the applicable taxes to be withheld and applied to the tax obligations. We may also use any other method of obtaining the necessary payment or proceeds, as permitted by law, to satisfy our withholding obligation with respect to any award.

Amendment and termination of the 2016 Incentive Plan. The 2016 Incentive Plan provides our Board of Directors with authority to amend, alter or terminate the 2016 Incentive Plan, but no such action may impair the rights of any participant with respect to outstanding awards without the participant’s consent. The plan administrator may amend an award, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment may materially impair the rights of any participant without the participant’s consent. Stockholder approval of any such action will be obtained if required to comply with applicable law.

2016 Incentive Plan term. The 2016 Incentive Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date (although awards granted before that time will remain outstanding in accordance with their terms).

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

New plan benefits

We expect to grant options under the 2016 Incentive Plan to certain employees in connection with the completion of this offering. We have not yet determined the terms of such grants, but, subject to approval by the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of our Board of Directors, we expect to grant options at fair market value as of the date of the grant to selected employees, as further provided in table below. These grants will vest based on continued service over a period of four years.

Name and position
Number of Options
Michael P. Kehoe
Director, President and
Chief Executive Officer
 
   
 
Brian D. Haney
Chief Operating Officer
   
 
Edward Desch
Chief Financial Officer
(until March 1, 2015)
 
   
 
Executive Group
 
   
 
Non-Executive Director Group
 
   
 
Non-Executive Officer Employee Group
 

US federal income tax consequences

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income tax consequences of awards under the 2016 Incentive Plan. It does not purport to be a complete description of all applicable rules, and those rules (including those summarized here) are subject to change.

Non-qualified stock options. A participant who has been granted a non-qualified stock option will not recognize taxable income upon the grant of a non-qualified stock option. Rather, at the time of exercise of such non-qualified stock option, the participant will recognize ordinary income for income tax purposes in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares of common stock purchased over the exercise price. We generally will be entitled to a tax deduction at such time and in the same amount that the participant recognizes ordinary income. If shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of a non-qualified stock option are later sold or exchanged, then the difference between the amount received upon such sale or exchange and the fair market value of such shares on the date of such exercise will generally be taxable as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss (if the shares are a capital asset of the participant) depending upon the length of time such shares were held by the participant.

Incentive stock options. In general, no taxable income is realized by a participant upon the grant of an ISO. If shares of common stock are purchased by a participant, or option shares, pursuant to the exercise of an ISO granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan and the participant does not dispose of the option shares within the two-year period after the date of grant or within one year after the receipt of such option shares by the participant, such disposition a disqualifying disposition, then, generally (1) the participant will not realize ordinary income upon exercise and (2) upon sale of such option shares, any amount realized in excess of the exercise price paid for the option shares will be taxed to such participant as capital gain (or loss). The amount by which the fair market value of the common stock on the exercise date of an ISO exceeds the purchase price generally will constitute an item which increases the participant’s “alternative minimum taxable income.” If option shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO are disposed of in a disqualifying disposition, the participant generally would include in ordinary income in the year of disposition an amount equal to the excess

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of the fair market value of the option shares at the time of exercise (or, if less, the amount realized on the disposition of the option shares), over the exercise price paid for the option shares. Subject to certain exceptions, an option generally will not be treated as an ISO if it is exercised more than three months following termination of employment. If an ISO is exercised at a time when it no longer qualifies as an ISO, such option will be treated as a nonqualified stock option as discussed above. In general, we will receive an income tax deduction at the same time and in the same amount as the participant recognizes ordinary income.

Share appreciation rights. A participant who is granted an SAR generally will not recognize ordinary income upon receipt of the SAR. Rather, at the time of exercise of such SAR, the participant will recognize ordinary income for income tax purposes in an amount equal to the value of any cash received and the fair market value on the date of exercise of any shares of common stock received. We generally will be entitled to a tax deduction at such time and in the same amount, if any, that the participant recognizes as ordinary income. The participant’s tax basis in any shares of common stock received upon exercise of an SAR will be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of exercise, and if the shares are later sold or exchanged, then the difference between the amount received upon such sale or exchange and the fair market value of such shares on the date of exercise will generally be taxable as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss (if the shares are a capital asset of the participant) depending upon the length of time such shares were held by the participant.

Restricted shares. A participant generally will not be taxed upon the grant of restricted shares of common stock, but rather will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares at the earlier of the time the shares become transferable or are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (within the meaning of the Code). We generally will be entitled to a deduction at the time when, and in the amount that, the participant recognizes ordinary income on account of the lapse of the restrictions. A participant’s tax basis in the shares of common stock will equal their fair market value at the time the restrictions lapse, and the participant’s holding period for capital gains purposes will begin at that time. Any cash dividends paid on the shares of common stock before the restrictions lapse will be taxable to the participant as additional compensation and not as dividend income. Under Section 83(b) of the Code, a participant may elect to recognize ordinary income at the time the restricted shares of common stock are awarded in an amount equal to their fair market value at that time, notwithstanding the fact that such shares are subject to restrictions or transfer and a substantial risk of forfeiture. If such an election is made, no additional taxable income will be recognized by such participant at the time the restrictions lapse, the participant will have a tax basis in the shares equal to their fair market value on the date of their award, and the participant’s holding period for capital gains purposes will begin at that time. We generally will be entitled to a tax deduction at the time when, and to the extent that, ordinary income is recognized by such participant.

RSUs. In general, the grant of RSUs will not result in income for the participant or in a tax deduction for us. Upon the settlement of such an award in cash or shares of common stock, the participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the aggregate value of the payment received, and we generally will be entitled to a tax deduction at the same time and in the same amount.

Other awards. With respect to other awards granted under the 2016 Incentive Plan, including other share-based award and cash awards, generally when the participant receives payment with respect to an award, the amount of cash and the fair market value of any shares of common stock or other property received will be ordinary income to the participant, and we generally will be entitled to a tax deduction at the same time and in the same amount.

Section 162(m). Section 162(m) of the Code denies a deduction for certain annual compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid to individuals who are “covered employees” unless it qualifies as “performance-based compensation.” The plan administrator may make awards under the 2016 Incentive Plan to eligible participants who are covered employees (or to individuals whom the plan administrator believes may become covered employees) that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. To qualify, the exercisability and payment of such awards must generally be subject to the achievement of performance criteria

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

based upon one or more performance goals set forth in the 2016 Incentive Plan and to certification of such achievement in writing by the plan administrator. The performance criteria must be established in writing by the plan administrator not later than the time period prescribed under Section 162(m) of the Code.

Corporate governance

Upon completion of this offering, we believe that we will comply with all NASDAQ Global Select Market corporate governance and listing requirements without relying on any transition periods available to companies listing in conjunction with their initial public offerings.

Employment agreement

In June, 2009, Kinsale Management entered into an employment agreement with Michael P. Kehoe, our Chief Executive Officer. The agreement had an initial term of three years and provides for automatic renewal for one year terms thereafter unless written notice not to extend the term is provided by Kinsale Management or Mr. Kehoe at least 90 days prior to the end of the term.

Mr. Kehoe’s annual base salary shall be determined by the Board of Directors, but shall not be less than $400,000. Mr. Kehoe is eligible to receive such discretionary bonuses as the Board of Directors may determine. Mr. Kehoe may also participate in benefit plans generally available to the Company’s executive employees.

Kinsale Management may terminate the agreement for cause (as defined in the agreement), without cause, upon disability and may permit the agreement to expire at the end of a term. Mr. Kehoe may terminate the agreement for good reason (as defined in the agreement), resign or permit the agreement to expire at the end of a term.

If Kinsale Management terminates the agreement without cause or permits the term to expire, or Mr. Kehoe terminates the agreement for good reason, Mr. Kehoe is entitled to his base salary for 12 months and a continuation of benefits for 12 months. If Kinsale Management terminates the agreement for cause or disability, or Mr. Kehoe resigns without good reason or permits the term to expire, Kinsale Management has no further obligations to Mr. Kehoe, except as provided in any bonus or incentive plan. Mr. Kehoe is also subject to confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation covenants under the agreement.

Management and principal stockholder participation in this offering

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to    % of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us. The sales will be made by          , a selected dealer affiliated with William Blair & Company, L.L.C., an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares of common stock, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares of common stock available to the general public. Any reserved shares of common stock not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock. Any shares of common stock sold in the directed share program to our directors, executive officers, the selling stockholders and certain of our significant stockholders shall also be subject to the 180-day lock-up agreements described elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Underwriting” and “Shares eligible for future sale — Lock-up agreements.”

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain relationships and related party transactions

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed above under “Executive compensation” the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2013, to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our common stock, or their immediate family members or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Stockholders’ agreement

In connection with our founding in 2009, we entered into a stockholders agreement with certain funds affiliated with our principal stockholder, the Moelis Funds, certain funds affiliated with Virginia Capital Partners, LLC and certain other investors, stockholders and executive officers. This agreement, which was subsequently amended and restated, provides for restrictions on the transfer of shares of our common stock, rights with respect to election of directors, rights of first refusal on the sale of shares of our common stock, tag-along and drag-along rights, preemptive rights and other actions requiring the approval of our stockholders. Upon the consummation of this offering, the stockholders’ agreement will automatically terminate in accordance with its terms if our principal stockholders do not otherwise terminate the agreement in accordance with its terms.

Registration rights agreement

Pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated registration rights agreement, dated as of March 8, 2010, Moelis Capital Partners Opportunity Fund I, LP, Moelis Capital Partners Opportunity Fund I-A, LP, Virginia Capital Private Equity, LP and the other investors listed therein, are entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act after the consummation of this offering. In connection with this offering, we expect to amend and restate this registration rights agreement, which will provide the above entities with certain demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights. See “Description of share capital — Registration rights.”

Director nomination agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a director nomination agreement (the “Director Nomination Agreement”) with the Moelis Funds that will provide for the right of the Moelis Funds to nominate individuals to our Board of Directors. So long as the Moelis Funds own more than   % of our outstanding common stock, the Moelis Funds will have the right to nominate       individuals to our Board of Directors and, subject to limited exceptions, we will include these nominees in the slate of nominees recommended to our stockholders for election as directors.

Director and officer indemnification agreements

Prior to consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Each indemnification agreement is expected to provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws against (i) any and all expenses and liabilities, including judgments, fines, penalties, interest and amounts paid in settlement of any claim with our approval and counsel fees and disbursements, (ii) any liability pursuant to a loan guarantee, or otherwise, for any of our indebtedness, and (iii) any liabilities incurred as a result of acting on behalf of us (as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with an employee benefit plan. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We believe that these indemnification agreements, as well as our maintaining directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, help us to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

Policy concerning related party transactions

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt a written policy for the review of any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we are a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our common stock (or their immediate family members) is implicated, each of whom we refer to as a “related person,” has a direct or indirect material interest.

If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a “related person transaction,” the related person must report the proposed related person transaction to the chairperson of our audit committee. The policy calls for the proposed related person transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by the audit committee. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee will be required to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transaction, risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith in the exercise of its discretion. In the event that any member of our audit committee is not a disinterested person with respect to the related person transaction under review, that member will be excluded from the review and approval or rejection of such related person transaction and another director may be designated to join the committee for purposes of such review. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entering into the transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the audit committee will review and may, in its discretion, ratify the related person transaction retroactively.

121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Principal and selling stockholders

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of   , 2016, after giving effect to the reclassification, assuming that our only class of capital stock outstanding is the common stock we will issue and sell in the offering for:

each of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2015, as well as our Chief Financial Officer;
each of our directors;
all of our directors and executive officers as a group;
each person, or group of persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock; and
each selling stockholder.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as otherwise noted below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

The information with respect to beneficial ownership after giving effect to the reclassification but before the offering assumes:

that all shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding as of   , 2016 were reclassified into a number of shares of common stock equal to the sum of:
the number of shares of common stock that is equal to the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends on all shares of Class A Common Stock, or $   , divided by an assumed initial offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus; plus
the number of shares of common stock that is equal to a           conversion ratio on all shares of Class A Common Stock into shares of a single class of common stock, calculated on the basis of an assumed initial offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus ;
that all shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding as of   , 2016 were reclassified into a number of shares of common stock equal to a           conversion ratio on all shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of a single class of common stock, calculated on the basis of an assumed initial offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus.

The information with respect to beneficial ownership after giving effect to the reclassification and the offering assumes that we complete the reclassification, and that:

the initial public offering price will be $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus, and a reclassification date of          , 2016;
we will issue and sell in the offering           shares of our common stock; and
     shares of our common stock will be outstanding immediately prior to the offering and      shares of our common stock will be outstanding following the offering.

In the event that the initial public offering price in this offering is less than $       per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable in exchange for the Class A Common Stock will be increased and the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable in exchange for the Class B Common Stock will be decreased. In the event that the initial public offering price in this offering is more than $       per share, the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable in exchange for the Class A Common Stock will be decreased and the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable in exchange for the Class B Common Stock will be increased. The exact amount of any such adjustments, if any, will be based on the actual per share initial public offering price. However, any

122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

such adjustments will not result in any change to the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable in exchange for the Class A and Class B Common Stock as a whole, nor any change in the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering (other than any increase or decrease resulting from the elimination of fractional shares). See the tables below for a sensitivity analysis regarding the assumed initial public offering price and the allocation of the offered shares between the principal and selling stockholders.

In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other convertible securities held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of   , 2016. We, however, did not deem these shares of common stock outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Except as otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table is c/o Kinsale Capital Group, Inc., 2221 Edward Holland Drive, Suite 600, Richmond, Virginia 23230.

 
Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned After
Reclassification but
Before Offering
Shares of
Common
Stock
Offered
Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned After
Reclassification and Offering
Shares to be Sold
in the Offering
Assuming Full
Exercise of
Overallotment
Option
Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned After
Reclassification and Offering
Assuming Full Exercise of
Overallotment Option
Name of Beneficial Owner
Number
%
Number
%
Number
%
Greater than 5% and Selling Stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Moelis Funds (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Michael P. Kehoe (2)(3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brian D. Haney (4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Edward Desch (5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Steven J. Bensinger (6)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Robert Lippincott III (7)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
James J. Ritchie (8)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Frederick L. Russell, Jr. (9)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Executive Officers:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bryan P. Petrucelli (10)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All executive officers and directors as a group
(8 persons)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

* Less than 1%.

(1) Consists of (i)           shares of common stock held by Moelis Capital Partners Opportunity Fund I, L.P. (“Opportunity Fund I”) and (ii)           shares of common stock held by Moelis Capital Partners Opportunity Fund I-A, L.P. (“Opportunity Fund I-A”). Moelis Capital Partners Opportunity Fund I, LLC (“Opportunity Fund I, LLC”) is the general partner of Opportunity Fund I and Opportunity Fund I-A. Moelis Capital Partners LLC is the owner and managing member of Opportunity Fund I, LLC. Moelis Asset Management LP is the owner of Moelis Capital Partners LLC. Moelis & Company Holdings GP LLC is the general partner of Moelis Asset Management LP. Moelis & Company Manager LLC is the managing member of Moelis & Company Holdings GP LLC and is the ultimate beneficial owner, but not the sole owner, of each of the entities listed above (together with all other affiliated investment funds, the “Moelis Funds”). Kenneth D. Moelis is the chief executive officer of Moelis Capital Partners LLC, which, through its affiliates, manages the Moelis Funds. Accordingly, Mr. Moelis may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by the Moelis Funds. In addition, NexPhase Capital provides investment advisory services to Moelis Capital Partners LLC pursuant to a sub-investment advisory arrangement whereby it acts as investment advisor to the Moelis Funds. The address of the Moelis Funds and NexPhase Capital is 399 Park Avenue, 6th Floor, New York, New York, 10022.

(2) Consists of (i)           shares of common stock held by M.P. Kehoe, LLC, of which Michael P. Kehoe is the sole manager, (ii) shares of common stock held by the Marilyn F Kehoe Revocable Trust, of which Michael P. Kehoe is a trustee, and (iii) shares of common stock held by MP Kehoe Revocable Grantor Trust, of which Michael P. Kehoe is the trustee. Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, the MP Kehoe Revocable Grantor Trust will be dissolved and its shares distributed to its beneficiaries, of which neither Michael P. Kehoe, nor any of his immediate family members sharing a household with him, is a beneficiary.

(3) Of which           shares of restricted common stock have vested per the terms of the 2010 Incentive Plan and shares of restricted common stock remain unvested as of   , 2016.

(4) Of which           shares of restricted common stock have vested per the terms of the 2010 Incentive Plan and shares of restricted common stock remain unvested as of   , 2016.

(5) Of which           shares of restricted common stock have vested per the terms of the 2010 Incentive Plan.

(6) Of which           shares of restricted common stock have vested per the terms of the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan and shares of restricted common stock remain unvested as of          , 2016.

123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(7) Of which           shares of restricted common stock have vested per the terms of the 2010 Incentive Plan and shares of restricted common stock remain unvested as of   , 2016.

(8) Of which           shares of restricted common stock have vested per the terms of the 2010 Incentive Plan and shares of restricted common stock remain unvested as of   , 2016.

(9) Consists of (i)           shares of restricted common stock held by Virginia Capital Private Equity, LP (“Virginia Capital”), and (ii)           shares of restricted common stock held by Margin of Safety, LLC. VCP GP LLC is the general partner of Virginia Capital. VCP GP LLC is owned by Virginia Capital Partners, LLC (“VCP”). The majority of VCP is owned by Goose Creek Partners, LLC and Margin of Safety, LLC, each of which is substantially owned by revocable trusts of which Mr. Russell is the trustee. Mr. Russell is also the manager of VCP GP LLC which manages Virginia Capital. Accordingly, Mr. Russell may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by Virginia Capital, as well as those beneficially owned by Margin of Safety, LLC and Goose Creek Partners, LLC. Mr. Russell disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares of common stock held by Virginia Capital, Margin of Safety, LLC and Goose Creek Partners, LLC with respect to which Mr. Russell does not have a pecuniary interest therein.

(10) Of which           shares of restricted common stock have vested per the terms of the 2010 Incentive Plan and shares of restricted common stock remain unvested as of   , 2016.

If the actual initial public offering price is $          per share (the high end of the price range), and assuming           shares of our common stock will be outstanding immediately prior to the offering and           shares of our common stock will be outstanding following the offering, the table would set forth:

 
Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned After
Reclassification but
Before Offering
Shares of
Common
Stock
Offered
Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned After
Reclassification and Offering
Shares to be Sold
in the Offering
Assuming Full
Exercise of
Overallotment
Option
Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned After
Reclassification and Offering
Assuming Full Exercise of
Overallotment Option
Name of Beneficial Owner
Number
%
Number
%
Number
%
Greater than 5% and Selling Stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Moelis Funds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Michael P. Kehoe
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brian D. Haney
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Edward Desch
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Steven J. Bensinger
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Robert Lippincott III
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
James J. Ritchie
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Frederick L. Russell, Jr.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Executive Officers:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bryan P. Petrucelli
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All executive officers and directors as a group
(8 persons)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If the actual initial public offering price is $          per share (the low end of the price range), and assuming           shares of our common stock will be outstanding immediately prior to the offering and           shares of our common stock will be outstanding following the offering, the table would set forth:

 
Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned After
Reclassification but
Before Offering
Shares of
Common
Stock
Offered
Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned After
Reclassification and Offering
Shares to be Sold
in the Offering
Assuming Full
Exercise of
Overallotment
Option
Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned After
Reclassification and Offering
Assuming Full Exercise of
Overallotment Option
Name of Beneficial Owner
Number
%
Number
%
Number
%
Greater than 5% and Selling Stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Moelis Funds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Michael P. Kehoe
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brian D. Haney
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Edward Desch
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Steven J. Bensinger
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Robert Lippincott III
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
James J. Ritchie
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Frederick L. Russell, Jr.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Executive Officers:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bryan P. Petrucelli
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All executive officers and directors as a group
(8 persons)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description of share capital

The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by - laws that will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering. The following description is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by - laws, the forms of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

Reclassification of Class A and Class B Common Stock

Immediately before completion of the offering, we will amend our certificate of incorporation to provide for the automatic reclassification of our Class A Common Stock, including to reflect a specified liquidation preference, and Class B Common Stock into a single class of common stock, which will be issued in the offering and is described below. In addition, immediately before completion of the offering, we will further amend our certificate of incorporation to include the provisions described below.

In the reclassification, all shares of Class A Common Stock will be reclassified in connection with the completion of the offering into a number of shares of common stock equal to the sum of:

the number of shares of common stock that is equal to the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends on all shares of Class A Common Stock, or $   , divided by an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus; plus
the number of shares of common stock that is equal to a           conversion ratio on all shares of Class A Common Stock into shares of a single class of common stock, calculated on the basis of an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus.

All shares of Class B Common Stock will be reclassified in connection with the completion of the offering into a number of shares of common stock equal to a           conversion ratio on all shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of a single class of common stock, calculated on the basis of an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover of this prospectus.

Any increase or decrease in the initial public offering price as compared to the assumed initial public offering price will change the relative percentages of common stock owned by the former holders of Class A and Class B Common Stock, but will not change the aggregate number of shares outstanding following the completion of this offering.

General

Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of:

          shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share; and
          shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, there will be:

          shares of common stock outstanding; and
no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Common stock

As of July 1, 2016 we had 59 holders of our Class A Common Stock and 76 holders of our Class B Common Stock. Immediately prior to this offering, we will convert all shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock into one class of common stock. All holders of our common stock are entitled to the same rights and privileges, as described below:

126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Voting rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of our common stock, including the election of directors. Holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Directors standing for election at an annual meeting of stockholders will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors at the annual meeting, either in person or represented by properly authorized proxy.

Dividend rights

Subject to the prior rights of holders of any then outstanding shares of our preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that may be declared from time to time by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.

Liquidation rights

Subject to the prior rights of our creditors and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of our preferred stock, in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets legally available for distribution to stockholders.

Preemptive rights

Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights.

Preferred stock

Our Board of Directors has the authority to issue from time to time, without action by our stockholders, preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including voting, dividend, conversion, exchange, redemption and liquidation rights. The rights with respect to a series of preferred stock may be greater than the rights attached to our common stock.

It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of our preferred stock on the rights of holders of our common stock until our Board of Directors determines the specific rights attached to that preferred stock. The effect of issuing preferred stock could include, among other things, one or more of the following:

restricting dividends on our common stock;
diluting the voting power of our common stock or providing that holders of preferred stock have the right to vote on matters as a class;
impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock; or
delaying, discouraging or preventing a change of control of us.

Anti- t akeover effects of certain provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by - laws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws will contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board of Directors and that could make it more difficult to acquire control of our company by means of a tender offer, open market purchases, a proxy contest or otherwise. We expect these provisions will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our Board of Directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our Board of Directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor or may consider in their best interests. A summary of these provisions is set forth below.

127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Classified board; number of directors fixed by board only

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board of Directors is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, one class (i.e., approximately one-third of our Board of Directors) will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time-consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that the number of directors on our board will be fixed exclusively pursuant to resolution adopted by our Board of Directors.

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a Director Nomination Agreement that will grant the Moelis Funds the right to nominate individuals to our Board of Directors provided certain ownership requirements are met. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions — Director nomination agreement.”

Vacancies filled by board

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to the provisions of the Director Nomination Agreement, any vacancy in our Board of Directors whether from an increase in the size of the board or otherwise will be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Removal of directors only for cause

The DGCL provides that for classified boards, a director may be removed only for cause unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide otherwise.

No action by stockholders without a meeting

The DGCL permits stockholder action by written consent unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting once the Moelis Funds cease to beneficially own at least 40% of our outstanding shares.

Calling of special meetings of stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only (1) by the chairman of our Board of Directors, (2) by our chief executive officer (or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, our president), (3) pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of our Board of Directors or (4) on or after the date that the Moelis Funds cease to beneficially own 40% or more of our outstanding shares, at the request of holders of at least 40% of our outstanding shares. Except as described above, stockholders will not have the authority to call a special meeting of stockholders.

Advance notice of stockholder nominations and proposals

Our amended and restated by-laws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to our Board of Directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our Board of Directors, or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the

128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying stockholder actions until the next stockholder meeting (i.e., by precluding the conduct of certain business at the current annual meeting if the proper procedures are not followed) that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Exclusive forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us pursuant to the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated by-laws or (4) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

“Blank check” preferred stock

We believe that the availability of authorized shares of preferred stock under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides us with flexibility in addressing corporate issues that may arise. Having these authorized shares available for issuance will allow us to issue shares of preferred stock without the expense and delay of a special stockholders’ meeting. The authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without action by our stockholders, unless action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which our securities may be listed.

Our Board of Directors has the power, subject to applicable law, to issue series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt. For instance, subject to applicable law, a series of preferred stock may impede a business combination by including class voting rights which would enable the holder or holders of such series to block a proposed transaction. Our Board of Directors will make any determination to issue shares of preferred stock based on its judgment as to our and our stockholders’ best interests. Our Board of Directors, in so acting, could issue preferred stock having terms which could discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the stockholders may believe to be in their best interests or in which stockholders would have received a premium for their stock over the then prevailing market price of the stock.

Supermajority provisions

The DGCL generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws require a greater percentage. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws will not require a greater percentage.

Section 203

Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

before such date, the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested holder;
upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting

129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by our Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
any sale, transfer, pledge, or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or by-laws resulting from amendments approved by holders of at least a majority of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not “opt out” of Section 203.

Corporate opportunities; conflicts of interest

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity of the Moelis Funds and certain related persons or any director who is not our employee. We will not renounce any interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any such director or officer if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Moelis Funds and certain related persons will have no duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In the event that the Moelis Funds or such related person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity that may be a corporate opportunity, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity unless such knowledge was acquired solely in such person’s capacity as our director or officer.

Limitations on liability and indemnification of directors and officers

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include a provision that

130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. We will also be expressly required to advance certain expenses to our directors and officers and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors and officers for certain liabilities.

Prior to consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions — Director and officer indemnification agreements.”

We believe that these amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws provisions and indemnification agreements, as well as our maintaining directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, help to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “KNSL.”

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Registration rights

Certain holders, who together hold approximately 13,803,183 shares, of our currently issued and outstanding Class A Common Stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act following the offering pursuant to an amended and restated registration rights agreement that we will enter into with certain of such stockholders, effective upon the consummation of the offering contemplated by this prospectus. For a description of these registration rights, see “Certain relationships and related party transactions — Related party transactions — Registration rights agreement.” If these shares of our common stock are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless acquired by us or one of our affiliates.

131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shares eligible for future sale

Sales or the availability for sale of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that a significant public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of significant amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Resale of restricted shares and lock-up agreements

Upon completion of this offering, no Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock will be outstanding and we will have          shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, all of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except shares purchased by our affiliates (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act).

The remaining          shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144A and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144. As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and subject to the provisions of Rule 144, the shares of our common stock that are “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

shares of common stock will be eligible for sale upon completion of the offering; and
shares of common stock will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Lock-up agreements

We, our directors and executive officers, the selling stockholders and certain of our significant stockholders have or will have signed lock-up agreements under which they have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, or to enter into any hedging transactions with respect to, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days commencing on the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting (conflicts of interest).”

Rule 144

Sales by non-affiliates . In general, under Rule 144, a holder of shares of restricted common stock who is not and has not been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale can resell the shares as follows:

If we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days immediately before the sale, then:
beginning six months after the shares were acquired from us or any of our affiliates, the holder can resell the shares, subject to the condition that current public information about us must be available (as described below), but without any other restrictions; and
beginning one year after the shares were acquired from us or any of our affiliates, the holder can resell the shares without any restrictions.
If we have not been a public reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days immediately before the sale, then the holder may not resell the shares until at least one year has elapsed since the shares were acquired from us or any of our affiliates, and may resell the shares without restrictions after that time.

132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sales by affiliates . In general, under Rule 144, a holder of shares of restricted common stock who is one of our affiliates at the time of the sale or any time during the three months preceding the sale can resell shares, subject to the restrictions described below.

If we have been a public reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days immediately before the sale, then at least six months must have elapsed since the shares were acquired from us or one of our affiliates; in all other cases, at least one year must have elapsed since the shares were acquired from us or one of our affiliates.
The number of shares sold by such person within any three-month period cannot exceed the greater of:
1% of the total number of shares of our common stock then outstanding (approximately shares immediately after this offering); or
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale is filed with the SEC (or, if Form 144 is not required to be filed, the four calendar weeks preceding the date the selling broker receives the sell order).
Conditions relating to the manner of sale, notice requirements (filing of Form 144 with the SEC) and the availability of public information about us must also be satisfied.

Current public information . For sales by affiliates and non-affiliates, the satisfaction of the current public information requirement depends on whether we are a public reporting company under the Exchange Act.

If we have been a public reporting company for at least 90 days immediately before the sale, then the current public information requirement is satisfied if we have filed all periodic reports (other than Form 8-K) required to be filed under the Exchange Act during the 12 months immediately before the sale (or such shorter period as we have been required to file those reports).
If we have not been a public reporting company for at least 90 days immediately before the sale, then the requirement is satisfied if specified types of basic information about us (including our business, management and our financial condition and results of operations) are publicly available.

No assurance can be given as to (1) the likelihood of an active market for our common stock developing, (2) the liquidity of any such market, (3) the ability of stockholders to sell the shares or (4) the prices that stockholders may obtain for any of the shares. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares or the availability of shares for future sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. See “Risk factors.”

Rule 701

Any of our employees, officers or directors who acquired shares of our common stock under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares of common stock under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares of common stock in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares of our common stock are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares of common stock. However, the shares of our common stock issued under Rule 701 that are subject to lock-up agreements will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.

Equity incentive plans

As of December 31, 2015, we had outstanding grants of 1,789,491 restricted shares of Class B Common Stock, of which grants of 1,513,592 shares of Class B Common Stock had vested. As of

133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

December 31, 2015, 940,676 additional shares of Class B Common Stock were available for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The Class B Common Stock underlying the outstanding grants of restricted shares will be converted to shares of our common stock in connection with this offering. Additionally, if adopted by our Board of Directors and, if necessary, approved by our stockholders, we will have 1,800,000 shares of our common stock available for issuance under our 2016 Incentive Plan upon the consummation of the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Following this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our common stock issued and outstanding under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as well as all of the shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan. See “Executive compensation — Equity incentive plans” for additional information regarding these plans. Shares of our common stock issued under any S-8 registration statement will be available for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 provisions applicable to affiliates, and subject to any vesting restrictions and lock-up agreements applicable to these shares of our common stock.

134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

United States tax considerations for non-U.S. holders

The following is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) with respect to the ownership and disposition of our common stock. This summary applies only to Non-U.S. Holders who purchase our common stock in this offering and hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment purposes). This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their individual circumstances or the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special rules, such as controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, banks or other financial institutions, tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations), U.S. expatriates, broker-dealers and traders in securities or currencies, Non-U.S. Holders that hold common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other integrated investment.

This summary is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not describe any U.S. state, local or non-U.S. income or other tax consequences (including estate, gift and Medicare contribution tax consequences) of owning and disposing of our common stock.

For purposes of this summary, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, neither a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) nor any of the following:

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;
a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
a trust if (a) a United States court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (b) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their own tax advisers as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to them in their particular circumstances.

EACH NON-U.S. HOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISER REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Distributions on common stock

Distributions on our common stock generally will be treated as dividends to the extent such distributions are paid from the company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a distribution exceeds the company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock, subject to the tax treatment described below in

135

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“—Sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of common stock.” Generally, the gross amount of dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder with respect to our common stock will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate if an applicable income tax treaty so provides and the company (or the company’s agent) has received proper certification as to the application of that treaty.

Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder) are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis and are exempt from the 30% withholding tax described above (assuming compliance with certain certification requirements). Any such effectively connected dividends received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate).

To claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty or an exemption from withholding because the income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide a properly executed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (if the holder is claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty) or IRS Form W-8ECI (for income effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States) or other suitable form. A Non-U.S. Holder eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the specific manner of claiming the benefits of the treaty.

Sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of common stock

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax with respect to gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with such Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such Non-U.S. Holder), (ii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a non-resident alien individual, such Non-U.S. Holder is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met, or (iii) the company is or has been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of such sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition or the period that such Non-U.S. Holder held our common stock and either (a) our common stock was not treated as regularly traded on an established securities market at any time during the calendar year in which the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition occurs, or (b) such Non-U.S. Holder owns or owned (actually or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the two periods mentioned above. The Company believes it is not, has not been and does not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.

If gain or loss is effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such Non-U.S. Holder), the U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the net gain from the disposition of our common stock in the same manner in which citizens or residents of the United States would be subject to U.S. federal income tax. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation, such gain may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate). If a Non-U.S. Holder is an individual that is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to a flat income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) on any capital gain recognized on the disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses.

136

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Information reporting and backup withholding

Non-U.S. Holders will generally be required to comply with certain certification procedures to establish that they are not a U.S. person in order to avoid backup withholding with respect to dividends or the proceeds of a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock. In addition, the company is required to annually report to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of any dividends paid to such Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and the amount withheld may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or credit against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that certain required information is provided on a timely basis to the IRS.

Foreign account tax compliance act

Withholding at a rate of 30% generally will be required in certain circumstances on dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2018, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, shares of our common stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution (i) enters into, and complies with, an agreement with the IRS to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to interests in, or accounts maintained by, the institution that are owned by certain U.S. persons or by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments, or (ii) if required under an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, reports such information to its local tax authority, which will exchange such information with the U.S. authorities. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which our common stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and after December 31, 2018, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity that does not qualify under certain exceptions generally will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which the company will in turn provide to the U.S. Department of the Treasury. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in our common stock.

137

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Underwriting (conflicts of interest)

We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions which we show on the cover of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Name
Number of
Shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
 
 
 
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
 
 
 
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
 
 
 
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.
 
 
 
Dowling & Partners Securities LLC
 
 
 
Moelis & Company LLC
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares of common stock. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price which we show on the cover of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $    per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $    per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the common stock to the public, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to           additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the selling stockholders per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $    per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders, assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Paid by us
Without
option to purchase
additional shares
exercise
With full
option to purchase
additional shares
exercise
Per Share
$
           
 
$
           
 
Total
$
 
 
$
 
 

138

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Paid by the selling stockholders
Without
option to purchase
additional shares
exercise
With full
option to purchase
additional shares
exercise
Per Share
$
           
 
$
           
 
Total
$
 
 
$
 
 

We and the selling stockholders estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $   . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with FINRA of up to $45,000.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to    % of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us. The sales will be made by          , a selected dealer affiliated with William Blair & Company, L.L.C., an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of common stock available to the general public. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than (a) the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder, (b) any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing incentive plans (c) our filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-8 relating to our incentive plan; (d) any equity awards granted under our incentive plan as described in this prospectus, provided that we shall cause each recipient of such grant to execute and deliver to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC a lock-up letter and (e) any offer, issuance or other transfer relating to the pre-IPO corporate reorganization transactions described in this prospectus.

Our directors and executive officers, the selling stockholders and certain of our significant stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, but not limited to, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with

139

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock.

The restrictions in the paragraph above shall not apply to (i) transfers of shares of common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) distributions of shares of common stock to members, partners or stockholders or other equity owners of our stockholders, (iii) transfers to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined under Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of our stockholders, (iv) the establishment of a written trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, for the transfer of shares of our common stock (provided that such plan does not provide for the sale or transfer of shares of our common stock during the restricted period), (v) transfers pursuant to the rules of intestate succession or by will upon death and (vi) transfers to any trust, family limited liability company or like entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the individual or their family; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (i), (ii), (iii), (v) or (vi) each donee, distributee or transferee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter; and provided, further, that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi) no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made on the earlier of the expiration of the 180-day period or the due date thereof).

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We will apply to have our common stock approved for listing/quotation on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “KNSL.”

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more

140

TABLE OF CONTENTS

likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discounts and commissions received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;
our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
an assessment of our management;
our prospects for future earnings;
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Conflicts of interest

Moelis & Company LLC, an underwriter of this offering, is an affiliate of the Moelis Funds, our controlling stockholder. Since the Moelis Funds beneficially own more than 10% of our outstanding common stock, a “conflict of interest” is deemed to exist under Rule 5121(f)(5)(B) of the Conduct Rules of FINRA. Rule 5121 permits Moelis & Company LLC to participate in the offering notwithstanding this conflict of interest because J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, the underwriters primarily responsible for managing this offering, satisfy the criteria required by Rule 5121(f)(12)(E) and none of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, William Blair & Company, L.L.C. or RBC Capital Markets, LLC nor their respective affiliates have a conflict of interest with us. In accordance with Rule 5121, Moelis & Company LLC will not sell our common stock to a discretionary account without receiving written approval from the account holder.

Selling restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us, the selling stockholders or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may

141

TABLE OF CONTENTS

not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares of common stock may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of common stock shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares of common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares of common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares of common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares of common stock to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares of common stock. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares of common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares of common stock in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares of common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares of common stock, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the

142

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares of common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of shares of common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares of common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares of common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

143

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares of common stock have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

does not constitute a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);
has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act; and
may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, or Exempt Investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

The shares of common stock may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares of common stock may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares of common stock under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those securities to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares of common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, the shares of common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares of common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that

144

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
where the transfer is by operation of law;
as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

145

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Legal matters

Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for us by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, NY. Certain matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, NY.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements and schedules of Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, appearing in this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part have been audited by KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

146

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Glossary of selected insurance and other terms

The following are abbreviations and definitions of certain insurance, reinsurance and financial terms used in this prospectus.

Accident year - The calendar year in which loss events occur, regardless of when the losses are actually reported, booked or paid.

Actuary or Actuarial firm - A person or firm which conducts various statistical studies used to evaluate risks, the adequacy of premium charged and the adequacy of provisions made for losses and loss expenses.

Admitted insurer - An insurer that has received a license or certificate of authority from a state regulatory authority to sell insurance in that state.

A.M. Best - A.M. Best Company, Inc., a rating agency and publisher for the insurance industry.

Case reserves - Loss reserves established with respect to individual reported claims.

Cede - When an insurance company reinsures its risk with another insurance company: it “cedes” business and is referred to as the “ceding company” or “cedant.”

Claims made and reported basis - A policy written on a claims made and reported basis provides coverage to the insured only for losses incurred during the coverage period, and only if the claim was reported during a specified reporting period.

Class A Common Stock - The Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value, as currently outstanding and issued.

Class B Common Stock - The Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value, as currently outstanding and issued.

Combined ratio - The sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. A combined ratio below 100.0% generally indicates profitable underwriting prior to the consideration of investment income. A combined ratio over 100.0% generally indicates unprofitable underwriting prior to the consideration of investment income.

Commission - The fee paid to an agent or a broker for placing insurance or reinsurance, generally determined as a percentage of the written premium.

Deferred policy acquisition costs - The costs that vary with and are primarily related to the acquisition of new and renewal insurance policies, including commissions and certain other underwriting expenses. These costs are capitalized and charged to expense in proportion to premium revenue earned.

Excess and surplus lines (“E&S”) - Lines of insurance which are generally unavailable from admitted insurers due to perceived risk related to the insured’s business and which, consequently, are placed by surplus lines agents or brokers with insurers that are not admitted in the subject jurisdiction.

Excess of loss - A type of reinsurance that indemnifies the reinsured against all, or a specified portion of, losses on underlying insurance policies in excess of a specified amount, which is called an “attachment level” or “retention.” Excess of loss reinsurance may be written in multiple layers, in which, on any given layer a reinsurer or group of reinsurers accepts a band of coverage up to a specified amount. Any liability exceeding the outer limit of the program reverts to the ceding company, which also bears the risk of a reinsurer’s insolvency.

Expense ratio - The ratio of other operating expenses to net earned premiums.

GAAP - Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

Gross written premiums - Total premiums recorded on the books of an insurer at the time an insurance policy is issued, before deductions for premiums on ceded reinsurance.

147

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hard market - The portion of the market cycle of the P&C insurance industry characterized by constricted industry capital and underwriting capacity, increasing premium rates and, typically, enhanced underwriting performance.

Incurred but not yet reported (IBNR) reserves - Loss reserves for estimated losses which have been incurred but not yet reported to the insurer.

Incurred losses - The total losses sustained by an insurance company under a policy or policies, whether paid or unpaid. Incurred losses include a provision for claims that have occurred but have not yet been reported to the insurer.

Loss ratio - The ratio of the sum of incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses to net earned premiums.

Loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) - The expenses of settling claims, including legal and other fees, and the portion of general expenses allocated to claim resolution.

Loss and LAE reserves - Liabilities established by insurers to reflect the estimated cost of claims payments that the insurer will ultimately be required to pay in respect of insurance it has written. Reserves are established for losses and for LAE, and consist of case reserves and IBNR reserves.

Loss development - Increases or decreases in losses and LAE greater than or less than anticipated loss and LAE experience over a given period of time.

National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) - A voluntary organization of state insurance officials that promulgates model laws regulating the insurance industry, values securities owned by insurers, develops and modifies insurer financial reporting statements and insurer performance criteria, and performs other services with respect to the insurance industry.

Net earned premiums - The portion of net written premiums that is recognized for accounting purposes as income during a period.

Net written premiums - Gross written premiums for a given period less premiums ceded to reinsurers during such period.

Non-admitted market - The insurance market of companies not licensed to transact the business of insurance in a particular U.S. jurisdiction. A non-admitted company is permitted to issue insurance policies only in accordance with an exemption from the jurisdiction’s insurance licensing laws, for example, through an E&S lines broker licensed in that jurisdiction, or to issue policies “self-procured” by the insured or its broker from the insurer outside the jurisdiction of the insured.

Occurrence basis - Coverage to the insured for liabilities arising from events occurring during the term of policy, regardless of when a claim is actually made.

Reinsurance - The practice whereby one party, called the reinsurer, in consideration of a premium paid to it, agrees to indemnify another party, called the reinsured, for part or all of the liability assumed by the reinsured under a policy or policies of insurance which it has issued. The reinsured may be referred to as the original or primary insurer, the direct writing company, or the ceding company.

Reinsurer – An insurer that agrees to indemnify another insurer against all or part of a loss which the latter may incur under a policy or policies it has issued.

Retention - The amount or portion of risk which an insurer or reinsurer retains or assumes for its own account. Losses, or a portion thereof, in excess of the retention level are paid by the reinsurer or a retrocessionaire. In proportional treaties, the retention may be a percentage of the original policy’s limit. In excess of loss business, the retention is a dollar amount of loss, a loss ratio or a percentage.

Soft market - The portion of the market cycle of the P&C insurance industry characterized by heightened premium rate competition among insurers, increased underwriting capacity and, typically, depressed underwriting performance.

148

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Statutory accounting practices (“SAP”) - Those accounting principles and practices which provide the framework for the preparation of insurance company financial statements, and the recording of transactions, in accordance with the rules and procedures adopted by regulatory authorities, generally emphasizing solvency considerations rather than a going-concern concept of accounting.

Statutory surplus - Total admitted assets less total liabilities, as determined in accordance with SAP.

Submission - An application for insurance coverage received by a direct insurer from a prospective policyholder or its broker acting for consideration in connection with possible issuance of an insurance policy by that insurer.

Underwriting - The insurer’s process of reviewing applications submitted for the insurance coverage, deciding whether to accept all or part of the coverage requested and determining the applicable premiums.

Underwriting expenses - The aggregate of policy acquisition costs, including commissions, and the portion of administrative, general and other expenses attributable to underwriting operations.

Underwriting profits; Underwriting profitability - Refers to the profits or profitability of an insurance company’s operations prior to inclusion of investment income or loss and gains or losses from sale of invested assets.

Unearned premiums - The portion of a premium representing the unexpired portion of the contract term as of a certain date.

149

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. You can find further information about us in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, with each such statement being qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. Anyone may inspect the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules without charge at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of these materials from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC. You may obtain further information about the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also inspect these reports and other information without charge at the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov).

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as amended, and will be required to file periodic current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the SEC’s public reference facilities at the address noted above. You also will be able to inspect this material without charge at the SEC’s website. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements audited by an independent accounting firm.

In addition, following the closing of this offering, we will make the information filed with or furnished to the SEC available free of charge through our website (http://www.kinsaleins.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

150

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Page
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Schedules other than those listed are omitted for the reason that they are not required, are not applicable or that equivalent information has been included in the financial statements or notes thereto or elsewhere herein.

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited)

 
March 31, 2016
December 31, 2015
 
(in thousands, except share and
per share data)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost: $337,455 in 2016; $326,953 in 2015)
$
341,034
 
$
327,602
 
Equity securities available-for-sale, at fair value (cost: $14,269 in 2016; $12,184 in 2015)
 
16,666
 
 
14,240
 
Short-term investments
 
9,983
 
 
2,299
 
Total investments
 
367,683
 
 
344,141
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
25,980
 
 
24,544
 
Investment income due and accrued
 
1,706
 
 
1,844
 
Premiums receivable, net
 
16,528
 
 
15,550
 
Receivable from reinsurers
 
3,975
 
 
11,928
 
Reinsurance recoverables
 
75,162
 
 
95,670
 
Ceded unearned premiums
 
22,088
 
 
39,329
 
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net of ceding commissions
 
5,305
 
 
 
Intangible assets
 
3,538
 
 
3,538
 
Deferred income tax asset, net
 
5,898
 
 
6,822
 
Other assets
 
2,329
 
 
1,912
 
Total assets
$
530,192
 
$
545,278
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
$
235,277
 
$
219,629
 
Unearned premiums
 
81,670
 
 
81,713
 
Payable to reinsurers
 
3,528
 
 
3,833
 
Funds held for reinsurers
 
46,890
 
 
87,206
 
Payable for investments purchased
 
5,723
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
3,061
 
 
7,410
 
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net of ceding commissions
 
 
 
1,696
 
Note payable
 
29,643
 
 
29,603
 
Other liabilities
 
3,559
 
 
737
 
Total liabilities
 
409,351
 
 
431,827
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value. Authorized 15,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 13,803,183 shares in 2016 and 2015; liquidation preference $166,849 in 2016; $162,002 in 2015
 
1
 
 
1
 
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value. Authorized 3,333,333 shares; issued and outstanding 1,534,773 shares in 2016 and 1,513,592 shares in 2015
 
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
80,236
 
 
80,229
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
5,777
 
 
3,651
 
Retained earnings
 
34,827
 
 
29,570
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
120,841
 
 
113,451
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
530,192
 
$
545,278
 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income (unaudited)

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
 
(in thousands, except share and
per share data)
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross written premiums
$
43,082
 
$
40,930
 
Ceded written premiums
 
4,713
 
 
(23,944
)
Net written premiums
 
47,795
 
 
16,986
 
Change in unearned premiums
 
(17,198
)
 
(545
)
Net earned premiums
 
30,597
 
 
16,441
 
Net investment income
 
1,676
 
 
1,214
 
Net realized investment gains:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized investment gains, excluding other-than-temporary impairment losses
 
387
 
 
8
 
Net investment gains
 
387
 
 
8
 
Other income
 
58
 
 
124
 
Total revenues
 
32,718
 
 
17,787
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
18,121
 
 
9,218
 
Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses
 
6,248
 
 
331
 
Other expenses
 
460
 
 
496
 
Total expenses
 
24,829
 
 
10,045
 
Income before income taxes
 
7,889
 
 
7,742
 
Total income tax expense
 
2,632
 
 
2,626
 
Net income
$
5,257
 
$
5,116
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gains, net of taxes of $1,145 in 2016 and $408 in 2015
 
2,126
 
 
757
 
Total comprehensive income
$
7,383
 
$
5,873
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic - Class A
$
0.37
 
$
0.36
 
Diluted - Class A
$
0.37
 
$
0.36
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic - Class A
 
13,803,183
 
 
13,795,358
 
Diluted - Class A
 
13,803,183
 
 
13,795,358
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic - Class B
$
0.07
 
$
0.14
 
Diluted - Class B
$
0.07
 
$
0.14
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic - Class B
 
1,530,707
 
 
1,304,275
 
Diluted - Class B
 
1,537,569
 
 
1,304,275
 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (unaudited)

 
Class A
Common
Stock
Class B
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Retained
Earnings
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
(in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
1
 
$
 
$
80,074
 
$
5,214
 
$
7,297
 
$
92,586
 
Restricted stock grants
 
 
 
 
 
4
 
 
 
 
 
 
4
 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
757
 
 
 
 
757
 
Net income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,116
 
 
5,116
 
Balance at March 31, 2015
$
1
 
$
 
$
80,078
 
$
5,971
 
$
12,413
 
$
98,463
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
1
 
$
 
$
80,229
 
$
3,651
 
$
29,570
 
$
113,451
 
Restricted stock grants
 
 
 
 
 
7
 
 
 
 
 
 
7
 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,126
 
 
 
 
2,126
 
Net income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,257
 
 
5,257
 
Balance at March 31, 2016
$
1
 
$
 
$
80,236
 
$
5,777
 
$
34,827
 
$
120,841
 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
 
(in thousands)
Operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
16,169
 
$
15,258
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of property and equipment
 
(122
)
 
(51
)
Change in short-term investments, net
 
(7,684
)
 
1,264
 
Securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases – fixed maturity securities
 
(24,039
)
 
(29,476
)
Purchases – equity securities
 
(2,084
)
 
(74
)
Sales – fixed maturity securities
 
9,328
 
 
2,922
 
Maturities and calls – fixed maturity securities
 
9,901
 
 
11,307
 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(14,700
)
 
(14,108
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payments on capital lease
 
(33
)
 
(33
)
Net cash used in financing activities
 
(33
)
 
(33
)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
 
1,436
 
 
1,117
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
 
24,544
 
 
23,958
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
25,980
 
$
25,075
 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

1. Summary of significant accounting policies

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements and notes have been prepared in accordance with United States (“U.S.”) generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and do not contain all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. As such, these condensed consolidated interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the 2015 audited consolidated financial statements of Kinsale Capital Group Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Company”) for a more complete description of the Company’s business and accounting policies. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the condensed consolidated financial statements have been included. Such adjustments consist only of normal recurring items. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of results of operations for the full year.

Use of estimates

The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Management periodically reviews its estimates and assumptions.

Prospective accounting pronouncements

ASU 2015-09, Financial Services-Insurance (Topic 944): Disclosures about Short-Duration Contracts

In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-09, “Insurance (Topic 944), Disclosures about Short-Duration Contracts.” This ASU was issued to enhance disclosures about an entity’s insurance liabilities, including the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows related to those liabilities. The new guidance requires the disclosure of the following information related to unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses:

net incurred and paid claims development information by accident year for the number of years for which claims incurred typically remain outstanding, but need not exceed 10 years;
a reconciliation of incurred and paid claims development information to the aggregate carrying amount of the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses, with separate disclosure of reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims for each period presented in the statement of financial position;
for each accident year presented, the total of incurred-but-not-reported liabilities plus expected development on reported claims included in the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses;
for each accident year presented, quantitative information about claim frequency accompanied by a qualitative description of methodologies used for determining claim frequency information; and
for all claims, the average annual percentage payout of incurred claims by age.

This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not early-adopted this ASU and while disclosures will be increased, the Company does not believe adoption will have a material effect on its financial statements.

F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments – Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” which requires equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income, requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes, requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset, and eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)” to improve the financial reporting of leasing transactions. Under this ASU, lessees will recognize a right-of-use asset and corresponding liability on the balance sheet for all leases, except for leases covering a period of fewer than 12 months. The liability is to be measured as the present value of the future minimum lease payments taking into account renewal options if applicable plus initial incremental direct costs such as commissions. The minimum payments are discounted using the rate implicit in the lease or, if not known, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate. The lessee’s income statement treatment for leases will vary depending on the nature of what is being leased. A financing type lease is present when, among other matters, the asset is being leased for a substantial portion of its economic life or has an end-of-term title transfer or a bargain purchase option as in today’s practice. The payment of the liability set up for such leases will be apportioned between interest and principal; the right-of use asset will be generally amortized on a straight-line basis. If the lease does not qualify as a financing type lease, it will be accounted for on the income statement as rent on a straight-line basis. This ASU is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

There are no other prospective accounting standards which, upon their effective date, would have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2. Investments

Available-for-sale investments

The following tables summarize the Company’s available-for-sale investments:

 
March 31, 2016
 
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
 
(in thousands)
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
10,371
 
$
59
 
$
 
$
10,430
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
61,347
 
 
3,150
 
 
(81
)
 
64,416
 
Corporate and other securities
 
136,111
 
 
833
 
 
(1,122
)
 
135,822
 
Asset-backed securities
 
59,359
 
 
443
 
 
(432
)
 
59,370
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
70,267
 
 
963
 
 
(234
)
 
70,996
 
Total fixed maturities
 
337,455
 
 
5,448
 
 
(1,869
)
 
341,034
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange traded funds
 
14,269
 
 
2,740
 
 
(343
)
 
16,666
 
Total available-for-sale investments
$
351,724
 
$
8,188
 
$
(2,212
)
$
357,700
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
 
(in thousands)
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
3,422
 
$
13
 
$
(2
)
$
3,433
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
69,997
 
 
2,562
 
 
(46
)
 
72,513
 
Corporate and other securities
 
130,758
 
 
306
 
 
(1,543
)
 
129,521
 
Asset-backed securities
 
58,680
 
 
58
 
 
(431
)
 
58,307
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
64,096
 
 
760
 
 
(1,028
)
 
63,828
 
Total fixed maturities
 
326,953
 
 
3,699
 
 
(3,050
)
 
327,602
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange traded funds
 
12,184
 
 
2,392
 
 
(336
)
 
14,240
 
Total available-for-sale investments
$
339,137
 
$
6,091
 
$
(3,386
)
$
341,842
 

Available-for-sale securities in a loss position

The Company regularly reviews all securities with unrealized losses to assess whether the decline in the securities’ fair value is deemed to be an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). The Company considers a number of factors in completing its OTTI review, including the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been below cost and the financial condition and near-term prospects of an issuer. In addition to specific issuer information, the Company also evaluates the current market and interest rate environment. Generally, a change in a security’s value caused by a change in the market or interest rate environment does not constitute an other-than-temporary impairment, but rather a temporary decline in fair value.

F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For fixed maturities, the Company considers whether it intends to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, the credit quality of the issuer and the ability to recover all amounts outstanding when contractually due. When assessing whether it intends to sell a fixed maturity or if it is likely to be required to sell a fixed maturity before recovery of its amortized cost, the Company evaluates facts and circumstances including, but not limited to, decisions to reposition the investment portfolio, potential sales of investments to meet cash flow needs and potential sales of investments to capitalize on favorable pricing. For equity securities, the ability and intent to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for anticipated recovery is considered.

For fixed maturities where a decline in fair value is considered to be other-than-temporary and the Company intends to sell the security, or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, an impairment is recognized in net income based on the fair value of the security at the time of assessment, resulting in a new cost basis for the security. If the decline in fair value of a fixed maturity security below its amortized cost is considered to be other-than-temporary based upon other considerations, the Company compares the estimated present value at the security’s effective yield of the cash flows expected to be collected to the amortized cost of the security. The extent to which the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost of the security represents the credit-related portion of the OTTI, which is recognized in net income, resulting in a new cost basis for the security. Any remaining decline in fair value represents the noncredit portion of the OTTI, which is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). For equity securities, a decline in fair value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is recognized in net income based on the fair value of the security at the time of assessment, resulting in a new cost basis for the security.

The following tables summarize gross unrealized losses and fair value for available-for-sale securities by length of time that the securities have continuously been in an unrealized loss position:

 
March 31, 2016
 
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or Longer
Total
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
 
(in thousands)
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
3,228
 
 
(25
)
 
2,540
 
 
(56
)
 
5,768
 
 
(81
)
Corporate and other securities
 
47,333
 
 
(1,101
)
 
6,482
 
 
(21
)
 
53,815
 
 
(1,122
)
Asset-backed securities
 
15,517
 
 
(144
)
 
15,276
 
 
(288
)
 
30,793
 
 
(432
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
2,324
 
 
(14
)
 
21,250
 
 
(220
)
 
23,574
 
 
(234
)
Total fixed maturities
 
68,402
 
 
(1,284
)
 
45,548
 
 
(585
)
 
113,950
 
 
(1,869
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange traded funds
 
2,772
 
 
(337
)
 
62
 
 
(6
)
 
2,834
 
 
(343
)
Total
$
71,174
 
$
(1,621
)
$
45,610
 
$
(591
)
$
116,784
 
$
(2,212
)

At March 31, 2016, the Company held 102 fixed maturity securities with a total estimated fair value of $114.0 million and gross unrealized losses of $1.9 million. Of these securities, 41 were in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than one year. As discussed above, the Company regularly reviews all securities within its investment portfolio to determine whether any impairment

F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

has occurred. Unrealized losses were caused by interest rate changes or other market factors and were not credit specific issues. In particular, unrealized losses of approximately $1.0 million were attributable to corporate fixed maturity securities in the energy sector as declining oil prices disrupted the market values for this sector. Substantially all fixed maturity securities are of high credit quality and continue to pay the expected coupon payments under the contractual terms of the securities. As such, the Company concluded that none of the fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position were other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2016.

At March 31, 2016, the Company held four exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) in its equity portfolio with a total estimated fair value of $2.8 million and gross unrealized losses of $0.3 million. Two of these securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than one year. Given the Company’s intent to hold and expectation of recovery to cost within a reasonable time, the Company did not consider any of the equities securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2016.

 
December 31, 2015
 
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or Longer
Total
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
 
(in thousands)
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
2,999
 
$
(2
)
$
 
$
 
$
2,999
 
$
(2
)
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
844
 
 
(2
)
 
2,550
 
 
(44
)
 
3,394
 
 
(46
)
Corporate and other securities
 
89,334
 
 
(1,515
)
 
6,978
 
 
(28
)
 
96,312
 
 
(1,543
)
Asset-backed securities
 
30,002
 
 
(209
)
 
13,070
 
 
(222
)
 
43,072
 
 
(431
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
30,243
 
 
(434
)
 
16,072
 
 
(594
)
 
46,315
 
 
(1,028
)
Total fixed maturities
 
153,422
 
 
(2,162
)
 
38,670
 
 
(888
)
 
192,092
 
 
(3,050
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange traded funds
 
3,256
 
 
(331
)
 
26
 
 
(5
)
 
3,282
 
 
(336
)
Total
$
156,678
 
$
(2,493
)
$
38,696
 
$
(893
)
$
195,374
 
$
(3,386
)

At December 31, 2015, the Company held 156 fixed maturity securities with a total estimated fair value of $192.1 million and gross unrealized losses of $3.1 million. Of those securities, 36 were in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than one year. Unrealized losses were caused by interest rate changes or other market factors and were not credit specific issues. Unrealized losses related to corporate fixed maturity securities in the energy sector were approximately $1.1 million. Substantially all fixed maturity securities are of high credit quality and continue to pay the expected coupon payments under the contractual terms of the securities. Based on its review, the Company concluded that none of the fixed maturity securities with an unrealized loss at December 31, 2015 experienced an other-than-temporary impairment.

At December 31, 2015, the Company held five ETFs in its equity portfolio with a total estimated fair value of $3.3 million and gross unrealized losses of $0.3 million. One of these securities was in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than one year. Given the Company’s intent to hold and expectation of recovery to cost within a reasonable time, the Company did not consider any of the equities securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2015.

F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contractual maturities of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities at March 31, 2016 are summarized, by contractual maturity, as follows:

 
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
 
(in thousands)
Due in one year or less
$
25,755
 
$
25,776
 
Due after one year through five years
 
116,957
 
 
117,422
 
Due after five years through ten years
 
24,029
 
 
24,340
 
Due after ten years
 
41,088
 
 
43,130
 
Asset-backed securities
 
59,359
 
 
59,370
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
70,267
 
 
70,996
 
Total fixed maturities
$
337,455
 
$
341,034
 

Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties, and the lenders may have the right to put the securities back to the borrower.

Net investment income

The following table presents the components of net investment income:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
 
(in thousands)
Interest:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Municipal bonds (tax exempt)
$
1,389
 
$
940
 
Taxable bonds
 
406
 
 
381
 
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments
 
8
 
 
2
 
Dividends on equity securities
 
84
 
 
74
 
Gross investment income
 
1,887
 
 
1,397
 
Investment expenses
 
(211
)
 
(183
)
Net investment income
$
1,676
 
$
1,214
 

Net investment gains and losses

Realized investment gains for the three months ended March 31, 2016 of $0.4 million resulted from the sales of fixed maturity securities. There were no significant realized investment gains for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Change in unrealized gains of investments

The following table presents the change in available-for-sale gross unrealized gains by investment type:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
 
(in thousands)
Change in net unrealized gains:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturities
$
2,930
 
$
993
 
Equity securities
 
341
 
 
172
 
Net increase
$
3,271
 
$
1,165
 

F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Insurance – statutory deposits

The Company had invested assets with a carrying value of $7.3 million and $7.2 million on deposit with state regulatory authorities at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

3. Fair value measurements

Fair value was estimated for each class of financial instrument for which it was practical to estimate fair value. Fair value is defined as the price in the principal market that would be received for an asset to facilitate an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Market participants are assumed to be independent, knowledgeable, able and willing to transact an exchange and not acting under duress. Fair value hierarchy disclosures are based on the quality of inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). Adjustments to transaction prices or quoted market prices may be required in illiquid or disorderly markets in order to estimate fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined as follows:

Level 1 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets.

Level 2 - Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability and market-corroborated inputs.

Level 3 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable for the asset or liability and are significant to the fair value measurement.

Fair values of the Company’s investment portfolio are estimated using unadjusted prices obtained by its investment manager from third-party pricing services, where available. For securities where the Company is unable to obtain fair values from a pricing service or broker, fair values are estimated using information obtained from the Company’s investment manager. Management performs several procedures to ascertain the reasonableness of investment values included in the condensed consolidated financial statements including 1) obtaining and reviewing internal control reports from the Company’s investment manager that obtain fair values from third-party pricing services, 2) discussing with the Company’s investment managers their process for reviewing and validating pricing obtained from outside pricing services and 3) reviewing the security pricing received from the Company’s investment manager and monitoring changes in unrealized gains and losses. The Company has evaluated the various types of securities in its investment portfolio to determine an appropriate fair value hierarchy level based upon trading activity and the observability of market inputs.

F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following tables present the balances of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, by level within the fair value hierarchy.

 
March 31, 2016
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
 
(in thousands)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
10,430
 
$
 
$
 
$
10,430
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
 
 
64,416
 
 
 
 
64,416
 
Corporate and other securities
 
 
 
135,822
 
 
 
 
135,822
 
Asset-backed securities
 
 
 
59,370
 
 
 
 
59,370
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
70,996
 
 
 
 
70,996
 
Total fixed maturities
 
10,430
 
 
330,604
 
 
 
 
341,034
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange traded funds
 
16,666
 
 
 
 
 
 
16,666
 
Short-term investments
 
 
 
9,983
 
 
 
 
9,983
 
Total
$
27,096
 
$
340,587
 
$
 
$
367,683
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
 
(in thousands)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
3,433
 
$
 
$
 
$
3,433
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
 
 
72,513
 
 
 
 
72,513
 
Corporate and other securities
 
 
 
129,521
 
 
 
 
129,521
 
Asset-backed securities
 
 
 
58,307
 
 
 
 
58,307
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
63,828
 
 
 
 
63,828
 
Total fixed maturities
 
3,433
 
 
324,169
 
 
 
 
327,602
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange traded funds
 
14,240
 
 
 
 
 
 
14,240
 
Short-term investments
 
 
 
2,299
 
 
 
 
2,299
 
Total
$
17,673
 
$
326,468
 
$
 
$
344,141
 

There were no transfers into or out of Level 1 and Level 2 during the three months ended March 31, 2016. There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Due to the relatively short-term nature of cash, cash equivalents, receivables and payables, their carrying amounts are reasonable estimates of fair value. Additionally, due to variable rates associated with the note payable, carrying value approximates fair value.

F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

4. Deferred policy acquisition costs

The following table presents the amounts of policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
 
(in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year
$
(1,696
)
$
(3,762
)
Policy acquisition costs deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct commissions
 
6,400
 
 
6,082
 
Ceding commissions
 
2,791
 
 
(8,907
)
Other underwriting and policy acquisition costs
 
726
 
 
779
 
Policy acquisition costs deferred
 
9,917
 
 
(2,046
)
Amortization of net policy acquisition costs
 
(2,916
)
 
1,987
 
Balance, end of period
$
5,305
 
$
(3,821
)

For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the deferred ceding commissions were effected by the change in the ceding percentage under the Company’s multi-line quota share reinsurance treaty (“MLQS”). The negative, or liability, balance at March 31, 2015 was also due to the effect of the deferred ceding commissions associated with the MLQS. See note 8 for further details regarding the MLQS.

5. Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses

Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses consist of the following:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
 
(in thousands)
Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses incurred:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct commissions
$
6,406
 
$
5,963
 
Ceding commissions
 
(5,408
)
 
(10,080
)
Other expenses
 
5,250
 
 
4,448
 
Total
$
6,248
 
$
331
 

Other expenses within underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses include salaries, bonus and employee benefits expenses of $4.5 million and $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

6. Earnings per share

Earnings per share for Class A and Class B common stock were calculated using the two-class method. Under the two-class method, net income attributable to Class A and Class B common stockholders was determined by allocating undistributed earnings to each class of stock. The net income per share attributable to common stockholders was allocated based on the contractual participation rights of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock as if the income for the period has been distributed. Net income attributable to Class A common stockholders equaled the sum of Accruing Dividends during the period plus seventy five percent of the Residual Proceeds. Net income attributable to Class B common stockholders equaled twenty five percent of the Residual Proceeds.

Basic net income per share for each class of common stock was computed by dividing the net income attributable to the common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of

F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

each respective class of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share attributable to each class of common stock was computed by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average shares outstanding for each respective class of common stock outstanding during the period, including potentially dilutive shares of common stock for the period determined using the treasury stock method. There were no potentially dilutive shares attributable to Class A common stockholders. For purposes of the diluted net income per share attributable to Class B common stockholders calculation, unvested shares of common stock were considered to be potentially dilutive shares of common stock.

The following represents a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations contained in the consolidated financial statements:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
 
(in thousands, except share and
per share data)
Earnings per share Class A stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator for earnings per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
5,257
 
$
5,116
 
Less: net income attributable to Class B stockholders
 
103
 
 
183
 
Net income attributable to Class A stockholders
$
5,154
 
$
4,933
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator for earnings per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
13,803,183
 
 
13,795,358
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per common share - basic
$
0.37
 
$
0.36
 
Net income per common share - diluted
$
0.37
 
$
0.36
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per share Class B stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator for earnings per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to Class B stockholders
$
103
 
$
183
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator for earnings per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic
 
1,530,707
 
 
1,304,275
 
Unvested restricted stock grants
 
6,862
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted
 
1,537,569
 
 
1,304,275
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per Class A common share - basic
$
0.07
 
$
0.14
 
Net income per Class A common share - diluted
$
0.07
 
$
0.14
 

For the three months ended March 31, 2016, there were no material anti-dilutive securities. There were approximately 102,000 anti-dilutive Class B shares for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

7. Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses

The following table presents a reconciliation of consolidated beginning and ending reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses:

 
March 31,
 
2016
2015
 
(in thousands)
Net reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year
$
124,126
 
$
91,970
 
Commutation of MLQS
 
24,296
 
 
8,587
 
Adjusted net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year
 
148,422
 
 
100,557
 
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current year
 
20,844
 
 
12,808
 
Prior year
 
(2,723
)
 
(3,590
)
Total net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred
 
18,121
 
 
9,218
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current year
 
290
 
 
149
 
Prior year
 
5,133
 
 
4,686
 
Total payments
 
5,423
 
 
4,835
 
Net reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of period
 
161,120
 
 
104,940
 
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses
 
74,157
 
 
67,983
 
Gross reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of period
$
235,277
 
$
172,923
 

During the three months ended March 31, 2016, $2.7 million of redundancy developed on the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses held at December 31, 2015. This favorable development was primarily attributable to the Company’s casualty lines for accident years 2014 and 2015, which were below our initial expected loss ratios.

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, $3.6 million of redundancy developed on the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses held at December 31, 2014. The favorable development was attributable primarily to the Company’s casualty lines for accident years 2013 and 2014, which were below our initial expected loss ratios.

See note 8 for further details regarding the commutation of the MLQS.

F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

8. Reinsurance

The following table summarizes the effect of reinsurance on premiums written and earned:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
 
(in thousands)
Written:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
$
42,990
 
$
40,823
 
Assumed
 
92
 
 
107
 
Ceded
 
4,713
 
 
(23,944
)
Net written
$
47,795
 
$
16,986
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
$
43,093
 
$
40,076
 
Assumed
 
32
 
 
38
 
Ceded
 
(12,528
)
 
(23,673
)
Net earned
$
30,597
 
$
16,441
 

Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses were net of reinsurance recoverables (ceded incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses) of $4.4 million and $11.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses were $74.2 million and $95.5 million, respectively. Reinsurance recoverables on paid losses were $1.0 million and $0.2 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Multi-line quota share reinsurance

The Company participates in a MLQS treaty that transfers a proportion of the risk related to certain lines of business written by Kinsale Insurance to reinsurers in exchange for a proportion of the direct written premiums on that business. Under the terms of the MLQS covering the period January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (the “2015 MLQS”), Kinsale Insurance received a provisional ceding commission equal to 41% of ceded written premiums and paid a reinsurance margin equal to 4.00% of ceded written premium. The 2015 MLQS contract includes a sliding scale commission provision that can adjust the ceding commissions within a range of 25% to 41% based on the loss experience of the business ceded. The 2015 MLQS ceding percentage during the first quarter of 2015 was 50%. The ceding percentage remained at 50% until October 1, 2015, at which time the Company decreased the percentage to 40%. Effective January 1, 2016, the Company further reduced the ceding percentage from 40% to 15%. The change in the ceding percentage reduced ceded written premiums by $17.0 million for the three months ending March 31, 2016, with a corresponding reduction to ceded unearned premiums.

Effective January 1, 2016, the Company commuted the MLQS covering the period January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014. The commutation reduced reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and receivable from reinsurers by $34.2 million at January 1, 2016, with a corresponding reduction to funds held for reinsurers. Effective January 1, 2015, the Company commuted 55% of the treaty covering the period July 1, 2012 to December 31, 2013. The commutation reduced reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and receivable from reinsurers by $11.9 million at January 1, 2015, with a corresponding reduction to funds held for reinsurers. The commutations did not have any effect on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows for the applicable periods.

F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

9. Other comprehensive income

The following table summarizes the components of other comprehensive income:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
 
(in thousands)
Unrealized gains arising during the period, before income taxes
$
3,658
 
$
1,173
 
Income taxes
 
(1,280
)
 
(411
)
Unrealized gains arising during the period, net of income taxes
 
2,378
 
 
762
 
Less reclassification adjustment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized investment gains
 
387
 
 
8
 
Income taxes
 
(135
)
 
(3
)
Reclassification adjustment included in net income
 
252
 
 
5
 
Other comprehensive income
$
2,126
 
$
757
 

The sale of an available-for-sale security results in amounts being reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to realized gains or losses in current period earnings. The related tax effect of the reclassification adjustment is recorded in income tax expense in current period earnings. See note 2 for additional information.

10. Underwriting information

The Company has one reportable segment, the Excess and Surplus Lines Insurance segment, which primarily offers commercial excess and surplus lines liability and property insurance products through its underwriting divisions. Gross written premiums by underwriting division are presented below:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2016
2015
 
(in thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
$
9,252
 
$
8,112
 
Small Business
 
6,432
 
 
4,286
 
Professional Liability
 
3,945
 
 
4,276
 
Excess Casualty
 
3,645
 
 
3,840
 
Energy
 
3,644
 
 
4,388
 
General Casualty
 
3,086
 
 
5,000
 
Life Sciences
 
2,859
 
 
2,561
 
Allied Health
 
2,126
 
 
2,031
 
Products Liability
 
2,091
 
 
2,067
 
Healthcare
 
1,877
 
 
1,892
 
Commercial Property
 
1,118
 
 
1,524
 
Management Liability
 
617
 
 
 
Inland Marine
 
386
 
 
 
Environmental
 
328
 
 
131
 
Public Entity
 
223
 
 
 
Commercial Insurance
 
110
 
 
 
Total commercial
 
41,739
 
 
40,108
 
Personal:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personal insurance
 
1,343
 
 
822
 
Total personal
 
1,343
 
 
822
 
Total
$
43,082
 
$
40,930
 

F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Richmond, Virginia
April 22, 2016

F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
December 31,
 
2015
2014
 
(in thousands, except share amounts)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost: $326,953 in 2015; $247,148 in 2014)
$
327,602
 
$
249,734
 
Equity securities available-for-sale, at fair value (cost: $12,184 in 2015; $11,812 in 2014)
 
14,240
 
 
14,336
 
Short-term investments
 
2,299
 
 
4,257
 
Total investments
 
344,141
 
 
268,327
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
24,544
 
 
23,958
 
Investment income due and accrued
 
1,844
 
 
1,397
 
Premiums receivable, net
 
15,550
 
 
14,226
 
Receivable from reinsurers
 
11,928
 
 
5,909
 
Reinsurance recoverables
 
95,670
 
 
70,348
 
Ceded unearned premiums
 
39,329
 
 
42,565
 
Intangible assets
 
3,538
 
 
3,538
 
Deferred income tax asset, net
 
6,822
 
 
5,101
 
Other assets
 
1,912
 
 
2,235
 
Total assets
$
545,278
 
$
437,604
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
$
219,629
 
$
162,210
 
Unearned premiums
 
81,713
 
 
75,253
 
Payable to reinsurers
 
3,833
 
 
5,229
 
Funds held for reinsurers
 
87,206
 
 
63,932
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
7,410
 
 
4,903
 
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net of ceding commissions
 
1,696
 
 
3,763
 
Note payable
 
29,603
 
 
27,484
 
Other liabilities
 
737
 
 
2,244
 
Total liabilities
 
431,827
 
 
345,018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value. Authorized 15,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 13,803,183 shares in 2015 and 13,795,530 shares in 2014; liquidation preference $162,002 in 2015; $144,454 in 2014
 
1
 
 
1
 
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value. Authorized 3,333,333 shares; issued and outstanding 1,513,592 shares in 2015 and 1,287,696 shares in 2014
 
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
80,229
 
 
80,074
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
3,651
 
 
5,214
 
Retained earnings
 
29,570
 
 
7,297
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
113,451
 
 
92,586
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
545,278
 
$
437,604
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income and
Comprehensive Income

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross written premiums
$
177,009
 
$
158,523
 
$
125,267
 
Ceded written premiums
 
(92,991
)
 
(97,012
)
 
(80,870
)
Net written premiums
 
84,018
 
 
61,511
 
 
44,397
 
Change in unearned premiums
 
(9,696
)
 
(2,515
)
 
725
 
Net earned premiums
 
74,322
 
 
58,996
 
 
45,122
 
Net investment income
 
5,643
 
 
4,070
 
 
3,344
 
Net investment gains (losses):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized investment gains, excluding other-than-temporary impairment losses
 
59
 
 
323
 
 
8
 
Other-than-temporary impairment losses
 
 
 
(122
)
 
 
Net investment gains
 
59
 
 
201
 
 
8
 
Other income
 
572
 
 
409
 
 
10
 
Total revenues
 
80,596
 
 
63,676
 
 
48,484
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
42,238
 
 
41,108
 
 
28,890
 
Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses
 
2,809
 
 
1,451
 
 
6,894
 
Other expenses
 
1,992
 
 
1,644
 
 
597
 
Total expenses
 
47,039
 
 
44,203
 
 
36,381
 
Income before income taxes
 
33,557
 
 
19,473
 
 
12,103
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
11,284
 
 
6,500
 
 
(164
)
Net income
$
22,273
 
$
12,973
 
$
12,267
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gains (losses), net of taxes of $(841) in 2015, $1,572 in 2014 and $1,677 in 2013
 
(1,563
)
 
2,921
 
 
(3,115
)
Total comprehensive income
$
20,710
 
$
15,894
 
$
9,152
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic - Class A
$
1.53
 
$
0.94
 
$
0.89
 
Diluted - Class A
$
1.53
 
$
0.94
 
$
0.89
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic - Class A
 
13,796,327
 
 
13,787,365
 
 
13,788,536
 
Diluted - Class A
 
13,796,327
 
 
13,787,365
 
 
13,788,536
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic - Class B
$
0.84
 
$
 
$
 
Diluted - Class B
$
0.81
 
$
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic - Class B
 
1,413,142
 
 
1,188,370
 
 
962,739
 
Diluted - Class B
 
1,451,691
 
 
1,300,244
 
 
1,069,167
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 
Class A
Common
Stock
Class B
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Other Compre-
hensive Income
(Loss)
Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
(in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
1
 
$
 
$
79,968
 
$
5,408
 
$
(17,943
)
$
67,434
 
Class A shares repurchased
 
 
 
 
 
(107
)
 
 
 
 
 
(107
)
Restricted stock grants
 
 
 
 
 
55
 
 
 
 
 
 
55
 
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3,115
)
 
 
 
(3,115
)
Net income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,267
 
 
12,267
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
 
1
 
 
 
 
79,916
 
 
2,293
 
 
(5,676
)
 
76,534
 
Class A shares issued
 
 
 
 
 
100
 
 
 
 
 
 
100
 
Restricted stock grants
 
 
 
 
 
58
 
 
 
 
 
 
58
 
Other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,921
 
 
 
 
2,921
 
Net income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,973
 
 
12,973
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
1
 
 
 
 
80,074
 
 
5,214
 
 
7,297
 
 
92,586
 
Class A shares issued
 
 
 
 
 
90
 
 
 
 
 
 
90
 
Restricted stock grants
 
 
 
 
 
65
 
 
 
 
 
 
65
 
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,563
)
 
 
 
(1,563
)
Net income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22,273
 
 
22,273
 
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
1
 
$
 
$
80,229
 
$
3,651
 
$
29,570
 
$
113,451
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
22,273
 
$
12,973
 
$
12,267
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment gains
 
(59
)
 
(201
)
 
(8
)
Deferred tax benefit
 
(879
)
 
(2,231
)
 
(4,004
)
Depreciation and amortization
 
642
 
 
570
 
 
448
 
Stock compensation expense
 
65
 
 
58
 
 
55
 
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment income due and accrued
 
(447
)
 
(331
)
 
(289
)
Premiums receivable, net
 
(1,324
)
 
(957
)
 
(5,821
)
Reserves for unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses
 
57,418
 
 
65,846
 
 
45,862
 
Unearned premiums
 
6,460
 
 
12,235
 
 
23,155
 
Reinsurance balances, net
 
(29,501
)
 
(42,379
)
 
(51,352
)
Funds held for reinsurers
 
23,274
 
 
28,156
 
 
32,611
 
Deferred policy acquisition costs
 
(2,067
)
 
2,974
 
 
4,531
 
Income taxes payable
 
(1,393
)
 
259
 
 
1,732
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
2,506
 
 
1,637
 
 
1,605
 
Other
 
1,734
 
 
1,459
 
 
1,005
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
78,702
 
 
80,068
 
 
61,797
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of property and equipment
 
(231
)
 
(1,059
)
 
(215
)
Payable for investments purchased
 
 
 
(263
)
 
(4,661
)
Change in short-term investments, net
 
1,957
 
 
(258
)
 
(3,999
)
Securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases – fixed maturity securities
 
(128,204
)
 
(93,667
)
 
(78,938
)
Purchases – equity securities
 
(372
)
 
(5,298
)
 
(1,210
)
Sales – fixed maturity securities
 
14,328
 
 
4,796
 
 
3,252
 
Maturities and calls – fixed maturity securities
 
32,475
 
 
13,179
 
 
11,827
 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(80,047
)
 
(82,570
)
 
(73,944
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from note payable
 
2,000
 
 
10,500
 
 
17,500
 
Repayment of note payable
 
 
 
 
 
(4,000
)
Debt issuance costs
 
(30
)
 
(233
)
 
(459
)
Class A common stock repurchased
 
 
 
 
 
(107
)
Class A common stock issued
 
90
 
 
100
 
 
 
Payments on capital lease
 
(129
)
 
(125
)
 
(290
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
1,931
 
 
10,242
 
 
12,644
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
 
586
 
 
7,740
 
 
497
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
 
23,958
 
 
16,218
 
 
15,721
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
24,544
 
$
23,958
 
$
16,218
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Description of business

Kinsale Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware domiciled insurance holding company, was formed on June 3, 2009 for the purpose of acquiring and managing insurance entities (referred to as “KCGI” or, with its subsidiaries, the “Company”). Prior to September 5, 2014, KCGI was a Bermuda registered holding company, formerly known as Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd. (“KCGL”). Effective September 5, 2014, KCGL was re-domesticated from Bermuda to Delaware. A wholly owned subsidiary of KCGL, Kinsale Capital Group, Inc., which was formed on June 4, 2009 as a U.S. holding company, was immediately merged into the re-domesticated entity and Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd. changed its name to Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries are:

Kinsale Management, Inc., which is domiciled in Delaware and which provides management services to all of the Company’s subsidiaries; and
Kinsale Insurance Company, which is an Arkansas-domiciled excess and surplus lines insurance company authorized to write business in 50 states and the District of Columbia.

On August 21, 2013, KCGI established Aspera Insurance Services, Inc. (“AISI”), an excess and surplus lines insurance broker. AISI is domiciled in Virginia and is licensed in Virginia, Alabama, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New Jersey, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, South Carolina and Texas.

1. Summary of significant accounting policies

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of KCGI and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Management periodically reviews its estimates and assumptions. These reviews include evaluating the adequacy of reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, reinsurance allowance for doubtful accounts, income tax uncertainties and other contingencies, fair value of certain investments, as well as evaluating the investment portfolio for other-than-temporary declines in fair value.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Short-term investments

Short-term investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Short-term investments have maturities greater than three months but less than one year at the date of purchase.

Fixed maturity and equity securities

Fixed maturity and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value. The Company’s equity securities consist of selected exchange traded funds. Unrealized gains and losses on these securities are excluded from net earnings but are recorded as a separate component of comprehensive income (loss) and stockholders’ equity, net of deferred income taxes.

F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company regularly evaluates its fixed maturity and equity securities using both quantitative and qualitative criteria to determine impairment losses for other-than-temporary declines in the fair value of the investments. See note 2 for further discussion of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”).

Interest on fixed maturities is credited to earnings as it accrues. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the lives of the related fixed maturities. Dividends on equity securities are included in earnings on the ex-dividend date. Realized gains and losses on disposition of investments are based on specific identification of the investments sold on the trade date.

Reinsurance

Reinsurance premiums, commissions, and ceded unearned premiums on reinsured business are accounted for on a basis consistent with that used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. The Company receives ceding commissions in connection with certain ceded reinsurance. The ceding commissions are capitalized and amortized as a reduction of underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses.

Reinsurance recoverables represent paid losses and loss adjustment expenses and reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses ceded to reinsurers that are subject to reimbursement under reinsurance treaties. The method for determining reinsurance recoverables for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses involves reviewing actuarial estimates of gross unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses to determine the Company’s ability to cede unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses under the Company’s existing reinsurance contracts. This method is continually reviewed and updated and any resulting adjustments are reflected in earnings in the period identified. See note 8 for a further discussion of the Company’s reinsurance program.

Premiums receivable, net

Premiums receivable balances are carried at face value, net of any allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents an estimate of amounts considered uncollectible based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of receivables that are past due. The Company recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts of $2.1 million and $0.6 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and believes that all other amounts due are collectible.

Deferred policy acquisition costs, net of ceding commissions

The Company defers commissions, net of ceding commissions, and certain other costs that are directly related to the successful acquisition of insurance contracts. All eligible costs are capitalized and charged to expense in proportion to premium earned over the estimated policy life. To the extent that unearned premiums on existing policies are not adequate to cover the related costs and expenses, deferred policy acquisition costs are charged to earnings. The Company considers anticipated investment income in determining whether a premium deficiency exists.

The negative (liability) balances at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are due to the effect of the deferred ceding commissions associated with the Company’s multi-line quota share reinsurance agreement (“MLQS”). See note 8 for details regarding the MLQS.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives range from seven to ten years for furniture and equipment, three to seven years for electronic data processing hardware and software, and from two to six years for leasehold improvements, which is the shorter of the estimated useful life or the lease term. Property and equipment is included in “other assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. The Company’s intangible assets are comprised solely of indefinite-lived intangible assets acquired with American Healthcare Specialty Insurance Company, which arise from regulatory approvals granted by the various state

F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

insurance departments to write insurance business in the respective states on a non-admitted basis. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the amortization of indefinite-lived intangible assets is not permitted. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment during the fourth quarter on an annual basis , or earlier if there is reason to suspect that their values may have been diminished or impaired. There were no impairments recognized in 2015, 2014, or 2013. In addition, as of December 31, 2015, no triggering events occurred that suggested an updated review was necessary.

Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses

Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses represent management’s best estimate of ultimate unpaid cost of all reported and unreported losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred prior to the financial statement date. The estimates are based on an actuarial method that uses management’s initial expected loss ratio, expected reporting patterns for losses based on industry data and the Company’s actual reported losses and loss adjustment expenses. All estimates are regularly reviewed and, as experience develops and new information becomes known, the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments are reflected in the results of operations in the period in which they are determined. Although management believes that the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses is reasonable, due to the inherent uncertainty in estimating reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, it is possible that the Company’s actual incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses will not develop in a manner consistent with the assumptions inherent in the determination of these reserves. If actual liabilities do exceed recorded amounts, there will be an adverse effect. Furthermore, we may determine that recorded reserves are more than adequate to cover expected losses which will result in a reduction to the reserves. The Company believes that the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are adequate and represent a reasonable provision to meet the future obligations. See note 7 for a further discussion of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses.

Revenue recognition

Premiums are recognized as revenue ratably over the term of the insurance contracts, net of ceded reinsurance. Unearned premiums are calculated on a daily pro rata basis.

Income taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the basis differences reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realizable. Management evaluates the realizability of the deferred tax assets and assesses the need for any valuation allowance adjustment. Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets are estimated based on the Company’s assessment of the realizability of such amounts.

The Company provides for uncertain tax positions, and the related interest and penalties, based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. To the extent that the anticipated tax outcome of these uncertain tax positions changes, such changes in estimate will impact the income tax provision in the period in which such determination is made. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense.

Impairment of long-lived assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets, are assessed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived

F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. No impairment indicators were identified and no impairment losses were recognized as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Commitments and contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies, arising from noninsurance policy claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources, are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and remediation can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair values of certain financial instruments are determined based on the fair value hierarchy. U.S. GAAP guidance requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The guidance also describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value.

The following was considered in the estimation of fair value for each class of financial instruments for which it was practicable to estimate that value. The Company’s investment manager uses independent pricing vendors to estimate the fair value of fixed maturity securities and the Company’s management reviews these prices for reasonableness. U.S. Treasury Securities that have quoted prices in active markets are included in the amounts disclosed as Level 1. For other fixed maturity securities, the pricing vendors use a pricing methodology involving the market approach, including pricing models which use prices and relevant market information regarding a particular security or securities with similar characteristics to establish a valuation. The estimates of fair value of these fixed maturity investments are included in the amounts disclosed as Level 2. For those bonds where significant inputs are unobservable, Level 3 inputs, the Company’s investment manager obtains valuations from pricing vendors using the market approach and income approach valuation techniques.

For equity securities, the Company’s investment manager uses prices from independent pricing vendors. Prices are based on quoted prices in an active market and are therefore disclosed as Level 1.

Fair value disclosures for investments are included in note 3.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation is expensed based upon the estimated fair value of employee stock awards. Compensation cost for awards of equity instruments to employees is measured based on the grant-date fair value of those awards and compensation expense is recognized over the service period that the awards vest.

See note 9 for further discussion and related disclosures regarding restricted stock grants.

Adopted accounting pronouncements

ASU 2015-03, Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” This ASU was issued to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring them to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related recognized debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The Company adopted ASU 2015-03 on December 31, 2015 on a retrospective basis. The adoption of the new standard decreased note payable and other assets by $0.4 million at December 31, 2015 and by $0.5 million at December 31, 2014.

F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospective accounting pronouncements

ASU 2015-09, Financial Services-Insurance (Topic 944): Disclosures about Short-Duration Contracts

In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-09, “Insurance (Topic 944), Disclosures about Short-Duration Contracts.” This ASU was issued to enhance disclosures about an entity’s insurance liabilities, including the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows related to those liabilities. The new guidance requires the disclosure of the following information related to unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses:

net incurred and paid claims development information by accident year for the number of years for which claims incurred typically remain outstanding, but need not exceed 10 years;
a reconciliation of incurred and paid claims development information to the aggregate carrying amount of the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses, with separate disclosure of reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims for each period presented in the statement of financial position;
for each accident year presented, the total of incurred-but-not-reported liabilities plus expected development on reported claims included in the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses;
for each accident year presented, quantitative information about claim frequency accompanied by a qualitative description of methodologies used for determining claim frequency information; and
for all claims, the average annual percentage payout of incurred claims by age.

This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not early-adopted this ASU and while disclosures will be increased, the Company does not believe adoption will have a material effect on its financial statements.

ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments – Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” which requires equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income, requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes, requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset, and eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)” to improve the financial reporting of leasing transactions. Under this ASU, lessees will recognize a right-of-use asset and corresponding liability on the balance sheet for all leases, except for leases covering a period of fewer than 12 months. The liability is to be measured as the present value of the future minimum lease payments taking into account renewal options if applicable plus initial incremental direct costs such as commissions. The minimum payments are discounted using the rate implicit in the lease or, if not known, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate. The lessee’s income statement treatment for leases will vary depending on the nature of what is being leased. A financing type lease is present when, among other matters, the asset is being leased for a substantial portion of its economic life or has an end-of-term title transfer or a bargain purchase option as in today’s practice. The payment of the liability set up for such leases will be apportioned between interest and principal; the right-of

F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

use asset will be generally amortized on a straight-line basis. If the lease does not qualify as a financing type lease, it will be accounted for on the income statement as rent on a straight-line basis. This ASU is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

There are no other prospective accounting standards which, upon their effective date, would have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

2. Investments

Available-for-sale investments

The following tables summarize the Company’s available-for-sale investments:

 
December 31, 2015
 
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
 
(in thousands)
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
3,422
 
$
13
 
$
(2
)
$
3,433
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
69,997
 
 
2,562
 
 
(46
)
 
72,513
 
Corporate and other securities
 
130,758
 
 
306
 
 
(1,543
)
 
129,521
 
Asset-backed securities
 
58,680
 
 
58
 
 
(431
)
 
58,307
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
64,096
 
 
760
 
 
(1,028
)
 
63,828
 
Total fixed maturities
 
326,953
 
 
3,699
 
 
(3,050
)
 
327,602
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange traded funds
 
12,184
 
 
2,392
 
 
(336
)
 
14,240
 
Total available-for-sale investments
$
339,137
 
$
6,091
 
$
(3,386
)
$
341,842
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
 
(in thousands)
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
10,395
 
$
49
 
$
 
$
10,444
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
59,827
 
 
1,854
 
 
(49
)
 
61,632
 
Corporate and other securities
 
87,536
 
 
402
 
 
(182
)
 
87,756
 
Asset-backed securities
 
36,492
 
 
291
 
 
(145
)
 
36,638
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
52,898
 
 
980
 
 
(614
)
 
53,264
 
Total fixed maturities
 
247,148
 
 
3,576
 
 
(990
)
 
249,734
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange traded funds
 
11,812
 
 
2,640
 
 
(116
)
 
14,336
 
Total available-for-sale investments
$
258,960
 
$
6,216
 
$
(1,106
)
$
264,070
 

F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Available-for-sale securities in a loss position

The Company regularly reviews all securities with unrealized losses to assess whether the decline in the securities’ fair value is deemed to be an OTTI. The Company considers a number of factors in completing its OTTI review, including the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been below cost and the financial condition and near-term prospects of an issuer. In addition to specific issuer information, the Company also evaluates the current market and interest rate environment. Generally, a change in a security’s value caused by a change in the market or interest rate environment does not constitute an other-than-temporary impairment, but rather a temporary decline in market value.

For fixed maturities, the Company considers whether it intends to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, the credit quality of the issuer and the ability to recover all amounts outstanding when contractually due. When assessing whether it intends to sell a fixed maturity or if it is likely to be required to sell a fixed maturity before recovery of its amortized cost, the Company evaluates facts and circumstances including, but not limited to, decisions to reposition the investment portfolio, potential sales of investments to meet cash flow needs and potential sales of investments to capitalize on favorable pricing. For equity securities, the ability and intent to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for anticipated recovery is considered.

For fixed maturities where a decline in fair value is considered to be other-than-temporary and the Company intends to sell the security, or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, an impairment is recognized in net income based on the fair value of the security at the time of assessment, resulting in a new cost basis for the security. If the decline in fair value of a fixed maturity security below its amortized cost is considered to be other-than-temporary based upon other considerations, the Company compares the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected to the amortized cost of the security. The extent to which the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost of the security represents the credit-related portion of the OTTI, which is recognized in net income, resulting in a new cost basis for the security. Any remaining decline in fair value represents the noncredit portion of the OTTI, which is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). For equity securities, a decline in fair value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is recognized in net income based on the fair value of the security at the time of assessment, resulting in a new cost basis for the security.

F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following tables summarize gross unrealized losses and fair value for available-for-sale securities by length of time that the securities have continuously been in an unrealized loss position:

 
December 31, 2015
 
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or Longer
Total
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
 
(in thousands)
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
2,999
 
$
(2
)
$
 
$
 
$
2,999
 
$
(2
)
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
844
 
 
(2
)
 
2,550
 
 
(44
)
 
3,394
 
 
(46
)
Corporate and other securities
 
89,334
 
 
(1,515
)
 
6,978
 
 
(28
)
 
96,312
 
 
(1,543
)
Asset-backed securities
 
30,002
 
 
(209
)
 
13,070
 
 
(222
)
 
43,072
 
 
(431
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
30,243
 
 
(434
)
 
16,072
 
 
(594
)
 
46,315
 
 
(1,028
)
Total fixed maturities
 
153,422
 
 
(2,162
)
 
38,670
 
 
(888
)
 
192,092
 
 
(3,050
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange traded funds
 
3,256
 
 
(331
)
 
26
 
 
(5
)
 
3,282
 
 
(336
)
Total
$
156,678
 
$
(2,493
)
$
38,696
 
$
(893
)
$
195,374
 
$
(3,386
)

At December 31, 2015, the Company held 156 fixed maturity securities with a total estimated fair value of $192.1 million and gross unrealized losses of $3.1 million. Of those securities, 36 were in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than one year. Unrealized losses were caused by interest rate changes or other market factors and were not credit specific issues. In particular, the majority of unrealized losses related to corporate fixed maturity securities are attributable to unrealized losses in the energy sector of approximately $1.1 million as falling oil prices disrupted the market values for this sector. Substantially all fixed maturity securities are of high credit quality and continue to pay the expected coupon payments under the contractual terms of the securities. Based on its review, the Company concluded that none of the fixed maturity securities with an unrealized loss at December 31, 2015 experienced an other-than-temporary impairment.

F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At December 31, 2015, the Company held five exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) in its equity portfolio with a total estimated fair value of $3.3 million and gross unrealized losses of $0.3 million. One of these securities was in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than one year. Given the Company’s intent to hold and expectation of recovery to cost within a reasonable time, the Company did not consider any of the equities securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2015.

 
December 31, 2014
 
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or Longer
Total
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
 
(in thousands)
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
2,003
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
2,003
 
$
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
3,486
 
 
(2
)
 
4,442
 
 
(47
)
 
7,928
 
 
(49
)
Corporate and other securities
 
55,110
 
 
(182
)
 
 
 
 
 
55,110
 
 
(182
)
Asset-backed securities
 
11,831
 
 
(54
)
 
11,161
 
 
(91
)
 
22,992
 
 
(145
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
2,515
 
 
(8
)
 
28,919
 
 
(606
)
 
31,434
 
 
(614
)
Total fixed maturities
 
74,945
 
 
(246
)
 
44,522
 
 
(744
)
 
119,467
 
 
(990
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange traded funds
 
2,412
 
 
(116
)
 
 
 
 
 
2,412
 
 
(116
)
Total
$
77,357
 
$
(362
)
$
44,522
 
$
(744
)
$
121,879
 
$
(1,106
)

At December 31, 2014, the Company held 106 fixed maturity securities with a total estimated fair value of $119.5 million and gross unrealized losses of $1.0 million. Of these securities, 40 were in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than one year. As discussed above, the Company regularly reviews of all securities within its investment portfolio to determine whether any impairment has occurred. In connection with this review, during 2014 the Company recognized an impairment loss of $0.1 million on a municipal bond issued by the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. The impairment was based on management’s assessment of that country’s economic conditions and debt burden. All other fixed maturity securities with unrealized losses within the investment portfolio were caused by interest rate changes and were not credit specific issues. These fixed maturity securities are of high credit quality and continue to pay the expected coupon payments under the contractual terms of the securities. As such, the Company concluded that none of the other the fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position were other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

At December 31, 2014, the Company held three ETFs in its equity portfolio with a total estimated fair value of $2.4 million and gross unrealized losses of $0.1 million. None of these securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than one year. Given the Company’s intent to hold and expectation of recovery to cost within a reasonable time, the Company did not consider any of the equities securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contractual maturities of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2015 are summarized, by contractual maturity, as follows:

 
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
 
(in thousands)
Due in one year or less
$
19,723
 
$
19,709
 
Due after one year through five years
 
111,059
 
 
110,733
 
Due after five years through ten years
 
27,383
 
 
27,335
 
Due after ten years
 
46,012
 
 
47,690
 
Asset-backed securities
 
58,680
 
 
58,307
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
64,096
 
 
63,828
 
Total fixed maturities
$
326,953
 
$
327,602
 

Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties, and the lenders may have the right to put the securities back to the borrower.

Net investment income

The following table presents the components of net investment income:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Interest:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Municipal bonds (tax exempt)
$
4,509
 
$
817
 
$
484
 
Taxable bonds
 
1,514
 
 
3,557
 
 
3,159
 
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments
 
9
 
 
16
 
 
1
 
Dividends on equity securities
 
372
 
 
307
 
 
180
 
Gross investment income
 
6,404
 
 
4,697
 
 
3,824
 
Investment expenses
 
(761
)
 
(627
)
 
(480
)
Net investment income
$
5,643
 
$
4,070
 
$
3,344
 

Net investment gains and losses

The following table presents net investment gains on investments:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Realized gains:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of fixed maturities
$
63
 
$
328
 
$
9
 
Other
 
6
 
 
1
 
 
4
 
Total realized gains
 
69
 
 
329
 
 
13
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of fixed maturities
 
(10
)
 
(6
)
 
(5
)
Other-than-temporary impairments
 
 
 
(122
)
 
 
Total realized losses
 
(10
)
 
(128
)
 
(5
)
Net investment gains
$
59
 
$
201
 
$
8
 

F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Change in unrealized gains (losses) of investments

The following table presents the change in available-for-sale gross unrealized gains or losses by investment type:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Change in net unrealized gains (losses):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturities
$
(1,937
)
$
3,819
 
$
(6,116
)
Equity securities
 
(468
)
 
675
 
 
1,324
 
Net increase (decrease)
$
(2,405
)
$
4,494
 
$
(4,792
)

Insurance – statutory deposits

The Company had invested assets with a carrying value of $7.2 million and $6.3 million on deposit with state regulatory authorities at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

3. Fair value measurements

Fair value was estimated for each class of financial instrument for which it was practical to estimate fair value. Fair value is defined as the price in the principal market that would be received for an asset to facilitate an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Market participants are assumed to be independent, knowledgeable, able and willing to transact an exchange and not acting under duress. Fair value hierarchy disclosures are based on the quality of inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). Adjustments to transaction prices or quoted market prices may be required in illiquid or disorderly markets in order to estimate fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined as follows:

Level 1 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets.

Level 2 - Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability and market-corroborated inputs.

Level 3 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable for the asset or liability and are significant to the fair value measurement.

Fair values of the Company’s investment portfolio are estimated using unadjusted prices obtained by its investment manager from third-party pricing services, where available. For securities where the Company is unable to obtain fair values from a pricing service or broker, fair values are estimated using information obtained from the Company’s investment manager. Management performs several procedures to ascertain the reasonableness of investment values included in the consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2015, including 1) obtaining and reviewing internal control reports from the Company’s investment manager that obtain fair values from third-party pricing services, 2) discussing with the Company’s investment managers their process for reviewing and validating pricing obtained from outside pricing services and 3) reviewing the security pricing received from the Company’s investment manager and monitoring changes in unrealized gains and losses. The Company has evaluated the various types of securities in its investment portfolio to determine an appropriate fair value hierarchy level based upon trading activity and the observability of market inputs.

F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following tables present the balances of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, by level within the fair value hierarchy.

 
December 31, 2015
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
 
(in thousands)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
3,433
 
$
 
$
 
$
3,433
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
 
 
72,513
 
 
 
 
72,513
 
Corporate and other securities
 
 
 
129,521
 
 
 
 
129,521
 
Asset-backed securities
 
 
 
58,307
 
 
 
 
58,307
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
63,828
 
 
 
 
63,828
 
Total fixed maturities
 
3,433
 
 
324,169
 
 
 
 
327,602
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange traded funds
 
14,240
 
 
 
 
 
 
14,240
 
Short-term investments
 
 
 
2,299
 
 
 
 
2,299
 
Total
$
17,673
 
$
326,468
 
$
 
$
344,141
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
 
(in thousands)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
2,413
 
$
8,031
 
$
 
$
10,444
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
 
 
 
61,632
 
 
 
 
61,632
 
Corporate and other securities
 
 
 
87,756
 
 
 
 
87,756
 
Asset-backed securities
 
 
 
36,638
 
 
 
 
36,638
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
53,264
 
 
 
 
53,264
 
Total fixed maturities
 
2,413
 
 
247,321
 
 
 
 
249,734
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange traded funds
 
14,336
 
 
 
 
 
 
14,336
 
Short-term investments
 
 
 
4,257
 
 
 
 
4,257
 
Total
$
16,749
 
$
251,578
 
$
 
$
268,327
 

F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes changes in Level 3 investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
 
(in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year
$
 
$
6,692
 
Total gains (losses) included in:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
 
 
57
 
Other comprehensive income
 
 
 
142
 
Purchases
 
 
 
444
 
Settlements
 
 
 
 
Transfers into Level 3
 
 
 
 
Transfers out of Level 3
 
 
 
(7,335
)
Balance, end of year
$
 
$
 

There were no transfers into or out of Level 1 and Level 2 during the year ended December 31, 2015. During 2013, the Company purchased certain municipal bonds for $7.0 million, which were classified as Level 3 investments since the fair values of those securities were estimated using broker quotes at that time. During 2014, those municipal bonds were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 based on observable inputs at the valuation date. There were no transfers into or out of Level 1 during the year ended December 31, 2014. There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Due to the relatively short-term nature of cash, cash equivalents, receivables, and payables, their carrying amounts are reasonable estimates of fair value. Additionally, due to variable rates associated with the note payable, carrying value approximates fair value.

4. Deferred policy acquisition costs

The following table presents the amounts of policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized for the years ended:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year
$
(3,763
)
$
(789
)
$
3,742
 
Policy acquisition costs deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct commissions
 
26,142
 
 
23,524
 
 
18,406
 
Ceding commissions
 
(34,478
)
 
(34,808
)
 
(25,862
)
Other underwriting and policy acquisition costs
 
3,013
 
 
2,364
 
 
1,778
 
Policy acquisition costs deferred
 
(5,323
)
 
(8,920
)
 
(5,678
)
Amortization of net policy acquisition costs
 
7,390
 
 
5,946
 
 
1,147
 
Balance, end of year
$
(1,696
)
$
(3,763
)
$
(789
)

F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5. Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses

Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses consist of the following:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses incurred:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct commissions
$
25,241
 
$
21,617
 
$
15,001
 
Ceding commissions
 
(42,081
)
 
(34,689
)
 
(19,738
)
Other expenses
 
19,649
 
 
14,523
 
 
11,631
 
Total
$
2,809
 
$
1,451
 
$
6,894
 

Other expenses within underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses include salaries, employee benefits and bonus expense of $15.5 million, $9.8 million and $7.9 million, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

6. Income taxes

The Company’s U.S. based subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Under a tax sharing agreement, KCGI collects from or refunds to its subsidiaries the amount of taxes determined as if KCGI and the subsidiaries filed separate returns. Prior to the redomestication effective September 5, 2014, pre-tax income and losses attributable to KCGL were excluded from the U.S. federal income tax provision calculation, as Bermuda does not impose income taxes. The Company is no longer subject to income tax examination by tax authorities for the years ended before January 1, 2012.

Income tax expense includes the following components for the years ending December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Current federal income tax expense
$
12,163
 
$
8,731
 
$
3,840
 
Deferred federal income tax benefit
 
(879
)
 
(2,231
)
 
(4,004
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
$
11,284
 
$
6,500
 
$
(164
)

The Company paid $13.6 million, $8.5 million and $2.1 million in federal income taxes during the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013, respectively. Current income taxes payable were $0.6 million and $2.0 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and were included in “other liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s effective income tax rate on income before income taxes differs from the prevailing federal income tax rate and is summarized as follows:

 
Year ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Income tax expense at federal income tax rate of 35%
$
11,745
 
$
6,815
 
$
4,236
 
Change in deferred tax valuation allowance
 
 
 
 
 
(4,251
)
Tax-exempt investment income
 
(436
)
 
(236
)
 
(148
)
Other
 
(25
)
 
(79
)
 
(1
)
Total
$
11,284
 
$
6,500
 
$
(164
)

F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The significant components of the net deferred tax asset at the current prevailing tax rate are summarized as follows:

 
December 31,
 
2015
2014
 
(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
$
3,143
 
$
2,492
 
Unearned premiums
 
2,967
 
 
2,288
 
Organizational costs
 
1,704
 
 
1,890
 
State operating loss carryforwards
 
365
 
 
306
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
731
 
 
209
 
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net of ceding commissions
 
594
 
 
1,317
 
Other
 
319
 
 
387
 
Deferred tax assets before allowance
 
9,823
 
 
8,889
 
Less: valuation allowance
 
(529
)
 
(489
)
Total deferred tax assets
 
9,294
 
 
8,400
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain on investments
 
959
 
 
1,802
 
Intangible assets
 
1,238
 
 
1,238
 
Other
 
275
 
 
259
 
Total deferred tax liabilities
 
2,472
 
 
3,299
 
Net deferred tax assets
$
6,822
 
$
5,101
 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLS”) of $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The state NOLs are available to offset future taxable income or reduce taxes payable and begin expiring in 2029.

Management evaluates the need for a valuation allowance related to its deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded a tax valuation allowance equal to the state NOLs and the deferred tax assets, net of existing deferred tax liabilities that were expected to reverse in future periods, related to certain state jurisdictions. No other valuation allowances were established against the Company’s deferred tax assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, as the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will be realized given the carry back availability, future taxable income and reversal of existing temporary differences attributable to deferred tax liabilities.

At December 31, 2012, the Company recorded a tax valuation allowance equal to total deferred tax assets net of existing deferred tax liabilities that were expected to reverse in future periods. During 2013, management concluded that it was more likely than not that the Company would realize the entire deferred tax asset and released 100% of the valuation allowance in 2013. Management based its conclusion primarily on: (a) the Company’s consecutive profitable quarters, (b) the Company’s generation of taxable income on an inception-to-date basis sufficient to exhaust all of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards created in its start-up phase, (c) the Company’s cumulative pre-tax income over the past three years and (d) the Company’s projected future taxable income. The decrease in the deferred tax valuation allowance in 2013 of $4.3 million was recorded entirely in operations.

F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for 2015 and 2014 was as follows:

 
December 31,
 
2015
2014
 
(in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
$
1,234
 
$
1,356
 
Decreases for tax positions taken during prior years
 
(122
)
 
(122
)
Balance at end of year
$
1,112
 
$
1,234
 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company’s uncertain tax position, if recognized, would not affect the effective tax rate. Management does not expect that the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change during 2016.

7. Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses

The following table presents a reconciliation of consolidated beginning and ending reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses:

 
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Net reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year
$
91,970
 
$
56,589
 
$
37,672
 
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current year
 
51,434
 
 
42,620
 
 
30,991
 
Prior year
 
(9,196
)
 
(1,512
)
 
(2,101
)
Total net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred
 
42,238
 
 
41,108
 
 
28,890
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current year
 
2,226
 
 
1,907
 
 
2,086
 
Prior year
 
7,856
 
 
3,820
 
 
7,887
 
Total payments
 
10,082
 
 
5,727
 
 
9,973
 
Net reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year
 
124,126
 
 
91,970
 
 
56,589
 
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses
 
95,503
 
 
70,240
 
 
39,776
 
Gross reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year
$
219,629
 
$
162,210
 
$
96,365
 

The foregoing reconciliation shows that $9.2 million of redundancy developed in 2015 on the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses held at December 31, 2014. This favorable development was primarily attributable to medical malpractice and professional liability lines of business. Additionally, $1.5 million of redundancy developed in 2014 on the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses held at December 31, 2013. This favorable development was primarily attributable to medical malpractice and professional liability lines of business.

In 2013, $2.1 million of redundancy developed on the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses held at December 31, 2012. The favorable development was attributable primarily to better than expected loss experience on the Company’s casualty lines for accident years 2012 and prior.

F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

8. Reinsurance

The Company purchases reinsurance under various excess of loss and quota-share contracts in order to limit its exposure to large losses and enable it to underwrite policies with sufficient limits to meet policyholder needs. In a reinsurance transaction, an insurance company transfers, or cedes, all or part of its exposure in return for a portion of the premium. The ceding of insurance does not legally discharge the Company from its primary liability for the full amount of the policy coverage, and therefore the Company will be required to pay the loss and bear collection risk if the reinsurer fails to meet its obligations under the reinsurance agreement.

The following table summarizes the effect of reinsurance on premiums written and earned:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Written:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
$
176,865
 
$
158,477
 
$
124,575
 
Assumed
 
144
 
 
46
 
 
692
 
Ceded
 
(92,991
)
 
(97,012
)
 
(80,870
)
Net written
$
84,018
 
$
61,511
 
$
44,397
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
$
170,401
 
$
145,948
 
$
101,717
 
Assumed
 
148
 
 
340
 
 
395
 
Ceded
 
(96,227
)
 
(87,292
)
 
(56,990
)
Net earned
$
74,322
 
$
58,996
 
$
45,122
 

Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses were net of reinsurance recoverables (ceded incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses) of $41.2 million, $44.5 million and $29.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Multi-line quota share reinsurance

The Company participates in an MLQS that transfers a proportion of the risk related to certain lines of business written by KIC to reinsurers in exchange for a proportion of the direct written premiums on that business. The Company’s MLQS contract also reduces the amount of capital required to support the insurance operations of KIC. Under the terms of the MLQS contract, KIC receives a provisional ceding commission and pays a reinsurance margin. The reinsurers do not receive a margin when they are in a loss position on the contracts. The MLQS contract includes a sliding scale commission provision that would reduce or increase the ceding commission based on the loss experience of the business ceded. Under the contract, KIC is entitled to an additional contingent profit commission up to an amount equal to all of the reinsurers’ profits above the margin based on the underwriting results of the business ceded, upon commutation of the contract. The contracts have a loss ratio cap of 110%, which means that the Company cannot cede any losses in excess of 110% of ceded earned premiums to the reinsurers.

During 2012, the Company entered into the MLQS reinsurance contract on certain lines of business written by KIC from July 1, 2012 through December 31, 2013 (“2012 MLQS”). Under the terms of the 2012 MLQS contract, KIC received a provisional ceding commission equal to 35% of ceded written premiums and paid a reinsurance margin equal to 7.5% of ceded written premium. The 2012 MLQS contract included a sliding scale commission provision that would reduce the ceding commission to 22.5% or increase the ceding commission to 37.5% based on the loss experience of the business ceded. Effective December 31, 2014, 45% of the 2012 MLQS contract was commuted, and the remaining 55% of this contract was commuted effective January 1, 2015. The commutation reduced

F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the funds-held account and reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses by $9.7 million at December 31, 2014 and $11.9 million at January 1, 2015. The commutation did not have any effect on the Company’s results of operations for the applicable periods.

Effective January 1, 2014, the Company entered into a MLQS contract through December 31, 2014 (“2014 MLQS”). Under the terms of the 2014 MLQS contract, KIC received a provisional ceding commission equal to 40% of ceded written premiums and paid a reinsurance margin equal to 4.25% of ceded written premium. The 2014 MLQS contract includes a sliding scale commission provision that can adjust the ceding commissions within a range of 25% to 40% based on the loss experience of the business ceded.

Effective January 1, 2015, the Company entered into a MLQS contract through December 31, 2015 (“2015 MLQS”). Under the terms of the 2015 MLQS contract, KIC received a provisional ceding commission equal to 41% of ceded written premiums and paid a reinsurance margin equal to 4.00% of ceded written premium. The 2015 MLQS contract includes a sliding scale commission provision that can adjust the ceding commissions within a range of 25% to 41% based on the loss experience of the business ceded.

The Company maintains a funds-held account for the reinsurers who are a party to the MLQS contracts, which is credited with interest at a rate equal to the 10 year U.S. Treasury rate plus a spread (150 basis points for the 2014 MLQS contract; 235 basis points for the 2012 MLQS contract), subject to a 4% minimum. The funds-held account represents the excess of the ceded written premium and interest credited over ceded paid losses and LAE, the Company’s ceding commission and the reinsurers’ margin. Assets supporting the funds-held liability are not segregated or restricted. The funds-held account is shown as a liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and at December 31, 2015 and 2014, the balance of the account was $87.2 million and $63.9 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes the amounts related to the MLQS contracts:

 
Years Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Ceded earned premiums
$
67,950
 
$
60,838
 
$
38,310
 
Ceded losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
30,978
 
 
30,093
 
 
19,904
 
Ceding commissions earned
 
34,254
 
 
28,160
 
 
15,533
 
Reinsurers’ margin incurred
$
2,718
 
$
2,585
 
$
2,873
 

Reinsurance balances

A credit risk exists with reinsurance ceded to the extent that any reinsurer is unable to meet the obligations assumed under the reinsurance agreements. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses of $95.7 million and $70.3 million, respectively. There were no significant reinsurance recoverables on paid losses at December 31, 2015 and 2014. Correspondingly, at December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had ceded unearned premiums relating to reinsurers of $39.3 million and $42.6 million, respectively. Allowances are established for amounts deemed uncollectible. The Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentration of credit risk arising from its exposure to individual reinsurers. All reinsurance receivables are from companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A” (Excellent) or better. To further reduce credit exposure to reinsurance recoverable balances, the Company has received letters of credit from certain reinsurers that are not authorized as reinsurers under U.S. state insurance regulations. As discussed above, under the terms of an MLQS, the Company has retained funds due reinsurers, (the funds-held account) as security for those recoverable balances. The Company has not recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts related to its reinsurance balances at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and believes this to be appropriate after consideration of all currently available information; however, the deterioration in the credit quality of existing reinsurers or disputes over reinsurance agreements could result in future charges.

F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At December 31, 2015, the net reinsurance receivable, defined as the sum of paid and unpaid reinsurance recoverables, ceded unearned premiums and other reinsurance receivables less reinsurance payables, from four reinsurers represented 86.5% of the total balance.

9. Stockholders’ equity

Common shares

The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Company has the authority to issue is 18,333,333 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), of which 15,000,000 shares are designated as Class A Common Voting Shares (“Class A Common Stock”) and 3,333,333 are designated as Class B Common Non-Voting Shares (“Class B Common Stock”).

Dividends at the rate per annum of 12% of the Base Price, as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, compounding annually (as of December 31 of each calendar year), shall accrue on such shares of Class A Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Class A Common Stock) (“Accruing Dividends”). Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared (and whether or not the Company has earnings or profits or funds legally available for distribution), and shall be cumulative; provided however such Accruing Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors and the Company shall be under no obligation to pay such Accruing Dividends. The Company shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Class A Common Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock in an amount at least equal to the amount of the aggregate Preference, as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, then accrued on such share of Class A Common Stock and not previously paid. To the extent the Preference on each share of Class A Common Stock has been paid in full and the Company declares, pays or sets aside a dividend, the portion of such dividend in excess of the Preference shall be paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock as though such portion were Residual Proceeds, as defined below, being distributed by the Company to the holders of shares of Common Stock in accordance with the method outlined in the Certificate of Incorporation.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and a sale of the Company, and after the payment of the Preference on each share of Class A Common Stock, any remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders (“Residual Proceeds”) shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. The holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to seventy five percent of the Residual Proceeds and the holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to twenty five percent of the Residual Proceeds.

The Company had $79.3 million, $61.8 million and $46.3 million of cumulative dividends in arrears on Class A Common Stock as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

As discussed in note 1, Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd. was re-domesticated from Bermuda to Delaware effective September 5, 2014. As part of the re-domestication, authorized shares of Class A Common Stock were increased from 10,000,000 shares, par value $0.0001, to 15,000,000 shares, par value $0.0001 per share. Each voting Class A Common Share existing immediately before the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation in Delaware became a Class A Common Voting Share after the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation in Delaware. Each non-voting Class B Common Share existing immediately before the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation in Delaware became a Class B Common Non-Voting Share after the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation in Delaware.

Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the re-domestication described above, Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd. issued 5,604,858 of additional Class A Common Shares to the holders of Class A Common Shares pro-rata based on each Stockholder’s percentage ownership.

F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Changes in the shares of outstanding Class A and Class B Common Stock were as follows:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
Class A Common Stock Outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares outstanding at beginning of year
 
13,795,530
 
 
8,180,500
 
 
8,190,500
 
Issuance of common shares:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share dividend
 
 
 
5,604,858
 
 
 
Other
 
7,653
 
 
10,172
 
 
 
Repurchase of common shares
 
 
 
 
 
(10,000
)
Shares outstanding at end of year
 
13,803,183
 
 
13,795,530
 
 
8,180,500
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class B Common Stock Outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares outstanding at beginning of year
 
1,287,696
 
 
1,060,488
 
 
841,960
 
Restricted stock grants vested
 
225,896
 
 
227,208
 
 
218,528
 
Shares outstanding at end of year
 
1,513,592
 
 
1,287,696
 
 
1,060,488
 

Employee stock incentive plan

In 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Compensation Committee, pursuant to the Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (“Incentive Plan”), awarded 33,500, 21,500 and 25,000, respectively, in restricted stock grants to certain directors, executive officers, and employees as part of each recipient’s comprehensive compensation package. These restricted stock grants had total grant-date fair values of $40, $6 and $3 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Upon vesting, each restricted stock grant will ultimately allow the recipient to receive one share of the Company’s Class B Common Stock. Twelve and one half percent of the restricted stock grants vests on the employee’s date of hire and twelve and one half percent on each of the following seven anniversary dates of hire. Violation of restrictive covenant clauses contained in the restricted stock grant agreement may result in cancellation of the award, even after vesting. Upon a recipient’s termination from the Company, the Company has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase any vested shares at fair value. The total number of shares initially reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan was 2,730,167.

The following table summarizes nonvested share-based awards:

 
Year ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
Number of
Awards
Weighted
Average
Grant-date
Fair Value
Number of
Awards
Weighted
Average
Grant-date
Fair Value
Number of
Awards
Weighted
Average
Grant-date
Fair Value
Nonvested awards, beginning of year
 
474,107
 
$
0.25
 
 
689,127
 
$
0.26
 
 
891,960
 
$
0.26
 
Granted
 
33,500
 
 
1.20
 
 
21,500
 
 
0.29
 
 
25,000
 
 
0.12
 
Vested
 
(225,896
)
 
0.31
 
 
(227,208
)
 
0.26
 
 
(218,528
)
 
0.25
 
Forfeited
 
(5,812
)
 
0.21
 
 
(9,312
)
 
0.17
 
 
(9,305
)
 
0.29
 
Nonvested awards, end of year
 
275,899
 
$
0.33
 
 
474,107
 
$
0.25
 
 
689,127
 
$
0.26
 

The fair value of the Company’s restricted stock grants was determined based on a valuation of Class B Common Stock on the grant date using a binomial lattice option pricing model. As of

F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

December 31, 2015, unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested share-based awards was $0.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over the next seven years. The fair value of the Company’s share-based awards that vested was $0.1 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

The model the Company has used to value the Class B Common Stock, like any option pricing model for a nonpublic security, requires the input of highly subjective assumptions including the underlying security price, strike price, risk-free rate of return, expected term and expected stock price volatility. The underlying security price was based on the Company’s book value of equity and the application of a multiple of tangible equity. The strike price was based on the liquidation preference of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at the grant date. The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury rate at the date of the grant. The expected term was based on an equal chance for a liquidity event at any time between 0.5 years and 3.25 years from the grant date. The expected stock volatility was based on stock price volatility using a set of comparable publicly traded companies.

10. Earnings per share

Earnings per share for Class A and Class B common stock were calculated using the two-class method. Under the two-class method, net income attributable to Class A and Class B common stockholders was determined by allocating undistributed earnings to each class of stock. The net income per share attributable to common stockholders was allocated based on the contractual participation rights of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock as if the income for the year has been distributed. Net income attributable to Class A common stockholders equaled the sum of Accruing Dividends during the year plus seventy five percent of the Residual Proceeds. Net income attributable to Class B common stockholders equaled twenty five percent of the Residual Proceeds.

Basic net income per share for each class of common stock was computed by dividing the net income attributable to the common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of each respective class of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share attributable to each class of common stock was computed by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average shares outstanding for each respective class of common stock outstanding during the period, including potentially dilutive shares of common stock for the period determined using the treasury stock method. There were no potentially dilutive shares attributable to Class A common stockholders. For purposes of the diluted net income per share attributable to Class B common stockholders calculation, unvested shares of common stock were considered to be potentially dilutive shares of common stock. See note 9 for further discussion regarding stockholders’ equity.

F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following represents a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations contained in the consolidated financial statements:

 
Year ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands, except share and
per share data)
Earnings per share Class A stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator for earnings per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
22,273
 
$
12,973
 
$
12,267
 
Less: net income attributable to Class B stockholders
 
1,181
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to Class A stockholders
$
21,092
 
$
12,973
 
$
12,267
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator for earnings per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
13,796,327
 
 
13,787,365
 
 
13,788,536
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per common share - basic
$
1.53
 
$
0.94
 
$
0.89
 
Net income per common share - diluted
$
1.53
 
$
0.94
 
$
0.89
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per share Class B stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator for earnings per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to Class B stockholders
$
1,181
 
$
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator for earnings per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic
 
1,413,142
 
 
1,188,370
 
 
962,739
 
Unvested restricted stock grants
 
38,549
 
 
111,874
 
 
106,428
 
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted
 
1,451,691
 
 
1,300,244
 
 
1,069,167
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per Class A common share - basic
$
0.84
 
$
 
$
 
Net income per Class A common share - diluted
$
0.81
 
$
 
$
 

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, there were no material anti-dilutive securities.

11. Debt

On June 21, 2013, KCGI entered into a loan and security agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with The PrivateBank and Trust Company (“PrivateBank”) to obtain a five-year secured term loan in the amount of $17.5 million. Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the applicable interest rate was 3 month LIBOR plus a margin. The term loan had an initial maturity of June 30, 2018. KCGI’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, KMI and Aspera, are guarantors of the term loan. KCGI invested $11.0 million in KIC as additional paid-in capital. In addition, KGCI repaid principal and interest of $4.2 million on a loan previously made by certain Class A Stockholders in 2012 and $2.3 million was retained by KCGI to fund estimated interest payments. The assets of KMI and the stock of KIC have been pledged as collateral to PrivateBank.

On March 10, 2014, the Company amended the Credit Agreement with PrivateBank to increase the term loan commitment by $7.5 million to $25.0 million. On September 29, 2014, the Credit Agreement with PrivateBank was further amended to increase the term loan commitment by an additional $3.0 million to $28.0 million. KCGI invested $9.0 million in KIC as additional paid-in capital. The Company retained $1.5 million to fund estimated interest payments.

F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On December 4, 2015, the Company amended the Credit Agreement to increase the term loan commitment by $2.0 million to $30.0 million. The Company invested $2.0 million in KIC as additional paid-in capital and extended the term loan maturity to December 4, 2020.

Interest on the term loan accrues daily at a rate equal to the 3 month LIBOR plus a margin. The margin was 2.75% as of December 31, 2015 and was 3.50% as of December 31, 2014. Interest on the term loan is payable on the last day of each calendar quarter. Total interest expense on the PrivateBank and Class A Stockholder loans for the years ending December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1.2 million, $1.0 million and $0.5 million, respectively, and is included in “other expenses” on the accompanying statements of income and comprehensive income. Interest paid was $1.1 million for the year ending December 31, 2015, $0.9 million for the year ending December 31, 2014, and $0.5 million for the year ending December 31, 2013. Interest payable is included in “accounts payable and accrued expenses” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The outstanding principal balance on the term loan is payable quarterly in equal amounts of $750 thousand beginning on September 30, 2016, with a final payment of $17.3 million on December 4, 2020. The term loan is prepayable at any time without penalty. The following table summarizes the future principal payments of the Company’s debt (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
 
 
 
2016
$
1,500
 
2017
 
3,000
 
2018
 
3,000
 
2019
 
3,000
 
2020
 
19,500
 
Total principal payments
$
30,000
 
12. Commitments and contingencies

The Company has a capital lease obligation related to a software license agreement and operating leases for office space. These leases expire in various years through 2020. Expense associated with these leases totaled $0.5 million in 2015, $0.5 million in 2014, and $0.6 million in 2013.

Minimum future rental payments, excluding taxes, insurance and other operating expenses payable under the noncancelable operating leases in effect at December 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
 
 
 
2016
$
398
 
2017
 
410
 
2018
 
422
 
2019
 
435
 
2020
 
184
 
Total minimum rental payments
$
1,849
 

During 2014, the Company terminated its existing lease agreement and entered into a new agreement to lease office space for its insurance and corporate operations. The new lease has term of 5 years and has been classified as an operating lease for accounting purposes. In addition, under the terms of the new agreement, the landlord directly paid for certain leasehold improvements in the amount of $0.6 million. These leasehold improvements were capitalized and reflected as non-cash investing transactions for purposes of the Company’s cash flow presentation.

Contingencies arise in the normal conduct of the Company’s operations and are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. However, adverse outcomes are possible and could negatively affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

13. Employee benefit plan

In 2010, the Company established a defined contribution employee retirement plan (“Plan”) in accordance with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Expenses related to the Plan were $0.8 million, $0.5 million and $0.5 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

14. Other comprehensive income (loss)

The following table summarizes the components of other comprehensive income (loss):

 
Year Ending
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period, before income taxes
$
(2,347
)
$
4,691
 
$
(4,748
)
Income taxes
 
821
 
 
(1,642
)
 
1,662
 
Unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period, net of income taxes
 
(1,526
)
 
3,049
 
 
(3,086
)
Less reclassification adjustment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized investment gains
 
57
 
 
197
 
 
44
 
Income taxes
 
(20
)
 
(69
)
 
(15
)
Reclassification adjustment included in net income
 
37
 
 
128
 
 
29
 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
$
(1,563
)
$
2,921
 
$
(3,115
)
15. Underwriting information

The Company has one reportable segment, the Excess and Surplus Lines Insurance segment, which primarily offers commercial excess and surplus lines liability and property insurance products through its underwriting divisions. Gross written premiums by underwriting division are presented below:

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
$
36,932
 
$
31,667
 
$
22,709
 
Small business
 
21,468
 
 
14,462
 
 
8,246
 
General casualty
 
20,511
 
 
20,597
 
 
15,702
 
Energy
 
19,022
 
 
17,381
 
 
12,714
 
Excess casualty
 
16,194
 
 
15,595
 
 
12,748
 
Professional liability
 
14,636
 
 
14,698
 
 
14,108
 
Life sciences
 
11,935
 
 
10,456
 
 
7,826
 
Product liability
 
9,480
 
 
8,931
 
 
6,797
 
Allied health
 
8,644
 
 
8,341
 
 
8,373
 
Health care
 
6,579
 
 
6,479
 
 
7,334
 
Commercial property
 
6,181
 
 
7,024
 
 
8,181
 
Environmental
 
1,005
 
 
164
 
 
160
 
Management liability
 
420
 
 
 
 
 
Inland marine
 
195
 
 
 
 
 
Total commercial
 
173,202
 
 
155,795
 
 
124,898
 

F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Personal:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personal insurance
 
3,807
 
 
2,728
 
 
369
 
Total personal
 
3,807
 
 
2,728
 
 
369
 
Total
$
177,009
 
$
158,523
 
$
125,267
 

The Company had two insurance brokers that accounted for 22.8% of direct written premiums in 2015. The Company had two insurance brokers that accounted for 24.2% of direct written premiums in 2014 and one insurance broker that accounted for 10.3% of direct written premium in 2013.

16. Statutory financial information

KIC maintains its accounts in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by state regulatory authorities that vary in certain respects from GAAP. In converting from statutory accounting principles to GAAP, typical adjustments include deferral of policy acquisition costs, the inclusion of statutory nonadmitted assets and the inclusion of net unrealized gains or losses relating to fixed maturities in stockholders’ equity. The Company does not use any permitted practices that are different from prescribed statutory accounting practices.

Statutory net income and statutory capital and surplus for KIC as of December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 and for the years then ended are summarized as follows:

 
Year ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Statutory net income
$
21,972
 
$
11,645
 
$
7,805
 
Statutory capital and surplus
 
127,675
 
 
104,101
 
 
81,407
 

KIC is subject to risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements. RBC is a method developed by the NAIC to determine the minimum amount of statutory capital appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations in consideration of its size and risk profile. The formula for determining the amount of RBC is calculated using various factors, weighted based on the perceived degree of risk, which are applied to certain financial balances and financial activity. The adequacy of a company’s actual capital is evaluated by a comparison to the RBC results, as determined by the formula. Companies that do not maintain statutory capital and surplus at a level in excess of the company action level RBC are required to take specified actions. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, actual statutory capital and surplus for KIC substantially exceeded the regulatory requirements.

Dividend payments to KCGI from KIC are restricted by state insurance laws as to the amount that may be paid without prior approval of the regulatory authorities of Arkansas. The maximum dividend distribution is limited by Arkansas law to the greater of 10% of policyholder surplus as of December 31 of the previous year or net income, not including realized capital gains, for the previous calendar year. Dividend payments are further limited to that part of available policyholder surplus which is derived from net profits on its business. The maximum dividend distribution that can be paid by KIC during 2016 without prior approval is $21.9 million.

F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.:

Under date of April 22, 2016, we reported on the consolidated balance sheets of Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, which are included in the prospectus. In connection with our audits of the aforementioned consolidated financial statements, we also audited the related consolidated financial statement schedules in the registration statement. These financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statement schedules based on our audits.

In our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Richmond, Virginia
April 22, 2016

F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Schedule II

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Balance Sheets

 
December 31,
 
2015
2014
 
(in thousands)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,744
 
$
2,712
 
Due from subsidiaries
 
673
 
 
1,542
 
Investment in subsidiaries
 
140,801
 
 
117,221
 
Deferred tax assets
 
562
 
 
623
 
Other assets
 
23
 
 
25
 
Total assets
$
143,803
 
$
122,123
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
150
 
$
61
 
Due to subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
Income taxes payable
 
599
 
 
1,992
 
Note payable
 
29,603
 
 
27,484
 
Total liabilities
 
30,352
 
 
29,537
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A common stock
 
1
 
 
1
 
Class B common stock
 
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
80,229
 
 
80,074
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
3,651
 
 
5,214
 
Retained earnings
 
29,570
 
 
7,297
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
113,451
 
 
92,586
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
143,803
 
$
122,123
 

See accompanying notes.

See accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Schedule II

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 
Years Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management fees from subsidiaries
$
636
 
$
178
 
$
 
Total revenues
 
636
 
 
178
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other operating expenses
 
640
 
 
227
 
 
47
 
Other expenses
 
66
 
 
180
 
 
56
 
Interest expenses
 
1,230
 
 
394
 
 
 
Total expenses
 
1,936
 
 
801
 
 
103
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss before equity in net income of subsidiaries
 
(1,300
)
 
(623
)
 
(103
)
Equity in net income of subsidiaries
 
23,141
 
 
13,422
 
 
12,370
 
Income before income taxes
 
21,841
 
 
12,799
 
 
12,267
 
Income tax benefit
 
(432
)
 
(174
)
 
 
Net income
$
22,273
 
$
12,973
 
$
12,267
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in other comprehensive earnings (losses) of subsidiaries
 
(1,563
)
 
2,921
 
 
(3,115
)
Total comprehensive income
$
20,710
 
$
15,894
 
$
9,152
 

See accompanying notes.

See accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Schedule II

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Statements of Cash Flows

 
Years Ended
December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
(in thousands)
Operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
22,273
 
$
12,973
 
$
12,267
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax expense
 
61
 
 
20
 
 
 
Stock compensation expense
 
65
 
 
58
 
 
55
 
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
 
(23,141
)
 
(13,422
)
 
(12,370
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
 
(286
)
 
(110
)
 
24
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(1,028
)
 
(481
)
 
(24
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Merger with subsidiary
 
 
 
2,971
 
 
 
Contribution to subsidiary
 
(2,000
)
 
(3,000
)
 
 
Proceeds from note payable
 
2,000
 
 
3,000
 
 
 
Debt issuance costs
 
(30
)
 
(69
)
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
90
 
 
100
 
 
(107
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
60
 
 
3,002
 
 
(107
)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
 
(968
)
 
2,521
 
 
(131
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
 
2,712
 
 
191
 
 
322
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
1,744
 
$
2,712
 
$
191
 

See accompanying notes.

See accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Notes to Condensed Financial Information

1. Accounting policies

Organization

Kinsale Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware domiciled insurance holding company, was formed on June 3, 2009 for the purpose of acquiring and managing insurance entities. Prior to September 5, 2014, the Company was a Bermuda registered holding company, formerly known as Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd. (“KCGL”). Effective September 5, 2014, KCGL was re-domesticated from Bermuda to Delaware. A wholly owned subsidiary of KCGL, Kinsale Capital Group, Inc., which was formed on June 4, 2009 as a U.S. holding company, was immediately merged into the re-domesticated entity and Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd. changed its name to Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.

Basis of presentation

The accompanying condensed financial statements have been prepared using the equity method. Under the equity method, the investment in consolidated subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of consolidated subsidiaries since the date of acquisition. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Estimates and assumptions

Preparation of the condensed financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the condensed financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Those estimates are inherently subject to change, and actual results may ultimately differ from those estimates.

F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Schedule V

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 
 
Additions
Deductions
 
 
Balance
at Beginning
of Period
Amounts
Charged to
Expense
Amounts
Written Off
or Disposals
Balance
at End
of Period
 
(in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2015:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for premiums receivable
$
595
 
$
1,493
 
$
 
$
2,088
 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
 
489
 
 
40
 
 
 
 
529
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for premiums receivable
 
229
 
 
366
 
 
 
 
595
 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
 
313
 
 
176
 
 
 
 
489
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for premiums receivable
 
177
 
 
52
 
 
 
 
229
 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
 
4,575
 
 
 
 
(4,262
)
 
313
 

See accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

          shares


Common stock

Preliminary Prospectus

   

J.P. Morgan
William Blair

RBC Capital Markets

 
 
 
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey
Dowling & Partners Securities LLC
Moelis & Company

         , 2016

Until           , 2016 , all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the stock exchange listing fee.

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
10,070
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA) filing fee
15,500
Stock exchange listing fee
*
Printing and engraving expenses
*
Legal fees and expenses
*
Accounting fees and expenses
*
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
*
Miscellaneous expenses
*
Total
$         *

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain such a provision.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation — a “derivative action”), if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with defense or settlement of such action, and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain such a provision.

We have in effect a directors and officers liability insurance policy indemnifying our directors and officers for certain liabilities incurred by them, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act. We pay the entire premium of this policy.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and which allow for certain additional procedural protections.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities

Since January 1, 2013, we have granted our directors, officers and employees an aggregate of 80,000 restricted shares of Class B Common Stock without cash consideration pursuant to the 2010 Incentive Plan. 35,875 shares of restricted Class B Common Stock have vested per their terms. These grants were made pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our directors, officers and employees in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

In addition, since January 1, 2013, our directors have purchased an aggregate of 17,825 shares of Class A Common Stock for cash. We believe that these purchases were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof.

There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth above.

Item 16. Exhibits and f inancial s tatement s chedules

Exhibits

See the Exhibits index immediately following the signature page hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

Financial s tatement s chedules

See the financial statement schedules listed in the Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the County of Henrico, Commonwealth of Virginia, on July 1, 2016.

 
KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
 
By:
/s/ Michael P. Kehoe
 
 
Michael P. Kehoe
President and Chief Executive Officer

Power of attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned does hereby make, constitute and appoint Michael P. Kehoe and Bryan P. Petrucelli and each of them, as true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent of the undersigned, with full power of substitution, resubstitution and revocation, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to execute and deliver this Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any and all amendments thereto, including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and any additional registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b); such registration statement and each such amendment to be in such form and to contain such terms and provisions as said attorney or substitute shall deem necessary or desirable; giving and granting unto said attorney, or to such person or persons as in any case may be appointed pursuant to the power of substitution herein given, full power and authority to do and perform any and every act and thing whatsoever requisite, necessary or, in the opinion of said attorney or substitute, able to be done in and about the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney or such substitute shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

* * * *

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Michael P. Kehoe
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
July 1, 2016
Michael P. Kehoe
   
 
 
/s/ Bryan P. Petrucelli
Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
July 1, 2016
Bryan P. Petrucelli
   
 
 
/s/ Steven J. Bensinger
Director
July 1, 2016
Steven J. Bensinger
   
 
 
/s/ Joel G. Killion
Director
July 1, 2016
Joel G. Killion
   
 
 
/s/ Robert Lippincott III
Director
July 1, 2016
Robert Lippincott III
   
 
 
/s/ James J. Ritchie
Director
July 1, 2016
James J. Ritchie
   
 
 
/s/ Frederick L. Russell, Jr.
Director
July 1, 2016
Frederick L. Russell, Jr.
   
 
 
/s/ Edward D. Yun
Director
July 1, 2016
Edward D. Yun

II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit index

Exhibit
Number
Description
1.1*
Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.
3.2
Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.
4.1*
Form of Common Stock Certificate of Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.
5.1*
Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
10.1
Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2016, among Kinsale Capital Group, Inc., as borrower, Kinsale Management, Inc. and Aspera Insurance Services, Inc., as loan guarantors, and The PrivateBank and Trust Company, as lender
10.2*
Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement of Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.
10.3*
Form of Director Nomination Agreement between the Moelis Funds and Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.
10.4+
Form of Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.5*
Form of Stock Option Award
10.6+
Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. (as successor to Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd.) 2010 Stock Incentive Plan
10.7+
Employment and Arbitration Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2009 among Kinsale Management, Inc. and Michael P. Kehoe
10.8*
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers
21.1
List of subsidiaries of Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.
23.1
Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*
Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1
Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

* To be filed by amendment

+ Compensatory plan or arrangement

Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 

The undersigned, Michael P. Kehoe, certifies that he is the Chief Executive Officer, President and Director of Kinsale Capital Group, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), and does hereby further certify as follows:

 

(1) The name of the Corporation is Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.

 

(2) The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated in the State of Delaware following its domestication from the Islands of Bermuda was Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd. with the Certificate of Domestication of Non-United States Corporation and the original Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 5, 2014. The original Certificate of Incorporation was amended on September 5, 2014 by filing a certificate of ownership and merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, pursuant to which the Corporation changed its name to Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.

 

(3) In lieu of a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”), the Board of Directors has, by unanimous written consent dated         , 2016, authorized the amendment and restatement of the Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation as set forth herein in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141(f), 242 and 245 of the General Corporation law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In lieu of a meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the holders of the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock have, by written consent dated         , 2016, approved the amendment and restatement of the Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation as set forth herein in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the DGCL, and such consent has been filed with the minutes of the proceedings of stockholders of the Corporation.

 

(4) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the original Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended and supplemented.

 

(5) The effective time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is on         , 2016.

 

The text of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

First: The name of the Corporation is Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

Second: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

Third: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”).

 

1
 

Fourth:

 

(a) Authorized Capital Stock . The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is      of which the Corporation shall have authority to issue          shares of common stock, each having a par value of one cent per share ($0.01) (the “ Common Stock ”), and          shares of preferred stock, each having a par value of one cent per share ($0.01) (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

 

(b) Common Stock . The powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of the Common Stock are as follows:

 

(1) Each holder of record of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote.

 

(2) The holders of shares of Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights (as defined in Section 214 of the DGCL).

 

(3) Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, and subject to any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Corporation if, as and when declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

 

(4) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for the payment of the debt and liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the prior payment in full of the preferential amounts, if any, to which any series of Preferred Stock may be entitled, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the assets and funds of the Corporation remaining for distribution in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively.

 

(5) No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.

 

(c) Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such class or series such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such distinctive designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such class or series and as may be permitted by the DGCL, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any such class or series may be (i) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices; (ii) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes of stock or any other series of stock; (iii) entitled to such rights upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, whether voluntary or involuntary, of the Corporation; or (iv) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock, or shares of any other series of the same class of stock, of the Corporation at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments; all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions.

 

(d) Reclassification of Class A Common Stock . Immediately upon the effective time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each one (1) share of the Corporation’s Class A Common Voting Shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall automatically be reclassified as and converted into           validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock, without any action by the holder thereof or by the Corporation (the “ Class A Reclassification ”). No fractional shares shall be issued in connection with the Class A Reclassification and, in lieu thereof, any holder who would hold a fractional share of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive cash for such holder’s fractional share based upon the initial public offering price of the Corporation’s Common Stock.

 

2
 

(e) Reclassification of Class B Common Stock . Immediately upon the effective time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each one (1) share of the Corporation’s Class B Common Non-Voting Shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall automatically be reclassified as and converted into           validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock, without any action by the holder thereof or by the Corporation (the “ Class B Reclassification ”). No fractional shares shall be issued in connection with the Class B Reclassification and, in lieu thereof, any holder who would hold a fractional share of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive cash for such holder’s fractional share based upon the initial public offering price of the Corporation’s Common Stock.

 

(f) Surrender and Issuance of New Certificates . After the Class A Reclassification and the Class B Reclassification, each certificate that prior to (i) the Class A Reclassification represented shares of Class A Common Stock (“ Old Class A Certificates ”) and (ii) the Class B Reclassification represented shares of Class B Common Stock (“ Old Class B Certificates ”) shall thereafter represent that number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Class A Common Stock represented by the Old Class A Certificates or Class B Common Stock represented by the Old Class B Certificates shall have been reclassified as a result of the Class A Reclassification or Class B Reclassification, respectively. Upon surrender at the office of the Corporation or its transfer agent of Old Class A Certificates or Old Class B Certificates in such holder’s name, or upon notifying the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executing an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, such holder will be entitled to receive, as soon as practicable after the Class A Reclassification or the Class B Reclassification and such surrender or such agreement and indemnification in the case of a lost certificate, a book-entry interest or interests representing or, at the election of such holder, a certificate or certificates evidencing, the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares represented by the Old Class A Certificates or the Old Class B Certificates were reclassified pursuant to the Class A Reclassification or the Class B Reclassification, respectively, in such name or names and such denomination or denominations as such holder has specified.

 

(g) No Charge to Holders . The issuance of book-entry interests or certificates for shares of Common Stock upon the Class A Reclassification or the Class B Reclassification shall be made without charge to the holders of such shares for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Corporation in connection with such Class A Reclassification or Class B Reclassification and the related issuance of shares of Common Stock. Upon the Class A Reclassification or Class B Reclassification, the Corporation shall take all such actions as are necessary in order to insure that the shares of Common Stock issued in the Class A Reclassification or Class B Reclassification shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all taxes, liens, charges and encumbrances with respect to the issuance thereof.

 

(h) Power to Sell and Purchase Shares . Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to issue and sell all or any part of any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized to such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not greater consideration could be received upon the issue or sale of the same number of shares of another class or of shares of another series of such class, and as otherwise permitted by law. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to purchase any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized from such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not less consideration could be paid upon the purchase of the same number of shares of another class or of shares of another series of such class, and as otherwise permitted by law.

 

Fifth: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(a) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors by applicable law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Corporation (as amended from time to time, the “ By-Laws ”), the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the DGCL and this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(b) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

3
 

(c) The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The initial division of the Board of Directors into classes shall be made by the decision of the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. The term of the initial Class I directors shall terminate on the date of the 2017 annual meeting of stockholders; the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the date of the 2018 annual meeting of stockholders; and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the date of the 2019 annual meeting of stockholders. Each director in each class shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders beginning in 2017, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in the third year following the year of their election, with each director in each such class to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

(d) Subject to the terms of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from (i) removal of a director, (ii) an increase in the number of directors or (iii) death, resignation, disqualification or any other cause, will be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum remains, including by a sole remaining director. Any director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors of such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his or her predecessor. The right of stockholders to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors is hereby specifically denied.

 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the election, term, removal and filling of vacancies with respect to directors, if any, elected separately by the holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock shall not be governed by this Article FIFTH, but rather shall be as provided for in the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors creating and establishing such class or series of Preferred Stock.

 

(f) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the DGCL and this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Sixth: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of any fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. If the DGCL is amended hereafter to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

Seventh: The Corporation shall indemnify any person that is or was a director or officer (and any person that is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation (or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives; provided , however , that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred by this Article SEVENTH shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

 

4
 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article SEVENTH.

 

The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this Article SEVENTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, any statute or other law, by agreement, vote of stockholders or approval of the directors of the Corporation or otherwise.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article SEVENTH shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

Eighth: Prior to the first date on which funds managed by, or entities affiliated with, Moelis Capital Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Sponsor Holder ”) cease collectively to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) at least forty percent (40%) of the votes entitled to be cast by the shares of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Voting Stock ”), any action that, under the DGCL, may be taken at a duly called meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may instead be taken without holding such a meeting by one or more consents in writing or by electronic submission, setting forth the action so taken or to be taken, signed by holders of Voting Stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. From and after the date the Sponsor Holder ceases to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) at least forty percent (40%) of the Voting Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

Ninth: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws.

 

Tenth: Except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time only (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) by the Chief Executive Officer (or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President) of the Corporation, (iii) pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors, or (iv) prior to the date that the Sponsor Holder ceases to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) forty percent (40%) or more of the Voting Stock, by the Secretary of the Corporation at the request of the holders of shares representing at least forty percent (40%) of the Voting Stock. Other than as set forth in clause (iv) of the preceding sentence, any power of the stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is hereby specifically denied.

 

Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors of the Corporation and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the By-Laws. No business other than that stated in the notice of such meeting (or any amendment or supplement thereto), which notice, in the case of a special meeting called by a stockholder or stockholders, shall include all business requested by such stockholder or stockholders to be transacted at such meeting, shall be transacted at any special meeting.

 

Eleventh: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors shall have the power without the assent or vote of the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-Laws. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-Laws. The By-Laws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Voting Stock.

 

Twelfth: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed in the DGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to such reservation.

 

5
 

Thirteenth:

 

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 122(17) of the DGCL (or any successor provision)), the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to the Sponsor Holder or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, shareholders, members, partners, principals, affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) and managers (each, a “ Specified Party ”), even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if presented the opportunity to do so. Each such Specified Party shall have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or controlling stockholder or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Specified Party pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Specified Party who is a director or officer of the Corporation and who is expressly offered a business opportunity solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation (a “ Directed Opportunity ”) shall be obligated to communicate such Directed Opportunity to the Corporation; provided, however, that all of the protections of this Article THIRTEENTH shall otherwise apply to the Specified Parties with respect to such Directed Opportunity, including, without limitation, the ability of the Specified Parties to pursue or acquire such Directed Opportunity or to direct such Directed Opportunity to another person.

 

(b) The Specified Parties shall have no duty to refrain from (i) engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

 

(c) In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article THIRTEENTH, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

 

(d) No alteration, amendment or repeal of this Article THIRTEENTH (including the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article THIRTEENTH) shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article THIRTEENTH in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article THIRTEENTH, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment or repeal. This Article THIRTEENTH shall not limit any protections or defenses available to, or indemnification or advancement rights of, any director or officer of the Corporation under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws or applicable law.

 

(e) Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in the shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article THIRTEENTH.

 

Fourteenth: The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any actual or purported derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders or creditors, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws, or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided , however , that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state court sitting in the State of Delaware. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in the shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article FOURTEENTH.

 

Fifteenth: If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law.

 

( Next Page Is Signature Page )

 

6
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed on its behalf this day of                       , 2016.

 

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, Inc.  
   
By:    
     
  Michael P. Kehoe  
  Chief Executive Officer, President and Director  

 

 
 

Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

By-laws

 

Of

 

Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.

 

A Delaware Corporation

 

Effective                      , 2016

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
Article I Offices 1
Section 1. Registered Office 1
Section 2. Other Offices 1
Article II Meetings Of Stockholders 1
Section 1. Place of Meetings 1
Section 2. Annual Meetings 1
Section 3. Special Meetings 2
Section 4. Nature of Business at Meetings of Stockholders 2
Section 5. Nomination of Directors 6
Section 6. Notice 10
Section 7. Adjournments 11
Section 8. Quorum 11
Section 9. Voting 11
Section 10. Proxies 12
Section 11. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote 13
Section 12. Record Date 14
Section 13. Stock Ledger 15
Section 14. Conduct of Meetings 16
Section 15. Inspectors of Election 16
Section 16. No Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting 17
Article III Directors 17
Section 1. Number, Classification, Election and Term of Office 17
Section 2. Vacancies 17
Section 3. Duties and Powers 17
Section 4. Meetings 18
Section 5. Organization 18
Section 6. Resignations and Removals of Directors 19
Section 7. Quorum 19
Section 8. Actions of the Board of Directors by Written Consent 20
Section 9. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone 20
Section 10. Committees 20
Section 11. Compensation 21
Section 12. Interested Directors 21

 

i
 

 

Article IV Officers 22
Section 1. General 23
Section 2. Election 23
Section 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation 24
Section 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors 24
Section 5. President 24
Section 6. Vice Presidents 25
Section 7. Secretary 25
Section 8. Treasurer 26
Section 9. Assistant Secretaries 26
Section 10. Assistant Treasurers 27
Section 11. Other Officers 27
Article V Stock 27
Section 1. Form Shares of Stock 27
Section 2. Signatures 28
Section 3. Lost Certificates 28
Section 4. Transfers 29
Section 5. Dividend Record Date 29
Section 6. Record Owners 30
Section 7. Transfer and Registry Agents 30
Article VI Notices 30
Section 1. Notices 30
Section 2. Waivers of Notice 31
Article VII General Provisions 32
Section 1. Dividends 32
Section 2. Disbursements 32
Section 3. Fiscal Year 32
Section 4. Corporate Seal 33

 

ii
 

 

Article VIII INDEMNIFICATION 33
Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation 33
Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation 34
Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification 35
Section 4. Good Faith Defined 35
Section 5. Indemnification by a Court 36
Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance 36
Section 7. Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses 37
Section 8. Insurance 37
Section 9. Certain Definitions 38
Section 10. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses 39
Section 11. Limitation on Indemnification 39
Section 12. Indemnification of Employees and Agents 39
Section 13. Indemnification Priority 40
Article IX Amendments 41
Section 1. Amendments 41
Section 2. Entire Board of Directors 41

 

iii
 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

Article I

Offices

 

Section 1.           Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 2.           Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine.

 

Article II

Meetings Of Stockholders

 

Section 1.           Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in the manner authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

Section 2.           Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of stockholders (the “Annual Meeting”) for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting.

 

 
 

 

Section 3.          Special Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), special meetings of the stockholders (a “Special Meeting”), for any purpose or purposes, shall be called in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation. A request to call a Special Meeting shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

 

Section 4.          Nature of Business at Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business (other than nominations for election to the Board of Directors, which must comply with the provisions of Section 5 of this Article II) may be transacted at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting as is (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any amendment or supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (c) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 4 of this Article II and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such Annual Meeting or Special Meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 4 of this Article II. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at a Special Meeting, only such business shall be conducted as specified in the notice of meeting (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

2
 

 

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation (the “Secretary”).

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to, or be mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an Annual Meeting, not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual Meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a Special Meeting, no later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the Special Meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the Special Meeting was made, whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

3
 

 

To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth the following information: (a) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting (including the specific text of any resolutions or actions proposed for consideration and if such business includes a proposal to amend the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the specific language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, (i) the name and record address of such person as they appear on the Corporation’s books, (ii) (A) the class or series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any affiliates or associates of such person, (B) the name and address of each nominee holder of shares of all stock of the Corporation owned beneficially, but not of record, by such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, and the number of such shares of stock of the Corporation held by each such nominee holder, (C) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation and (D) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock of the Corporation) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation, (iii) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between or among such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business and any material interest of such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, in such business, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, (iv) a representation that the stockholder giving notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting to bring such business before the meeting, and (v) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies by such person with respect to the proposed business to be brought by such person before the Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

4
 

 

A stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 4 of this Article II shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting.

 

No business shall be conducted at the Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting except business brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4 of this Article II; provided , however , that, once business has been properly brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 4 of this Article II shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the chairman of an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

 

5
 

 

Nothing contained in this Section 4 of this Article II shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision of law).

 

Section 5.            Nomination of Directors. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any Annual Meeting, or at any Special Meeting called for the purpose of electing directors, in either case, (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 5 of this Article II and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such Annual Meeting or Special Meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5 of this Article II.

 

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary.

 

6
 

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to, or be mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an Annual Meeting, not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual Meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a Special Meeting called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the Special Meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the Special Meeting was made, whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting called for the purpose of electing directors, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

7
 

 

To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth the following information: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (iii) (A) the class or series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any affiliates or associates of such person, (B) the name of each nominee holder of shares of all stock of the Corporation owned beneficially, but not of record, by such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, and the number of such shares of stock of the Corporation held by each such nominee holder, (C) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation and (D) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock of the Corporation) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation, and (iv) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice, and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, (i) the name and record address of such person as they appear on the Corporation’s books, (ii) (A) the class or series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any affiliates or associates of such person, (B) the name and address of each nominee holder of shares of all stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, and the number of such shares of stock of the Corporation held by each such nominee holder, (C) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation and (D) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock of the Corporation) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation, (iii) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between or among such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, and any proposed nominee or any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are being made by such person, and any material interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, in such nomination, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, (iv) a representation that the stockholder giving notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice, and (v) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

 

8
 

 

A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 5 of this Article II shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of such Annual Meeting or Special Meeting.

 

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 of this Article II. If the chairman of an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting for the election of directors determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 5 of this Article II to the contrary, a nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to the final rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) providing for such nominations and inclusion (“final proxy access rules”), and, if such nomination is submitted under the final proxy access rules, such submission (a) in order to be timely, must be delivered to, or be mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation no later than 120 calendar days before the date that the Corporation mailed (or otherwise disseminated) its proxy materials for the prior year’s Annual Meeting (or such other date as may be set forth in the final proxy access rules for companies without advance notice bylaws); (b) in all other respects, must be made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of the final proxy access rules, as in effect at the time of the nomination, or any successor rules or regulations of the SEC then in effect; and (c) must provide the Corporation with any other information required by this Section 5 of this Article II for nominations not made under the final proxy access rules except to the extent that requiring such information to be furnished is prohibited by the final proxy access rules. The provisions of this paragraph of this Section 5 of this Article II do not provide stockholders of the Corporation with any rights, nor impose upon the Corporation any obligations, other than the rights and obligations set forth in the final proxy access rules.

 

9
 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these By-Laws, nothing contained in this Section 5 of this Article II or in any other provision of these By-Laws shall affect or impair any rights of any persons party to the Director Nomination Agreement to have any person designated by such person to be a nominee for election to the board of directors to have such nominee included in the Corporation’s proxy statement.

 

Section 6.          Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a Special Meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting.

 

10
 

 

Section 7.          Adjournments . Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section 6 of this Article II shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 8.          Quorum . Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the holders of a majority of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 7 of this Article II, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

 

Section 9.          Voting . Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or any rule of any stock exchange on which the Corporation’s shares are listed and traded, any question brought before any meeting of the stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the Corporation’s capital stock represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on such question, voting as a single class. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 12(a) of this Article II, each stockholder represented at a meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy as provided in Section 10 of this Article II. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of the stockholders, in such officer’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

11
 

 

Section 10.        Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

 

(i)   A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

 

(ii)  A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.

 

12
 

 

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

Section 11.          List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation (the “Stock Ledger”) shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

13
 

 

Section 12.          Record Date .

 

(a)   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

14
 

 

(b)   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 13.          Stock Ledger . The Stock Ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the Stock Ledger, the list required by Section 11 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

 

15
 

 

Section 14.          Conduct of Meetings . The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

 

Section 15.          Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors, by resolution, the Chairman or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by applicable law.

 

16
 

 

Section 16.           No Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . The right of the stockholders to act by written consent in lieu of a meeting shall be as set forth in Article EIGHTH of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Article III

Directors

 

Section 1.             Number, Classification, Election and Term of Office . The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors and shall be divided in accordance with Article FIFTH of the Certificate of Incorporation. Except as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and in Section 2 of this Article III, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at each Annual Meeting at which a quorum is present. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 2.          Vacancies . Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, however resulting, may be filled only in the manner provided in, and only to the extent permitted under, the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 3.          Duties and Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

17
 

 

Section 4.          Meetings . The Board of Directors and any committee thereof may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be held without notice (provided that a schedule of meetings referencing the time and place of such meeting shall have been delivered to the Board of Directors not less than three (3) business days prior to such regular meeting) at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors or such committee, respectively. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called only in the manner provided in, and only to the extent permitted under, the Certificate of Incorporation. Special meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman of such committee, if there be one, by the President, or by any director serving on such committee. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director (or, in the case of a committee, to each member of such committee) either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone, electronic transmission or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 5.          Organization . At each meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the Chairman or the chairman of such committee, as the case may be, or, in his or her absence or if is no such chairman, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman. Except as provided below, the Secretary shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors and of each committee thereof. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of each committee of the Board of Directors may appoint any person to act as secretary of any meeting of such committee and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation may, but need not if such committee so elects, serve in such capacity.

 

18
 

 

Section 6.          Resignations and Removals of Directors . Any director of the Corporation may resign from the Board of Directors or any committee thereof at any time, by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman, if there be one, the President or the Secretary and, in the case of a committee, to the chairman of such committee, if there be one. Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any director may be removed only in the manner provided in, and only to the extent permitted under, the Certificate of Incorporation. Any director serving on a committee of the Board of Directors may be removed from such committee at any time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.          Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the Corporation’s securities are listed or quoted for trading, at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board of Directors or a majority of the directors constituting such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors or committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such committee, as applicable. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

19
 

 

Section 8.          Actions of the Board of Directors by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 9.          Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 9 of this Article III shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 10.        Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Each member of a committee must meet the requirements for membership, if any, imposed by applicable law and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. Subject to the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading, in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another qualified member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

20
 

 

Section 11.        Compensation . The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.

 

Section 12.        Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

21
 

 

Article IV

Officers

 

Section 1.          General . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President and a Secretary. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman (who must be a director) and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Treasurers, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

22
 

 

Section 2.          Election . The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting (or action by written consent of stockholders in lieu of the Annual Meeting if permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws), shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.          Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

23
 

 

Section 4.          Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chairman shall be the President of the Corporation, unless the Board of Directors designates another director to serve as Chairman, and, except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.          President . The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the President is also a director, the Board of Directors. If there be no Chairman, or if the Board of Directors shall otherwise designate, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

24
 

 

Section 6.          Vice Presidents . At the request of the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

 

Section 7.          Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

25
 

 

Section 8.          Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 9.          Assistant Secretaries . Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

 

26
 

 

Section 10.        Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 11.        Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

 

Article V

Stock

 

Section 1.           Form Shares of Stock . The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be represented by a certificate, unless and until the Board of Directors adopts a resolution permitting shares to be uncertificated. Notwithstanding the adoption of any such resolution providing for uncertificated shares, every holder of capital stock of the Corporation theretofore represented by certificates and, upon request, every holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate for shares of capital stock of the Corporation signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman, or the President or any Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.

 

27
 

 

Section 2.          Signatures . To the extent any shares are represented by certificates, any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 3.          Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

28
 

 

Section 4.          Transfers . Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, and (a) in the case of certificated shares of stock, only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes, or, (b) in the case of uncertificated shares of stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and upon payment of all necessary transfer taxes and compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement (to the extent any shares are represented by certificates), compliance or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement. With respect to certificated shares of stock, every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked “Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

 

Section 5.          Dividend Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

29
 

 

Section 6.          Record Owners . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

 

Section 7.          Transfer and Registry Agents . The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Article VI

Notices

 

Section 1.          Notices . Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission if consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed to be revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given by electronic transmission, as described above, shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the person has consented to receive notice; (iii) in the case of notices to stockholders, if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission consented to by such person in advance, when directed to such person. Notice to directors or committee members may be given personally or by telegram, telex, cable or by means of electronic transmission.

 

30
 

 

Section 2.          Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

 

31
 

 

Article VII

General Provisions

 

Section 1.          Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the DGCL and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 10 of Article III hereof), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for purchasing any of the shares of capital stock, warrants, rights, options, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 2.          Disbursements . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 3.          Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be January 1 to December 31 or as otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

32
 

 

Section 4.           Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

Article VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1.           Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

33
 

 

Section 2.           Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

34
 

 

Section 3.          Authorization of Indemnification . Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

Section 4.           Good Faith Defined . For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

 

35
 

 

Section 5.           Indemnification by a Court . Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 6.           Expenses Payable in Advance . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

 

36
 

 

Section 7.           Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 1 and Section 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.           Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

37
 

 

Section 9.           Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article VIII shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

38
 

 

Section 10.           Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 11.           Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 of this Article VIII), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 12.           Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

39
 

 

Section 13.           Indemnification Priority . As between the Corporation and any other person (other than an entity directly or indirectly controlled by the Corporation) who provides indemnification to any person entitled to indemnification hereunder (each an “Indemnitee”) for their service to, or on behalf of, the Corporation (collectively, the “Secondary Indemnitors”) (i) the Corporation shall be the full indemnitor of first resort in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any Jointly Indemnifiable Claims (as defined below), pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VIII, irrespective of any right of indemnification, advancement of expenses or other right of recovery any Indemnitee may have from any Secondary Indemnitor or any right to insurance coverage that Indemnitee may have under any insurance policy issued to any Secondary Indemnitor (i.e., the Corporation’s obligations to such Indemnitees are primary and any obligation of any Secondary Indemnitor, or any insurer of any Secondary Indemnitor, to advance expenses or to provide indemnification or insurance coverage for the same loss or liability incurred by such Indemnitees is secondary to the Corporation’s obligations), (ii) the Corporation shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by any such Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all liability and loss suffered by such Indemnitee (including, but not limited to, expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding), without regard to any rights any such Indemnitee may have against any Secondary Indemnitor or against any insurance carrier providing insurance coverage to Indemnitee under any insurance policy issued to a Secondary Indemnitor, and (iii) the Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases each Secondary Indemnitor from any and all claims against such Secondary Indemnitor for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Corporation shall indemnify each Secondary Indemnitor directly for any amounts that such Secondary Indemnitor pays as indemnification or advancement on behalf of any such Indemnitee and for which such Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification from the Corporation in connection with Jointly Indemnifiable Claims. No right of indemnification, advancement of expenses or other right of recovery that an Indemnitee may have from any Secondary Indemnitor shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation hereunder. No advancement or payment by any Secondary Indemnitor on behalf of any such Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which such Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Indemnitee against the Corporation. Each Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure the rights of such Indemnitee’s Secondary Indemnitors under this Section 13 of this Article VIII, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Secondary Indemnitors effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights, including in the right of the Corporation. Each of the Secondary Indemnitors shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 13 of this Article VIII, entitled to enforce this Section 13 of this Article VIII. As used in this Section 13 of this Article VIII, the term “Jointly Indemnifiable Claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit, proceeding or other matter for which an Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification, reimbursement, advancement of expenses or insurance coverage from both a Secondary Indemnitor (or an insurance carrier providing insurance coverage to any Secondary Indemnitor) and the Corporation, whether pursuant to Delaware law (or other applicable law in the case of any Secondary Indemnitor), any agreement or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of the Corporation or the Secondary Indemnitors or any insurance policy providing insurance coverage to any Secondary Indemnitor, as applicable.

 

40
 

 

Article IX

Amendments

 

Section 1.          Amendments . Amendments. These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of the stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case may be. Except where otherwise required by these By-Laws or the Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal these By-Laws. These By-Laws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

 

Section 2.          Entire Board of Directors . As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

* * *

 

Adopted as of                           , 2016.

 

41
 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

dated as of June 28, 2016

 

by and between

 

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.  

as Borrower,

 

Kinsale Management, INC. and Aspera Insurance Services, Inc .,  

as Loan Guarantors,

 

and

 

THE PRIVATEBANK AND TRUST COMPANY  

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS 1
  1.1 Definitions 1
  1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions 12
ARTICLE 2 COMMITMENTS OF LENDER; EVIDENCING OF LOANS 12
  2.1 Commitments 12
  2.2 Notes 12
  2.3 Recordkeeping 12
ARTICLE 3 INTEREST 12
  3.1 Interest Rates 12
  3.2 Interest Payment Dates 13
  3.3 Setting and Notice of LIBOR Rates 13
  3.4 Computation of Interest 13
ARTICLE 4 PREPAYMENTS 13
  4.1 Prepayments 13
  4.2 Manner of Prepayments 13
  4.3 Repayments 14
ARTICLE 5 MAKING AND PRORATION OF PAYMENTS; SETOFF; TAXES 14
  5.1 Making of Payments 14
  5.2 Application of Certain Payments 14
  5.3 Due Date 14
  5.4 Setoff 14
  5.5 Taxes 14
ARTICLE 6 INCREASED COSTS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR TERM LOAN 16
  6.1 Increased Costs 16
  6.2 Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair 17
  6.3 Changes in Law Rendering the Term Loan Unlawful 17
  6.4 Funding Losses 17
  6.5 Right of Lender to Fund through Other Offices 17
  6.6 Discretion of Lender as to Manner of Funding 17
  6.7 Mitigation of Circumstances 17
  6.8 Conclusiveness of Statements; Survival of Provisions 17
 
 
ARTICLE 7 COLLATERAL AND COLLATERAL ADMINISTRATION 18
  7.1 Grant 18
  7.2 Certain Matters Relating to Receivables 18
  7.3 Communications with Obligors; Loan Parties Remain Liable 18
  7.4 Investment Property 19
  7.5 Proceeds to be Turned Over to Lender 20
  7.6 Application of Proceeds 20
  7.7 Code and Other Remedies 20
  7.8 Pledged Equity 21
  7.9 Waiver; Deficiency 21
  7.10 Lender’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc 22
  7.11 Duty of Lender 23
  7.12 Acknowledgements 23
  7.13 Additional Parties 23
  7.14 Releases 23
  7.15 Obligations and Liens Absolute and Unconditional 23
  7.16 Reinstatement 24
ARTICLE 8 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 24
  8.1 Organization 24
  8.2 Authorization; No Conflict 24
  8.3 Validity and Binding Nature 24
  8.4 Financial Condition 24
  8.5 No Material Adverse Change 24
  8.6 Litigation and Contingent Liabilities 24
  8.7 Ownership of Properties; Liens 25
  8.8 Equity Ownership; Subsidiaries 25
  8.9 Pension Plans 25
  8.10 Investment Company Act 25
  8.11 Compliance with Laws 25
  8.12 Regulation U 25
  8.13 Licensed Insurance Company 26
  8.14 Taxes 26
  8.15 Solvency, etc 26
  8.16 Insurance 26
  8.17 Information 26
  8.18 Labor Matters 26
  8.19 Anti-Terrorism Laws 26
  8.20 No Default 27
  8.21 Subordinated Debt 27
  8.22 Perfected First Priority Liens 27
  8.23 Loan Party Information 27
  8.24 Certain Property 27
  8.25 Investment Property 27
  8.26 Intellectual Property 28
  8.27 Right to Use Intellectual Property 28
 
 
ARTICLE 9 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS 28
  9.1 Reports, Certificates and Other Information 28
  9.2 Books, Records and Inspections 30
  9.3 Maintenance of Property; Insurance 30
  9.4 Compliance with Laws; Payment of Taxes and Liabilities 31
  9.5 Licensed Insurance Provider 31
  9.6 Maintenance of Existence, etc 31
  9.7 Employee Benefit Plans 31
  9.8 Further Assurances 32
  9.9 Deposit Accounts 32
  9.10 Delivery of Instruments, Certificated Securities and Chattel Paper 32
  9.11 Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation 33
  9.12 Investment Property 33
  9.13 Intellectual Property 34
  9.14 Other Matters 35
  9.15 A.M. Best Co. Rating 35
ARTICLE 10 NEGATIVE COVENANTS 36
  10.1 Debt 36
  10.2 Liens 37
  10.3 Operating Leases 38
  10.4 Restricted Payments 38
  10.5 Mergers, Consolidations, Sales 38
  10.6 Modification of Organizational Documents 38
  10.7 Transactions with Affiliates 38
  10.8 Inconsistent Agreements 39
  10.9 Business Activities; Issuance of Equity 39
  10.10 Investments 39
  10.11 Restriction of Amendments to Certain Documents 40
  10.12 Fiscal Year 40
  10.13 Financial Covenants 40
ARTICLE 11 EFFECTIVENESS; CONDITIONS OF CLOSING, ETC 41
  11.1 Agreement and Note 41
  11.2 Authorization Documents 41
  11.3 Consents and Approvals 41
  11.4 Delivery of Pledged Collateral 41
  11.5 Subordination Agreements 41
  11.6 Insurance 41
  11.7 Payment of Fees 41
  11.8 Financial Statements 41
  11.9 Reserves 41
  11.10 Search Results 41
  11.11 Filings, Registrations and Recordings 42
  11.12 Representations and Warranties 42
  11.13 Other 42
 
 
ARTICLE 12 EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND THEIR EFFECT 42
  12.1 Events of Default 42
  12.2 Effect of Event of Default. If: 43
ARTICLE 13 GENERAL 44
  13.1 Marshalling; Waiver; Amendments 44
  13.2 Confirmations 44
  13.3 Notices 44
  13.4 Computations 44
  13.5 Costs, Expenses and Taxes 45
  13.6 GOVERNING LAW 45
  13.7 Confidentiality 45
  13.8 Severability 46
  13.9 Nature of Remedies 46
  13.10 Entire Agreement 46
  13.11 Counterparts 46
  13.12 Successors and Assigns 46
  13.13 Assignments; Participations 46
  13.14 Captions 47
  13.15 Customer Identification - USA Patriot Act Notice 47
  13.16 INDEMNIFICATION BY LOAN PARTIES 47
  13.17 Nonliability of Lender 48
  13.18 FORUM SELECTION AND CONSENT TO JURISDICTION 48
  13.19 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 48
ARTICLE 14 LOAN GUARANTY 48
  14.1 Guaranty 48
  14.2 Right of Contribution 49
  14.3 No Subrogation 49
  14.4 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Secured Obligations 49
  14.5 Discharge 49
  14.6 Notice 50
  14.7 Waivers 50
  14.8 Payments 51
  14.9 Representations and Warranties 51
ANNEXES
       
ANNEX A Addresses for Notices  
       
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE 8.8 Equity Ownership; Subsidiaries  
SCHEDULE 10.2 Existing Liens  
SCHEDULE 10.10 Investments  
       
       
EXHIBITS
       
Exhibit A Form of Compliance Certificate  

 

 
 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of June 28, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. , a Delaware corporation formerly incorporated in the Islands of Bermuda under the name Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd, as successor by merger with Kinsale Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), kinsale Management, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Kinsale Management ”), ASPERA INSURANCE SERVICES, INC., a Virginia corporation (“ Aspera ”), the other Loan Parties from time to time party hereto, and THE PRIVATEBANK AND TRUST COMPANY (the “ Lender ”) .

 

R E C I T A L S :

 

A.           Borrower, Kinsale Management, Aspera and Lender are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 21, 2013, as amended pursuant to: (i) that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 10, 2014; (ii) that certain Consent and Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 2, 2014; (iii) that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2014; and (iv) that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 4, 2015 (collectively, the “ Original Loan Agreement ”), which governs the terms of the “Term Loan” (as such term is used and defined in the Original Loan Agreement).

 

B.           Borrower has requested that Lender, and Lender has agreed to, amend and restate the Original Loan Agreement pursuant to this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Borrowers and Lender hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS.

 

1.1             Definitions . When used herein (a) the following terms are used herein as defined in the UCC: Accounts, Certificated Security, Commercial Tort Claims, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Electronic Chattel Paper, Equipment, Farm Products, Fixtures, Goods, Health Care Insurance Receivables, Instruments (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC), Inventory, Leases, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Money, Payment Intangibles, Securities, Software, Supporting Obligations, Tangible Chattel Paper and (b) the following terms shall have the following meanings: Account Debtor means any Person who is obligated with respect to any Account or other Receivable. Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or a substantial portion of the assets of a Person, or of all or a substantial portion of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of 50% of the Capital Securities of any Person, or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other than a Person that is already a Subsidiary). Affiliate of any Person means (a) any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, (b) any officer or director of such Person and (c) with respect to Lender, any entity administered or managed by Lender or an Affiliate or investment advisor thereof and which is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans. A Person shall be deemed to be “controlled by” any other Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise. Unless expressly stated otherwise herein, Lender shall not be deemed an Affiliate of any Loan Party.

 

Agreement is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Ancillary Schedules means, individually and collectively as the case may be, the following ancillary schedules to be delivered to Lender in connection herewith and as a condition hereof:

 

(a)             one or more schedules identifying all Investment Property owned by each Loan Party (such schedules, individually and collectively, the “ Investment Schedules ”);

 

1
 

(b)             one or more schedules summarizing all property, casualty, worker’s compensation, errors and omissions, and/or fidelity bonds/crime insurance program of each Loan Party (such schedules, individually and collectively, the “ Insurance Schedules ”); and

 

(c)             one or more schedules identifying, with respect to each Loan Party: (i) its respective jurisdiction of organization, (ii) the location of its chief executive office, (iii) its exact legal name as it appears on its organizational documents, and (iv) its issued organizational identification number, if any (such schedules, individually and collectively, the “ Loan Party Schedules ”).

 

Asset Disposition means the sale, lease, assignment or other transfer for value (each, a “ Disposition ”) by any Loan Party to any Person (other than a Loan Party) of any asset of such Loan Party (including, the loss, destruction or damage of any thereof or any actual or threatened (in writing to any Loan Party) condemnation, confiscation, requisition, seizure or taking thereof) other than (a) the Disposition of any asset which is to be replaced, and is in fact replaced, within 30 days with another asset performing the same or a similar function, (b) the sale or lease of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (c) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary of Borrower to Borrower or another Subsidiary (so long as such issuance would be permitted under Section 10.10) or the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares or of other nominal amounts of other Capital Stock that are required to be held by specified Persons under applicable law, (d) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalent Investments and (e) leases of subleases entered into in the ordinary course of business to the extent that they do not materially interfere with the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

Assignee is defined in Section 13.13.1(a) .

 

Attorney Costs means, individually and collectively, all costs, expenses, charges, fees, and the like incurred by (or on behalf) of Lender in connection with the making, administration, negotiation, documentation, enforcement or any other aspect of the Term Loan, including, without limitation, Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, whether or not there is a lawsuit, incurred by (or on behalf) of Lender in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and/or any of the other Loan Documents.

 

Bank Product Agreements means those certain cash management service agreements entered into from time to time between any Loan Party and Lender or its Affiliates in connection with any of the Bank Products.

 

Bank Product Obligations means all obligations, liabilities, contingent reimbursement obligations, fees, and expenses owing by the Loan Parties to Lender or its Affiliates pursuant to or evidenced by the Bank Product Agreements and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including all such amounts that a Loan Party is obligated to reimburse to Lender as a result of Lender purchasing participations or executing indemnities or reimbursement obligations with respect to the Bank Products provided to the Loan Parties pursuant to the Bank Product Agreements.

 

Bank Products means any service or facility extended to any Loan Party by Lender or its Affiliates, including, without limitation, (a) deposit accounts, (b) cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, lockbox, electronic funds transfers (including, without limitation, book transfers, fedwire transfers, ACH transfers), online reporting and other services relating to accounts maintained with Lender or its Affiliates, and (c) debit cards.

 

Bankruptcy Code is defined in Section 14.5 .

 

Base Rate means at any time, the Prime Rate plus 0.50%.

 

BCAR means A.M. Best Co.’s capital adequacy ratio.

 

Borrower is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Borrower Obligations means all Obligations of Borrower.

 

2
 

Business Day means any day on which Lender is open for commercial banking business in Chicago, Illinois and, in the case of a Business Day which relates to a Term Loan that bears interest at the LIBOR Rate, on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank eurodollar market.

 

Capital Lease means, with respect to any Person, any lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) any real or personal property by such Person that, in conformity with GAAP, is accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such Person.

 

Capital Securities means, with respect to any Person, all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s capital, whether now outstanding or issued or acquired after the Closing Date, including common shares, preferred shares, membership interests in a limited liability company, limited or general partnership interests in a partnership, interests in a trust, interests in other unincorporated organizations or any other equivalent of such ownership interest.

 

Cash Equivalent Investment means, at any time, (a) any evidence of Debt, maturing not more than one year after such time, issued or guaranteed by the United States Government or any agency thereof, (b) commercial paper, maturing not more than one year from the date of issue, or corporate demand notes, in each case (unless issued by Lender or its holding company) rated at least A-l by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business or P-l by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (c) any certificate of deposit, time deposit or banker’s acceptance, maturing not more than one year after such time, or any overnight Federal Funds transaction that is issued or sold by Lender or its holding company (or by a commercial banking institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System and has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000), (d) any repurchase agreement entered into with Lender (or commercial banking institution of the nature referred to in clause (c) ) which (i) is secured by a fully perfected security interest in any obligation of the type described in any of clauses (a) through (c) above and (ii) has a market value at the time such repurchase agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase obligation of Lender (or other commercial banking institution) thereunder, (e) money market accounts or mutual funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the foregoing requirements, and (f) other short term liquid investments approved in writing by Lender.

 

Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) any “Person” or “group” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) other than Moelis Capital shall, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, own or control 51% or more of the outstanding Capital Securities of Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower; or (b) Borrower shall cease to, directly or indirectly, own and control 100% of each class of the outstanding Capital Securities of Kinsale Insurance and Kinsale Management.

 

Chattel Paper means all “chattel paper” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(11) of the UCC and, in any event, including with respect to any Loan Party, all Electronic Chattel Paper and Tangible Chattel Paper.

 

Closing Date shall mean the date of this Agreement.

 

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

Collateral is defined in Section 7.1 .

 

Collateral Documents means, collectively, the Securities Account Control Agreement, each control agreement and any other agreement or instrument pursuant to which Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Person grants or purports to grant collateral to Lender or otherwise relates to such collateral.

 

Compliance Certificate means a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B .

 

Contingent Liability means, with respect to any Person, each obligation and liability of such Person and all such obligations and liabilities of such Person incurred pursuant to any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which such Person: (a) guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon (by direct or indirect agreement, contingent or otherwise, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to, or otherwise to invest in, a debtor, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss) the indebtedness, dividend, obligation or other liability of any other Person in any manner (other than by endorsement of instruments in the course of collection), including any indebtedness, dividend or other obligation which may be issued or incurred at some future time; (b) guarantees the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the Capital Securities of any other Person; (c) undertakes or agrees (whether contingently or otherwise): (i) to purchase, repurchase, or otherwise acquire any indebtedness, obligation or liability of any other Person or any property or assets constituting security therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds for the payment or discharge of any indebtedness, obligation or liability of any other Person (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), or to maintain solvency, assets, level of income, working capital or other financial condition of any other Person, or (iii) to make payment to any other Person other than for value received; (d) agrees to lease property or to purchase securities, property or services from such other Person with the purpose or intent of assuring the owner of such indebtedness or obligation of the ability of such other Person to make payment of the indebtedness or obligation; (e) induces the issuance of any letter of credit for the benefit of such other Person; or (f) undertakes or agrees otherwise to assure a creditor against loss. The amount of any Contingent Liability shall (subject to any limitation set forth herein) be deemed to be the outstanding principal amount (or maximum permitted principal amount, if larger) of the indebtedness, obligation or other liability guaranteed or supported thereby.

 

3
 

Controlled Group means all members of a controlled group of corporations, all members of a controlled group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control and all members of an affiliated service group which, together with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

 

Copyrights means all copyrights arising under the laws of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including all registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office, and the right to obtain all renewals of any of the foregoing.

 

Copyright Licenses means all written agreements naming any Loan Party as licensor or licensee granting any right under any Copyright, including the grant of rights to manufacture, distribute, exploit and sell materials derived from any Copyright.

 

Debt of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all indebtedness of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) the capitalized amount of all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases which have been or should be recorded as liabilities on a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business) which purchase price is due more than 90 days from the date of incurrence of the obligation thereof or is evidenced by a note or similar written instrument which have been or should be recorded as liabilities on a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (e) all indebtedness secured by a Lien on the property of such Person, whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person; provided that if such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for such indebtedness, such indebtedness shall be measured at the fair market value of such property securing such indebtedness at the time of determination, (f) all obligations for reimbursement in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and similar obligations issued for the account of such Person, (g) all Bank Product Obligations and Hedging Obligations (on a net basis) of such Person, (h) all Contingent Liabilities of such Person, (i) all Debt of any partnership of which such Person is a general partner (unless such Debt is expressly made non-recourse to such Person), (j) all non-compete payment obligations, earn-outs and similar obligations of such Person to the extent not contingent but fixed and (k) any Capital Securities or other equity instrument of such Person, whether or not mandatorily redeemable, that under GAAP is characterized as debt, whether pursuant to financial accounting standards board issuance No. 150 or otherwise; provided that Debt shall not include Excluded Kinsale Insurance Debt.

 

Default means any event that, if it continues uncured, will, with lapse of time or notice or both, constitute an Event of Default.

 

Dollar and the sign “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Environmental Laws means all present or future federal, state or local laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative or judicial orders, consent agreements, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any governmental authority, in each case relating to any matter arising out of or relating to public health and safety, or pollution or protection of the environment or workplace, including any of the foregoing relating to the presence, use, production, generation, handling, transport, treatment, storage, disposal, distribution, discharge, emission, release, threatened release, control or cleanup of any Hazardous Substance.

 

ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

Event of Default means any of the events described in Section 12.1 .

 

Excluded Kinsale Insurance Debt means Debt incurred by Kinsale Insurance in the ordinary course of its insurance business, including, without limitation, policyholder claims (and Debt relating to or arising in connection with the defense or settlement of such claims), direct third party claims (and Debt relating to or arising in connection with the defense or settlement of such claims), Debt relating to or arising in connection with Investments authorized by the Arkansas Insurance Code, and Debt relating to or arising in connection with reinsurance assumed and ceding agreements.

 

4
 

Excluded Taxes means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), net receipts or net profits, franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having is principal office or, in the case of Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under or received or perfected a security interest under any Term Loan or any Loan Document), (b) any withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Recipient pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which such Recipient becomes a party to this Agreement or first becomes entitled to payments under any Loan Document, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 5.5(d) , and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

 

FATCA means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471 (b) (1) of the Code.

 

Fiscal Quarter means a fiscal quarter of a Fiscal Year.

 

Fiscal Year means the fiscal year of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which period shall be the 12-month period ending on December 31 of each year.

 

FRB means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.

 

GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting profession) and the Securities and Exchange Commission, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

General Intangibles means all “general intangibles” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(42) of the UCC and, in any event, including with respect to any Loan Party, all Payment Intangibles, Software, all contracts, agreements, instruments and indentures in any form, and portions thereof, to which such Loan Party is a party or under which such Loan Party has any right, title or interest or to which such Loan Party or any property of such Loan Party is subject, as the same from time to time may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, including, without limitation, (a) all rights of such Loan Party to receive moneys due and to become due to it thereunder or in connection therewith, (b) all rights of such Loan Party to damages arising thereunder and (c) all rights of such Loan Party to perform and to exercise all remedies thereunder; provided, that the foregoing limitation shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement in any Receivable or any money or other amounts due or to become due under any such Payment Intangible, contract, agreement, instrument or indenture.

 

Hazardous Substances means hazardous waste, hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant, toxic substance, oil, hazardous material, chemical or other substance regulated by any Environmental Law.

 

Hedging Agreement means any agreement with respect to any swap, collar, cap, future, forward or derivative transaction, whether exchange-traded, over-the-counter or otherwise, including any involving, or settled by reference to, one or more interest rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments, any economic, financial or pricing index or basis, or any similar transaction, including any option with respect to any of these transactions and any combination of these transactions.

 

Hedging Obligation means, with respect to any Person, any liability of such Person under any Hedging Agreement, including any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments under any Hedging Agreement.

 

Indemnified Liabilities is defined in Section 13.16 .

 

Indemnified Taxes means all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

5
 

Intellectual Property means the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including all Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses (if any), and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

 

Intercompany Note means any promissory note evidencing loans made by any Loan Party to any other Loan Party.

 

Interest Maintenance Account means that certain business checking account of Borrower held at Lender with account number #2344727.

 

Interest Period means, with respect to any Term Loan, (i) the period commencing on the date such Term Loan is borrowed and ending on the last day of the calendar quarter during which such Term Loan is borrowed and (ii) thereafter, each period beginning on the first day of a calendar quarter and ending on the last day of such calendar quarter; provided that, if such Term Loan is borrowed within seven (7) Business Days prior to the end of a calendar quarter, the initial Interest Period with respect to such Term Loan shall end on the last day of the next succeeding calendar quarter.

 

Investment means, with respect to any Person, any investment in another Person, whether by acquisition of any debt or Capital Security, by making any loan or advance, by becoming obligated with respect to a Contingent Liability in respect of obligations of such other Person (other than travel and similar advances to employees in the ordinary course of business) or by making an Acquisition.

 

Investment Property means the collective reference to (a) all “investment property” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the UCC (other than the equity interest of any foreign Subsidiary excluded from the definition of Pledged Equity), (b) all “financial assets” as such term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC, and (b) whether or not constituting “investment property” as so defined, all Pledged Notes and all Pledged Equity.

 

Issuers means the collective reference to each issuer of any Investment Property.

 

Kinsale Insurance means Kinsale Insurance Company, an Arkansas domiciled stock insurance company.

 

Kinsale Management is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Lender is defined in the preamble of this Agreement. In addition to the foregoing, for the purpose of identifying the Persons entitled to share in the Collateral and the proceeds thereof under, and in accordance with the provisions of, this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, the term “Lender” shall include Affiliates of Lender providing a Bank Product.

 

Lender Party is defined in Section 13.16 .

 

LIBOR Office means the office or offices of Lender which shall be making or maintaining the Term Loans hereunder. A LIBOR Office of Lender may be, at the option of Lender, either a domestic or foreign office.

 

LIBOR Rate means, with respect to any Interest Period, a rate of interest equal to the result of:

 

(a)             (i) the rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1% per annum) as displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets system as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period (“ ICE LIBOR ”); or (ii) if the ICE LIBOR rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the rate per annum determined by the Lender to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the subject Term Loan(s) and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered in the London interbank Eurodollar market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided however that, notwithstanding the forgoing or anything contained herein to the contrary, at no time will the rate of interest resulting from either the forgoing method (i) or (ii) for any Interest Period be less than zero; plus

 

6
 

(b)             the applicable “Percentage Over Libor” corresponding to the Total Debt to Capital Ratio as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter immediately preceding such Interest Period, as follows:

 

Total Debt to Capital Ratio Percentage Over Libor
   
Less than 15% 2.5%
   
15% up to 22.5% 2.75%
   
22.5% up to 27.5% 3%
   
Greater than 27% 3.5%

 

Lender’s determination of the LIBOR Rate shall be conclusive, absent manifest error and shall remain fixed during such Interest Period, provided the applicable Percentage Over Libor for any Interest Period is subject to confirmation and retroactive adjustment upon Lender’s receipt and review of the applicable Compliance Certificate to account for any difference in the Total Debt to Capital Ratio.

 

Lien means, with respect to any Person, any interest granted by such Person in any real or personal property, asset or other right owned or being purchased or acquired by such Person (including an interest in respect of a Capital Lease) which secures payment or performance of any obligation and shall include any mortgage, lien, encumbrance, title retention lien, charge or other security interest of any kind, whether arising by contract, as a matter of law, by judicial process or otherwise.

 

Loan Documents means this Agreement, the Note, the Collateral Documents, the Subordination Agreements, all Hedging Agreements in favor of Lender or any of its Affiliates, and all documents, instruments and agreements delivered in connection with the foregoing, all as may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

Loan Guarantor means, each of: (a) Kinsale Management; (b) Aspera; and (c) any other Person who becomes a party to this Agreement as a guarantor/surety with respect to the Obligations (or any portion thereof) as required under Section 9.8 , pursuant to a joinder agreement or otherwise; it being expressly understood that Kinsale Insurance is not, and will not be, a Loan Guarantor hereunder.

 

Loan Guarantor Obligations means, collectively, with respect to each Loan Guarantor, all Obligations of such Loan Guarantor under each Loan Guaranty.

 

Loan Guaranty means ARTICLE 14 of this Agreement and each separate guaranty delivered by a Loan Guarantor, as such separate guaranty may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

Loan Party or Loan Parties means Borrower, the Loan Guarantors and any other Person who becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to a joinder agreement or otherwise, and their respective successors and assigns, it being expressly understood that Kinsale Insurance is not, and will not be, a Loan Party hereunder.

 

Margin Stock means any “margin stock” as defined in Regulation U.

 

Material Adverse Effect means (a) a material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, assets, business, or properties of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of any Loan Party to perform any of the Obligations under any Loan Document or (c) a material adverse effect upon any substantial portion of the Pledged Equity (or any portion thereof) and/or the Pledged Notes (or any portion thereof) or upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document.

 

Moelis Capital means Moelis Capital Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its Affiliates.

 

7
 

Multiemployer Pension Plan means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Borrower or any other member of the Controlled Group may have any liability.

 

Net Cash Proceeds means:

 

(a)             with respect to any Asset Disposition, the aggregate cash proceeds (including cash proceeds received pursuant to policies of insurance or by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note, installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) received by any Loan Party pursuant to such Asset Disposition net of (i) the direct costs relating to such sale, transfer or other disposition (including sales commissions and legal, accounting and investment banking fees), (ii) taxes paid or reasonably estimated by Borrower to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and (iii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of any Debt secured by a Lien on the asset subject to such Asset Disposition (other than the Term Loans); and

 

(b)             with respect to any issuance of Debt, the aggregate cash proceeds received by any Loan Party pursuant to such issuance, net of the direct costs of such issuance (including up-front, underwriters’ and placement fees, and reasonable legal fees and expenses).

 

Net Earnings means, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period calculated in conformity with GAAP, excluding any gains from Asset Dispositions, any extraordinary gains and any gains from discontinued operations.

 

Net Worth means, as of any date, the sum of the capital stock and additional paid-in capital plus retained earnings (or minus accumulated deficit) plus other comprehensive income (or minus other comprehensive loss) of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date calculated on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP.

 

Non-U.S. Lender is defined in Section 5.5(c)(i) .

 

Note means that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Term Note dated as of even date herewith, made by Borrower payable to the order of Lender in the maximum principal amount of THIRTY MILLION and No/100 Dollars ($30,000,000), as the same may be amended, modified, restated, or replaced from time to time.

 

Obligations means all obligations (monetary (including post-petition interest, allowed or not) or otherwise) of any Loan Party under this Agreement and any other Loan Document including Attorney Costs and surety bonds, all Hedging Obligations permitted hereunder which are owed to Lender or its Affiliates, and all other Bank Products Obligations, all in each case howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing or arising, or due or to become due.

 

OFAC is defined in Section 9.4 .

 

Operating Lease means any lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) any real or personal property by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, as lessee, other than any Capital Lease.

 

Original Loan Agreement is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Paid in Full means (a) the payment in full in cash and performance of all Secured Obligations, and (b) the termination of the Term Loan Commitment.

 

Participant is defined in Section 13.13.2 .

 

Participant Register is defined in Section 13.13.2 .

 

8
 

Patents means (a) all letters patent of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, all reissues and extensions thereof and all goodwill associated therewith; (b) all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country and all divisions, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof; and (c) all rights to obtain any reissues or extensions of the foregoing.

 

Patent Licenses means all agreements, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to any Loan Party of any right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered in whole or in part by a Patent.

 

Patriot Act is defined in Section 13.15.

 

PBGC means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

 

Pension Plan means a “pension plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, which is subject to Title IV of ERISA or the minimum funding standards of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Pension Plan), and as to which Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group may have any liability, including any liability by reason of having been a substantial employer within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA at any time during the preceding five years, or by reason of being deemed to be a contributing sponsor under Section 4069 of ERISA.

 

Permitted Kinsale Insurance Activities means activities engaged in by Kinsale Insurance in the ordinary course of its insurance business, including, without limitation, defending and settling policyholder claims, defending and settling direct third party claims, making Investments authorized by the Arkansas Insurance Code, entering into and performing its obligations under reinsurance assumed and ceding agreements and other activities necessary to fulfill its responsibilities to policyholders or insurance regulators.

 

Permitted Lien means a Lien expressly permitted hereunder pursuant to Section 10.2 .

 

Person means any natural person, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association, governmental authority or unit, or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

 

Pledged Equity means all Capital Securities listed on the Investment Schedules, together with any other equity interests, certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Capital Securities of any Person that may be issued or granted to, or held by, any Loan Party while this Agreement is in effect; provided that in no event shall more than 65% of the total outstanding Capital Securities of any foreign Subsidiary be required to be pledged hereunder.

 

Pledged Notes means all promissory notes listed on the Investment Schedules, all Intercompany Notes at any time issued to any Loan Party and all other promissory notes issued to or held by any Loan Party (other than promissory notes issued in connection with extensions of trade credit by any Loan Party in the ordinary course of business).

 

Prime Rate means, for any day, the rate of interest in effect for such day as announced from time to time by Lender as its prime rate (whether or not such rate is actually charged by Lender), which is not intended to be Lender’s lowest or most favorable rate of interest at any one time. Any change in the Prime Rate announced by Lender shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change; provided that Lender shall not be obligated to give notice of any change in the Prime Rate.

 

Proceeds means all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the UCC and, in any event, shall include all dividends or other income from the Investment Property, collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.

 

Receivable means any right to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered, including without limitation, any Accounts, whether or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper and whether or not it has been earned by performance.

 

Recipient means Lender and any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

 

Regulation D means Regulation D of the FRB.

 

Regulation U means Regulation U of the FRB.

 

9
 

Reportable Event means a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder as to which the PBGC has not waived the notification requirement of Section 4043(a), or the failure of a Pension Plan to meet the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code (without regard to whether the Pension Plan is a plan described in Section 4021(a)(2) of ERISA) or under Section 302 of ERISA.

 

Risk Based Capital Ratio means, with respect to Kinsale Insurance for any Fiscal Year, the ratio of its Total Adjusted Capital for such Fiscal Year to its Authorized Control Level for such Fiscal Year, as each such term is defined in the instructions for the statutory statements of Kinsale Insurance as prescribed by the Arkansas Department of Insurance.

 

SAP means the Statutory Accounting Principles as prescribed or permitted by the Arkansas Department of Insurance.

 

SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental authority succeeding to any of the principal functions thereof.

 

Secured Obligations means, collectively, the Borrower Obligations and the Loan Guarantor Obligations.

 

Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Securities Account means that certain securities account of Kinsale Management held at Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC named “Kinsale Management Inc.” with account number 2047-6791.

 

Securities Account Control Agreement means that certain account control agreement with respect to the Securities Account, dated as of June 21, 2013, by and among, Lender, Kinsale Management, and Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

Senior Debt means all Debt of Borrower and its Subsidiaries other than Subordinated Debt.

 

Senior Officer means, with respect to any Loan Party, any of the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the vice president-finance or the treasurer of such Loan Party.

 

Statutory Surplus is defined in the instructions for the statutory statements of Kinsale Insurance as prescribed by the Arkansas Department of Insurance.

 

Statutory Net Income is defined in the instructions for the statutory statements of Kinsale Insurance as prescribed the Arkansas Department of Insurance.

 

Subordinated Debt means any Debt incurred by Borrower which is subordinated to the Obligations in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, including, without limitation, with respect to the right and time of payment of principal and interest in connection with such Debt.

 

Subordination Agreements means all subordination agreements executed by a holder of Subordinated Debt in favor of Lender from time to time after the Closing Date in form and substance and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, such number of outstanding Capital Securities as have more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to Subsidiaries herein shall be a reference to Subsidiaries of Borrower.

 

Taxes means any and all present and future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, charges or withholdings, and any and all liabilities (including interest and penalties and other additions to taxes) with respect to the foregoing.

 

10
 

Term Loan has the meaning given such term in Section 2.1 below.

 

Term Loan Commitment has the meaning given such term in Section 2.1 below.

 

Termination Date means the earlier to occur of (a) December 4, 2020 and (b) the date on which the Term Loan becomes immediately due and payable in whole pursuant to ARTICLE 12 .

 

Termination Event means, with respect to a Pension Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, (a) a Reportable Event, (b) the withdrawal of Borrower or any other member of the Controlled Group from such Pension Plan during a plan year in which Borrower or any other member of the Controlled Group was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or was deemed such under Section 4068(f) of ERISA, (c) the termination of such Pension Plan, the filing of a notice of intent to terminate the Pension Plan or the treatment of an amendment of such Pension Plan as a termination under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, (d) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate such Pension Plan or (e) any event or condition that might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or appointment of a trustee to administer, such Pension Plan.

 

Total Debt means, as of any date, all Debt of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP, excluding (a) Hedging Obligations and (b) Debt of Borrower to its Subsidiaries and Debt of Subsidiaries of Borrower to Borrower or to other Subsidiaries of Borrower.

 

Total Debt to Capital Ratio means, as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, the ratio of (a) Total Debt as of such day to (b) the sum of Total Debt plus Net Worth, in each case, as of such day.

 

Total Plan Liability means, at any time, the present value of all vested and unvested accrued benefits under all Pension Plans, determined as of the then most recent valuation date for each Pension Plan, using PBGC actuarial assumptions for single employer plan terminations.

 

Trademarks means (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, names of Loan Parties, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos and other source or business identifiers, and all goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise, and all common-law rights related thereto; and (b) the right to obtain all renewals thereof.

 

Trademark Licenses means, collectively, each agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to any Loan Party of any right to use any Trademark.

 

UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof and from time to time in the State of Illinois, provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interests in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on or after the date hereof in any other jurisdiction, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection or availability of such remedy.

 

Unfunded Liability means the amount (if any) by which the present value of all vested and unvested accrued benefits under all Pension Plans exceeds the fair market value of all assets allocable to those benefits, all determined as of the then most recent valuation date for each Pension Plan, using PBGC actuarial assumptions for single employer plan terminations.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary means, as to any Person, a Subsidiary all of the Capital Securities of which (except directors’ qualifying Capital Securities and foreign national qualifying shares to the extent required by applicable law) are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person and/or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Person.

 

Withholding Certificate is defined in Section 5.5(c)(i) .

 

1.2             Other Interpretive Provisions .

 

(a)             The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

(b)             Section, Annex, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

11
 

(c)             The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation.”

 

(d)             In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”, and the word “through” means “to and including.”

 

(e)             Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to agreements (including this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation shall be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such statute or regulation.

 

(f)             This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and each shall be performed in accordance with its terms.

 

(g)             This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to Lender, Borrower and the other parties thereto and are the products of all parties. Accordingly, they shall not be construed against Lender merely because of Lender’s involvement in their preparation.

 

ARTICLE 2 COMMITMENTS OF LENDER; EVIDENCING OF LOANS.

 

2.1             Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, the Lender agrees to make one or more loans to Borrower (individually and collectively, the “ Term Loan ”) in the maximum aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding up to, but not exceeding, $30,000,000 (the “ Term Loan Commitment ”). The Term Loan is a non-revolving credit facility and, accordingly, any portion of the principal balance that is repaid or prepaid may not be re-borrowed. Notwithstanding anything contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents to the contrary, each of the Loan Parties hereby acknowledges and agrees that, as of the date hereof: (a) Lender has previously made certain advances of the Term Loan to Borrower; (b) the aggregate outstating principal balance of the Term Loan equals the Term Loan Commitment; and (c) Lender shall have no further obligation hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents to make any further advance of the Term Loan (or any other loan or advance) to Borrower or any other Person.

 

2.2             Notes . The Term Loan shall be evidenced by a Note, with appropriate insertions, payable to the order of Lender in a face principal amount equal to the Term Loan.

 

2.3             Recordkeeping . Lender shall record in its records, the date and amount of each Term Loan made by Lender and the repayments of the Term Loan thereof. The aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan so recorded shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the principal amount of the Term Loan owing and unpaid. The failure to so record any such amount or any error in so recording any such amount shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the Obligations of Borrower hereunder or under the Note to repay the principal amount of the Term Loan hereunder, together with all interest accruing thereon.

 

ARTICLE 3 INTEREST.

 

3.1             Interest Rates . Borrower promises to pay interest on the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan for the period commencing on the first advance of the Term Loan until the Term Loan is paid in full at a rate per annum equal to, for each Interest Period, the LIBOR Rate applicable to such Interest Period; provided that at any time an Event of Default exists, at Lender’s election, the interest rate applicable to the Term Loan shall be increased by 2% (and, in the case of Obligations not bearing interest, such Obligations shall bear interest at the LIBOR Rate plus 2%). Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 12.1.1 or Section 12.1.4 , such increase shall occur automatically. In no event shall interest payable by Borrower to Lender hereunder exceed the maximum rate permitted under applicable law, and if any such provision of this Agreement is in contravention of any such law, such provision shall be deemed modified to limit such interest to the maximum rate permitted under such law.

 

12
 

3.2             Interest Payment Dates . Accrued interest on the Term Loan shall be payable on the last day of each Interest Period, upon a prepayment of the Term Loan, and at maturity. After maturity, and at any time an Event of Default exists, accrued interest on the Term Loan shall be payable on demand.

 

3.3             Setting and Notice of LIBOR Rates . The applicable LIBOR Rate for each Interest Period shall be determined by Lender, and notice thereof shall be given by Lender promptly to Borrower. Each determination of the applicable LIBOR Rate by Lender shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto, in the absence of demonstrable error. Lender shall, upon written request of Borrower, deliver to Borrower a statement showing the computations used by Lender in determining any applicable LIBOR Rate hereunder.

 

3.4             Computation of Interest . Interest shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of (a) 360 days for interest calculated at the LIBOR Rate and (b) 365/366 days for interest calculated at the Base Rate. The applicable interest rate for each Term Loan that bears interest at the Base Rate shall change simultaneously with each change in the Base Rate.

 

ARTICLE 4 PREPAYMENTS.

 

4.1             Prepayments .

 

4.1.1          Voluntary Prepayments . Borrower may from time to time prepay the Term Loan in whole or in part; provided that Borrower shall give Lender notice thereof not later than 11:00 A.M., Chicago time, on the day of such prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), specifying the date and amount of prepayment. Any such partial prepayment shall be in an amount equal to $250,000 or a higher integral multiple of $250,000.

 

4.1.2          Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(a)             Borrower shall make a prepayment of the Term Loan until paid in full upon the occurrence of any of the following at the following times and in the following amounts:

 

(i)             concurrently with the receipt by any Loan Party of any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Disposition with respect to any of the Pledged Equity and/or Pledged Notes, in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds;

 

(ii)            within five (5) Business Days from the receipt by any Loan Party of any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Disposition (other than as provided in subsection (i) above and/or the sale (or other transfer) of the Capital Securities of Borrower (or any Affiliate of Borrower) and the sale (or other transfer) of cash or Investment Property deposited in or credited to the Securities Account in the ordinary course of business), in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided that, such prepayment shall only be required if Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Dispositions exceed $10,000,000, in the aggregate, in any given Fiscal Year; provided further , that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may invest an amount equal to all or any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds within 365 days of receipt thereof in assets useful in the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (or any similar or related or ancillary business), in which case the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds so invested shall not be required to be applied to prepay the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.1.2(a)(ii) ; and

 

(iii)          promptly upon the receipt by any Loan Party of any Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of any Debt of such Loan Party (excluding (1) Debt permitted by Section 10.1 and (2) Debt issued by shareholders of Borrower to Borrower), in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds.

 

4.2             Manner of Prepayments . Each voluntary partial prepayment shall be in a principal amount of $250,000 or a higher integral multiple of $250,000. Any prepayment of the Term Loan on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period shall include interest on the principal amount being repaid and shall be subject to Section 6.4 . All prepayments of the Term Loan shall immediately reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan and shall be applied to reduce the principal amount due on the principal payment dates set forth below in chronological order until the amount of such prepayments are applied in full.

 

13
 

4.3             Repayments .

 

4.3.1             Loan . The outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan shall be paid on a quarterly basis, beginning on September 30, 2016 and ending on September 30, 2020, in equal amounts of $750,000, with a final payment of $17,250,000 to be paid on December 4, 2020, provided that (a) the principal amount payable on any payment date other than December 4, 2020 (before giving effect to any principal prepayment applied in accordance with Section 4.2) shall not exceed 5% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan, (b) the principal amount payable on any payment date shall be reduced by any prepayment of principal applied in accordance with Section 4.2 and (c) the principal amount payable on any payment date shall not exceed the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan as of such date. Unless sooner paid in full, the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan, together with any unpaid interest accrued thereon, shall be paid in full on the Termination Date.

 

ARTICLE 5 MAKING AND PRORATION OF PAYMENTS; SETOFF; TAXES.

 

5.1             Making of Payments . All payments of principal or interest on the Note, and of all fees, shall be made by Borrower to Lender in immediately available funds at the office specified by Lender not later than noon, Chicago time, on the date due; and funds received after that hour shall be deemed to have been received by Lender on the following Business Day. All payments under Section 6.1 shall be made by Borrower directly to Lender without setoff, counterclaim or other defense.

 

5.2             Application of Certain Payments . So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (a) payments matching specific scheduled payments then due shall be applied to those scheduled payments and (b) voluntary and mandatory prepayments shall be applied as set forth in Section 4.2 . After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all amounts collected or received by Lender as proceeds from the sale of, or other realization upon, all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied as Lender shall determine in its discretion.

 

5.3             Due Date . If any payment of principal or interest with respect to the Term Loan, or of any fees, falls due on a day which is not a Business Day, then such due date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

5.4             Setoff . Borrower, for itself and each other Loan Party, agrees that Lender has all rights of set-off and bankers’ lien provided by applicable law, and in addition thereto, Borrower, for itself and each other Loan Party, agrees that at any time any Event of Default exists, Lender may apply to the payment of any Obligations of Borrower and each other Loan Party hereunder, whether or not then due, any and all balances, credits, deposits, accounts or moneys of Borrower and each other Loan Party then or thereafter with Lender.

 

5.5             Taxes .

 

(a)             All payments made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made without setoff, counterclaim, or other defense. To the extent permitted by applicable law, all payments under the Loan Documents (including any payment of principal, interest, or fees) to, or for the benefit, of any Recipient shall be made by Borrower free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for, or account of, any Taxes now or hereinafter imposed by any taxing authority.

 

(b)             If Borrower makes any payment under any Loan Document in respect of which it is required by applicable law to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes, Borrower shall increase the payment under such Loan Document such that after the reduction for the amount of Indemnified Taxes withheld (and any Indemnified Taxes withheld or imposed with respect to the additional payments required under this Section 5.5(b) ), the amount paid to a Lender equals the amount that was payable under such Loan Document without regard to this Section 5.5(b) (but for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account any amounts that are otherwise permitted to be withheld for Excluded Taxes under this Section 5.5 ). To the extent Borrower withholds any Taxes on payments under any Loan Document, Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority within the time allowed for payment under applicable law and shall deliver to such Lender within 30 days after it has made payment to such authority a receipt issued by such authority (or other evidence satisfactory to such Lender) evidencing the payment of all amounts so required to be deducted or withheld from such payment.

 

14
 

(c)             If a Lender is required by law to make any payments of any Indemnified Taxes on or in relation to any amounts received or receivable under any Loan Document, or any Indemnified Tax is assessed against a Lender with respect to amounts received or receivable under any Loan Document, Borrower will indemnify such person against (i) such Indemnified Tax and (ii) any Indemnified Taxes imposed as a result of the receipt of the payment under this Section 5.5(c) . A certificate prepared in good faith as to the amount of such payment by a Lender shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive, and binding on all parties; provided that Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 5.5(c) for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date such Lender notifies Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor.

 

(i)             To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Lender that is not a United States person within the meaning of Code Section 7701(a)(30) (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to Borrower on or prior to the Closing Date (or in the case of a Lender that is an Assignee, on the date of such assignment to such Lender) two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI, or W-8IMY (or any successor or other applicable form prescribed by the IRS) certifying to such Lender’s entitlement to a complete exemption from, or a reduced rate in, United States withholding tax on interest payments to be made hereunder or any Term Loan. If a Lender that is a Non-U.S. Lender is claiming a complete exemption from withholding on interest pursuant to Code Sections 871(h) or 881(c), such Lender shall deliver (along with two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN) a certificate in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Borrower representing that such Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, is not a 10 percent shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(c)(3)(B) of the Code) of Borrower and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower (within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code) (any such certificate, a “ Withholding Certificate ”). In addition, each Lender that is a Non-U.S. Lender agrees that from time to time after the Closing Date (or, in the case of a Lender that is an Assignee, after the date of the assignment to such Lender), when a lapse in time (or change in circumstances occurs) renders the prior certificates hereunder obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, such Lender shall, to the extent permitted under applicable law, deliver to Borrower two new and accurate and complete original signed copies of an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI, or W-8IMY (or any successor or other applicable forms prescribed by the IRS), and if applicable, a new Withholding Certificate, to confirm or establish the entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, United States withholding tax on interest payments to be made hereunder or any Term Loan.

 

(ii)             Each Lender that is not a Non-U.S. Lender shall provide two properly completed and duly executed copies of IRS Form W-9 (or any successor or other applicable form) to Borrower certifying that such Lender is exempt from United States backup withholding Tax. To the extent that a form provided pursuant to this Section 5.5(c)(ii) is rendered obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect as result of change in circumstances with respect to the status of a Lender, such Lender shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, deliver to Borrower revised forms necessary to confirm or establish the entitlement to such Lender’s exemption from United States backup withholding Tax.

 

(iii)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Borrower shall not be required to pay additional amounts to any Lender, or indemnify any Lender, under this Section 5.5 to the extent that such obligations would not have arisen but for the failure of such Lender to comply with this Section 5.5(c) .

 

(d)             If a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by Borrower or with respect to which Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5.5 , it shall pay over such refund to Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by Borrower under this Section 5.5 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of any Taxes imposed by reason of receipt of such refund and all out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant governmental authority with respect to such refund, which interest shall be paid to Borrowers); provided , that Borrower, upon the request of such Lender, agrees to repay any amount paid to Borrower ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant governmental authority) to such Lender in the event such Lender is required to repay such refund to such governmental authority. Nothing in this Section 5.5(d) shall be construed to require any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information which it deems confidential) to Borrower or any other Person.

 

15
 

(e)             If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to any U.S. federal income withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Borrower (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower (or, in the case of a Participant, the Lender granting the participation) such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower (or, in the case of a Participant, the Lender granting the participation) as may be necessary for Borrower to comply with its obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5(e) , “FATCA” is deemed to include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 6 INCREASED COSTS; SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR TERM LOAN .

 

6.1             Increased Costs .

 

(a)             If, after the date hereof, the adoption of, or any change in, any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration of any applicable law, rule or regulation by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency: (i) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including any reserve imposed by the FRB, but excluding any reserve included in the determination of the LIBOR Rate pursuant to ARTICLE 3 ), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by Lender; or (ii) shall impose on Lender any other condition affecting the Term Loan, the Note or its obligation to make the Term Loan; and the result of anything described in clauses (i) and (ii) above is to increase the cost to (or to impose a cost on) Lender (or any LIBOR Office of Lender) of making or maintaining the Term Loan, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Lender (or its LIBOR Office) under this Agreement or under its Note with respect thereto, then upon demand by Lender (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis for such demand and a calculation of the amount thereof in reasonable detail), Borrower shall pay directly to Lender such additional amount as will compensate Lender for such increased cost or such reduction.

 

(b)             If Lender shall reasonably determine that, after the date hereof, any change in, or the adoption or phase-in of, any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or the compliance by Lender or any Person controlling Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Lender’s or such controlling Person’s capital as a consequence of Lender’s obligations hereunder to a level below that which Lender or such controlling Person could have achieved but for such change, adoption, phase-in or compliance (taking into consideration Lender’s or such controlling Person’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Lender or such controlling Person to be material, then from time to time, upon demand by Lender (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis for such demand and a calculation of the amount thereof in reasonable detail), Borrower shall pay to Lender such additional amount as will compensate Lender or such controlling Person for such reduction.

 

(c)             Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.1 to the contrary, Borrower shall only be required to compensate Lender pursuant to this Section 6.1 to the extent that Lender is imposing applicable increased costs or costs in connection with capital adequacy requirements similar to those described in clauses (a) and (b) above generally on other borrowers of loans under similar credit facilities.

 

6.2             Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair . If:

 

(a)             Lender reasonably determines (which determination shall be binding and conclusive on Borrower absent manifest error) that by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank LIBOR market adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable LIBOR Rate; or

 

(b)             the LIBOR Rate as determined by Lender will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Lender of maintaining or funding the Term Loan for such Interest Period;

 

then Lender shall promptly notify Borrower and, so long as such circumstances shall continue, on the last day of the current Interest Period, the interest rate on the Term Loan shall, unless then repaid in full, automatically convert to the Base Rate.

 

16
 

6.3             Changes in Law Rendering the Term Loan Unlawful . If, after the date hereof, any change in, or the adoption of any law or regulation, or any change in the interpretation of any applicable law or regulation by any governmental or other regulatory body charged with the administration thereof, should make it unlawful for Lender to make, maintain or fund the Term Loan at the LIBOR Rate, then Lender shall promptly notify each of the other parties hereto and, so long as such circumstances shall continue, on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, in any event, on such earlier date as may be required by the relevant law, regulation or interpretation), the interest rate on the Term Loan shall, unless then repaid in full, automatically convert to the Base Rate. Each Term Loan which, but for the circumstances described in the foregoing sentence, would bear interest at the LIBOR Rate shall remain outstanding for the period corresponding to such Term Loan absent such circumstances.

 

6.4             Funding Losses . Borrower hereby agrees that upon demand by Lender (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the amount being claimed), Borrower will indemnify Lender against any net loss or expense which Lender may sustain or incur (including any net loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by Lender to fund or maintain the Term Loan), as reasonably determined by Lender, as a result of (a) any payment, prepayment or conversion of the Term Loan of Lender on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Term Loan (including any conversion pursuant to Section 6.3 ) or (b) any failure of Borrower to borrow or prepay the Term Loan on a date specified therefor in a notice of borrowing or prepayment pursuant to this Agreement. For this purpose, all notices to Lender pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be irrevocable.

 

6.5             Right of Lender to Fund through Other Offices . Lender may, if it so elects, fulfill its commitment as to the Term Loan by causing a foreign branch or Affiliate of Lender to make the Term Loan; provided that in such event for the purposes of this Agreement the Term Loan shall be deemed to have been made by Lender and the obligation of Borrower to repay the Term Loan shall nevertheless be to Lender and shall be deemed held by it, to the extent of the Term Loan, for the account of such branch or Affiliate.

 

6.6             Discretion of Lender as to Manner of Funding . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Lender shall be entitled to fund and maintain its funding of all or any part of the Term Loan in any manner it sees fit, it being understood, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement all determinations hereunder shall be made as if Lender had actually funded and maintained the Term Loan during each Interest Period for the Term Loan through the purchase of deposits having a maturity corresponding to such Interest Period and bearing an interest rate equal to the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period.

 

6.7             Mitigation of Circumstances .

 

(a)             Lender shall promptly notify Borrower of any event of which it has knowledge which will result in, and will use reasonable commercial efforts available to it (and not, in Lender’s sole judgment, otherwise disadvantageous to Lender) to mitigate or avoid, (i) any obligation by Borrower to pay any amount pursuant to Sections 5.5 or 6.1 or (ii) the occurrence of any circumstances described in Sections 6.2 or 6.3 (and, if Lender has given notice of any such event described in clause (i) or (ii) above and thereafter such event ceases to exist, Lender shall promptly so notify Borrower). Without limiting the foregoing, Lender will designate a different funding office if such designation will avoid (or reduce the cost to Borrower of) any event described in clause (i) or (ii) above and such designation will not, in Lender’s sole judgment, be otherwise disadvantageous to Lender.

 

(b)           If Lender demands that Borrower pay any amount pursuant to Sections 5.5 or 6.1 , then Borrower may, at its sole expense, upon notice to Lender, require Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 13.13), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee selected by Borrower that shall assume such obligations; provided that Lender shall have received from the assignee payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder. Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Borrower to require such assignment cease to apply.

 

6.8             Conclusiveness of Statements; Survival of Provisions . Determinations and statements of Lender pursuant to Sections 6.1 , 6.2 , 6.3 or 6.4 shall be conclusive absent demonstrable error. Lender may use reasonable averaging and attribution methods in determining compensation under Sections 6.1 and 6.4 , and the provisions of such Sections shall survive repayment of the Obligations, cancellation of any Note(s) and termination of this Agreement.

 

17
 

ARTICLE 7 COLLATERAL AND COLLATERAL ADMINISTRATION.

 

7.1             Grant . Each Loan Party hereby grants, assigns and transfers to Lender and (to the extent provided herein) Lender’s Affiliates, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations, a continuing security interest in all right, title and interest of such Loan Party in, to and under the following (collectively with respect to all Loan Parties, the “ Collateral ”): (a) all property, wherever located, whether real or personal, now owned or existing or at any time hereafter arising or acquired by such Loan Party or in which such Loan Party now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest, including all of such Loan Party’s Pledged Equity, Accounts, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Equipment, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Health Care Insurance Receivables, Farm Products, Goods, Instruments, Intellectual Property, Inventory, Investment Property, Leases, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Money, Records, securities accounts (including, without limitation, the Securities Account), Securities and Supporting Obligations, (b) all books and records pertaining to any of the foregoing, (c) all Proceeds and products of any of the foregoing, and (d) all collateral security and guaranties given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing. Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Loan Party, shall refer to such Loan Party’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

 

7.2             Certain Matters Relating to Receivables .

 

(a)             At any time and from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right to make test verifications of the Receivables of any Loan Party in any manner and through any medium that it reasonably considers advisable, and each Loan Party shall furnish all such assistance and information as Lender may require in connection with such test verifications. At any time and from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon Lender’s request and at the expense of the relevant Loan Party, such Loan Party shall cause independent public accountants or others reasonably satisfactory to Lender to furnish to Lender reports showing reconciliations, agings and test verifications of, and trial balances for, such Receivables. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the provisions of this Section 7.2 shall only apply if the aggregate amount of the then outstanding Receivables of any Loan Party exceeds $5,000,000.

 

(b)             Lender hereby authorizes each Loan Party to collect any Receivables of such Loan Party, and Lender may curtail or terminate such authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. If required by Lender at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of such Receivables, when collected by any Loan Party, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two (2) Business Days) deposited by such Loan Party in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Loan Party to Lender if required, in a collateral account maintained under the sole dominion and control of Lender, subject to withdrawal by Lender for its own account only as provided in Section 7.6 , and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Loan Party in trust for Lender, segregated from other funds of such Loan Party. Each such deposit of payments of such Receivables shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.

 

(c)             At any time and from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at Lender’s request, each Loan Party shall deliver to Lender all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to any Receivables of such Loan Party, including all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

 

7.3             Communications with Obligors; Loan Parties Remain Liable .

 

(a)             Lender in its own name or in the name of others may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default communicate with the Account Debtors under the Receivables of any Loan Party to verify with them to Lender’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of such Receivables.

 

(b)             Upon the request of Lender at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Loan Party shall notify the Account Debtors under the Receivables of such Loan Party that such Receivables have been assigned to Lender and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to Lender. Lender shall have the right to notify such Account Debtors of the same should such Loan Party fail to do so within two (2) Business Days of Lender’s request.

 

18
 

(c)             Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Loan Party shall remain liable in respect of each of the Receivables of such Loan Party to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto. Lender shall have no obligation or liability under any such Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by Lender of any payment relating thereto, nor shall Lender be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Loan Party under or pursuant to any such Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

 

(d)             For the purpose of enabling Lender to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement, each Loan Party hereby grants to Lender an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Loan Party) to use, license or sublicense any Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Loan Party, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof.

 

7.4             Investment Property .

 

(a)             Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Loan Party shall be permitted to receive cash dividends and distributions in accordance with Section 10.4 , and to exercise all voting and other rights with respect to the Investment Property of such Loan Party; provided , that no vote shall be cast or other right exercised or action taken which could reasonably be expected to impair the Collateral or which would result in any violation of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

(b)             If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Lender shall have the right, in each case upon notice to Borrower, (i) to receive any and all cash dividends and distributions, payments or other Proceeds paid in respect of any Investment Property of any Loan Party and make application thereof to the Secured Obligations in such order as Lender may determine, and (ii) to require that any or all of such Investment Property be registered in the name of Lender or its nominee, subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of the Arkansas Insurance Holding Company Regulatory Act, and upon such registration Lender or its nominee may thereafter exercise (x) all voting and other rights pertaining to such Investment Property and (y) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Investment Property as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of such Investment Property upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate or other structure of any Issuer, or upon the exercise by any Loan Party or Lender of any right, privilege or option pertaining to such Investment Property, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of such Investment Property with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as Lender may determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but Lender shall have no duty to any Loan Party to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing. To the extent necessary, Borrower shall cause Kinsale Insurance to promptly file a Form B amendment pursuant to the Arkansas Insurance Holding Company Regulatory Act disclosing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Borrower shall, at the request of Lender, take such actions, or cause Kinsale Insurance to take such actions, as may be required under the Arkansas Insurance Holding Company Regulatory Act to enable Lender to exercise the rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement. Additionally, each Loan Party shall do all things and take all such actions as are necessary to cause Lender to be admitted as a member of any of its Subsidiaries that is organized as a limited liability company.

 

(c)             Each Loan Party hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Investment Property of such Loan Party to (i) comply with any instruction received by it from Lender in writing that (x) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions from such Loan Party, and each Loan Party agrees that each such Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying, (ii) unless otherwise expressly permitted hereby, pay any dividends, distributions or other payments with respect to such Investment Property directly to Lender and (iii) mark in its books and records to indicate Lender’s security interest in such Investment Property.

 

19
 

7.5             Proceeds to be Turned Over to Lender . In addition to the rights of Lender specified in Section 7.3 with respect to payments of Receivables, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, all Proceeds from the sale of, or other realization upon, all or any part of the Collateral received by any Loan Party consisting of cash, checks and other cash equivalent items shall be held by such Loan Party in trust for Lender, segregated from other funds of such Loan Party, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Loan Party, be turned over to Lender in the exact form received by such Loan Party (duly indorsed by such Loan Party to Lender, if required). All such Proceeds received by Lender hereunder shall be held by Lender in a collateral account maintained under its sole dominion and control. All such Proceeds, while held by Lender in any collateral account (or by such Loan Party in trust for Lender) established pursuant hereto, shall continue to be held as collateral security for the Secured Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 7.6 .

 

7.6             Application of Proceeds . At such intervals as may be agreed upon by Borrower and Lender, or, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at any time at Lender’s election, Lender may apply all or any part of Proceeds from the sale of, or other realization upon, all or any part of the Collateral in payment of the Secured Obligations in such order as Lender shall determine in its discretion. Any part of such funds which Lender elects not so to apply and deems not required as collateral security for the Secured Obligations shall be paid over from time to time by Lender to the applicable Loan Party or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same. Any balance of such Proceeds remaining after the Secured Obligations shall have been Paid in Full shall be paid over by Lender to the applicable Loan Party or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same. In the absence of a specific determination by Lender, the Proceeds from the sale of, or other realization upon, all or any part of the Collateral in payment of the Secured Obligations shall be applied in the following order:

 

FIRST, to the payment of all fees, costs, expenses and indemnities of Lender (in its capacity as such), including Attorney Costs, and any other Secured Obligations owing to Lender in respect of sums advanced by Lender to preserve the Collateral or to preserve its security interest in the Collateral, until paid in full;

 

SECOND, to the payment of all of the Secured Obligations (other than Hedging Obligations and other Bank Product Obligations) consisting of accrued and unpaid interest owing to Lender, until paid in full;

 

THIRD , to the payment of all Secured Obligations consisting of principal or Hedging Obligations owing to Lender, until paid in full;

 

FOURTH , to the payment of all Bank Products Obligations (other than Hedging Obligations) owing to Lender or its Affiliates, until paid in full;

 

FIFTH , to the payment of all other Secured Obligations owing to Lender, until paid in full; and

 

sIXTH , to the payment of any remaining Proceeds, if any, to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive such amounts.

 

7.7             Code and Other Remedies .

 

(a)             If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Lender may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Secured Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Lender, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon any Loan Party or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of Lender or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery with assumption of any credit risk. Lender shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Loan Party, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. Each Loan Party further agrees, at Lender’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at places which Lender shall reasonably select, whether at such Loan Party’s premises or elsewhere. Lender shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 7.7 , after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of Lender hereunder, including Attorney Costs, to the payment in whole or in part of the Secured Obligations, in such order as Lender may elect (or, in the absence of a specific determination by Lender, as set forth in Section 7.6 ), and only after such application and after the payment by Lender of any other amount required by any provision of law, need Lender account for the surplus, if any, to any Loan Party. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Loan Party waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against Lender arising out of the exercise by Lender of any rights hereunder. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.

 

20
 

(b)             To the extent that applicable law imposes duties on Lender to exercise remedies in a commercially reasonable manner, the Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that it is not commercially unreasonable for Lender: (i) to fail to incur expenses reasonably deemed significant by Lender to prepare Collateral for disposition or otherwise to complete raw material or work in process into finished goods or other finished products for disposition, (ii) to fail to obtain third party consents for access to Collateral to be disposed of, or to obtain or, if not required by other law, to fail to obtain governmental or third party consents for the collection or disposition of Collateral to be collected or disposed of (it being understood that any disposition of the Capital Securities of Kinsale Insurance must be made in compliance with the Arkansas Insurance Holding Company Regulatory Act), (iii) to fail to exercise collection remedies against any Account Debtor or other Persons obligated on Collateral or to remove liens or encumbrances on or any adverse claims against Collateral, (iv) to exercise collection remedies against any Account Debtor and other Persons obligated on Collateral directly or through the use of collection agencies and other collection specialists, (v) to advertise dispositions of Collateral through publications or media of general circulation, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (vi) to contact other Persons, whether or not in the same business as the Loan Parties, for expressions of interest in acquiring all or any portion of the Collateral, (vii) to hire one or more professional auctioneers to assist in the disposition of Collateral, whether or not the collateral is of a specialized nature, (viii) to dispose of Collateral by utilizing Internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets, (ix) to dispose of assets in wholesale rather than retail markets, (x) to disclaim disposition warranties, or (xi) to the extent deemed appropriate by Lender in good faith, to obtain the services of other brokers, investment bankers, consultants and other professionals to assist Lender in the collection or disposition of any of the Collateral. The Loan Parties acknowledge that the purpose of this paragraph is to provide non-exhaustive indications of what actions or omissions by Lender would not be commercially unreasonable in Lender’s exercise of remedies against the Collateral and that other actions or omissions by Lender shall not be deemed commercially unreasonable solely on account of not being indicated in this paragraph. Without limitation upon the foregoing, nothing contained in this paragraph shall be construed to grant any rights to the Loan Parties or to impose any duties on Lender that would not have been granted or imposed by this Agreement or by applicable law in the absence of this paragraph.

 

7.8             Pledged Equity .

 

(a)             Each Loan Party recognizes that Lender may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Equity, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. Lender shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Equity for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such securities or other interests for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so.

 

(b)             Each Loan Party agrees to use its best efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any portion of the Pledged Equity pursuant to this Section 7.8 valid and binding and in compliance with applicable law. Each Loan Party further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 7.8 will cause irreparable injury to Lender, that Lender has no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 7.8 shall be specifically enforceable against such Loan Party, and such Loan Party hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Agreement.

 

7.9             Waiver; Deficiency . Each Loan Party shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay the Secured Obligations in full and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by Lender to collect such deficiency.

 

21
 

7.10           Lender’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc .

 

(a)             Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Lender and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Loan Party and in the name of such Loan Party or in its own name, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Loan Party hereby gives Lender the power and right, on behalf of and at the expense of such Loan Party, without notice to or assent by such Loan Party, to do any or all of the following:

 

(i)             in the name of such Loan Party or its own name, or otherwise, take possession of and indorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Receivable of any Loan Party or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by Lender for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any such Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

 

(ii)             in the case of any Intellectual Property of any Loan Party, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as Lender may request to evidence Lender’s security interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and General Intangibles of such Loan Party relating thereto or represented thereby;

 

(iii)            discharge Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral (other than Permitted Liens), and effect any repairs or insurance called for by the terms of this Agreement and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof;

 

(iv)            execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 7.7 or 7.8 , any indorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

 

(v)             (1) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to Lender or as Lender shall direct; (2) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (3) sign and indorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (4) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (5) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Loan Party with respect to any Collateral; (6) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as Lender may deem appropriate; (7) assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark of any Loan Party throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as Lender shall in its sole discretion determine; (8) vote any right or interest with respect to any Investment Property of any Loan Party; (9) order good standing certificates and conduct lien searches with respect to any Loan Party or the Collateral in respect of such jurisdictions or offices as Lender may deem appropriate; and (10) generally sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though Lender were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at Lender’s option and such Loan Party’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which Lender deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and Lender’s security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Loan Party might do.

 

Anything in this Section 7.10(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, Lender agrees that it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 7.10(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(b)             If any Loan Party fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, Lender, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.

 

(c)             Each Loan Party hereby ratifies all that such attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated and the security interests created hereby are released.

 

22
 

7.11           Duty of Lender . Lender’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping, and economic and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession shall be to deal with it in a commercially reasonable manner and in the same manner as Lender deals with similar property for its own account. Neither Lender nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for any failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Loan Party or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on Lender hereunder are solely to protect Lender’s interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon Lender to exercise any such powers. Lender shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither Lender nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Loan Party for any act or failure to act hereunder.

 

7.12           Acknowledgements . Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)             it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)             Lender has no fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Loan Party arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Loan Parties, on the one hand, and Lender, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

(c)             no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Loan Parties and Lender.

 

7.13           Additional Parties . Each Loan Party that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.8 of this Agreement shall become a Loan Party for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Loan Party of a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

7.14           Releases .

 

(a)             At such time as the Secured Obligations have been Paid in Full, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created hereby, and this Agreement and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of Lender and each Loan Party hereunder shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Loan Party. At the request and sole expense of any Loan Party following any such termination, Lender shall deliver to the Loan Parties any Collateral held by Lender hereunder and shall execute and deliver to the Loan Parties such documents as the Loan Parties shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

 

(b)             If any of the Collateral shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Loan Party in a transaction permitted by this Agreement, then Lender, at the request and sole expense of such Loan Party, shall execute and deliver to such Loan Party all releases or other documents reasonably necessary or desirable for the release of the Liens created hereby on such Collateral. At the request and sole expense of Borrower, a Loan Guarantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder in the event that all the equity interests of such Loan Guarantor shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by this Agreement; provided that Borrower shall have delivered to Lender, with reasonable notice prior to the date of the proposed release, a written request for release identifying the relevant Loan Guarantor and the terms of the sale or other disposition in reasonable detail, including the price thereof and any expenses in connection therewith, together with a certification by Borrower stating that such transaction is in compliance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

7.15           Obligations and Liens Absolute and Unconditional . Each Loan Party understands and agrees that the obligations of each Loan Party under this Agreement shall be construed as continuing, absolute and unconditional without regard to (a) the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document, any of the Secured Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guaranty or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by Lender, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by any Loan Party or any other Person against Lender, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of any Loan Party) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of any Loan Party for the Secured Obligations, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Loan Party, Lender may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against any other Loan Party or any other Person or against any collateral security or guaranty for the Secured Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by Lender to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from any other Loan Party or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guaranty or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of any other Loan Party or any other Person or any such collateral security, guaranty or right of offset, shall not relieve any Loan Party of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of Lender against any Loan Party. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

23
 

7.16           Reinstatement . This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against any Loan Party or any Issuer of any Investment Property of any Loan Party for liquidation or reorganization, should any Loan Party or any such Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of any Loan Party’s or any such Issuer’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the Secured Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent conveyance”, or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Secured Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

ARTICLE 8 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and to induce Lender to make the Term Loan, each Loan Party represents and warrants to Lender that, as of the date hereof:

 

8.1             Organization . Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary of any Loan Party is validly existing and, to the extent such concept is applicable in the relevant jurisdiction, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization; and each Loan Party and each Subsidiary of any Loan Party is in good standing and is duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where, because of the nature of its activities or properties, such qualification is required, except for such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.2             Authorization; No Conflict . All necessary and appropriate action has been taken by each Loan Party in order to, and each Loan Party has full power, right and authority, and is duly authorized, to execute and deliver each Loan Document to which it is a party and perform its Obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party, and Borrower is duly authorized to borrow monies hereunder. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which it is a party, and the borrowings by Borrower hereunder, do not and will not (a) require any consent or approval of any governmental agency or authority (other than the filing of a Form B amendment pursuant to the Arkansas Insurance Holding Company Regulatory Act which has been previously completed, and any consent or approval which has been previously obtained, each of which is in full force and effect), (b) conflict with (i) any provision of law, (ii) the charter, by-laws, operating agreement or other organizational documents of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or (iii) any material agreement, indenture, instrument or other document, or any judgment, order or decree, which is binding upon any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any of their respective properties, except with respect to (i) and (iii) to the extent such conflict could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (c) require, or result in, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party (other than Liens in favor of Lender created pursuant to the Collateral Documents).

 

8.3             Validity and Binding Nature . Each of this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party is the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity.

 

8.4             Financial Condition . The audited financial statements of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2015 and the unaudited financial statements of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2016, copies of each of which have been delivered to Lender, were prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly (or in the case of the unaudited financial statement, present fairly in all material respects) the financial condition of such entities as at such dates and the results of their operations for the periods then ended.

 

8.5             No Material Adverse Change . Since March 31, 2016, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, assets, business or properties of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

8.6             Litigation and Contingent Liabilities . No litigation (including derivative actions), arbitration proceeding or governmental investigation or proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, threatened against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary of any Loan Party has any material contingent liabilities, other than such liabilities: (a) incident to such actions/proceedings (as applicable) previously disclosed, in writing, to Lender as of the Closing Date, if any; (b) permitted by Section 10.1 and/or (c) with respect to Kinsale Insurance, which are part of the Excluded Kinsale Insurance Debt.

 

24
 

8.7             Ownership of Properties; Liens . Each Loan Party has good and valid rights in or the power to transfer its Collateral, owns good and, in the case of real property, marketable title to all of its properties and assets, including its Collateral, real and personal, tangible and intangible, of any nature whatsoever (including Intellectual Property), free and clear of all Liens, charges and claims (including infringement claims with respect to Intellectual Property) except Permitted Liens. No financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except filings evidencing Permitted Liens and filings for which termination statements have been delivered to Lender. Each Loan Party is duly authorized to sell, transfer, pledge and grant a Lien in its Collateral.

 

8.8             Equity Ownership; Subsidiaries . All issued and outstanding Capital Securities of each Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Loan Parties are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, and free and clear of all Liens other than those in favor of Lender, and such securities were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities. Schedule 8.8 sets forth the authorized Capital Securities of each Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date. All of the issued and outstanding Capital Securities of each Wholly-Owned Subsidiary are, directly or indirectly, owned by Borrower.

 

8.9             Pension Plans .

 

(a)             Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Pension Plan complies with all applicable requirements of law and regulations, (ii) no contribution failure under Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or the terms of any Pension Plan has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan, sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA, (iii) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, threatened, claims, actions, investigations or lawsuits against any Pension Plan, any fiduciary of any Pension Plan, any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any other member of the Controlled Group with respect to a Pension Plan or a Multiemployer Pension Plan, (iv) none of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any other member of the Controlled Group has engaged in any prohibited transaction (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) in connection with any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Pension Plan, (v) within the past five years, none of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any other member of the Controlled Group has engaged in a transaction which resulted in a Pension Plan with an Unfunded Liability being transferred out of the Controlled Group and (vi) no Termination Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Pension Plan.

 

(b)             Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) all contributions (if any) have been made to any Multiemployer Pension Plan that are required to be made by any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any other member of the Controlled Group under the terms of the plan or of any collective bargaining agreement or by applicable law, (ii) none of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any other member of the Controlled Group has withdrawn or partially withdrawn from any Multiemployer Pension Plan, incurred any withdrawal liability with respect to any such plan or received notice of any claim or demand for withdrawal liability or partial withdrawal liability from any such plan, and no condition has occurred which, if continued, could result in a withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any such plan, and (iii) none of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any other member of the Controlled Group has received any notice that any Multiemployer Pension Plan is in reorganization, that increased contributions may be required to avoid a reduction in plan benefits or the imposition of any excise tax, that any such plan is or has been funded at a rate less than that required under Section 412 of the Code, that any such plan is or may be terminated, or that any such plan is or may become insolvent.

 

8.10           Investment Company Act . Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary of any Loan Party is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” or a “subsidiary” of an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

8.11           Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Loan Parties is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.12           Regulation U . Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

 

25
 

8.13           Licensed Insurance Company . Kinsale Insurance is licensed as an insurance company in every jurisdiction in which it is required to be licensed and is approved or permitted to write insurance on a surplus lines basis in every jurisdiction in which it writes insurance and where it is not so licensed.

 

8.14           Taxes . Except where failure to file or pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party has timely filed all material tax returns and reports required by law to have been filed by it and has paid all Taxes and governmental charges due and payable with respect to such returns, except any such Taxes or charges which are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books. The Loan Parties have made adequate reserves on their respective books and records in accordance with GAAP or SAP, as applicable, for all Taxes that have accrued but which are not yet due and payable. None of the Loan Parties has participated in any transaction that relates to a year of the taxpayer (which is still open under the applicable statute of limitations) which is a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2) (irrespective of the date when the transaction was entered into) that has not been properly disclosed or otherwise duly reported to the relevant taxing authority.

 

8.15           Solvency, etc . On the Closing Date, with respect to each Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Loan Parties, individually: (a) the fair value of its assets is greater than the amount of its liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as such value is established and liabilities evaluated in accordance with GAAP, (b) the present fair saleable value of its assets is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) it is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) it does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (e) it is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital.

 

8.16           Insurance . Set forth in the Insurance Schedules is a complete and accurate summary of the property, casualty, worker’s compensation, errors and omissions, fidelity bonds/crime insurance program of the Loan Parties and the Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date (including the names of all insurers, policy numbers, expiration dates, amounts and types of coverage, annual premiums, exclusions, deductibles, self-insured retention, and a description in reasonable detail of any self-insurance program, retrospective rating plan, fronting arrangement or other risk assumption arrangement involving any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party). Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Loan Parties, and their respective properties, are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of the Loan Parties or the Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where such Loan Parties or such Subsidiaries operate.

 

8.17           Information . All information heretofore or contemporaneously herewith furnished in writing by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to Lender for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby is (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other written information so furnished), true and accurate in every material respect on the date as of which such information is dated or certified, and none of such information omits to state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading in light of the circumstances under which made (it being recognized by Lender that any projections and forecasts provided by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party are based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary to be reasonable as of the date of the applicable projections or assumptions and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from projected or forecasted results).

 

8.18           Labor Matters . Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary of any Loan Party is subject to any labor or collective bargaining agreement. There are no existing or threatened strikes, lockouts or other labor disputes involving any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party that singly or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Hours worked by and payment made to employees of the Loan Parties and the Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties are not in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable law, rule or regulation dealing with such matters.

 

8.19           Anti-Terrorism Laws . Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary of any Loan Party (and, to the knowledge of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, no joint venture or Subsidiary thereof):

 

(a)             is in violation in any material respects of any United States Requirements of Law relating to terrorism, sanctions or money laundering (the “Anti-Terrorism Laws”), including the United States Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing (the “Anti-Terrorism Order”) and the Patriot Act.

 

26
 

(b)             (i) is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Anti-Terrorism Order, (ii) is owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Anti-Terrorism Order, (iii) commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Anti-Terrorism Order or (iv) is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” in the most current list published by OFAC.

 

(c)             (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any person described in clauses (b)(i) through (b)(iv) above, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transactions relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Anti-Terrorism Order or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

8.20           No Default . No Default or Event of Default exists.

 

8.21           Subordinated Debt . The subordination provisions of the Subordinated Debt are enforceable against the holders of the Subordinated Debt by Lender. All Obligations constituting Senior Debt are entitled to the benefits of the subordination provisions contained in the Subordinated Debt. Each Loan Party acknowledges that Lender is entering into this Agreement and making the Term Loan in reliance upon the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Debt and this Section 8.21 .

 

8.22           Perfected First Priority Liens . None of this Agreement, nor any other documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith, constitutes the creation of a new Debt or the extinguishment of the Debt evidenced by the Original Loan Agreement (and/or any other Loan Document executed in connection therewith) and the Original Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as in effect prior to the Closing Date and such Obligations (under and as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) are in all respects continuing with only the terms being modified as provided in this Agreement, nor will they in any way affect or impair the Liens granted in favor of Lender pursuant to the Original Loan Agreement, the Collateral Documents and/or any of the other Loan Documents (and/or Lender’s interest in and to the Collateral), which each Loan Party hereby acknowledges to be a valid and existing first priority Lien on the Collateral described therein (subject only to Permitted Liens). Each Loan Party further agrees that the Liens granted pursuant to the Original Loan Agreement, the Collateral Documents and the other Loan Documents each continue to be in full force and effect, unaffected and unimpaired by this Agreement, and that said Lien shall so continue as a first priority lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) until the Debt secured by the Original Loan Agreement, the Collateral Documents and the other Loan Documents (including without limitation, the Term Loan) is irrevocably Paid in Full.

 

8.23           Loan Party Information . As of the Closing Date, the Loan Party Schedules completely and accurately identify: (a) each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization, (b) the location of each Loan Party’s chief executive office, (c) each Loan Party’s exact legal name as it appears on its organizational documents and (d) each Loan Party’s organizational identification number (to the extent a Loan Party is organized in a jurisdiction which assigns such numbers). In the past five years, no Loan Party had its chief executive offices at any location, or has had any other name, other than as set forth in the Loan Party Schedules.

 

8.24           Certain Property . None of the Collateral constitutes, or is the Proceeds of, (a) Farm Products, (b) Health Care Insurance Receivables or (c) vessels, aircraft or any other property (other than motor vehicles) subject to any certificate of title or other registration statute of the United States, any State or other jurisdiction.

 

8.25           Investment Property .

 

(a)             The Pledged Equity of each Loan Party constitutes all the issued and outstanding equity interests of each Issuer owned by such Loan Party or, in the case of any foreign Subsidiary, 65% of all issued and outstanding equity interests of such foreign Subsidiary.

 

(b)             All of the Pledged Equity has been duly and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(c)             The Investment Schedules list all Investment Property owned by each Loan Party as of the Closing Date. Each Loan Party is the record and beneficial owner of, and has good and marketable title to, its Investment Property, free of any and all Liens or options in favor of, or claims of, any other Person, except Permitted Liens.

 

27
 

(d)             No person other than Lender has possession or control of any of the Pledged Equity of such nature that perfection of a security interest is accomplished by control (except that a depository institution other than Lender may have possession (but not control) of the Securities Account).

 

(e)             Upon delivery to Lender of any certificated Pledged Equity, Lender shall have a fully perfected first priority security interest in such Pledged Equity so long as Lender maintains possession of such Pledged Equity.

 

(f)             No membership interests or partnership interests constituting Pledged Equity are certificated or are comprised of Securities.

 

8.26            Intellectual Property . On the date hereof: (a) all Intellectual Property owned by any Loan Party and material to its business is valid, subsisting, unexpired and enforceable and has not been abandoned; and (b) none of the Intellectual Property owned by any Loan Party and material to its business is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement pursuant to which such Loan Party is the licensor or franchisor.

 

8.27           Right to Use Intellectual Property . Each Loan Party has a license or other right to use Intellectual Property as is necessary for the conduct of the businesses of such Loan Party, without any infringement upon rights of others which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

ARTICLE 9 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

 

Until the expiration or termination of the Term Loan Commitment and thereafter until all Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are paid and performed in full, each Loan Party agrees (or, in the case of Section 9.1 , Borrower agrees) that, unless at any time Lender shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, it will:

 

9.1             Reports, Certificates and Other Information . Furnish to Lender:

 

9.1.1         Annual Report . Promptly when available and in any event within 120 days after the close of each Fiscal Year, (a) a copy of the annual audit report of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, including therein a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and an income statement and statement of stockholders’ equity of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, certified without adverse reference to going concern value and without qualification by independent auditors of recognized standing (other than a qualification related to the maturity of Term Loans or any other Debt or potential non-compliance with any financial covenant hereunder), and (b) a consolidating balance sheet of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and a consolidating income statement and statement of stockholders’ equity of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, certified by a Senior Officer of Borrower.

 

9.1.2         Interim Reports . Promptly when available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter (other than the fourth Fiscal Quarter of any Fiscal Year), consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter, together with consolidated and consolidating income statements and statements of stockholders’ equity of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period beginning with the first day of the related Fiscal Year and ending on the last day of such Fiscal Quarter, together with a comparison with the corresponding period of the previous Fiscal Year, certified by a Senior Officer of Borrower.

 

9.1.3         Compliance Certificates . Contemporaneously with the furnishing of a copy of each annual audit report pursuant to Section 9.1.1 and each set of quarterly statements pursuant to Section 9.1.2 , a duly completed Compliance Certificate, with appropriate insertions, dated the date of such annual report or such quarterly statements and signed by a Senior Officer of Borrower, containing a computation of each of the financial ratios and restrictions set forth in Section 10.13 and to the effect that such officer has not become aware of any Default or Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if there is any such event, describing it and the steps, if any, being taken to cure it.

 

28
 

9.1.4         Reports to the SEC and to Shareholders . Promptly upon the filing, sending or posting (as applicable)( thereof, copies of (or, alternatively, notice of such filing/sending/posting and electronic access to) all: (a) regular, periodic or special reports of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party filed with the SEC; (b) registration statements of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party filed with the SEC (other than on Form S-8); and (c) proxy statements or other communications made to security holders generally.

 

9.1.5         Notice of Default, Litigation and ERISA Matters . Promptly upon becoming aware of any of the following, written notice describing the same and the steps being taken by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party affected thereby with respect thereto:

 

(a)             the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Default;

 

(b)             any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding not previously disclosed by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to Lender which has been instituted or, to the knowledge of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, is threatened against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or to which any of the properties of any thereof is subject which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)             (i) Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower taking any action that results in a Reportable Event, (ii) the failure of Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower to make a required contribution to any Pension Plan (if such failure is sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA) or to any Multiemployer Pension Plan, (iii) Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower taking any action with respect to a Pension Plan which could result in the requirement that any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party furnish a bond or other security to the PBGC or such Pension Plan, or (iv) the withdrawal by Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower from any Multiemployer Pension Plan or the receipt by Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower of notice that any Multiemployer Pension Plan is in reorganization, may be terminated or is or may become insolvent;

 

(d)             any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any of the Pledged Equity (or any portion thereof) and/or any of the Pledged Notes (or any portion thereof) which could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the ability of Lender to exercise any of its remedies hereunder; and/or

 

(e)             any other event which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.1.6         Management Reports . Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all detailed financial and management reports submitted to Borrower by independent auditors in connection with each annual or interim audit made by such auditors of the books of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

9.1.7         Projections . As soon as practicable, and in any event not later than 30 days prior to the commencement of each Fiscal Year, financial projections for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year (including quarterly operating and cash flow budgets) prepared in a manner consistent with the projections delivered by Borrower to Lender prior to the Closing Date or otherwise in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Lender accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Officer of Borrower to the effect that (a) such projections were prepared by Borrower in good faith, (b) Borrower has a reasonable basis for the assumptions contained in such projections and (c) such projections have been prepared in accordance with such assumptions.

 

9.1.8         Subordinated Debt Notices . Promptly following receipt thereof, copies of all material notices (including notices of default or acceleration) received from any holder or trustee of, under or with respect to any Subordinated Debt.

 

9.1.9         Incurred Debt Related to Ratings . Promptly provide written notice of (i) the incurrence by Borrower of any Subordinated Debt to which Kinsale Insurance is a party; and (ii) any amendments, modifications or waivers to any provisions related thereto which are materially adverse to the Lender.

 

9.1.10       Reinsurance Agreements . No later than June 30 of every Fiscal Year, a copy or summary of all reinsurance agreements to which Kinsale Insurance is a party.

 

29
 

9.1.11       Updated Schedules . Contemporaneously with the furnishing of each annual audit report pursuant to Section 9.1.1 , updated versions (solely to the extent necessary to update the information previously provided to Lender with respect thereto) of Schedule 8.8 , Schedule 9.28 , the Insurance Schedules, and the Loan Party Schedules, showing information as of the date of such audit report (it being agreed and understood that this requirement shall be in addition to the other notice and delivery requirements set forth herein). Lender may also from time to time, in its sole discretion (but not more than once in any Fiscal Year unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing), request that the Loan Parties provide updated schedules.

 

9.1.12        Other Information . Promptly from time to time, such other information (including, without limitation, business or financial data, reports, appraisals and projections) concerning the Loan Parties and the Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties, or their respective properties or business, as Lender may reasonably request.

 

9.1.13        General . Notwithstanding the forgoing, Lender acknowledges that any financial statement, report, notice, proxy statement, registration statement, prospectus or other document required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall (to the extent the same is required to be delivered to the SEC by Borrower or any of the other Loan Parties, as applicable) be deemed to have been delivered to Lender on the later of the date on which such financial statement, report, notice, proxy statement, registration statement, prospectus or other document is posted on the SEC’s website on the Internet at www.sec.gov or the date the same is readily accessible to the Lender; provided that Borrower shall promptly give notice of any such posting to Lender. Furthermore, if any financial statement, certificate or other information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall be required to be delivered on any date that is not a Business Day, such financial statement, certificate or other information may be delivered to the Lender on the next succeeding Business Day after such date.

 

9.2             Books, Records and Inspections . Keep, and cause each other Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Loan Parties to keep, its books and records in accordance with sound business practices sufficient to allow the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP; and permit Lender or any representative thereof, in each case at the expense of Borrower during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice to Borrower, to: (a) inspect the properties and operations of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary; (b) visit any or all of its offices, to discuss its financial matters with its officers and its independent auditors (and each such Loan Party hereby authorizes such independent auditors to discuss such financial matters with Lender or any representative thereof); and (c) examine (and photocopy extracts from) any of its books or other records. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Lender is entitled to conduct as many inspections and audits as it deems appropriate; provided , that only one such inspection or audit shall be at the expense of Borrower during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.2 or any other Loan Document, none of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making of copies or taking of extracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter (a) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (b) in respect of which disclosure to Lender (or any of their respective representatives) is prohibited by any applicable law or any binding contractual agreement or (c) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.

 

9.3             Maintenance of Property; Insurance .

 

(a)             Keep, and cause each other Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Loan Parties to keep, all property useful and necessary in the business of the Loan Parties and the Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

(b)             Maintain, and cause each other Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Loan Parties to maintain, with responsible insurance companies, such insurance coverage as may be required by any law or governmental regulation or court decree or order applicable to it and such other insurance, to such extent and against such hazards and liabilities, as is customarily maintained by companies similarly situated, with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for such persons; and, upon the reasonable request of Lender, furnish to Lender original or electronic copies of policies evidencing such insurance, and a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the nature and extent of all insurance maintained by the Loan Parties and the Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties. Such Loan Party shall cause, and shall cause each other Loan Party to cause, (i) each issuer of a property insurance policy maintained by such Loan Party to provide Lender with an endorsement showing Lender as loss payee with respect to such policy, and (ii) each issuer of a general liability or umbrella liability policy maintained by such Loan Party to include Lender as an additional insured with respect to such policy.

 

30
 

9.4             Compliance with Laws; Payment of Taxes and Liabilities . (a) Comply, and cause each other Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Loan Parties to comply, in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, decrees, orders, judgments, licenses and permits, except where failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) without limiting clause (a) above, ensure, and cause each other Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Loan Parties to ensure, that no person who owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls such Loan Party or such Subsidiary is or shall be (i) listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Person List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), Department of the Treasury, and/or any other similar lists maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, Executive Order or regulation or (ii) a person designated under Section 1(b), (c) or (d) of Executive Order No. 13224 (September 23, 2001), any related enabling legislation or any other similar Executive Orders, (c) without limiting clause (a) above, comply, and cause each other Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Loan Parties to comply, with all applicable Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering laws and regulations and (d) except where failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, pay, and cause each other Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Loan Parties to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes and other governmental charges against it or any of its property, including the Collateral, as well as claims of any kind which, if unpaid, could become a Lien on any of its property; provided that the foregoing shall not require any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to pay any such tax or charge so long as it shall contest the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and, in the case of a claim which could become a Lien on any Collateral, such contest proceedings shall stay the foreclosure of such Lien or the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such claim.

 

9.5             Licensed Insurance Provider . Cause Kinsale Insurance to maintain: (a) its license as an insurance company in every jurisdiction in which Kinsale Insurance is required to maintain a license as an insurance provider and (b) its approval or permission to write insurance on a surplus line basis in every jurisdiction in which it writes insurance and where it is not so licensed.

 

9.6             Maintenance of Existence, etc . Subject to Section 10.5 , maintain and preserve, and cause each other Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Loan Parties to maintain and preserve: (a) its existence and good standing, to the extent applicable in such jurisdiction, in the jurisdiction of its organization and (b) its qualification to do business and good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business makes such qualification necessary (other than such jurisdictions in which the failure to be qualified or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).

 

9.7             Employee Benefit Plans .

 

(a)             Maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, each Pension Plan in compliance with all applicable requirements of law and regulations, except as such failure would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)             Make, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to make, on a timely basis, all required contributions to any Multiemployer Pension Plan, except as such failure would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)             Not, and not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) seek a waiver of the minimum funding standards of ERISA, (ii) terminate or withdraw from any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Pension Plan or (iii) take any other action with respect to any Pension Plan that would reasonably be expected to entitle the PBGC to terminate, impose liability in respect of, or cause a trustee to be appointed to administer, any Pension Plan, unless the actions or events described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

31
 

9.8             Further Assurances .

 

(a)             Take, and cause each other Loan Party to take, such actions as are necessary or as Lender may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations of each Loan Party under the Loan Documents are secured by a first priority perfected Lien in favor of Lender (subject only to Permitted Liens) on substantially all of the assets of Borrower and each Loan Party (as well as all Capital Securities of each domestic Subsidiary and 65% of all Capital Securities of each direct foreign Subsidiary) and guaranteed by each Loan Guarantor (including, upon the acquisition or creation thereof, any domestic Subsidiary acquired or created after the Closing Date other than any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation or by any contractual obligation existing on the date any such Subsidiary is acquired (so long as such prohibition is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition) or created from guaranteeing the Obligations or which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to guarantee the Obligations), in each case as Lender may determine, including: (i) the execution and delivery of guaranties, security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, financing statements and other documents, and the filing or recording of any of the foregoing; and (ii) the delivery of certificated securities and other Collateral with respect to which perfection is obtained by possession, provided, that the provisions of this Section 9.8(a) relating to perfection shall only apply to (A) the Pledged Equity, (B) the Securities Account, (C) Collateral a security interest in which may be perfected through the filing of a financing statement under the UCC and (D) any other Collateral a security interest in which is required to be perfected pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)             Promptly upon the creation or acquisition of a Subsidiary by such Loan Party, provide written notice of the same to Lender and, if required by Section 9.8(a), within sixty (60) days of such creation or acquisition, deliver to Lender a joinder agreement executed by such Subsidiary (in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender), all related certificated securities, duly indorsed in a manner satisfactory to Lender evidencing the Capital Securities of such Subsidiary, a UCC financing statement naming such Subsidiary as debtor and Lender as secured party, and any other documentation reasonably requested by Lender.

 

(c)             At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Lender, and at the sole expense of such Loan Party, promptly and duly execute and deliver, and have recorded, and cause each other Loan Party to promptly and duly execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take, and cause each other Loan Party to take, such further actions as Lender may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including (i) filing any financing or continuation statements under the UCC (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interests created hereby, and (ii) in the case of any other relevant Collateral, taking any actions necessary to enable Lender to obtain “control” (within the meaning of the applicable UCC) with respect thereto, including without limitation, if requested by Lender, entering into account control agreements granting Lender control of any deposit or other account held at a financial institution other than Lender; provided, that, except in the case of the Pledged Equity and the Securities Account, clause (ii) above shall only apply if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or the fair market value of such relevant Collateral exceeds $2,500,000 (in the aggregate).

 

(d)             Assign, and cause each other Loan Party to assign to Lender, its right to payment of any Account of such Loan Party for which the Account Debtor is the United States or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, pursuant to the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, and promptly deliver evidence of such assignment to Lender (in form satisfactory to Lender) once received.

 

9.9             Deposit Accounts . Unless Lender otherwise consents in writing, maintain, and cause each other Loan Party to maintain, all of its treasury management accounts and principal deposit accounts with Lender; provided , that this Section 9.9 shall not apply to the Securities Account.

 

9.10         Delivery of Instruments, Certificated Securities and Chattel Paper . If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any Instrument, Certificated Security or Chattel Paper, immediately deliver, or cause any other applicable Loan Party to immediately deliver, such Instrument, Certificated Security or Chattel Paper to Lender, duly indorsed in a manner satisfactory to Lender, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement and, in the case of Electronic Chattel Paper, cause Lender to have control thereof within the meaning set forth in Section 9-105 of the UCC, provided, that, except in the case of the Pledged Equity and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 9.12 , this sentence shall only apply if the fair market value of such Instruments, Certificated Securities and/or Chattel Paper exceeds $2,500,000 (in the aggregate). If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon the request of Lender, any Instrument, Certificated Security or Chattel Paper of any Loan Party not theretofore delivered to Lender and at such time being held by any Loan Party shall be immediately delivered to Lender, duly indorsed in a manner satisfactory to Lender, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement and, in the case of Electronic Chattel Paper, the applicable Loan Party shall cause Lender to have control thereof within the meaning set forth in Section 9-105 of the UCC.

 

32
 

9.11           Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation .

 

(a)             Such Loan Party shall maintain the security interest created by this Agreement as a perfected security interest (to the extent that such security interest is required to be perfected pursuant to this Agreement), having at least the priority described in Section 8.22 and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever.

 

(b)             Such Loan Party shall not pledge, assign, transfer, create or permit to exist any tax liens and other Liens, encumbrances and security interests on any part of the Collateral other than Permitted Liens, and such Loan Party shall not enter into any agreement doing the same (other than with respect to Permitted Liens).

 

(c)             Such Loan Party shall not permit the filing of any financing statements or other documents perfecting a Lien upon or security interest in any of the Collateral except as permitted under Section 10.11 .

 

(d)             Such Loan Party will furnish to Lender from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of such Loan Party and such other reports in connection therewith as Lender may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

 

(e)             Such Loan Party shall promptly notify Lender of any material change with respect to the Pledged Equity (or any portion thereof) and/or the Pledged Notes (or any portion thereof) which is adverse to the interests of the Lender.

 

(f)             Changes in Locations, Name, etc . Such Loan Party shall provide written notice to Lender within 60 days of (and shall deliver to Lender, if applicable, all additional financing statements and other documents reasonably requested by Lender as to the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests provided for herein): (i) a change in its jurisdiction of organization or the location of its chief executive office from that specified in the Loan Party Schedules or in any subsequent notice delivered pursuant to this Section 9.11 ; or (ii) a change in its name, identity or corporate structure.

 

9.12           Investment Property .

 

(a)             If such Loan Party shall become entitled to receive or shall receive any certificate, option or rights in respect of the equity interests of any Issuer of any Investment Property of such Loan Party, whether in addition to, in substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for, any of the Pledged Equity, or otherwise in respect thereof, such Loan Party shall accept the same as the agent of Lender, hold the same in trust for Lender and deliver the same forthwith to Lender in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Loan Party to Lender, if required, together with an undated instrument of transfer covering such certificate duly executed in blank by such Loan Party and with, if Lender so requests, signature guarantied, to be held by Lender, subject to the terms hereof, as additional Collateral for the Secured Obligations. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) any sums paid upon or in respect of any Investment Property of any Loan Party upon the liquidation or dissolution of any Issuer shall be paid over to Lender to be held by it hereunder as additional Collateral for the Secured Obligations, and (ii) in case any distribution of capital shall be made on or in respect of such Investment Property or any property shall be distributed upon or with respect to such Investment Property pursuant to the recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of any Issuer or pursuant to the reorganization thereof, the property so distributed shall, unless otherwise subject to a perfected Lien in favor of Lender, be delivered to Lender to be held by it hereunder as additional Collateral for the Secured Obligations. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if any sums of money or property so paid or distributed in respect of the Investment Property of any Loan Party shall be received by such Loan Party, such Loan Party shall, until such money or property is paid or delivered to Lender, hold such money or property in trust for Lender, segregated from other funds of such Loan Party, as additional Collateral for the Secured Obligations.

 

33
 

(b)             Without the prior written consent of Lender, such Loan Party will not (i) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, the Investment Property of such Loan Party or Proceeds thereof (except pursuant to a transaction expressly permitted by this Agreement and except that Kinsale Management may sell, assign, transfer, exchange, or otherwise dispose of Investment Property deposited in or credited to the Securities Account in the ordinary course of business), (ii) create, incur or permit to exist any Lien or option in favor of, or any claim of any Person with respect to, any of the Investment Property of such Loan Party or Proceeds thereof, or any interest therein, except for Permitted Liens, (iii) enter into any agreement or undertaking restricting the right or ability of such Loan Party, or Lender to sell, assign or transfer any of the Investment Property of such Loan Party or Proceeds thereof, except, with respect to such Investment Property, shareholders’ agreements entered into by such Loan Party with respect to Persons in which such Loan Party maintains an ownership interest of 50% or less, (iv) do or take any other action which will impair Lender’s interests or rights in the Investment Property of such Loan Party in any material respect or (v) allow any membership interests or partnership interests comprising its Pledged Equity to be comprised of Securities.

 

(c)             In the case of each Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party which is an Issuer, such Loan Party agrees, or such Loan Party shall cause such Subsidiary to agree, that (i) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Investment Property issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it, (ii) it will notify Lender promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 9.12(a) with respect to the Investment Property issued by it, (iii) the terms of Sections 7.4 and 7.7 shall apply to such Issuer with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Section 7.4 or 7.7 regarding the Investment Property issued by it and (iv) it shall mark in books and records to indicate Lender’s security interest in the Investment Property issued by it.

 

9.13           Intellectual Property .

 

(a)             Such Loan Party (either itself or through licensees) will (i) continue to use each Trademark material to its business in order to maintain such Trademark in full force free from any claim of abandonment for non-use, (ii) maintain as in the past the quality of products and services offered under such Trademark, (iii) use such Trademark with the appropriate notice of registration and all other notices and legends required by applicable law, (iv) not adopt or use any mark which is confusingly similar or a colorable imitation of such Trademark unless Lender shall obtain a perfected security interest in such mark pursuant to this Agreement, and (v) not (and not permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby such Trademark would reasonably be expected to become invalidated or impaired in any way.

 

(b)             Such Loan Party (either itself or through licensees) will not do any act, or knowingly omit to do any act, whereby any Patent material to its business would reasonably be expected to become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public.

 

(c)             Such Loan Party (either itself or through licensees) (i) will employ each Copyright material to its business and (ii) will not (and will not permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any material portion of such Copyrights would reasonably be expected to become invalidated or otherwise impaired. Such Loan Party will not (either itself or through licensees) do any act whereby any material portion of such Copyrights would reasonably be expected to fall into the public domain.

 

(d)             Such Loan Party (either itself or through licensees) will not do any act that knowingly uses any Intellectual Property material to its business to infringe the intellectual property rights of any other Person.

 

(e)             Such Loan Party will notify Lender promptly if it knows, or has reason to know, that any application or registration relating to any Intellectual Property material to its business may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any court or tribunal in any country) regarding, such Loan Party’s ownership of, or the validity of, any Intellectual Property material to its business or such Loan Party’s right to register the same or to own and maintain the same.

 

34
 

(f)             Whenever such Loan Party, either by itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, (i) shall file an application for the registration of any Intellectual Property with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof or (ii) obtain rights in any Intellectual Property on or after the Closing Date, such Loan Party shall report such filing to Lender concurrently with the next delivery of financial statements of Borrower pursuant to Section 9.1 of this Agreement. Upon the request of Lender, such Loan Party shall execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as Lender may request to evidence Lender’s security interest in any Copyright, Patent or Trademark of any Loan Party and the goodwill and General Intangibles of such Loan Party relating thereto or represented thereby.

 

(g)             Such Loan Party will take all reasonable and necessary steps to maintain and pursue each application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of all Intellectual Property material to its business.

 

(h)             In the event that any Intellectual Property owned by such Loan Party and material to its business is infringed upon or misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Loan Party shall (i) take such actions as such Loan Party shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property and (ii) if such Intellectual Property is of material economic value, promptly notify Lender after it learns thereof and, to the extent, in its reasonable judgment, such Loan Party determines it appropriate under the circumstances, sue for infringement, misappropriation or dilution, to seek injunctive relief where appropriate and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution.

 

9.14           Other Matters .

 

(a)             Each Loan Party authorizes Lender to, at any time and from time to time, file financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that describe the Collateral as “all assets” of such Loan Party, or words of similar effect, and which contain any other information required pursuant to the UCC for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, and each Loan Party agrees to furnish any such information to Lender promptly upon request. Any such financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment may be filed at any time in any jurisdiction where such filing is required or permitted to perfect the security interest of Lender in any Collateral.

 

(b)             Each Loan Party shall, at any time and from time and to time, take such steps as Lender may reasonably request for Lender (i) to obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, of any bailee having possession of any of the Collateral, stating that bailee holds such Collateral for Lender (but only if the fair market value of such Collateral exceeds $2,500,000, in the aggregate), (ii) to obtain “control” of any Letter-of-Credit Rights or Electronic Chattel Paper, with any agreements establishing control to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender (but only if the fair market value of such Letter-of-Credit Rights or Electronic Chattel Paper exceeds $2,500,000, in the aggregate), and (iii) otherwise to insure the continued perfection and priority of Lender’s security interest in any of the Collateral and of the preservation of its rights therein (but only to the extent that such Collateral is (A) the Pledged Equity, (B) the Securities Account, (C) Collateral a security interest in which may be perfected through the filing of a financing statement under the UCC and (D) any other Collateral a security interest in which is required to be perfected pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. If any Loan Party shall at any time acquire a Commercial Tort Claim exceeding $2,500,000, such Loan Party shall promptly notify Lender thereof in writing, therein providing a reasonable description and summary thereof, and upon delivery thereof to Lender, such Loan Party shall be deemed to thereby grant to Lender (and such Loan Party hereby grants to Lender) a security interest and lien in and to such Commercial Tort Claim and all proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of and governed by this Agreement.

 

(c)             Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Loan Party at any time holds or acquires an interest in any Electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record”, as that term is defined in Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in §16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, such Loan Party shall promptly notify Lender thereof and, at the request of Lender, shall take such action as Lender may reasonably request to vest in Lender “control” under Section 9-105 of the UCC of such Electronic Chattel Paper or control under Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, §16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record (but only if the fair market value of such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record exceeds $2,500,000, in the aggregate). Lender agrees with the Loan Parties that Lender will arrange, pursuant to procedures satisfactory to Lender and so long as such procedures will not result in Lender’s loss of control, for the Loan Parties to make alterations to any such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under Section 9-105 of the UCC or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or §16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to make without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by any Loan Party with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record.

 

9.15           A.M. Best Co. Rating . Kinsale Insurance shall maintain a rating of at least “A-” by A.M. Best Co.

 

35
 

ARTICLE 10 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until the expiration or termination of the Term Loan Commitment and thereafter until all Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are paid and performed in full, each Loan Party agrees that, unless at any time Lender shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, it will:

 

10.1           Debt .

 

(a)             Not, and not permit any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except:

 

(i)             Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(ii)            Debt secured by Liens permitted by Section 10.2(d), and extensions, renewals and refinancings thereof;

 

(iii)           Debt of Borrower to any domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or Debt of any domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiary to Borrower or another domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

 

(iv)           Subordinated Debt;

 

(v)             Bank Product Obligations in an aggregate outstanding amount not at any time exceeding $5,000,000;

 

(vi)            the Excluded Kinsale Insurance Debt;

 

(vii)            Contingent Liabilities arising with respect to customary indemnification obligations, adjustment of purchase price, deferred purchase price, escrow arrangements, earn-outs or similar obligations, or from guaranties, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in favor of purchasers in connection with dispositions permitted under Section 10.5 ;

 

(viii)           Debt in respect of Capital Leases and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in Section 10.2(d) , in an aggregate outstanding amount not at any time exceeding $5,000,000;

 

(ix)              Debt owed to any Person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(x)             Debt under bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds, bonds to secure statutory obligations (including obligations under workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation) and similar obligations, in each case, incurred by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid bonds, performance bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations;

 

(xi)              endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xii)             in addition to the Debt listed above, Debt in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not, at any time, exceeding $5,000,000 provided that, at the time of the creation or incurrence of any such Debt, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would otherwise result from such creation or incurrence; and/or

 

(xiii)           Hedging Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and for bona fide hedging purposes not for speculation.

 

(b)                Notwithstanding the forgoing or anything contained herein to the contrary, with respect to any Debt of the type permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(iv) and 10.1(a)(xii) (to the extent such Debt is debt for borrowed money), above, Borrower agrees that it shall provide the Lender with the first right to finance such Debt during the term of the Loan. In the event that either: (i) Lender has not agreed to finance such Debt; or (ii) Lender has agreed to finance such Debt but Borrower shall have received a bona fide offer from an unrelated, third-party, lender agreeing to extend such Debt on substantially more favorable material terms and Lender has not agreed to match such terms (subject to the Lender’s normal and customary terms); Lender shall be deemed to have waived its option to finance such Debt pursuant to this Section 10.1(b) .

 

36
 

10.2           Liens . Not, and not permit any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to, create or permit to exist any Lien on any of its real or personal properties, assets or rights of whatsoever nature (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), except:

 

(a)             inchoate Liens for taxes or other governmental charges not at the time delinquent or thereafter payable without penalty or being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, in each case, for which it maintains adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP;

 

(b)             Liens arising in the ordinary course of business (such as (i) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen and other similar Liens imposed by law and (ii) Liens in the form of deposits or pledges incurred in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation and other types of social security (excluding Liens arising under ERISA) or in connection with surety and appeal bonds, statutory obligations, bids, performance bonds, trade contracts and similar obligations);

 

(c)             Liens described on Schedule 10.2 as of the Closing Date;

 

(d)             subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.1(a)(ii) and 10.1(a)(viii) , Liens: (i) arising in connection with Capital Leases (and attaching only to the property being leased, provided that if any Capital Leases are provided by the same lender, the Liens attaching to such property can be cross-collateralized with other property the subject of a Capital Lease provided by such lender); (ii)  existing on property at the time of the acquisition thereof or at the time of the acquisition or merger of a Person owning such property by or with any Loan Party (and not created in contemplation of such acquisition or merger); (iii) Liens that constitute purchase money security interests on any property securing debt incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such property, provided that any such Lien attaches to such property within 90 days of the acquisition, construction or improvement thereof and attaches solely to the property so acquired, constructed or improved; and (iv) on real property securing Debt; provided that the principal amount of such Debt shall not exceed 80% of the appraised value of such real property as of the date on which such Liens are granted;

 

(e)             attachments, appeal bonds, judgments and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings, provided the execution or other enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and the claims secured thereby are being actively contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

 

(f)             easements, rights of way, restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar Liens not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party;

 

(g)             Liens arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(h)             deposits to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade contracts and leases (other than Debt), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)               Liens arising solely as a result of statutory or common law rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions;

 

(j)               Liens securing or arising in connection with Excluded Kinsale Insurance Debt;

 

(k)              the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clause (c) or (d) above upon or in the same property subject thereto arising out of the extension, renewal or replacement of the Debt secured thereby (without increase in the amount thereof (other than with respect to unpaid accrued interest and premiums (including tender premiums) thereon, any committed or undrawn amounts, defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees, commissions and expenses associated with such Debt);

 

(l)               Liens granted in connection with the Debt permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(iii), and 10.1(a)(xii) ; provided that, at the time of the creation or incurrence of any such Lien, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would otherwise result from such creation or incurrence; and/or

 

(m)             precautionary UCC financing statements filed in connection with any Operating Lease or consignment of goods.

 

37
 

10.3           Operating Leases . Not permit the aggregate amount of all rental payments under Operating Leases made (or scheduled to be made) by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party (on a consolidated basis) to exceed $5,000,000 in any Fiscal Year.

 

10.4           Restricted Payments . Not, and not permit any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to: (a) make any distribution to any holders of its Capital Securities (other than dividend payments from Kinsale Insurance to Borrower or from any Loan Party to any other Loan Party), (b) purchase or redeem any of its Capital Securities, (c) pay any management fees or similar fees to any of its equityholders or to any Affiliate of any of its equityholders (it being understood that this clause (c) shall not include intercompany or director fees paid in the ordinary course of business for customary management or director services), (d) make any redemption, prepayment (whether mandatory or optional), defeasance, repurchase or any other payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt (other than as permitted by the terms of such Subordinated Debt) or (e) set aside funds for any of the foregoing; provided that this Section 10.4 shall not prohibit distributions, purchases, redemptions or payments described in clauses (a) though (e) above to the extent that no Default or Event of Default shall then exist or would otherwise result from the same.

 

10.5           Mergers, Consolidations, Sales .

 

(a)             Not, and not permit any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to, be a party to any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, except for any of the same where: (i) with respect to Borrower, Borrower is the surviving entity; (ii) with respect to any other Loan Party, such Loan Party is the surviving entity or the surviving entity (if not a Loan Party, shall become a Loan Party on or prior to consummation of such merger, consolidation or amalgamation) and (iii) with respect to any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, such Person is the surviving entity or the surviving entity shall become a Subsidiary of such Loan Party.

 

(b)             Not, and not permit any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to, sell, transfer, dispose of, convey or lease any of its assets or Capital Securities (including the sale of Capital Securities of any Subsidiary) except for: (i) sales or other dispositions of Cash Equivalent Investments in the ordinary course of business; (ii) sales or other dispositions constituting leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses in the ordinary course of business; (iii) sales or other dispositions of obsolete or worn out property and/or non-core assets acquired in connection with an Acquisition; (iv) sales or other dispositions of property by (A) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, (B) by any Loan Party to any other Loan Party and (C) between a Loan Party and a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, provided the same is conducted at arm’s length and on commercially reasonable terms; (v) sales or other dispositions by Borrower of its Capital Securities in connection with an initial public offering (IPO) by Borrower; (vi) sales or other dispositions of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (vii) sales of other dispositions of equipment or real property to the extent that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or the proceeds of such sale or other disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property; (viii) sales or other dispositions in the ordinary course of business of investments made by Kinsale Insurance, (ix) sales or other dispositions in the ordinary course of business of cash or Investment Property deposited in or credited to the Securities Account and/or (x) other sales, transfers, dispositions, conveyances, or leases, in addition to the forgoing, provided that the aggregate fair market value of all property sold, transferred, disposed of, conveyed or leased in reliance on this clause (x) during any Fiscal Year shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

10.6           Modification of Organizational Documents . Not permit the charters, by-laws, operating agreements or other organizational documents of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to be amended or modified in any way which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except to the extent the same is amended or modified to facilitate, or otherwise in connection with, an initial public offering (IPO) by such Loan Party or Subsidiary.

 

10.7           Transactions with Affiliates . Not, and not permit any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to, enter into, or cause, suffer or permit to exist any material transaction, arrangement or contract with any of its other Affiliates (other than the Loan Parties and the Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties) which is not entered into in good faith, at arm’s length and/or on commercially reasonable terms; provided that this provision shall not prohibit (1) any transaction with a Person that would constitute a transaction with an Affiliate solely because a Loan Party or Subsidiary owns Capital Securities in or otherwise controls such person and (2) any transaction that has otherwise been approved, in good faith, by a majority of disinterested directors of the Borrower or relevant Subsidiary (or the applicable committee thereof).

 

38
 

10.8           Inconsistent Agreements . Not, and not permit any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to, enter into any agreement containing any provision which would: (a) be violated or breached by any borrowing by Borrower hereunder or by the performance by any Loan Party of any of its Obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document; (b) prohibit any Loan Party from granting to Lender, a Lien on any of its assets; or (c) create or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to: (i) pay dividends or make other distributions to Borrower, any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, or pay any Debt owed to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party; (ii) make loans or advances to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party; and/or or (iii) transfer any of its assets or properties to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party; except : (A) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of all or a substantial part of the assets of any Subsidiary pending such sale, provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder; (B) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to purchase money Debt, Capital Leases and other secured Debt permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Debt; (C) customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof; (D) restrictions and conditions imposed hereunder, under any other Loan Documents and/or under any applicable law; and (E) restrictions and conditions contained in the organizational documents and/or other agreements of any Person acquired by, and becoming a Subsidiary of, a Loan Party after the Closing Date which were in effect at the time of such acquisition, so long as the subject organizational document/agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition (and any amendments, modifications, extensions or renewals thereof which are no more onerous than the existing agreement).

 

10.9           Business Activities; Issuance of Equity . Not, and not permit any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to, engage in any line of business other than the businesses engaged in on the date hereof and businesses reasonably related thereto (such line of business including, but not limited to the in-house underwriting of risk). Not, and not permit any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to, issue any Capital Securities (other than any issuance in accordance with Section 10.5 and further issuances of Capital Securities by direct Subsidiaries of Borrower made to the Borrower), provided that this sentence shall not apply to Borrower.

 

10.10       Investments . Not, and not permit any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to, make or permit to exist any Investment in any other Person, except the following:

 

(a)             (i) Investments in any Person that is a Loan Party prior to giving effect to such Investment, (ii) Investments by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof, (iii) Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in other Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties and (iv) Investments by any Loan Party in Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in the aggregate, up to $10,000,000 in any given Fiscal Year;

 

(b)             Investments constituting Debt permitted by Section 10.1 ;

 

(c)             Contingent Liabilities constituting Debt permitted by Section 10.1 or Liens permitted by Section 10.2 ;

 

(d)             Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

(e)             bank deposits in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)             Investments in securities of Account Debtors received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such Account Debtors and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction of Debt from financially troubled Account Debtors to the extent reasonably necessary to prevent or limit loss;

 

(g)             Investments listed on Schedule 10.10 as of the Closing Date and modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof to the extent not involving any new cash Investment;

 

39
 

(h)             Investments made by Kinsale Insurance and authorized by the Arkansas Insurance Code;

 

(i)               Investments made by Kinsale Management in publicly-traded securities that can be readily converted to cash;

 

(j)               with respect to any Person acquired by, and becoming a Subsidiary of, a Loan Party after the Closing Date, such Investments held by such Subsidiary as of the date of acquisition;

 

(k)              other Investments, in addition to the Investments listed above, provided that , the aggregate amount of such Investments does not, at any time, exceed five percent (5%) of the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;

 

(l)                Investments in Hedging Agreements specifically permitted under this Agreement;

 

(m)              Investments received in connection with the disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement; and/or

 

(n)               modifications, replacements, and/or renewals of scheduled Investments, to the extent the original Investment is permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that (x) any Investment which when made complies with the requirements of the definition of the term “ Cash Equivalent Investment ” may continue to be held notwithstanding that such Investment if made thereafter would not comply with such requirements; and (y) no Investment otherwise permitted by clause (k) above shall be permitted to be made if, immediately before or after giving effect thereto, any Default or Event of Default exists.

 

10.11       Restriction of Amendments to Certain Documents . Not amend or otherwise modify, or waive, and not permit any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to amend, otherwise modify or waive, any rights under any provisions of any Subordinated Debt to the extent the same would: (a) result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to any Loan Party; or (b) after giving effect thereto, result in a Default or Event of Default hereunder.

 

10.12       Fiscal Year . Not change its Fiscal Year.

 

10.13       Financial Covenants .

 

10.13.1    Minimum Risk Based Capital . Not permit the Risk Based Capital Ratio for Kinsale Insurance to be less than 350% for any Fiscal Year .

 

10.13.2    Statutory Surplus . Not permit the Statutory Surplus for Kinsale Insurance as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2016, to be less than (a) 90% of the Statutory Surplus for Kinsale Insurance as of March 31, 2016 plus (b) 50% of the Statutory Net Income of Kinsale Insurance for each Fiscal Quarter ending after March 31, 2016.

 

10.13.3    Total Debt to Capital Ratio . Not permit the Total Debt to Capital Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter to exceed 1.00 to 2.50.

 

10.13.4    Net Worth . Not permit Net Worth as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2016, to be less than the sum of (a) 85% of Net Worth as of March 31, 2016 plus (b) 50% of Net Earnings for each Fiscal Quarter ending after March 31, 2016.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Lender acknowledges that Kinsale Insurance may engage in Permitted Kinsale Insurance Activities without violating the provisions of Section 10.1 through Section 10.8 and Section 10.10 through Section 10.12 .

 

40
 

ARTICLE 11 EFFECTIVENESS; CONDITIONS OF CLOSING, ETC.

 

As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement, and the obligation of the Lender to be bound by the terms hereof, the Loan Parties shall execute and/or deliver to Lender (to the extent not previously provided), the following documents and other items, each of which shall be in form and substance to reasonably satisfactory to Lender:

 

11.1           Agreement and Note . Duly executed copies of this Agreement and the Note.

 

11.2           Authorization and Ancillary Documents . For each Loan Party, as applicable: (a) such Person’s charter (or similar formation document), certified by the appropriate governmental authority; (b) good standing certificates for such Person in its state of incorporation (or formation), to the extent such concept is applicable in the relevant jurisdiction; (c) such Person’s bylaws (or similar governing document); (d) resolutions of such Person’s board of directors (or similar governing body) approving and authorizing such Person’s execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is party and the transactions contemplated thereby; (e) signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of such Person executing any of the Loan Documents (it being understood that Lender may conclusively rely on each such certificate until formally advised by a like certificate of any changes therein); and (f) all such Ancillary Schedules applicable to such Loan Party; each and all of the forgoing being certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary (or similar Senior Officer) of such Lon Party as being true and correct as of the Closing Date, and in full force and effect without modification (where applicable).

 

11.3           Consents and Approvals . Evidence that all consents and all governmental, regulatory and other third party approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been granted (including without limitation, copies of any Form B amendment to filed by Borrower pursuant to the Arkansas Insurance Holding Company Regulatory Act disclosing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

 

11.4           Delivery of Pledged Collateral . To the extent required by this Agreement and/or any of the other Loan Documents and not previously delivered to Lender, the certificates evidencing the Certificated Securities of any Loan Party, duly indorsed in a manner satisfactory to Lender.

 

11.5           Subordination Agreements . To the extent required by this Agreement and/or any of the other Loan Documents and not previously delivered to Lender, Subordination Agreements with respect to all Subordinated Debt.

 

11.6           Insurance . To the extent required by this Agreement and/or any of the other Loan Documents and not previously delivered to Lender, evidence of the existence of insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 9.3(b) , together with evidence(acceptable to Lender in its reasonable discretion) that Lender has been named as a loss payee and an additional insured on all related insurance policies (to the extent required by Section 9.3(b) .

 

11.7           Payment of Fees . Evidence of payment by Borrower of all accrued and unpaid fees, costs and expenses to the extent due and payable on the Closing Date, together with all Attorney Costs of Lender incurred in connection with the negotiation and documentation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Without limiting the generality of the forgoing, Borrowers shall have paid to Lender, and Lender shall have received, an amount equal to any and all Attorney Costs and other fees and expenses incurred by (or on behalf of Lender) up through, and including, the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

11.8           Financial Statements . Audited financial statements of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2015 and unaudited financial statements of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2016.

 

11.9           Reserves . A satisfactory independent report of Milliman Inc. dated December 31, 2015 with respect to any reserves of Kinsale Insurance.

 

11.10        Search Results . Current UCC, federal and state tax Lien and judgment searches, pending suit and litigation searches and bankruptcy court filings searches covering each Loan Party (if any).

 

41
 

11.11        Filings, Registrations and Recordings . To the extent required by this Agreement and/or any of the other Loan Documents and not previously delivered to Lender, each document (including UCC financing statements) required by the Collateral Documents or under law or reasonably requested by Lender to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of Lender, in each case to the extent required pursuant to this Agreement, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior to any other Liens (subject only to Liens permitted pursuant to Section 10.2 ), in proper form for filing, registration or recording.

 

11.12        Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Borrower and each other Loan Party set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as applicable) shall be true and correct, in all material respects, with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date (except to the extent stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

 

11.13        Other . Such other documents as Lender may reasonably request (including without limitation, such amendments or other documents as may be required, in Lender’s sole discretion, in connection with the Collateral Documents, or any of them).

 

ARTICLE 12 EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND THEIR EFFECT.

 

12.1         Events of Default . Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

12.1.1        Non-Payment of the Term Loan, etc. Failure by Borrower or any other Loan Party to make: (a) any payment of principal or interest hereunder or under the Note immediately upon maturity or acceleration (as applicable); (b) any payment of principal or interest hereunder or under the Note when due (other than upon maturity or acceleration) within five (5) Business Days of the date when due; or (c) any other payment under the Loan Documents within five (5) Business Days of the date when due or, if no date is stated, within five (5) Business Days after demand (or such shorter period as may be expressly provided for herein or therein).

 

12.1.2        Non-Payment of Other Debt . Any default or event of default shall occur under the terms, documents, agreements or instruments applicable to or evidencing any Debt of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party where the aggregate amount for all such Debt so affected (and including undrawn committed or available amounts and amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) exceeds $2,500,000 and such default shall permit any Person, or any trustee or agent for such Person, to cause such Debt to become due and payable (or require any Loan Party to purchase or redeem such Debt or post cash collateral in respect thereof) prior to its expressed maturity.

 

12.1.3        Bankruptcy, Insolvency, etc. Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party becomes insolvent or generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability or refusal to pay, debts as they become due; or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party applies for, consents to, or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or other custodian for such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, as applicable, or any property thereof, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or, in the absence of such application, consent or acquiescence, a trustee, receiver or other custodian is appointed for any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or for a substantial part of the property of any thereof and is not discharged within 60 days; or any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement, or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any dissolution or liquidation proceeding, is commenced in respect of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, and if such case or proceeding is not commenced by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, it is consented to or acquiesced in by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, or remains for 60 days undismissed; or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party takes any action to authorize, or in furtherance of, any of the foregoing.

 

12.1.4        Non-Compliance with Loan Documents . (a) Failure by any Loan Party to comply with or to perform, or the failure by any Loan Party to cause any of its Subsidiaries to comply with or to perform, any covenant set forth in Sections 9.1.5(a) , and 9.6 , or ARTICLE 10 ; or (b) failure by any Loan Party to comply with or to perform, or the failure by any Loan Party to cause its Subsidiaries to comply with or to perform, any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (and not constituting an Event of Default under any other provision of this ARTICLE 12 ) and continuance of such failure described in this clause (b) for 30 days.

 

12.1.5        Representations; Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of any Loan Party in this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other agreement with the Lender shall be false in any material respect when made or deemed made.

 

42
 

12.1.6        Pension Plans . (a) Any Person institutes steps to terminate a Pension Plan if as a result of such termination Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower could be required to make a contribution to such Pension Plan, or could incur a liability or obligation to such Pension Plan, in excess of $5,000,000; (b) a contribution failure occurs with respect to any Pension Plan sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA; (c) the Unfunded Liability exceeds twenty percent of the Total Plan Liability, or (d) there shall occur any withdrawal or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Pension Plan and the withdrawal liability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (without unaccrued interest) to Multiemployer Pension Plans as a result of such withdrawal (including any outstanding withdrawal liability that Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower has incurred on the date of such withdrawal) exceeds $5,000,000 (in the aggregate).

 

12.1.7        Judgments . Any judgment or judgments, writ or writs, or warrant or warrants of attachment, or any similar process or processes in an aggregate amount (to the extent not covered by independent third party insurance or one or more third-party reinsurance contracts, in each case as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage) in excess of (a) in the case of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party other than Kinsale Insurance, $2,500,000 (in the aggregate), and (b) in the case of Kinsale Insurance, 5% of the Statutory Surplus for Kinsale Insurance as of the last day of the preceding Fiscal Quarter, shall be rendered against any Loan Party or Kinsale Insurance and shall not have been paid, discharged or vacated or had execution thereof stayed pending appeal within 60 days (in the case of clause (a)) or 90 days (in the case of clause (b)) after entry or filing of such judgments.

 

12.1.8        Attachment . A notice of lien, levy, or assignment is filed or recorded with respect to the Pledged Equity (or any portion thereof) by the United States government or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof or by any state, county, municipal or other governmental agency, or if any taxes or debts owing at any time to any one of them becomes a lien or encumbrance upon the Pledged Equity (or any portion thereof), and any of the foregoing is not released, bonded or otherwise secured to Lender’s reasonable satisfaction within sixty (60) days after the same becomes a lien or encumbrance on such assets.

 

12.1.9        Loan Documents . Any of the Loan Documents shall for any reason not be or shall cease to be in full force and effect, or any of the Loan Documents is declared to be null and void.

 

12.1.10     Invalidity of Collateral Documents, Perfection, etc. Any Loan Party (or any Person by, through or on behalf of any Loan Party) shall contest in any manner the validity, binding nature or enforceability of any Collateral Document; and/or Lender shall, at any time and for any reason (other than as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender), fail to have a perfected, first priority, security interest in, and Lien on, the Pledged Equity (or any portion thereof) and/or the Pledged Notes (or any portion thereof).

 

12.1.11    Invalidity of Subordination Provisions, etc. Any subordination provision in any document or instrument governing Subordinated Debt, or any subordination provision in any subordination agreement that relates to any Subordinated Debt, or any subordination provision in any guaranty by any Loan Party of any Subordinated Debt, shall cease to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party or any other Person (including the holder of any applicable Subordinated Debt) shall contest in any manner the validity, binding nature or enforceability of any such provision.

 

12.1.12    Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur.

 

12.2           Effect of Event of Default . If:

 

(a)             any Event of Default described in Section 12.1.3 shall occur, the Term Loan Commitment shall immediately terminate and the Term Loan and all other Obligations hereunder shall become immediately due and payable, all without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind;

 

43
 

(b)             any other Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Lender may declare the Term Loan Commitment to be terminated or reduced in whole or in part and/or declare all or any part of the Term Loan and all other Obligations hereunder to be due and payable, whereupon the Term Loan Commitment shall immediately terminate (or be reduced, as applicable) and/or the Term Loan and other Obligations hereunder shall become immediately due and payable (in whole or in part, as applicable), all without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, and

 

(c)             any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Lender shall have (i) all rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) all rights and remedies provided by the UCC (in each applicable jurisdiction) and (iii) all rights and remedies provided by any other applicable law (including, without limitation, all other legal and equitable remedies available to Lender). Lender shall promptly advise Borrower of any such declaration, but failure to do so shall not impair the effect of such declaration.

 

ARTICLE 13 GENERAL.

 

13.1           Marshalling; Waiver; Amendments . To the extent that it lawfully may, each Loan Party hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law relating to the marshalling of Collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of Lender’s rights under this Agreement or under any other instrument creating or evidencing any of the Obligations or under which any of the Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Obligations is secured or payment thereof is otherwise assured, and, to the extent that it lawfully may, each Loan Party hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws. No amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent with respect to, any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and acknowledged by Lender and Borrower, and then any such amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

13.2           Confirmations . Borrower and each holder of a Note agree from time to time, upon written request received by it from the other, to confirm to the other in writing the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Term Loan then outstanding under such Note.

 

13.3           Notices . All notices hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile or electronic transmission) and shall be sent to the applicable party at its address shown on Annex A or at such other address as such party may, by written notice received by the other parties, have designated as its address for such purpose. Notices sent by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been given when sent; notices sent by mail shall be deemed to have been given three Business Days after the date when sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; and notices sent by hand delivery or overnight courier service shall be deemed to have been given when received.

 

13.4           Computations . Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined, or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made, for the purpose of this Agreement, such determination or calculation shall, to the extent applicable and except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, be made in accordance with GAAP, SAP or the instructions for the statutory statements of Kinsale Insurance as prescribed by the Arkansas Department of Insurance, as applicable, consistently applied; provided that if any Loan Party notifies Lender that the Loan Parties wish to amend any covenant in ARTICLE 9 or 10.13 (or any related definition) to eliminate or to take into account the effect of any change in GAAP on the operation of such covenant (or if Lender notifies the Loan Parties that Lender wishes to amend ARTICLE 9 or 10.13 (or any related definition) for such purpose), then Loan Parties’ compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant (or related definition) is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Loan Parties and Lender. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the classification of leases, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the audited financial statements of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 11.8 for all purposes of this Agreement unless the Loan Parties and Lender shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such change as provided for above.

 

44
 

13.5           Costs, Expenses and Taxes .

 

(a)             Each Loan Party, jointly and severally, agrees to pay on demand all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Lender (including Attorney Costs and any Indemnified Taxes) in connection with the preparation, execution, syndication, delivery and administration (including perfection and protection of any Collateral (to the extent required by this Agreement) and the costs of Intralinks (or other similar service), if applicable) of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all other documents provided for herein or delivered or to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith (including any amendment, supplement or waiver to any Loan Document), whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated, and all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs and any Indemnified Taxes) incurred by Lender after an Event of Default in connection with the collection of the Obligations or the enforcement of this Agreement the other Loan Documents or any such other documents or during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect thereof. In addition, each Loan Party agrees to pay, and to save Lender harmless from all liability for, any fees of the Loan Parties’ auditors in connection with any reasonable exercise by Lender of their rights pursuant to Section 9.2 . All Obligations provided for in this Section 13.5 shall survive repayment of the Term Loan, cancellation of the Note and termination of this Agreement.

 

(b)             Each Loan Party agrees to pay, and to save Lender harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(c)             The agreements in this Section 13.5 shall survive repayment of all (and shall be) Secured Obligations (and termination of all commitments under this Agreement), any foreclosure under, or any modification, release or discharge of, any or all of the Collateral Documents and termination of this Agreement.

 

13.6           GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND the NOTE SHALL BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

 

13.7           Confidentiality . As required by federal law and Lender’s policies and practices, Lender may need to obtain, verify, and record certain customer identification information and documentation in connection with opening or maintaining accounts, or establishing or continuing to provide services. Lender agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts (equivalent to the efforts Lender applies to maintain the confidentiality of its own confidential information) to maintain as confidential all information provided to it by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party and designated as confidential, except that Lender may disclose such information (a) to Persons employed or engaged by Lender in evaluating, approving, structuring or administering the Term Loan and the Term Loan Commitment; (b) to any assignee or participant or potential assignee or participant that has agreed to comply with the covenant contained in this Section 13.7 (and any such assignee or participant or potential assignee or participant may disclose such information to Persons employed or engaged by them as described in clause (a) above); (c) as required or requested by any federal or state regulatory authority or examiner, or any insurance industry association, or as reasonably believed by Lender to be compelled by any court decree, subpoena or legal or administrative order or process; (d) as, on the advice of Lender’s counsel, is required by law; (e) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy under the Loan Documents or in connection with any litigation to which Lender is a party; (f) to any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to Lender; (g) to any Affiliate of Lender, or any other Person who may provide Bank Products to the Loan Parties; (h) to Lender’s independent auditors and other professional advisors as to which such information has been identified as confidential; or (i) that ceases to be confidential through no fault of Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower consents to the publication by Lender of a tombstone or similar advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and Lender reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements. If any provision of any confidentiality agreement, non-disclosure agreement or other similar agreement between Borrower and Lender conflicts with or contradicts this Section 13.7 with respect to the treatment of confidential information, this section shall supersede all such prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings between the parties.

 

13.8           Severability . Whenever possible each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid pursuant to Section 13.13.1 under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement. All obligations of the Loan Parties and rights of Lender expressed herein or in any other Loan Document shall be in addition to and not in limitation of those provided by applicable law.

 

45
 

13.9           Nature of Remedies . All Obligations of the Loan Parties and rights of Lender expressed herein or in any other Loan Document shall be in addition to and not in limitation of those provided by applicable law. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

 

13.10       Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof and any prior arrangements made with respect to the payment by the Loan Parties of (or any indemnification for) any fees, costs or expenses payable to or incurred (or to be incurred) by or on behalf of Lender.

 

13.11       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Agreement. Receipt of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall constitute effective delivery thereof. Electronic records of executed Loan Documents maintained by Lender shall be deemed to be originals.

 

13.12       Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, Lender and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties, Lender and the successors and assigns of Lender. No other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. No Loan Party may assign or transfer any of its rights or Obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

13.13       Assignments; Participations .

 

13.13.1    Assignments .

 

(a)           Lender may at any time assign to one or more Persons (any such Person, an “ Assignee ”) all or any portion of the Term Loan and the Term Loan Commitment, with the prior written consent of Borrower, so long as no Event of Default exists (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and shall not be required for an assignment by Lender to an Affiliate of Lender). Borrower shall be deemed to have granted its consent to any assignment requiring its consent hereunder unless Borrower has expressly objected to such assignment within ten (10) Business Days after notice thereof.

 

(b)             From and after the date on which the conditions described above have been met, (i) such Assignee shall be deemed automatically to have become a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to such Assignee pursuant to an assignment agreement between Lender and the Assignee, shall have the rights and obligations of Lender hereunder and (ii) Lender, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, shall be released from its rights (other than its indemnification rights) and obligations hereunder. Upon the request of the Assignee (and, as applicable, Lender) pursuant to an effective assignment agreement, Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Assignee (and, as applicable, Lender) a Note in the principal amount of the Assignee’s pro rata share of the Term Loan Commitment plus the principal amount of the Assignee’s Term Loan (and, as applicable, a Note in the principal amount of the Term Loan retained by Lender). Each such Note shall be dated the effective date of such assignment. Upon receipt by Lender of such Note, Lender shall return to Borrower any prior Note held by it.

 

(c)             Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 13.13.1 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for Lender as a party hereto.

 

46
 

13.13.2    Participations . Lender may at any time sell to one or more Persons participating interests in the Term Loan, the Term Loan Commitment or its other interests hereunder (any such Person, a “ Participant ”). In the event of a sale by Lender of a participating interest to a Participant, (a) Lender’s obligations hereunder shall remain unchanged for all purposes, (b) Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with Lender in connection with Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder and (c) all amounts payable by Borrower shall be determined as if Lender had not sold such participation and shall be paid directly to Lender. Borrower agrees that if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due and payable (as a result of acceleration or otherwise), each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as Lender under this Agreement; provided that such right of set-off shall be subject to the obligation of each Participant to share with Lender, and Lender agrees to share with each Participant, on a pro rata basis. Borrower also agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 5.5 or ARTICLE 6 as if it were Lender ( provided that on the date of the participation no Participant shall be entitled to any greater compensation pursuant to Section 5.5 or ARTICLE 6 than would have been paid to Lender on such date if no participation had been sold and that each Participant complies with Section 5.5 or ARTICLE 6 as if it were a direct assignee). Each Lender that sells a participation to a Participant shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower, maintain at one of its offices a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of each such Participant, and the commitments of, and principal amount of the Term Loan owing to, such Participant (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in the Term Loan, commitments or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that disclosure is required to establish that such a participation in a Term Loan, commitment or other obligation is held by a Participant who is a non-resident alien individual (within the meaning of Code Section 871) or a foreign corporation (within the meaning of Code Section 881) is in registered form (as described above). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall have the right to treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

13.14       Captions . Section captions used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

 

13.15       Customer Identification - USA Patriot Act Notice . Lender (for itself and not on behalf of any other party) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001 (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow Lender, as applicable, to identify the Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

13.16       INDEMNIFICATION BY LOAN PARTIES . IN CONSIDERATION OF THE EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT BY LENDER AND THE AGREEMENT BY LENDER TO EXTEND THE COMMITMENTS PROVIDED HEREUNDER, EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, EXONERATE AND HOLD LENDER AND EACH OF THE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AFFILIATES AND AGENTS OF LENDER (EACH A “ LENDER PARTY ”) FREE AND HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL ACTIONS, CAUSES OF ACTION, SUITS, LOSSES, LIABILITIES, DAMAGES AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY’S FEES AND COURT COSTS (COLLECTIVELY, THE “INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES”), INCURRED BY LENDER PARTIES OR ANY OF THEM AS A RESULT OF, OR ARISING OUT OF, OR RELATING TO (A) ANY TENDER OFFER, MERGER, PURCHASE OF CAPITAL SECURITIES, PURCHASE OF ASSETS OR OTHER SIMILAR TRANSACTION FINANCED OR PROPOSED TO BE FINANCED IN WHOLE OR IN PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, WITH THE PROCEEDS OF THE Term Loan, (B) THE USE, HANDLING, RELEASE, EMISSION, DISCHARGE, TRANSPORTATION, STORAGE, TREATMENT OR DISPOSAL OF ANY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE AT ANY PROPERTY OWNED OR LEASED BY ANY Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, (C) ANY VIOLATION OF ANY ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS WITH RESPECT TO CONDITIONS AT ANY PROPERTY OWNED OR LEASED BY ANY Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party OR THE OPERATIONS CONDUCTED THEREON, (D) THE INVESTIGATION, CLEANUP OR REMEDIATION OF OFFSITE LOCATIONS AT WHICH ANY Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party OR THEIR RESPECTIVE PREDECESSORS ARE ALLEGED TO HAVE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY DISPOSED OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OR (E) THE EXECUTION, DELIVERY, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT BY ANY OF LENDER PARTIES, EXCEPT FOR ANY SUCH INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES ARISING ON ACCOUNT OF THE APPLICABLE LENDER PARTY’S BAD FAITH, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR THE APPLICABLE LENDER PARTY’S MATERIAL BREACH OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AS DETERMINED BY A FINAL, NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION. IF AND TO THE EXTENT THAT THE FOREGOING UNDERTAKING MAY BE UNENFORCEABLE FOR ANY REASON, EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY AGREES TO MAKE THE MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTION TO THE PAYMENT AND SATISFACTION OF EACH OF THE INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES WHICH IS PERMISSIBLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. ALL OBLIGATIONS PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION 13.16 SHALL SURVIVE REPAYMENT OF THE Term Loan , CANCELLATION OF THE NOTE, ANY FORECLOSURE UNDER, OR ANY MODIFICATION, RELEASE OR DISCHARGE OF, ANY OR ALL OF THE COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS AND TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

47
 

13.17       Nonliability of Lender . The relationship between Borrower on the one hand and Lender on the other hand shall be solely that of borrower and lender. Lender has no fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Loan Party arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Loan Parties, on the one hand, and Lender, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor. Lender undertakes no responsibility to any Loan Party to review or inform any Loan Party of any matter in connection with any phase of any Loan Party’s business or operations. Each Loan Party agrees that Lender shall have no liability to any Loan Party (whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise) for losses suffered by any Loan Party in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to the transactions contemplated and the relationship established by the Loan Documents, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith, unless it is determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that such losses resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party from which recovery is sought or from a material breach by such party of its obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document. NO LENDER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES ARISING FROM THE USE BY OTHERS OF ANY INFORMATION OR OTHER MATERIALS OBTAINED THROUGH INTRALINKS OR OTHER SIMILAR INFORMATION TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, NOR SHALL ANY LENDER PARTY HAVE ANY LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO, AND EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES AND AGREES NOT TO SUE FOR ANY SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR ARISING OUT OF ITS ACTIVITIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH (WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE CLOSING DATE). Each Loan Party acknowledges that it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party. No joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Loan Parties and Lender.

 

13.18       FORUM SELECTION AND CONSENT TO JURISDICTION . ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, SHALL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED EXCLUSIVELY IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS; PROVIDED THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE LENDER FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. EACH LOAN PARTY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, OR BY PERSONAL SERVICE WITHIN OR WITHOUT THE STATE OF ILLINOIS. EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

13.19       WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH LOAN PARTY AND LENDER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, ANY NOTE, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND ANY AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH OR ARISING FROM ANY LENDING RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE FOREGOING, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

 

ARTICLE 14 LOAN GUARANTY.

 

14.1         Guaranty .

 

14.1.1        Each of the Loan Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, as a primary obligor and not only a surety, guaranties to Lender and its successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns, the prompt and complete payment and performance by Borrower when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations. Each Loan Guarantor further agrees to pay all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, all Attorney Costs paid or incurred by Lender in endeavoring to collect all or any part of the Secured Obligations from, or in prosecuting any action against, any Loan Guarantor, Borrower or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Secured Obligations. All amounts payable by any Loan Guarantor under this ARTICLE 14 shall be payable upon demand by Lender, without set-off or counterclaim.

 

14.1.2        Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Loan Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Loan Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to the insolvency of debtors (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 14.2).

 

48
 

14.1.3        Each Loan Guarantor agrees that the Secured Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Loan Guarantor hereunder without impairing the guaranty contained in this ARTICLE 14 or affecting the rights and remedies of Lender hereunder.

 

14.1.4        The guaranty contained in this ARTICLE 14 shall remain in full force and effect until all of the Secured Obligations shall have been Paid in Full.

 

14.1.5        No payment made by Borrower, any of the Loan Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by Lender from Borrower, any of the Loan Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Secured Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Loan Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than any payment made by such Loan Guarantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or any payment received or collected from such Loan Guarantor in respect of the Secured Obligations), remain liable for the Secured Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Loan Guarantor hereunder until the Secured Obligations are Paid in Full.

 

14.2           Right of Contribution . Each Loan Guarantor hereby agrees that, to the extent that a Loan Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Loan Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Loan Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Loan Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 14.3 . The provisions of this Section 14.2 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Loan Guarantor to Lender, and each Loan Guarantor shall remain liable to Lender for the full amount guaranteed by such Loan Guarantor hereunder.

 

14.3           No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment made by any Loan Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of any Loan Guarantor by Lender, no Loan Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of Lender against Borrower or any other Loan Guarantor or any collateral security or guaranty or right of offset held by Lender for the payment of the Secured Obligations, nor shall any Loan Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from Borrower or any other Loan Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Loan Guarantor hereunder, until all of the Secured Obligations are Paid in Full. Should any Loan Guarantor have the right, notwithstanding the foregoing, to exercise its subrogation rights, such Loan Guarantor hereby expressly and irrevocably (a) subordinates any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off that such Loan Guarantor may have to the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations until the Secured Obligations are Paid in Full and (b) waives any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor until the Secured Obligations are Paid in Full. Each Loan Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that this subordination is intended to benefit Lender and shall not limit or otherwise affect any Loan Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this ARTICLE 14 , and that Lender and its successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this ARTICLE 14 . If any amount shall be paid to any Loan Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Secured Obligations shall not have been Paid in Full, such amount shall be held by such Loan Guarantor in trust for Lender, shall be segregated from other funds of such Loan Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Loan Guarantor, be turned over to Lender in the exact form received by such Loan Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Loan Guarantor, if required), to be applied against the Secured Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as Lender may determine.

 

14.4           Amendments, etc. with respect to the Secured Obligations . Each Loan Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Loan Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Loan Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Secured Obligations made by Lender may be rescinded by Lender and any of the Secured Obligations continued, and the Secured Obligations, or the liability of Borrower or any other Person upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guaranty therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by Lender, and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection herewith and therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as Lender may deem advisable from time to time. Lender shall have no obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Secured Obligations or for the guaranty contained in this ARTICLE 14 or any property subject thereto.

 

14.5           Discharge . Each Loan Guarantor’s guaranty hereunder shall not be discharged or otherwise affected as a result of: (a) the invalidity or unenforceability of any security for or other guaranty of all or any part of the Secured Obligations or of any promissory note or other agreement, document or instrument (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) evidencing or in respect of all or any part of the Secured Obligations, or the lack of perfection or continuing perfection or failure of priority of any security for all or any part of the Secured Obligations or any other guaranty therefor; (b) the absence of any attempt to collect the Secured Obligations, or any portion thereof, from Borrower, or any other guarantor or other action to enforce the same; (c) any failure by Lender to acquire, perfect and maintain any security interest in, or to preserve any rights to, any security or collateral for all or any part of the Secured Obligations or any guaranty therefor; (d) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure, ownership or existence of Borrower or any Loan Guarantor; (e) any election by Lender in any proceeding instituted under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq.) (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”); (f) any borrowing or grant of a security interest by Borrower or any Loan Guarantor, as debtors-in-possession, or extension of credit, under the Bankruptcy Code; (g) the disallowance, under the Bankruptcy Code, of all or any portion of Lender’s claim(s) for repayment of the Secured Obligations; (h) any use of cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code; (i) any agreement or stipulation as to the provision of adequate protection in any bankruptcy proceeding; (j) the avoidance of any lien in favor of Lender for any reason; (k) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, liquidation or dissolution proceeding commenced by or against Borrower, any Loan Guarantor or any other guarantor, maker or endorser, including without limitation, any discharge of, or bar or stay against collecting or accelerating, all or any of the Secured Obligations (or any interest thereon) in or as a result of any such proceeding; (l) any failure by Lender to file or enforce a claim against Borrower, any Loan Guarantor or such Person’s estate in any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding; (m) any action taken by Lender that is authorized by this Agreement; (n) any election by Lender under Section 9-604(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in any relevant jurisdiction as to any security for the Secured Obligations or any guaranty of all or any part of the Secured Obligations; or (o) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a statutory, legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, including, without limitation, any defense any Loan Guarantor may have pursuant to the Illinois Sureties Act.

 

49
 

14.6           Notice . Lender may, from time to time, at its sole discretion and without notice to any Loan Guarantor (or any of them), take any or all of the following actions: (a) retain or obtain a security interest in any property to secure any of the Secured Obligations or any obligation hereunder, (b) retain or obtain the primary or secondary obligation of any obligor or obligors, in addition to the undersigned, with respect to any of the Secured Obligations, (c) extend or renew any of the Secured Obligations for one or more periods (whether or not longer than the original period), alter or exchange any of the Secured Obligations, or release or compromise any obligation of any Loan Guarantor or any obligation of any nature of any other obligor with respect to any of the Secured Obligations, (d) release any guaranty or right of offset or its security interest in, or surrender, release or permit any substitution or exchange for, all or any part of any property securing any of the Secured Obligations or any obligation hereunder, or extend or renew for one or more periods (whether or not longer than the original period) or release, compromise, alter or exchange any obligations of any nature of any obligor with respect to any such property, and (e) resort to any Loan Guarantor for payment of any of the Secured Obligations when due, whether or not Lender shall have resorted to any property securing any of the Secured Obligations or any obligation hereunder or shall have proceeded against any other of the undersigned, or any other obligor primarily or secondarily obligated with respect to any of the Secured Obligations.

 

14.7           Waivers . Each Loan Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Secured Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by Lender upon the guaranty contained in this ARTICLE 14 or acceptance of the guaranty contained in this ARTICLE 14 ; the Secured Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the guaranty contained in this ARTICLE 14 , and all dealings between Borrower and any of the Loan Guarantors, on the one hand, and Lender, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guaranty contained in this ARTICLE 14 . Each Loan Guarantor waives (a) diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default, dishonor or nonpayment and all other notices whatsoever to or upon Borrower or any of the Loan Guarantors with respect to the Secured Obligations, (b) notice of the existence or creation or non-payment of all or any of the Secured Obligations and (c) all diligence in collection or protection of or realization upon any Secured Obligations or any security for or guaranty of any Secured Obligations.

 

14.7.1        Each Loan Guarantor further waives, in each case to the extent permitted by applicable law:

 

(a)             Notices: (i) of default in respect of the Secured Obligations or any other guaranty, (ii) of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional indebtedness or other Secured Obligations, arising either from additional loans extended to Borrower or otherwise, (iii) that the principal amount, or any portion thereof, and/or any interest on any document or instrument evidencing all or any part of the Secured Obligations is due, (iv) of any and all proceedings to collect from Borrower any maker, endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Secured Obligations, or from anyone else, (v) of exchange, sale, surrender or other handling of any security or collateral given to Lender to secure payment of the Secured Obligations or any guaranty therefor, (vi) of assignment, sale or other transfer of the Note to a transferee thereof, (vii) of any action taken by Lender that is authorized by this Agreement and (viii) which such Loan Guarantor is otherwise entitled to receive;

 

(b)             any right to require Lender to: (i) proceed first against Borrower or any other Person whatsoever, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security given to or held by Lender in connection with the Secured Obligations or any other guaranty, or (iii) pursue any other remedy in Lender’s power whatsoever;

 

(c)             any defense arising by reason of (i) any legal disability or other defense of Borrower or any Loan Guarantor with respect to all or any portion of the Secured Obligations, (ii) the cessation from any cause whatsoever (other than payment) of the liability of Borrower or any Loan Guarantor with respect to all or any portion of the Secured Obligations, or (iii) any act or omission of Lender or others which directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, results in or aids the discharge or release of Borrower, any Loan Guarantor, or any security given to or held by Lender in connection with the Secured Obligations or any other guaranty;

 

(d)             any and all other guaranty or suretyship defenses under applicable law, including, without limitation, under the Illinois Sureties Act; and

 

(e)              the benefit of any statute of limitations, bar date, equitable defense of laches affecting the Secured Obligations or any Loan Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof.

 

All waivers granted by the Loan Guarantor hereunder shall be unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of whether the Secured Obligations have been Paid in Full by the Loan Guarantors or any other party.

 

50
 

14.7.2        Each Loan Guarantor consents and agrees that Lender shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Loan Guarantor or against or in payment of any or all of the Secured Obligations. Each Loan Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent that Borrower makes a payment or payments to Lender, or Lender receives any proceeds of collateral, which payment or payments or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to Borrower, its estates, trustee, receiver or any other party, including, without limitation, such Loan Guarantor, under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable theory, then to the extent of such payment or repayment, the Secured Obligations or the part thereof which has been paid, reduced or satisfied by such amount, and any Loan Guarantor’s obligations hereunder with respect to such portion of the Secured Obligations, shall be reinstated and continued in full force and effect as of the date such initial payment, reduction or satisfaction occurred.

 

14.7.3        Each Loan Guarantor agrees that, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any and all claims of any Loan Guarantor against Borrower, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Secured Obligations, or against any of Borrower’s properties, whether arising by reason of any payment by such Loan Guarantor to Lender pursuant to this ARTICLE 14 or with respect to any “Intercompany Indebtedness” (as hereinafter defined), shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment, in full, of all of the Secured Obligations. Notwithstanding any right of any Loan Guarantor to ask, demand, sue for, take or receive any payment from Borrower, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all rights, liens and security interests of such Loan Guarantor, whether now or hereafter arising and howsoever existing, in any assets of Borrower shall be and are subordinated to the rights of Lender in those assets. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no Loan Guarantor shall have right to possession of any such asset or to foreclose upon any such asset, whether by judicial action or otherwise, unless and until all of the Secured Obligations shall have been Paid in Full. If all or any part of the assets of Borrower, or the proceeds thereof, are subject to any distribution, division or application to the creditors of Borrower, whether partial or complete, voluntary or involuntary, and whether by reason of liquidation, bankruptcy, arrangement, receivership, assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other action or proceeding, or if the business of Borrower is dissolved or if substantially all of the assets of Borrower are sold, then, and in any such event (such events being herein referred to as an “Insolvency Event”), any payment or distribution of any kind or character, either in cash, securities or other property, which shall be payable or deliverable upon or with respect to any indebtedness of Borrower to any Loan Guarantor (“Intercompany Indebtedness”) shall be paid or delivered directly to Lender for application on any of the Secured Obligations, due or to become due, until such Secured Obligations shall have first been Paid in Full. If an Insolvency Event shall have occurred and any amount shall be paid to any Loan Guarantor on account of Intercompany Indebtedness at any time when all of the Secured Obligations shall not have been Paid in Full, such amount shall be held by such Loan Guarantor in trust for Lender, segregated from other funds of such Loan Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Loan Guarantor, be turned over to Lender in the exact form received by such Loan Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Loan Guarantor, if required), to be applied against the Secured Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as Lender may determine. Such Loan Guarantor agrees that until the Secured Obligations have been Paid in Full, such Loan Guarantor will not assign or transfer to any Person (other than Lender) any claim such Loan Guarantor has or may have against any Borrower.

 

14.8           Payments . Each Loan Guarantor hereby guaranties that payments hereunder will be paid to Lender without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars at the office of Lender specified herein.

 

14.9           Representations and Warranties . Each Loan Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender as of the date hereof, as of the date any Loan Party becomes a party hereto pursuant to a joinder, that there is no litigation or administrative proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of such Loan Guarantor, threatened to restrain or enjoin the transactions contemplated by this ARTICLE 14 , or questioning the validity hereof, or in any way contesting the powers of such Loan Guarantor to perform its obligations under this ARTICLE 14 , or in which an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the transactions contemplated by this ARTICLE 14 .

 

[**Remainder Of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows**]

 

51
 

The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

  KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. , as Borrower
     
  By: /s/ Michael P. Kehoe
  Name: Michael P. Kehoe
  Title: CEO
     
  Kinsale Management, INC. , as Loan Guarantor
     
  By: /s/ Michael P. Kehoe
  Name: Michael P. Kehoe 
  Title: CEO
     
  ASPERA INSURANCE SERVICES, INC ., as Loan Guarantor
     
  By: /s/ Michael P. Kehoe
  Name: Michael P. Kehoe 
  Title: CEO
     
  THE PRIVATEBANK AND TRUST COMPANY , as Lender
     
  By: /s/ Austin G. Love
  Name: Austin G. Love
  Title: Associate Managing Director

 

 
 

ANNEX A

 

ADDRESSES FOR NOTICE

 

To the Lender :  

The PrivateBank and Trust Company 

120 South LaSalle Street 

Chicago, Illinois 60603 

Attention: Andrew C. Haak, Managing Director 

     

With a copy of notices sent to Lender sent to: 

( provided such copy shall not constitute notice )

 

Freeborn & Peters LLP 

311 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3000 

Chicago, Illinois 60606 

Attention: Anthony J. Zeoli, Esq. 

     
To Borrower :  

Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. 

6802 Paragon Place, Suite 350 

Richmond, Virginia 23230 

Attention: Michael P. Kehoe 

     
To The Loan Guarantors :  

Kinsale Management, Inc.; 

Aspera Insurance Services, Inc. 

c/o Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. 

6802 Paragon Place, Suite 350 

Richmond, Virginia 23230 

Attention: Michael P. Kehoe 

     

With a copy of notices sent to Borrower and/or Loan Guarantors to: 

( provided such copy shall not constitute notice )

 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP 

Four Times Square, 

New York 10036-6522 

Attention: Dwight S. Yoo, Esq.

 

 
 

SCHEDULE 8.8

 

equity ownership; Subsidiaries

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

 

Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.

 

Authorized Capital

 

18,333,333 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of which 15,000,000 shares are designated as Class A Common Voting Shares and 3,333,333 are designated as Class B Common Non-Voting Shares

 

Issued and Outstanding Shares

 

13,803,183 Class A Shares

 

1,538,836 Class B Shares

 

Owner

 

Not Applicable

 

 

Kinsale Management, Inc.

 

 

10,000 authorized shares, par value $0.01

 

 

100

 

 

100% by Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.

 

 

Kinsale Insurance Company

 

 

5,000,000 authorized shares, par value $1.00

 

 

3,750,000

 

 

100% by Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.

 

 

Aspera Insurance Services, Inc.

 

 

5,000 authorized shares, par value $0.01

 

 

100

 

 

100% by Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.

 

 

 
 

SCHEDULE 10.2

 

EXISTING LIENS

 

NONE

 

 
 

SCHEDULE 10.10

 

EXISTING INVESTMENTS

 

1. The Investments described in in the Investment Schedules.

 

2. The inter-company obligations contemplated by that certain Management Services Agreement dated as of February 5, 2010 by and between Kinsale Management, Inc. and Kinsale Insurance Company.

 

3. The inter-company obligations contemplated by that certain Management Services Agreement dated as of April 22, 2014 by and between Kinsale Management, Inc. and Aspera Insurance Services, Inc.

 

4. The inter-company obligations contemplated by that certain Amended and Restated Tax Sharing & Allocation Agreement dated as of April 22, 2014 among Kinsale Capital Group, Inc., Kinsale Management, Inc., Kinsale Insurance Company and Aspera Insurance Services, Inc.

 

 
 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:     The PrivateBank and Trust Company, as Lender

 

Please refer to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June [__], 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) by and among KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC. (“ Borrower ”), and THE PRIVATEBANK AND TRUST COMPANY (“ Lender ”), among others . Terms used but not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.

 

I. Reports . Enclosed herewith is a copy of the [annual audited/quarterly] report of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at _____________, ____ (the “ Computation Date ”), which report fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations [(subject to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end adjustments)] of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the Computation Date and has been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

II. Financial Tests . Borrower hereby certifies and warrants to you that the following is a true and correct computation as at the Computation Date of the following ratios and/or financial restrictions contained in the Loan Agreement:

 

A. Section 10.13.1 - Minimum Risk Based Capital  
     
1. Risk Based Capital Ratio  
  for Kinsale Insurance as of  
  December 31, 20__ ________%
     
2. Minimum Required 350%
     
3 Met Yes/No
     
B. Section 10.13.2 – Statutory Surplus  
     
1. Statutory Surplus for Kinsale  
  Insurance as of March 31, 2016 _________
     
2. 90% of Item 1 _________
     
3. Statutory Net Income  
  for Kinsale Insurance  
  from April 1, 2016 to  
  the Computation Date _________
     
4. 50% of Item 3 _________
     
5. Minimum Statutory Surplus _________
  (Item 2, plus Item 4)  
     
6. Statutory Surplus as of Computation Date _________
     
7. Met Yes/No
     
 
 
C. Section 10.13.2 – Total Debt to Capital Ratio  
     
1. Total Debt of Borrower  
  and its consolidated Subsidiaries  
  as of the Computation Date $________
     
2. Net Worth of Borrower  
  and its consolidated Subsidiaries  
  plus Item 1 $________
     
3. Ratio of (1) to (2) ___ to ___
     
4. Maximum allowed 1.00 to 2.50
     
5. Met Yes/No
     
D. Section 11.14.6 –Net Worth  
     
1. Net Worth of Borrower  
  and its consolidated subsidiaries  
  as of March 31, 2016 _________
     
2. 85% of Item 1 _________
     
3. Net Earnings as from April 1, 2016  
  to the Computation Date _________
     
4. 50% of Item 3 _________
     
5. Minimum Net Worth $________
  (Item 2, plus Item 4)  
     
6. Net Worth as of the Computation Date $________
     
7 Met Yes/No

 

Borrower further certifies to you that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

 
 

Borrower has caused this Compliance Certificate to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer on _________, ____.

 

  Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

Section 1. Purpose of Plan.

 

The name of the Plan is the Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The purposes of the Plan are to provide an additional incentive to selected employees, directors, independent contractors and consultants of the Company or its Affiliates whose contributions are essential to the growth and success of the Company’s business, in order to strengthen the commitment of such persons to the Company and its Subsidiaries, motivate such persons to faithfully and diligently perform their responsibilities and attract and retain competent and dedicated persons whose efforts will result in the long-term growth and profitability of the Company. To accomplish such purposes, the Plan provides that the Company may grant Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units, Other Share-Based Awards, Cash Awards or any combination of the foregoing.

 

Section 2. Definitions.

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board, or, if and to the extent the Board does not administer the Plan, the Committee in accordance with Section 3 hereof.

 

(b) “ Affiliate ” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified. An entity shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Company for purposes of this definition only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.

 

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the applicable requirements under U.S. federal and state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, including the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan, as are in effect from time to time.

 

(d) “ Award ” means any Option, Share Appreciation Right, Restricted Share, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Share-Based Award or Cash Award granted under the Plan.

 

(e) “ Award Agreement ” means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

 

(f) “ Beneficial Owner” (or any variant thereof) has the meaning defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

(g) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(h) “ Bylaws ” mean the bylaws of the Company, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

 

 
 

(i) “ Cash Award ” means cash awarded under Section 11 of the Plan, including cash awarded as a bonus or upon the attainment of Performance Goals or otherwise as permitted under the Plan.

 

(j) “ Cause ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any individual employment or severance agreement or Award Agreement with the Participant or, if no such agreement exists or if such agreement does not define “Cause,” Cause means (i) the conviction, guilty plea or plea of “no contest” by the Participant to any felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the Participant’s commission of any other act or omission involving dishonesty or fraud, (ii) the substantial and repeated failure of the Participant to perform duties of the office held by the Participant, (iii) the Participant’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and/or (iv) any breach by the Participant of any restrictive covenants to which the Participant is subject. Any voluntary termination of Employment by the Participant in anticipation of an involuntary termination of the Participant’s employment for Cause shall be deemed to be a termination for Cause.

 

(k) “ Change in Capitalization ” means any (i) merger, amalgamation, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization, spin-off, spin-out, repurchase or other reorganization or corporate transaction or event, (ii) special or extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock or other property), stock split, reverse stock split, share subdivision or consolidation, (iii) combination or exchange of shares or (iv) other change in corporate structure, which, in any such case, the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, affects the Shares such that an adjustment pursuant to Section 5 hereof is appropriate.

 

(l) “ Change in Control ” means an event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

 

(1) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person or any securities acquired directly from the Company or any Affiliate thereof) representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (i) of paragraph (3) below; or

 

(2) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving on the Board:  individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including, but not limited to, a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended (“ Incumbent Directors ”); or

 

2
 

(3) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect Subsidiary with any other corporation or other entity, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which results in (A) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and (B) the Incumbent Directors continuing immediately thereafter to represent at least a majority of the board of directors of the Company, the entity surviving such merger or consolidation or, if the Company or the entity surviving such merger or consolidation is then a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(4) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than (A) a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company following the completion of such transaction in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale or (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets immediately following which the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the entity to which such assets are sold or disposed or, if such entity is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions and (ii) for each Award that constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred under the Plan with respect to such Award only if a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company shall also be deemed to have occurred under Section 409A of the Code.

 

(m) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto.

 

3
 

(n) “ Committee ” means any committee or subcommittee the Board may appoint to administer the Plan. Subject to the discretion of the Board, the Committee shall be composed entirely of individuals who meet the qualifications of an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code (but only to the extent necessary and desirable to maintain qualification of Awards as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code), a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and any other qualifications required by the applicable stock exchange on which the Common Stock is traded. If at any time or to any extent the Board shall not administer the Plan, then the functions of the Administrator specified in the Plan shall be exercised by the Committee. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, any action of the Committee with respect to the administration of the Plan shall be taken by a majority vote at a meeting at which a quorum is duly constituted or unanimous written consent of the Committee’s members.

 

(o) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

(p) “ Company ” means Kinsale Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (or any successor company, except as the term “Company” is used in the definition of “Change in Control” above).

 

(q) “ Covered Employee ” has the meaning ascribed to the term “covered employee” set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(r) “ Disability ” means, with respect to any Participant, that such Participant (i) as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company or an Affiliate thereof.

 

(s) “ Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 19 hereof.

 

(t) “ Eligible Recipient ” means an employee, director, independent contractor or consultant of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company who has been selected as an eligible participant by the Administrator; provided , however , to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, an Eligible Recipient of an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right means an employee, non-employee director, independent contractor or consultant of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with respect to whom the Company is an “eligible issuer of service recipient stock” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(u) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

4
 

(v) “ Exercise Price ” means, with respect to any Option, the per share price at which a holder of such Option may purchase Shares issuable upon exercise of such Award, and, with respect to a Share Appreciation Right, the base price per share of such Share Appreciation Right, which, with respect to Options and Share Appreciation Rights, in any event will not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a related share of Common Stock on the date of grant.

 

(w) “ Fair Market Value ” of a share of Common Stock or another security as of a particular date shall mean the fair market value as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , however , (i) if the Common Stock or other security is admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the fair market value on any date shall be the closing sale price reported on such date, or if no shares were traded on such date, on the last preceding date for which there was a sale of a share of Common Stock on such exchange, or (ii) if the Common Stock or other security is then traded in an over-the-counter market, the fair market value on any date shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices for such share in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such share in such market.

 

(x) “ ISO ” means an Option intended to be and designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(y) “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is not designated as an ISO.

 

(z) “ Option ” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 7 hereof. The term “Option” as used in the Plan includes the terms “Nonqualified Stock Option” and “ISO.”

 

(aa) “ Other Share-Based Award ” means a right or other interest granted pursuant to Section 10 hereof that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, the Common Stock, including, but not limited to, unrestricted Shares, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents or performance units, each of which may be subject to the attainment of Performance Goals or a period of continued employment or other terms or conditions as permitted under the Plan.

 

(bb) “ Participant ” means any Eligible Recipient selected by the Administrator, pursuant to the Administrator’s authority provided for in Section 3 below, to receive grants of Awards, and, upon his or her death, his or her successors, heirs, executors and administrators, as the case may be.

 

5
 

(cc) “ Performance Goals ” means performance goals based on one or more of the following criteria: (i) earnings, including one or more of operating income, net operating income, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, adjusted EBITDA, economic earnings, or extraordinary or special items or book value per share (which may exclude nonrecurring items); (ii) pre-tax income or after-tax income; (iii) earnings per share (basic or diluted); (iv) operating profit; (v) revenue, revenue growth or rate of revenue growth; (vi) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on equity; (vii) returns on sales or revenues; (viii) operating expenses; (ix) share price appreciation; (x) cash flow, cash flow per share, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (xi) implementation or completion of critical projects or processes; (xii) cumulative earnings per share growth; (xiii) operating margin or profit margin; (xiv) cost targets, reductions and savings, productivity and efficiencies; (xv) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, human resources management, supervision of litigation, information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and similar transactions, and budget comparisons; (xvi) personal professional objectives, including any of the foregoing performance goals, the implementation of policies and plans, the negotiation of transactions, the development of long term business goals, formation of joint ventures, research or development collaborations, and the completion of other corporate transactions; (xvii) loss ratio; (xviii) economic value created; (xix) share price or total shareholder return; (xx) expense ratio; (xxi) combined ratio; (xxii) underwriting profit; (xxiii) gross or net written premiums; and (xxiv) any combination of, ratio of, or a specified increase in, any of the foregoing . Where applicable, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of attaining a specified level of the particular criteria or the attainment of a percentage increase or decrease in the particular criteria, and may be applied to one or more of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, or a division or strategic business unit of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, or may be applied to the performance of the Company relative to a market index, a group of other companies or a combination thereof, all as determined by the Committee. The Performance Goals may include a threshold level of performance below which no payment shall be made (or no vesting shall occur), levels of performance at which specified payments shall be made (or specified vesting shall occur), and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment shall be made (or at which full vesting shall occur). Each of the foregoing Performance Goals shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (to the extent applicable) and shall be subject to certification by the Committee; provided, that, to the extent permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code to the extent applicable, the Committee shall make equitable adjustments to the Performance Goals in recognition of unusual or infrequent occurring events affecting the Company or any Affiliate thereof or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, in response to changes in Applicable Laws or regulations, or to account for items of gain, loss or expense determined to be extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence or related to the disposal of a segment of a business or related to a change in accounting principles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall take any actions pursuant to this paragraph to the extent necessary and desirable to maintain qualification of Awards as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(dd) “ Person ” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company.

 

6
 

(ee) “ Plan ” means this Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

(ff) “Restricted Shares ” means Shares granted pursuant to Section 9 below subject to certain restrictions that lapse at the end of a specified period (or periods) and/or upon attainment of specified performance objectives.

 

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means the right granted pursuant to Section 9 hereof to receive a Share at the end of a specified restricted period (or periods) of time and/or upon attainment of specified performance objectives.

 

(hh) “ Shares ” means Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, as adjusted pursuant to the Plan, and any successor (pursuant to a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganization) security.

 

(ii) “ Share Appreciation Right ” means the right pursuant to an Award granted under Section 8 below to receive an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Exercise Price, as of the date such Award or portion thereof is surrendered, of the Shares covered by such Award or such portion thereof, over (ii) the aggregate Exercise Price of such Award or such portion thereof.

 

(jj) “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such first Person owns or otherwise controls, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or a sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such other Person. An entity shall be deemed a Subsidiary of the Company for purposes of this definition only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.

 

Section 3. Administration.

 

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator and shall be administered in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code (but only to the extent necessary and desirable to maintain qualification of Awards as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code) and, to the extent applicable, Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 16b-3 ”).

 

(b) Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator, subject, in the case of any Committee, to any restrictions on the authority delegated to it by the Board, shall have the power and authority, without limitation:

 

(1) to select those Eligible Recipients who shall be Participants;

 

(2) to determine whether and to what extent Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units, Cash Awards, Other Share-Based Awards or a combination of any of the foregoing, are to be granted hereunder to Participants;

 

(3) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

7
 

(4) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of each Award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, (i) the restrictions applicable to Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units and the conditions under which restrictions applicable to such Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units shall lapse, (ii) the performance goals and periods applicable to Awards, (iii) the Exercise Price of each Award, (iv) the vesting schedule applicable to each Award, (v) the number of Shares or amount of cash or other property subject to each Award and (vi) subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (to the extent applicable), any amendments to the terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, including, but not limited to, extending the exercise period of such Awards and accelerating the vesting and/or payment schedules of such Awards);

 

(5) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, which shall govern all written instruments evidencing Awards;

 

(6) to determine the Fair Market Value in accordance with the terms of the Plan;

 

(7) to determine the duration and purpose of leaves of absence which may be granted to a Participant without constituting termination of the Participant’s employment for purposes of Awards granted under the Plan;

 

(8) to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, regulations, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable;

 

(9) to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of, and supply or correct omissions in, the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement relating thereto), and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan and to exercise all powers and authorities either specifically granted under the Plan or necessary and advisable in the administration of the Plan; and

 

(10) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws, which rules and regulations may be set forth in an appendix or appendixes to the Plan.

 

(c) Subject to Section 5, neither the Board nor the Committee shall have the authority to reprice or cancel and regrant any Award at a lower exercise, base or purchase price or cancel any Award with an exercise, base or purchase price in exchange for cash, property or other Awards without first obtaining the approval of the Company’s shareholders.

 

(d) All decisions made by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants. No member of the Board or the Committee, nor any officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof acting on behalf of the Board or the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, omission, determination or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Board or the Committee and each and any officer or employee of the Company and of any Subsidiary thereof acting on their behalf shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company in respect of any such action, omission, determination or interpretation.

 

8
 

Section 4. Shares Reserved for Issuance Under the Plan.

 

(a) Subject to Section 5 hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock that are reserved and available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall be equal to 1,800,000 Shares.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, and subject to the adjustment as provided by Section 5, from and after such time as the Plan is subject to 162(m) of the Code:

 

(1) No individual (including an individual who is likely to be a Covered Employee) will be granted Options or Share Appreciation rights in excess of 600,000 Shares during any single fiscal year.

 

(2) No individual (including an individual who is likely to be a Covered employee) will be granted Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units or Other Share-Based Awards in excess of 300,000 Shares during any single fiscal year.

 

(3) The maximum Cash Award that any Covered Employee may receive with respect to a Cash Award in respect of any annual performance period is $3,000,000 and for any other performance period, such amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the performance period and the denominator of which is twelve.

 

(c) Shares issued under the Plan may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise. If any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered or if an Award otherwise terminates or expires without a distribution of shares to the Participant, the Shares with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, termination or expiration, again be available for Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares surrendered or withheld as payment of either the Exercise Price of an Award (including Shares otherwise underlying an Award of a Share Appreciation Right that are retained by the Company to account for the Exercise Price of such Share Appreciation Right) and/or withholding taxes in respect of an Award shall no longer be available for grant under the Plan. In addition, (i) to the extent an Award is denominated in shares of Common Stock, but paid or settled in cash, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such payment or settlement is made shall again be available for grants of Awards pursuant to the Plan and (ii) shares of Common Stock underlying Awards that can only be settled in cash shall not be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards under the Plan.

 

(d) No more than 200,000 Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs.

 

9
 

Section 5. Equitable Adjustments.

 

In the event of any Change in Capitalization, an equitable substitution or proportionate adjustment shall be made in (i) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 4 and the maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Awards granted to any Participant in any calendar or fiscal year, (ii) the kind, number of securities subject to, and Exercise Price subject to outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan, and (iii) the kind, number and purchase price of Shares or other securities or the amount of cash or amount or type of other property subject to outstanding Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units or Other Share-Based Awards granted under the Plan; provided , however , that any fractional shares resulting from the adjustment shall be eliminated. Such other equitable substitutions or adjustments shall be made as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in connection with a Change in Capitalization, the Administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, but subject in all events to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, for the cancellation of any outstanding Award granted hereunder in exchange for payment in cash or other property having an aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by such Award, reduced by the aggregate Exercise Price or purchase price thereof, if any; provided , however , that if the Exercise Price or purchase price of any outstanding Award is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock, cash or other property covered by such Award, the Board may cancel such Award without the payment of any consideration to the Participant. Further, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to Awards subject to foreign laws, adjustments made hereunder shall be made in compliance with applicable requirements. Except to the extent determined by the Administrator, any adjustments to ISOs under this Section 5 shall be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code. The Administrator’s determinations pursuant to this Section 5 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

Section 6. Eligibility.

 

The Participants under the Plan shall be selected from time to time by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, from those individuals that qualify as Eligible Recipients, provided , however , that no non-employee director under the Plan shall be granted Awards in any consecutive 12-month period in respect of Shares having a Fair Market Value of more than $400,000, as measured as of the applicable grant date.

 

Section 7. Options.

 

(a) General . Options granted under the Plan shall be designated as Nonqualified Stock Options or ISOs. Each Participant who is granted an Option shall enter into an Award Agreement with the Company, containing such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, which Award Agreement shall set forth, among other things, the Exercise Price of the Option, the term of the Option and provisions regarding exercisability of the Option, and whether the Option is intended to be an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock Option (and in the event the Award Agreement has no such designation, the Option shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option). The provisions of each Option need not be the same with respect to each Participant. More than one Option may be granted to the same Participant and be outstanding concurrently hereunder. Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

10
 

(b) Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of Shares purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion at the time of grant, but in no event shall the exercise price of an Option be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant.

 

(c) Option Term . The maximum term of each Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Option shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such Option is granted. Each Option’s term is subject to earlier expiration pursuant to the applicable provisions in the Plan and the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

(d) Exercisability . Each Option shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions, including the attainment of pre-established performance goals, as shall be determined by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement. The Administrator may also provide that any Option shall be exercisable only in installments, and the Administrator may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

 

(e) Method of Exercise . Options may be exercised in whole or in part by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of whole Shares to be purchased, accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares so purchased in cash or its equivalent, as determined by the Administrator. As determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, with respect to any Option or category of Options, payment in whole or in part may also be made (i) by means of consideration received under any cashless exercise procedure approved by the Administrator (including the withholding of Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise), (ii) in the form of unrestricted Shares already owned by the Participant which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (iii) any other form of consideration approved by the Administrator and permitted by Applicable Laws or (iv) any combination of the foregoing.

 

(f) ISOs . The terms and conditions of ISOs granted hereunder shall be subject to the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the terms, conditions, limitations and administrative procedures established by the Administrator from time to time in accordance with the Plan. At the discretion of the Administrator, ISOs may be granted only to an employee of the Company, its “parent corporation” (as such term is defined in Section 424(e) of the Code) or a Subsidiary.

 

(1) ISO Grants to 10% Stockholders . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, if an ISO is granted to a Participant who owns shares representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company, its “parent corporation” (as such term is defined in Section 424(e) of the Code) or a Subsidiary, the term of the ISO shall not exceed five (5) years from the time of grant of such ISO and the Exercise Price shall be at least one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant.

 

11
 

(2) $100,000 Per Year Limitation For ISOs . To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined on the date of grant) of the Shares for which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such excess ISOs shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

(3) Disqualifying Dispositions . Each Participant awarded an ISO under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he or she makes a “disqualifying disposition” of any Share acquired pursuant to the exercise of such ISO. A “disqualifying disposition” is any disposition (including any sale) of such Shares before the later of (i) two years after the date of grant of the ISO and (ii) one year after the date the Participant acquired the Shares by exercising the ISO. The Company may, if determined by the Administrator and in accordance with procedures established by it, retain possession of any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO as agent for the applicable Participant until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such shares.

 

(g) Rights as Stockholder . A Participant shall have no rights to dividends, dividend equivalents or distributions or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of the exercise thereof, and has paid in full for such Shares and has satisfied the requirements of Section 16 hereof.

 

(h) Termination of Employment or Service . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee or in the applicable Award Agreement:

 

(1) In the event that the employment or service of a Participant with the Company and all Affiliates thereof (including by reason of the Participant’s employer ceasing to be an Affiliate of the Company) shall terminate for any reason other than Cause, Disability, or death, (A) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they are exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is ninety (90) days after such termination, on which date they shall expire, and (B) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

 

(2) In the event that the employment or service of a Participant with the Company and all Affiliates thereof shall terminate on account of the Disability or death of the Participant, (A) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is six (6) months after such termination, on which date they shall expire and (B) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

 

12
 

(3) In the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment or service for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall expire at the commencement of business on the date of such termination.

 

(4) The Award Agreement with respect to an Option that is granted to a Participant resident in the state of California may not provide terms that are more detrimental to the Participant then the following: unless a Participant's employment is terminated for cause (as determined in the discretion of the Administrator), the Participant shall be entitled to exercise the Option until the earlier of (i) the expiration date of the Option or (ii) if the termination of employment was caused by the Participant's death or Disability, the date which is at least six months following such termination of employment or (iii) if the termination of employment was for a reason other than death or Disability, the date which is at least 30 days following such termination of employment.

 

(i) Other Change in Employment Status . An Option shall be affected, both with regard to vesting schedule and termination, by leaves of absence, including unpaid and un-protected leaves of absence, changes from full-time to part-time employment, partial Disability or other changes in the employment status of a Participant, in the discretion of the Administrator.

 

Section 8. Share Appreciation Rights.

 

(a) General . Share Appreciation Rights may be granted either alone (“ Free Standing Rights ”) or in conjunction with all or part of any Option granted under the Plan (“ Related Rights ”). Related Rights may be granted either at or after the time of the grant of such Option. The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Share Appreciation Rights shall be made. Each Participant who is granted a Share Appreciation Right shall enter into an Award Agreement with the Company, containing such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, which Award Agreement shall set forth, among other things, the number of Shares to be awarded, the Exercise Price per Share, and all other conditions of Share Appreciation Rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Related Right may be granted for more Shares than are subject to the Option to which it relates. The provisions of Share Appreciation Rights need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Share Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions set forth in this Section 8 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(b) Awards; Rights as Stockholder . A Participant shall have no rights to dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock, if any, subject to a Stock Appreciation Right until the Participant has given written notice of the exercise thereof and has satisfied the requirements of Section 16 hereof.

 

(c) Exercisability .

 

(1) Share Appreciation Rights that are Free Standing Rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

13
 

(2) Share Appreciation Rights that are Related Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Options to which they relate shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof and this Section 8 of the Plan.

 

(d) Payment Upon Exercise .

 

(1) Upon the exercise of a Free Standing Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but not more than, that number of Shares equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise over the Exercise Price per share specified in the Free Standing Right multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which the Free Standing Right is being exercised.

 

(2) A Related Right may be exercised by a Participant by surrendering the applicable portion of the related Option. Upon such exercise and surrender, the Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but not more than, that number of Shares equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise over the Exercise Price specified in the related Option multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which the Related Right is being exercised. Options which have been so surrendered, in whole or in part, shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the Related Rights have been so exercised.

 

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may determine to settle the exercise of a Share Appreciation Right in cash (or in any combination of Shares and cash).

 

(e) Termination of Employment or Service . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee or in the applicable Award Agreement:

 

(1) In the event that the employment or service of a Participant with the Company and all Affiliates thereof (including by reason of the Participant’s employer ceasing to be an Affiliate of the Company) shall terminate for any reason other than Cause, Disability, or death, (A) Share Appreciation Rights granted to such Participant, to the extent that they are exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is ninety (90) days after such termination, on which date they shall expire, and (B) Share Appreciation Rights granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Share Appreciation Right shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

 

(2) In the event that the employment or service of a Participant with the Company and all Affiliates thereof shall terminate on account of the Disability, or death of the Participant, (A) Share Appreciation Rights granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is six (6) months after such termination, on which date they shall expire and (B) Share Appreciation Rights granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Share Appreciation Right shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

 

14
 

(3) In the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment or service for Cause, all outstanding Share Appreciation Rights granted to such Participant shall expire at the commencement of business on the date of such termination.

 

(f) Term .

 

(1) The term of each Free Standing Right shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Free Standing Right shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such right is granted.

 

(2) The term of each Related Right shall be the term of the Option to which it relates, but no Related Right shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such right is granted.

 

(g) Other Change in Employment Status . Share Appreciation Rights shall be affected, both with regard to vesting schedule and termination, by leaves of absence, including unpaid and un-protected leaves of absence, changes from full-time to part-time employment, partial Disability or other changes in the employment status of a Participant, in the discretion of the Administrator.

 

Section 9. Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a) General . Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units may be issued either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units shall be made. Each Participant who is granted Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units shall enter into an Award Agreement with the Company, containing such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, which Award Agreement shall set forth, among other things, the number of Shares to be awarded; the price, if any, to be paid by the Participant for the acquisition of Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units; the period of time restrictions, Performance Goals or other conditions that apply to delivery or vesting of such Awards (the “ Restricted Period ”); and all other conditions applicable to the Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units. If the restrictions, Performance Goals or conditions established by the Administrator are not attained, a Participant shall forfeit his or her Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units, in accordance with the terms of the grant. The provisions of the Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

 

(b) Awards and Certificates . Except as otherwise provided below in Section 9(c), (i) each Participant who is granted an Award of Restricted Shares may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be issued a share certificate in respect of such Restricted Shares; and (ii) any such certificate so issued shall be registered in the name of the Participant, and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any such Award.

 

The Company may require that the share certificates, if any, evidencing Restricted Shares granted hereunder be held in the custody of the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Shares, the Participant shall have delivered a share transfer form, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered by such Award. Certificates for shares of unrestricted Common Stock may, in the Company's sole discretion, be delivered to the Participant only after the Restricted Period has expired without forfeiture in such Restricted Stock Award.

 

15
 

With respect to Restricted Stock Units to be settled in Shares, at the expiration of the Restricted Period, share certificates in respect of the shares of Common Stock underlying such Restricted Stock Units may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be delivered to the Participant, or his legal representative, in a number equal to the number of shares of Common stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units Award.

 

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, any Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units to be settled in Shares (at the expiration of the Restricted Period, and whether before or after any vesting conditions have been satisfied) may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be issued in uncertificated form.

 

Further, notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, with respect to Restricted Stock Units, at the expiration of the Restricted Period, Shares, or cash, as applicable, shall promptly be issued (either in certificated or uncertificated form) to the Participant, unless otherwise deferred in accordance with procedures established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and such issuance or payment shall in any event be made within such period as is required to avoid the imposition of a tax under Section 409A of the Code.

 

(c) Restrictions and Conditions . The Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to this Section 9 shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions and any additional restrictions or conditions as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant or, subject to Section 409A of the Code where applicable, thereafter:

 

(1) The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions in whole or in part based on such factors and such circumstances as the Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, the attainment of certain Performance Goals, the Participant’s termination of employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate thereof, or the Participant’s death or Disability, subject to any requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code in the case of any Award which is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control, the outstanding Awards shall be subject to Section 13 hereof.

 

(2) Except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Participant shall generally have the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to Restricted Shares during the Restricted Period; provided , however , that dividends declared during the Restricted Period with respect to a Restricted Share Award shall only become payable if (and to the extent) the underlying Restricted Shares vest. Except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Participant shall generally not have the rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to Restricted Stock Units during the Restricted Period; provided , however , that, subject to Section 409A of the Code, an amount equal to dividends declared during the Restricted Period with respect to the number of Shares covered by Restricted Stock Units or Restricted Shares that vest upon the achievement of Performance Goals shall, unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, be paid to the Participant at the time (and to the extent) Shares in respect of the related Restricted Stock Units are delivered to the Participant or the Restricted Period with respect to the Restricted Shares that vest upon the achievement of Performance Goals expires, provided that the Participant is then providing services to the Company. Certificates for Shares of unrestricted Common Stock may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be delivered to the Participant only after the Restricted Period has expired without forfeiture in respect of such Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units, except as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall otherwise determine.

 

16
 

(3) The rights of Participants granted Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units upon termination of employment or service as a director, independent contractor or consultant to the Company or to any Affiliate thereof terminates for any reason during the Restricted Period shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

(d) Form of Settlement . The Administrator reserves the right in its sole discretion to provide (either at or after the grant thereof) that any Restricted Stock Unit represent the right to receive the amount of cash per unit that is determined by the Administrator in connection with the Award.

 

Section 10. Other Share-Based Awards.

 

Other forms of Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including but not limited to dividend equivalents, may be granted either alone or in addition to other Awards (other than in connection with Options or Share Appreciation Rights) under the Plan. Any dividend or dividend equivalent awarded hereunder shall be subject to the same restrictions, conditions and risks of forfeiture as the underlying Award. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator shall have sole and complete authority to determine the individuals to whom and the time or times at which such Other Share-Based Awards shall be granted. Each Participant who is granted an Other Share-Based Award shall enter into an Award Agreement with the Company, containing such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, which Award Agreement shall set forth, among other things, the number of shares of Common Stock to be granted pursuant to such Other Share-Based Awards, or the manner in which such Other Share-Based Awards shall be settled (e.g., in shares of Common Stock, cash or other property), or the conditions to the vesting and/or payment or settlement of such Other Share-Based Awards (which may include, but not be limited to, achievement of performance criteria) and all other terms and conditions of such Other Share-Based Awards.

 

Section 11. Cash Awards.

 

The Administrator may grant Awards that are denominated in, or payable to Participants solely in, cash, as deemed by the Administrator to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, and, such Cash Awards shall be subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, from time to time. Awards granted pursuant to this Section 11 may be granted with value and payment contingent upon the achievement of Performance Goals.

 

17
 

Section 12. Special Provisions Regarding Certain Awards.

 

The Administrator may make Awards hereunder to Covered Employees (or to individuals whom the Administrator believes may become Covered Employees) that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. The exercisability and/or payment of such Awards may, to the extent required to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, be subject to the achievement of performance criteria based upon one or more Performance Goals and to certification of such achievement in writing by the Committee. The Committee may in its discretion reduce the amount of such Awards that would otherwise become exercisable and/or payable upon achievement of such Performance Goals and the certification in writing of such achievement, but may not increase such amounts. Any such Performance Goals shall be established in writing by the Committee not later than the time period prescribed under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Plan to contrary, all provisions of such Awards which are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code shall be construed in a manner to so comply.

 

Section 13. Change in Control.

 

If the Administrator determines in its discretion pursuant to Section 3(b)(4) hereof to accelerate the vesting of Options and/or Share Appreciation Rights in connection with a Change in Control, the Administrator shall also have discretion in connection with such action to provide that all Options and/or Share Appreciation Rights outstanding immediately prior to such Change in Control shall expire on the effective date of such Change in Control.

 

Section 14. Amendment and Termination.

 

The Board may amend, alter or terminate the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or termination shall be made that would impair the rights of a Participant under any Award theretofore granted without such Participant’s consent. Unless the Board determines otherwise, the Board shall obtain approval of the Company’s stockholders for any amendment that would require such approval in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, any rules of the stock exchange on which the Common Stock is traded or other Applicable Law. The Administrator may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Section 5 of the Plan and the immediately preceding sentence, no such amendment shall materially impair the rights of any Participant without his or her consent.

 

Section 15. Unfunded Status of Plan.

 

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

 

18
 

Section 16. Withholding Taxes.

 

Each Participant shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award first becomes includible in the gross income of such Participant for purposes of applicable taxes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, the minimum amount of any such applicable taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the Award. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on the making of such payments or arrangements, and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to such Participant. Whenever cash is to be paid pursuant to an Award, the Company shall have the right to deduct therefrom an amount that will not cause adverse accounting consequences for the Company and is permitted under applicable withholding rules promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service or another governmental entity in satisfaction of Participant’s tax obligations. Whenever Shares or property other than cash are to be delivered pursuant to an Award, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy any related taxes to be withheld and applied to the tax obligations; provided, that, with the approval of the Administrator, a Participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by either (i) electing to have the Company withhold from delivery of Shares or other property, as applicable, or (ii) by delivering already owned unrestricted shares of Common Stock, in each case, having a value not exceeding the applicable taxes to be withheld and applied to the tax obligations. Such already owned and unrestricted shares of Common Stock shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined and any fractional share amounts resulting therefrom shall be settled in cash. Such an election may be made with respect to all or any portion of the Shares to be delivered pursuant to an award. The Company may also use any other method of obtaining the necessary payment or proceeds, as permitted by law, to satisfy its withholding obligation with respect to any Award.

 

Section 17. Transfer of Awards.

 

Until such time as the Awards are fully vested and/or exercisable in accordance with the Plan or an Award Agreement, no purported sale, assignment, mortgage, hypothecation, transfer, charge, pledge, encumbrance, gift, transfer in trust (voting or other) or other disposition of, or creation of a security interest in or lien on, any Award or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing (each, a “ Transfer ”) by any holder thereof in violation of the provisions of the Plan or an Award Agreement will be valid, except with the prior written consent of the Administrator, which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of the Administrator. Any purported Transfer of an Award or any economic benefit or interest therein in violation of the Plan or an Award Agreement shall be null and void ab initio and shall not create any obligation or liability of the Company, and any Person purportedly acquiring any Award or any economic benefit or interest therein transferred in violation of the Plan or an Award Agreement shall not be entitled to be recognized as a holder of such Shares or other property underlying such Award. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, an Option or a Share Appreciation Right may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant or, during any period during which the Participant is under a legal Disability, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

 

19
 

Section 18. Continued Employment.

 

Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the grant of an Award shall confer upon any Eligible Recipient any right to continued employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate thereof, as the case may be, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate thereof to terminate the employment or service of any of its Eligible Recipients at any time.

 

Section 19. Effective Date.

 

The Plan was adopted by the Board on _________ and shall become effective on such date (the “ Effective Date ”) without further action.

 

Section 20. Electronic Signature.

 

Participant’s electronic signature of an Award Agreement shall have the same validity and effect as a signature affixed by hand.

 

Section 21. Term of Plan.

 

No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, but Awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.

 

Section 22. Securities Matters and Regulations.

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Shares with respect to any Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to all Applicable Laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. The Administrator may require, as a condition of the issuance and delivery of certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms hereof, that the recipient of such shares make such agreements and representations, and that such certificates bear such legends, as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable.

 

(b) Each Award is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Administrator determines that the listing, registration or qualification of Shares is required by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Award or the issuance of Shares, no such Award shall be granted or payment made or Shares issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Administrator.

 

(c) In the event that the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Shares shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act or regulations thereunder, and the Administrator may require a Participant receiving Common Stock pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Common Stock, to represent to the Company in writing that the Common Stock acquired by such Participant is acquired for investment only and not with a view to distribution.

 

20
 

Section 23. Section 409A of the Code.

 

The Plan as well as payments and benefits under the Plan are intended to be exempt from, or to the extent subject thereto, to comply with Section 409A of the Code, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, the Participant shall not be considered to have terminated employment or service with the Company for purposes of the Plan and no payment shall be due to the Participant under the Plan or any Award until the Participant would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company and its Affiliates within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Any payments described in the Plan that are due within the “short term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A of the Code shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless Applicable Law requires otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, to the extent that any Awards (or any other amounts payable under any plan, program or arrangement of the Company or any of its Affiliates) are payable upon a separation from service and such payment would result in the imposition of any individual tax and penalty interest charges imposed under Section 409A of the Code, the settlement and payment of such awards (or other amounts) shall instead be made on the first business day after the date that is six (6) months following such separation from service (or death, if earlier). Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided under this Plan shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. The Company makes no representation that any or all of the payments or benefits described in this Plan will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to any such payment. The Participant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes and penalties incurred under Section 409A.

 

Section 24. Transition Period Under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

The Plan has been adopted by the Board prior to the initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act. The Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(1).

 

Section 25. Notification of Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

If any Participant shall, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock under the Plan, make the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Code, such Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten (10) days after filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Section 26. No Fractional Shares.

 

No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Administrator shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

21
 

Section 27. Beneficiary.

 

A Participant may file with the Administrator a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Administrator and may, from time to time, amend or revoke such designation. If no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate shall be deemed to be the Participant’s beneficiary.

 

Section 28. Paperless Administration.

 

In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Participant may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

 

Section 29. Severability.

 

If any provision of the Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.

 

Section 30. Clawback.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).

 

Section 31. Governing Law.

 

The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law of such state.

 

22
 

Exhibit 10.6

 

KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, LTD.

 

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Effective May 13, 2010

 

1.              Purpose . The purpose of this Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to further the long term stability and financial success of Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd. by retaining and attracting key employees and consultants of the Company through the use of incentives tied to the value of Class B Common shares of the Company.

 

2.              Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

 

(a)           “Applicable Withholding Taxes” means the aggregate amount of federal, state, local and/or foreign income and payroll taxes that the Company is required to withhold in connection with the grant, vesting or exercise of any Incentive Award.

 

(b)           “Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

(c)           “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(d)           “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board (as described in Section 11), or the entire Board if no committee is appointed.

 

(e)           “Company” means Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd., a company incorporated in the Island of Bermuda.

 

(f)            “Company Sale” means a Company Sale as defined in Section 16.G. of the Shareholders Agreement.

 

(g)           “Company Stock” means Class B Common Shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, with the rights and obligations assigned to such shares as described in the Bye-Laws of the Company, as amended from time to time.

 

(h)           “Consultant” means any director, advisor, consultant or other natural person providing bona fide services to the Company or a Related Company, other than as an Employee.

 

(i)            “Date of Grant” means (i) with respect to an award of Restricted Stock, the date on which the Committee approves the material terms of the award; (ii) with respect to a Nonstatutory Option, the date on which the Committee completes the corporate action necessary to create a legally binding right constituting the Option, and (iii) with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, the date on which the Committee completes the corporate action constituting an offer of stock for sale to a Participant under the terms and conditions of the Incentive Stock Option; or (iv) with respect to any Incentive Award, such future date on which the grant is to be effective as specified by the Committee.

 

(j)            “Disability” or “Disabled” means, as to an Incentive Stock Option, a Disability within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3). As to all other Incentive Awards, the Committee shall determine whether a Disability exists and such determination shall be conclusive.

 

 
 

(k)           “Employee” means any individual common-law employee of the Company or a Related Company.

 

(l)            “Fair Market Value” means the value of a share of Company Stock determined by the Committee using the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method in accordance with U.S. Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B) (or any successor provision).

 

(m)          “Incentive Award” means any award of Restricted Stock or any Option granted under the Plan.

 

(n)           “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to meet the requirements of, and to qualify for favorable federal income tax treatment under, Code Section 422.

 

(o)           “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option which does not meet the requirements of Code Section 422, or even if meeting the requirements of Code Section 422, is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option and is so designated.

 

(p)           “Option” means a right to purchase Company Stock granted under the Plan in accordance with Section 6.

 

(q)           “Participant” means a Service Provider who receives an Incentive Award under the Plan.

 

(r)            “Plan” shall have the meaning as defined in Section 1.

 

(s)            “Qualified Public Offering” means a Qualified Public Offering as defined in Section 16.M. of the Shareholders Agreement.

 

(t)             “Related Company” means, (i) for all purposes relating to Incentive Stock Options (including for purposes of determining any Ten Percent Shareholder as well as for purposes of determining eligibility to receive such awards), any “parent corporation” with respect to the Company within the meaning of Code Section 424(e) or any “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company within the meaning of Code Section 424(f); (ii) for purposes of determining eligibility to receive a Nonstatutory Stock Option, any corporation or other entity in a chain of corporations or other entities in which each corporation or other entity has a controlling interest (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(E)(1) (or any successor provision)) in another corporation or other entity in the chain, beginning with the corporation or other entity in which the Company has a controlling interest; and (iii) for all other purposes under the Plan, any direct or indirect parent of the Company, any majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, and any majority-owned subsidiary of a direct or indirect parent of the Company.

 

(u)           “Restricted Stock” means Company Stock awarded upon the terms and subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 5.

 

(v)           “Service Provider” means an Employee or Consultant, provided that such person would satisfy the requirements of Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(w)           “Shareholders Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement of the Company dated March 8, 2010, as amended from time to time.

 

(x)            “Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person who owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Related Company.

 

- 2 -
 

3.              Authorized Stock . Subject to Section 10 of the Plan, there shall be reserved for issuance under the Plan an aggregate of 2,730,167 shares of Company Stock, which shall be authorized but unissued shares. All shares reserved for issuance under the Plan may be issued as Incentive Stock Options. Shares allocable to Incentive Awards or portions thereof granted under the Plan that expire or otherwise terminate unexercised may again be subjected to an Incentive Award under the Plan. For purposes of determining the number of shares that are available for Incentive Awards under the Plan, such number shall include the number of shares surrendered by a Participant or retained by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Option or of Applicable Withholding Taxes.

 

4.              Eligibility . Any Service Provider who, in the judgment of the Committee, has contributed or can be expected to contribute to the profits or growth of the Company (or a Related Company) shall be eligible to receive an Incentive Award under the Plan. The Committee shall have the power and complete discretion, as provided in Section 11, to select eligible Service Providers to receive Incentive Awards and to determine for each Service Provider, consistent with the terms of the Plan, the type of award, the terms and conditions of the award and the number of shares to be allocated to each Service Provider as part of each award.

 

5.              Restricted Stock Awards .

 

(a)           Authority for Grants . The Committee may grant Restricted Stock to eligible Service Providers in accordance with the terms hereof; provided, however, that the Committee will not grant Restricted Stock or Options to any Service Provider which would result in any such Service Provider owning 5% or more of the issued share capital of the Company without the prior consent of the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Whenever the Committee deems it appropriate to grant Restricted Stock, notice shall be given to the Service Provider stating the number of shares of Restricted Stock granted and the terms and conditions to which the Restricted Stock is subject. This notice shall become an award agreement between the Company and the Service Provider. Restricted Stock may be awarded by the Committee in its discretion without cash consideration.

 

(b)           Transfer Restrictions . The Committee shall place such restrictions on the transferability and vesting of Restricted Stock as the Committee deems appropriate, including without limitation restrictions relating to continued service and/or performance goals. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Participant’s award agreement, no shares of Restricted Stock may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until the restrictions on such shares as set forth in the Participant’s award agreement have lapsed or been removed pursuant to paragraph (f) below.

 

(c)           Shareholder Rights . Upon grant of any Restricted Stock award, and as a condition thereof, the Company may require the Participant to enter into the Shareholders Agreement or a separate agreement with the Company restricting the Participant’s ability to transfer any shares of Company Stock acquired under the Restricted Stock award, and may require a customary written indication of the Participant’s investment intent. A Participant shall, subject to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (b) above and the restrictions imposed by any such shareholders’ agreement, have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock which he or she has been awarded, including, but not limited to, the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid thereon, subject to the Shareholders Agreement and the Company Bye-Laws. Until the Participant has made any required payment upon grant of the Restricted Stock, including any Applicable Withholding Taxes, he or she shall possess no shareholder rights with respect to any shares subject to the Restricted Stock award.

 

(d)           Dividends . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the award agreement, (i) any dividends or other distributions with respect to any outstanding shares of Restricted Stock that are payable in Company Stock shall be subject to the same restrictions as the underlying shares of Restricted Stock; and (ii) any dividends or other distributions payable in cash shall be withheld and accumulated without interest in an unfunded bookkeeping account for the Participant, which account shall be subject to the same restrictions to which the underlying shares of Restricted Stock are subject, and which shall be distributable in cash upon and to the extent of the lapsing or removal of such restrictions, or forfeitable (as the case may be) to the Company upon and to the extent the underlying shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited. Such bookkeeping account shall be paid, if at all, from the general assets of the Company, and the Participant’s right to receive any amounts credited to such account shall be solely that of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.

 

(e)           Share Certificates . Certificates representing Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company until the restrictions lapse and shall bear a legend referring to the restrictions set forth in the Plan and the Participant’s award agreement, and any other legend deemed desirable by the Company’s counsel to comply with federal or state securities laws. Upon request the Participant shall provide the Company with appropriate stock powers endorsed in blank.

 

- 3 -
 

(f)           Lapsing of Restrictions . The Committee shall establish as to each award of Restricted Stock the terms and conditions upon which the restrictions set forth in paragraph (b) above shall lapse. Such terms and conditions may include, without limitation, the lapsing of such restrictions as a result of the Disability or death of the Participant or the occurrence of a Company Sale or Qualified Public Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may at any time, in its sole discretion, accelerate the time at which any or all restrictions will lapse or remove any and all such restrictions.

 

(g)           Applicable Withholding Taxes . Each Participant shall agree at the time his or her Restricted Stock is granted, and as a condition thereof, to pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment to the Company of, Applicable Withholding Taxes. Applicable Withholding Taxes may be paid in cash or, if the grant agreement or the Committee by separate action so provides, the Participant may elect to (i) deliver shares of Company Stock to which the Participant has good title, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances or (ii) have the Company retain shares of Company Stock subject to the award, sufficient in either case to satisfy all or a specified portion of the Applicable Withholding Taxes, based on the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock as of the date the Applicable Withholding Taxes are required to be withheld. The Committee shall have sole discretion to approve or disapprove any such election. The Participant and the Committee may make any other arrangements for payment of the Applicable Withholding Taxes which the Committee deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

6.              Options .

 

(a)           Authority for Grants . The Committee may grant Options to eligible Service Providers in accordance with the terms hereof. Whenever the Committee deems it appropriate to grant Options, notice shall be given to the Service Provider stating the number of shares for which Options are granted, the Option price per share, whether the Options are Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options and the conditions to which the grant and exercise of the Options are subject. This notice shall become an award agreement between the Company and the Service Provider.

 

(b)           Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of Company Stock covered by an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of such stock on the Date of Grant. If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option and the Participant is a Ten Percent Shareholder, the exercise price per share shall be not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Company Stock on the Date of Grant.

 

(c)           Term . Options may be exercised in whole or in part at the times as may be specified by the Committee in the Participant’s award agreement; provided that no Option may be exercised after the expiration of ten (10) years from the Date of Grant. If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option and the Participant is a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Option may not be exercised after the expiration of five (5) years from the Date of Grant.

 

(d)           Nontransferability . Options shall not be transferable except to the extent specifically provided in the grant agreement to a revocable trust or otherwise as permitted under Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Incentive Stock Options, by their terms, shall not be transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

 

(e)           Additional Requirements for Incentive Options . The following additional terms and conditions shall apply with respect to any grant of Incentive Stock Options:

 

(i)           Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only to Employees.

 

(ii)           An Incentive Stock Option by its terms shall be exercisable in any calendar year only to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the Company Stock with respect to which options are exercisable for the first time during the calendar year does not exceed $100,000 (the “Limitation Amount”). Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan and similar incentive options granted under all other plans of the Company and any Related Company shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the Limitation Amount has been exceeded. The Committee may impose such conditions as it deems appropriate on an Incentive Stock Option to ensure that the foregoing requirement is met. If Incentive Stock Options that first become exercisable in a calendar year exceed the Limitation Amount, the excess Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options to the extent permitted by law.

 

- 4 -
 

(iii)          No Incentive Stock Option may be exercised after the first to occur of (a) ten years from the Date of Grant (five years if the Participant is a Ten Percent Shareholder), (b) three months following the date of the Participant’s retirement or termination of employment for reasons other than Disability or death, (c) one year following the date of the Participant’s termination of employment on account of Disability or death, or (d) one year following the date of the Participant’s death during the first three months following the Participant’s termination of employment for a reason other than death.

 

(iv)          An Incentive Stock Option shall be subject to such other conditions on exercise as may be imposed under the Code.

 

(f)           Additional Requirements for California Residents . The award agreement with respect to an Option that is granted to a Participant resident in the state of California shall provide that unless a Participant’s employment is terminated for cause (as determined in the discretion of the Committee), the Participant shall be entitled to exercise the Option until the earlier of (i) the expiration date of the Option or (ii) if the termination of employment was caused by the Participant’s death or Disability, the date which is at least six months following such termination of employment or (iii) if the termination of employment was for a reason other than death or Disability, the date which is at least 30 days following such termination of employment.

 

(g)           Vesting . The Committee shall establish as to each Option award the terms and conditions upon which the Participant’s right to exercise the Option shall vest, including without limitation vesting schedules relating to continued service and/or performance goals. Such terms and conditions may include, without limitation, accelerated vesting as a result of the Disability or death of the Participant or the occurrence of a Company Sale or Qualified Public Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may at any time, in its sole discretion, accelerate the time at which the Participant’s right to exercise an Option vests.

 

(h)           Exercise . Options may be exercised by the Participant by giving written notice of the exercise to the Company, stating the number of shares the Participant has elected to purchase under the Option. Such notice shall be effective only if accompanied by the exercise price in full in cash; provided, however, that if the grant agreement or the Committee by separate action so provides, the Participant may elect to (i) deliver shares of Company Stock to which the Participant has good title, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances or (ii) have the Company retain shares of Company Stock issuable upon exercise of the Option, sufficient in either case to satisfy all or a specified portion of the exercise price, based on the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock as of the date of exercise. The Committee shall have sole discretion to approve or disapprove any such election. The Participant and the Committee may make any other arrangements for payment of the exercise price which the Committee deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

(i)           Applicable Withholding Taxes . Each Participant shall agree at the time his or her Option is exercised, and as a condition thereof, to pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment to the Company of, Applicable Withholding Taxes. Applicable Withholding Taxes may be paid in cash or, if the grant agreement or the Committee by separate action so provides, the Participant may elect to (i) deliver shares of Company Stock to which the Participant has good title, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances or (ii) have the Company retain shares of Company Stock issuable upon exercise of the Option, sufficient in either case to satisfy all or a specified portion of the Applicable Withholding Taxes, based on the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock as of the date the Applicable Withholding Taxes are required to be withheld. The Committee shall have sole discretion to approve or disapprove any such election. The Participant and the Committee may make any other arrangements for payment of the Applicable Withholding Taxes which the Committee deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

(j)           Shareholder Rights . As a condition of the exercise of any Option award, the Company may require the Participant to enter into the Shareholders Agreement or a separate agreement with the Company restricting the Participant’s ability to transfer any shares of Company Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option, and may require a customary written indication of the Participant’s investment intent. The Company may place on any certificate representing Company Stock issued upon the exercise of an Option any legend deemed desirable by the Company’s counsel to comply with applicable securities laws. Until the Participant has made any required payment upon exercise, including any Applicable Withholding Taxes, he or she shall possess no shareholder rights with respect to any shares subject to the Option award.

 

- 5 -
 

7.              Securities Laws . The Committee may suspend the right to exercise an Option or delay or cancel the grant, vesting or lapse in restrictions with respect to Options or Restricted Stock at any time when the Committee determines that allowing such exercise, grant, vesting or lapse in restrictions would violate any federal or state securities laws. The Committee may provide in its discretion that any time periods to exercise the Option are tolled during a period of suspension.

 

8.              Effective Date of the Plan . The Plan was approved by the Board on May ___, 2010 and shall become effective as of the date on which it is approved by the shareholders of the Company. No awards of Restricted Stock shall be granted under the Plan and no Options granted under the Plan shall become exercisable until (i) the Plan has been approved by the Company’s shareholders and (ii) the requirements of any applicable federal or state securities laws have been met.

 

9.              Termination, Modification, Change . If not sooner terminated by the Board, this Plan shall terminate at the close of the business day that is the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Plan was approved by the Board (as provided in Section 8). No Incentive Awards shall be made under the Plan after its termination. The Board may terminate the Plan or may amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable prior to such date; provided, that, if and to the extent required by the Code or applicable federal or state securities law or regulations thereunder, no change shall be made that materially increases the total number of shares of Company Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to Incentive Awards granted under the Plan (except pursuant to Section 10), materially expands the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Awards, or materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, unless such change is authorized by the shareholders of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may amend the Plan and unilaterally amend outstanding Incentive Awards as it deems appropriate to ensure compliance with applicable federal or state securities laws or regulations thereunder and to cause Incentive Awards to meet the requirements of the Code and regulations thereunder. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, a termination or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of the Participant, detrimentally affect a Participant’s rights under an Incentive Award previously granted to him.

 

10.            Change in Capital Structure .

 

(a)           In the event of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares, recapitalization or merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation or other change in the Company’s capital stock without the receipt of consideration by the Company, the number and kind of shares of stock or securities of the Company to be subject to the Plan and to Incentive Awards then outstanding or to be granted thereunder, the maximum number of shares or securities which may be delivered under the Plan under Section 3, the exercise price and all other relevant provisions of outstanding Incentive Awards shall be proportionately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination shall be binding on all persons. If the adjustment would produce fractional shares with respect to any Incentive Award and/or fractional cents with respect to the exercise price of any outstanding Option award, the Committee shall round down the number of shares covered by the Incentive Award to the nearest whole share so as to eliminate the fractional shares, and shall round up the exercise price of the outstanding Option to the nearest whole cent so as to eliminate the fractional cents.

 

(b)           In the event of a Company Sale, or if the Company is otherwise a party to a consolidation or a merger in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, a transaction that results in the acquisition of substantially all of the Company’s outstanding stock by a single person or entity, or a sale or transfer of substantially all of the Company’s assets, the Committee may take such actions with respect to outstanding Incentive Awards as the Committee deems appropriate, subject to the Bye-Laws of the Company and the Shareholders Agreement as in effect at the time of such event.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any award agreement to the contrary, the Committee may take the foregoing actions without the consent of any Participant, and the Committee’s determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons for all purposes.

 

- 6 -
 

11.            Administration of the Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, the members of which shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board. In the event a Committee is not appointed, the Board shall serve as the Committee. The Committee shall have general authority to impose any limitation or condition upon an Incentive Award the Committee deems appropriate to achieve the objectives of the Incentive Award and the Plan and, without limitation and in addition to powers set forth elsewhere in the Plan, shall have the following specific authority:

 

(a)           The Committee shall have the power and complete discretion to determine (i) which eligible Service Providers shall receive Incentive Awards and the nature of each Incentive Award, (ii) the number of shares of Company Stock to be covered by each Incentive Award, (iii) whether Options shall be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iv) the Fair Market Value of Company Stock, (v) the time or times when an Incentive Award shall be granted, (vi) whether an Incentive Award shall become vested over a period of time and when it shall be fully vested, (vii) when Options may be exercised, (viii) whether a Disability exists, (x) the manner in which payment of the exercise price will be made upon the exercise of Options, (x) conditions relating to the length of time before disposition of Company Stock received upon the exercise of Options is permitted, (xii) whether to approve a Participant’s election (A) to deliver shares of Company Stock to satisfy Applicable Withholding Taxes or (B) to have the Company withhold from the shares to be issued upon the exercise of an Option the number of shares necessary to satisfy Applicable Withholding Taxes, (xii) notice provisions relating to the sale of Company Stock acquired under the Plan, (xiii) whether or not to remove, waive or make exceptions to any restrictions set forth in the Plan or in the grant agreement with respect to any Incentive Award; and (xiv) any additional requirements relating to Incentive Awards that the Committee deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

(b)           The Committee shall have the power and authority to delegate its powers under the Plan to an appropriate officer or officers of the Company, provided that any delegation to an officer or officers of the Committee’s power to grant Incentive Awards under the Plan shall be done in compliance with all applicable laws.

 

(c)           The Committee may adopt rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan. The interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan by the Committee shall be final and conclusive. The Committee may consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Company, and shall not incur any liability for any action taken in good faith in reliance upon the advice of counsel. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and all actions of the Committee shall be taken by a majority of the members present. Any action may be taken by a written instrument signed by all of the members, and any action so taken shall be fully effective as if it had been taken at a meeting. The Board from time to time may appoint members previously appointed and may fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee.

 

12.            Notice . All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or mailed first class, postage prepaid, as follows (a) if to the Company – at its principal business address to the attention of the Treasurer; (b) if to any Participant – at the last address of the Participant known to the sender at the time the notice or other communication is sent..

 

13.            No Right to Continued Employment or Service . The grant of an Incentive Award shall not obligate the Company or any Related Company to pay a Service Provider any particular amount of remuneration, to continue the employment or other service of the Service Provider after the grant or to make further grants to the Service Provider at any time thereafter

 

14.            Interpretation . The terms of this Plan shall be governed by the laws of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of law provisions of any jurisdiction.

 

[ SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ]

 

- 7 -
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed on this 13th day of May, 2010.

 

  KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, LTD.
   
  /s/ Michael P. Kehoe
  Michael P. Kehoe
   
  /s/ Greg M. Share
  Greg M. Share

 

- 8 -
 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

KINSALE MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

EMPLOYMENT AND ARBITRATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated and effective as of June 4, 2009, between Kinsale Management, Inc. (the “Company”) and Michael P. Kehoe (“Executive”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Company is in the business of underwriting insurance in the excess and surplus lines market;

 

WHEREAS, in order to develop and grow its business, the Company has offered to employ the Executive as Chief Executive Officer of the Company effective as of June 4, 2009 (“Effective Date”) and the Executive has agreed to be so employed; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to set forth the terms of such employment in this Employment and Arbitration Agreement (“Agreement”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows.

 

1. EMPLOYMENT AND TERM. The Company hereby employs Executive as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Executive hereby accepts such employment on the terms set forth in this Agreement. Executive shall, in each case without additional compensation, also serve as Chief Executive Officer of each of Kinsale Capital Group, Ltd. (“KCGL”) and Kinsale Capital Group, Inc. (“KCGI”) and, if requested by the Company, as an officer or member of the board of directors of any Affiliates (as defined in Section 4). The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue until the third anniversary of the Effective Date. The term of this Agreement shall thereafter be automatically be renewed for additional one (1) year periods unless written notice to the contrary shall be given by either party to the other not less than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the initial or any renewal term that the term shall not thereafter be renewed. The initial term plus any renewals thereof shall hereafter be referred to as the “Term.”

 

2. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. Executive shall be paid, as an annualized “Base Salary,” not less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) for calendar year 2009 (pro-rated for the portion of the year that occurs following the Effective Date) and not less than Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000.00) for each of calendar years 2010 and 2011. Thereafter, Executive’s Base Salary shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) in its discretion but, in no event, shall Executive’s annualized Base Salary be less than Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000.00). Base Salary shall be payable in periodic installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices. Executive shall be eligible to receive such discretionary bonuses as the Board, in its discretion, may determine. Within one hundred eighty (180) days after the close of each fiscal year of the Company during the Term, the Board shall review Executive’s performance during such fiscal year and award any discretionary bonus to Executive. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be entitled to a discretionary bonus in respect of performance for 2009. Executive shall also be entitled, during the Term to participate in all retirement, disability, pension, savings, health, medical, dental, insurance and other fringe benefits or plans (which shall be approved by the Board in its discretion) of the Company generally available to executive employees. Executive shall be entitled to six (6) weeks of paid vacation per annum (not subject to rollover). Executive shall be entitled to participate in the pool of common shares of KCGL designated for distribution to KCGL’s management team in accordance with the terms attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

1
 

 

3. DUTIES. Executive shall perform all duties and responsibilities normally associated with the position of Chief Executive Officer of each of the Company, KCGL, and KCGI, and such other reasonable duties as may be assigned to him by the Company. Executive will devote his entire working time, attention and energies to carry out and fulfill his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. Executive shall not engage in any employment or consulting for any business entity other than the Company without permission.

 

4. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Executive will not at any time during the term of this Agreement or at any time thereafter directly or indirectly reveal, divulge or make known to any person, firm or corporation or use for his personal benefit or the benefit of others (except the Company) any “Confidential Information” (as defined below) received or developed by him during the course of his employment. This restriction will not apply to information that (a) was known to the public before its disclosure to Executive; (b) becomes known to the public after disclosure to Executive through no wrongful act of Executive; or (c) Executive is required to disclose by applicable law, regulation or legal process (provided that Executive shall provide to the extent practicable the Company with prior written notice of the contemplated disclosure and reasonably cooperate with the Company at its expense in seeking a protective order or other appropriate protection of such information). For the purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean all confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets of the Company and any of its parent, holding, sister, subsidiary or other affiliated companies whether or not Executive had managerial responsibility (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Affiliates”). Such Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, (1) all historical and pro forma projections of loss ratios incurred by the Company or its Affiliates, (2) all historical and pro forma actuarial data relating to the Company or its Affiliates, (3) historical and pro forma financial results, revenue statements, and projections for the Company or its Affiliates, (4) all information relating to the Company’s or its Affiliates’ systems and software (other than the portion thereof provided by the vendor to all purchasers of such systems and software), (5) all information relating to the Company’s or its Affiliates unique underwriting approaches, (6) all information relating to plans for acquisitions of any business entities or blocks of business by the Company or its Affiliates, (7) non-public business plans of the Company or its Affiliates, (8) non-public information and lists relating to the Company’s or its Affiliates’ business relationships with customers, insurance agents, insurance agencies, wholesale brokers, wholesale agents, managing general agents, or other individuals or entities necessary to the sale or marketing of the Company’s or Affiliates’ policies, products, or services; and (9) all other information relating to the financial, business or other affairs of the Company or its Affiliates.

 

2
 

 

5. COVENANTS OF NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION. Executive acknowledges and agrees that, as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and certain of its Affiliates, he is responsible for, and directly involved in, developing goodwill and business relationships for the benefit of the Company, he is responsible for the operation and development of the Company’s business in each and every location in the United States where the Company engages in business or which has been or will be targeted by the Company, he will gain knowledge of the Company’s most proprietary and valuable Confidential Information, and has been and will be compensated for the development, and supervising the development, of the same, and that he will gain unique insight into and knowledge of the skills, talents and capabilities of the Company’s key employees. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions contained in Sections 4 and 5 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company, in view of, among other things, the short duration of the restrictions, the narrow scope of the restrictions, and the Company’s interests in protecting its goodwill, valuable Confidential Information, trade secrets, and its business relationships with customers, insurance agents, insurance agencies, wholesale brokers, wholesale agents, managing general agents, or other individuals or entities necessary to the sale or marketing of the Company’s or its Affiliates’ policies, products, or services. Executive agrees that his background and capabilities will allow him to seek and accept employment acceptable to him without violation of the restrictions contained in this Agreement. Executive also acknowledges and agrees that at the inception of his employment with the Company it was agreed that he would be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions, that such restrictions were a condition of employment, and that this Agreement memorializes those restrictions. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that his employment with the Company constitutes sufficient consideration for his agreement to the non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

 

(a)    Executive covenants and agrees that during his employment by the Company, and for the period of one (1) year after his employment with the Company ceases for any reason (the “Restricted Period”), that

 

(1) he will not directly or indirectly engage in, assist any other person or entity to engage in, have an ownership interest in, or be employed by any Competitive Business in the Territory (as those terms are defined herein);

 

(2) he will not directly or indirectly perform or provide any services for or on behalf of any competitor of the Company that are the same or similar in character to the services performed or provided by Executive in the two year period preceding Executive’s termination of employment with the Company;

 

(3) he will not directly or indirectly, either individually or through any other person or entity, induce, advise, request, or solicit any customers, insurance agents, insurance agencies, wholesale brokers, wholesale agents, managing general agents, or other individuals or entities necessary to the sale or marketing of the Company’s or Affiliates’ policies, products, or services, to take any action detrimental to the business relationships between the Company and that individual or entity. This restriction shall apply only to those customers, insurance agents, insurance agencies, wholesale brokers, wholesale agents, managing general agents, or other individuals or entities necessary to the sale or marketing of the Company’s or Affiliates’ policies, products, or services with whom the Company had a business relationship in the two-year period preceding Executive’s termination of employment with the Company;

 

3
 

 

(4) he will not directly or indirectly, either individually or through any other person or entity, induce, advise, request, or solicit any Key Employees (as defined below) to either leave the Company or to engage in a Competitive Business;

 

(5) he will not hire any Key Employee as an employee, consultant, or otherwise in a Competitive Business; and

 

(6) he will not enter into a contract or engage in discussions or negotiations with potential investors in preparation to do any of the activities prohibited by subsections 5(a)(1) through (5) above.

 

(b)  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(1) “Competitive Business” shall mean the business of underwriting insurance in the excess and surplus lines market; any other material business that the Company or any of its Affiliates is engaged in as of the date of this Agreement and as the business of the Company and its Affiliates evolves during the Executive’s employment; and any business of the Company and its Affiliates which Executive managed, controlled, or developed during the two year period preceding Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

 

(2)    “Territory” shall mean

 

(i) each and every state or other geographical territory where the Company is licensed or authorized to do business, or where the Company is in the process of seeking to be licensed or authorized to do business at the time of Executive’s termination of employment;

 

(ii) each and every territory in which the Company maintained an office or had business relationships with customers, insurance agents, insurance agencies, wholesale brokers, wholesale agents, managing general agents, or other individuals or entities necessary to the sale or marketing of the Company’s or Affiliates’ policies, products, or services during the two year period preceding Executive’s termination of employment with the Company;

 

(iii) each and every territory which was assigned to Executive’s management or control during the two year period preceding Executive’s termination of employment with the Company; and

 

4
 

 

(iv) each and every territory in which Executive conducted, managed, controlled, or developed Company business during the two year period preceding Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, whether or not such location was formally assigned to Executive.

 

(3)   “Key Employees” shall mean any officer, executive, managerial, sales, marketing, underwriting, claims, finance, actuarial, or supervisory employee of the Company or its Affiliates under Executive’s management authority during the two year period preceding Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

 

(c)   The restrictions contained in this Section shall not prevent the purchase of ownership by Executive of not more than three percent (3%) of the securities of any class of any corporation, whether or not such corporation is engaged in any Competitive Business, which are publicly traded on any securities exchange or any “over the counter” market.

 

6. TERMINATION. Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate under the following circumstances:

 

(a)   Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the employment of Executive for cause at any time upon written notice to Executive specifying the cause of the termination. For the purposes of this Section, “for cause” shall include only discharge resulting from a determination by the Company that: (i) Executive has willfully violated any material term of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 4 or 5 of this Agreement); (ii) Executive commits willful or gross misconduct or has grossly neglected his duties hereunder; (iii) Executive has been convicted of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude (meaning a crime that includes the commission of an act of depravity, dishonesty or bad morals); or (iv) Executive has committed an act of dishonesty, fraud or embezzlement against the Company.

 

In the event that the Company provides written notice of termination for cause, Executive shall first be entitled to cure any violation of this Agreement or any alleged neglect of his duties within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice from the Company specifying in detail the factual basis for its belief that Executive willfully violated this Agreement or grossly neglected his duties hereunder. Following expiration of the opportunity to cure, the Company will provide Executive with the opportunity to meet with the Board to address the allegations and may be represented by counsel at this meeting. Following the completion of Executive’s presentation, the Board will take another vote concerning termination and promptly notify Executive of its decision. If Executive is terminated for cause, Executive’s salary and right to receive fringe benefits shall terminate on the date of the final vote by the Board to terminate Executive.

 

(b)   Expiration or Termination Without Cause. The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time without cause or may elect to have the Term of this agreement expire.

 

(c)   Termination by Executive; Resignation.

 

5
 

 

(1)   Executive may, at his option, terminate this Agreement for Good Reason. “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events without Executive’s consent:

 

(i)   The assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any material adverse respect with his position, authority or responsibilities, or any other material adverse change in such position, including titles, authority, or responsibilities;

 

(ii)  The Company’s requiring the Executive to be based at any office or location more than 35 miles from the location at which he performs his services as of the Effective Date, provided that such relocation is materially adverse to Executive; or

 

(iii) Any material breach by the Company of any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any material failure of the Company to provide Executive with the compensation and benefits described in Section 2 above).

 

Notwithstanding the above, no event shall constitute Good Reason unless Executive provides the Company with written notice of the occurrence of the event constituting Good Reason within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of such event and the Company fails to cure the event within thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice.

 

(2)   At any time upon sixty (60) days notice to the Company, the Executive may resign his employment. However, nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to alter or affect the Executive’s obligations or the time period set forth in Paragraph 1 with respect to renewal of the Term of this Agreement.

 

(e)   Termination due to Disability. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment if he is prevented from performing his responsibilities under this Agreement due to Disability. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Disability” is defined as Executive’s inability to perform his duties by reason of any incapacity, physical or mental, for a period of more than ninety (90) days, whether or not consecutive, during any twelve (12) month period.

 

7. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION.

 

(a)   In the event that the Company terminates this Agreement without cause or if Executive terminates this Agreement for Good Reason, Executive is entitled to receive:

 

(1)   continuation of Executive’s base salary, as in effect on the date of Executive’s termination, for a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date which shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices;

 

(2)   the continuation at the Company’s expense of coverage under all welfare benefit plans (and benefits under any other plan or program that the Board determines in its sole discretion are appropriate to continue) in which the Executive participates in as of immediately prior to his termination, for a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date; and

 

6
 

 

(3)   any unused vacation and any non reimbursed reasonable business expenses.

 

(b)   If Executive is terminated for cause, or due to disability, or the Executive resigns without Good Reason or the Term of this Agreement expires, the Company shall have no further obligations to Executive, except as provided in any stock option or other bonus or incentive plan to which Executive is entitled, and Executive shall have no further rights hereunder.

 

(c)   The payment of amounts and the provision of benefits under this Section 7 are expressly conditioned upon Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a Severance and Release Agreement by which Executive releases any and all legal claims Executive may have against the Company arising out of or relating to employment with the Company within twenty-one days following Executive’s termination of employment (or such longer minimum period as is required by applicable law). All compensation and benefits made pursuant to this Section shall cease if Executive violates any of the terms of Sections 4 or 5 of this Agreement during the-twelve (12) months following his last day of employment. In addition to this remedy, the Company shall have all other remedies provided by this Agreement and by law for the breach of Section 4 or Section 5 hereof.

 

8. UNIQUENESS OF SERVICES, REMEDIES. Executive acknowledges that the services to be rendered under the provisions of this Agreement are of a special, unique and extraordinary character, involve access to and development of valuable Confidential, Information and trade secrets, and involve developing and protecting the Company’s goodwill and business relationships with customers, insurance agents, insurance agencies, wholesale brokers, wholesale agents, managing general agents, or other individuals or entities necessary to the sale or marketing of the Company’s or Affiliates’ policies, products, or services. Executive acknowledges and agrees that it would be difficult or impossible to replace such unique services, and that the breach of any provision of this Agreement might cause the Company irreparable injury and damage, and consequently the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies available to it, to injunctive and equitable relief issued by a tribunal of competent jurisdiction to prevent a breach of this Agreement, or any part of it, and to secure the enforcement of this Agreement, without restricting the Company from other legal and equitable remedies. The parties agree that, in addition to any equitable relief or compensatory damages, the tribunal may award reasonable attorneys’ fees to the party that prevails in an action brought to enforce the terms of this Agreement.

 

9. WARRANTIES. Executive represents to the Company, which is relying on this representation, that he is free to enter into this Agreement, and that Executive is not under any restrictions from a former employer or business which would preclude Executive from entering into this Agreement or which would in any way interfere with or be inconsistent with Executive’s obligations to the Company under this Agreement. Executive understands that the Company does not want Executive to disclose to the Company any confidential information that Executive may have obtained from a former employer, although Executive is free to use his general knowledge and past experience in the performance of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement. If any restrictions exist, Executive will discuss such restrictions with the Company and provide all relevant documents and other information related to these restrictions to the Company.

 

7
 

 

10. NOTICES. Any notices provided for or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered in person or three (3) days after it is deposited in a United States Postal Depository, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the party at the address set forth below, or to such address as a party may designate upon notice in writing:

 

To Executive:

 

Michael P. Kehoe
519 Sleepy Hollow Rd
Richmond, VA 23229

 

To Company:

 

Kinsale Management Inc.
c/o Greg Share
Moelis & Company
245 Park Avenue, 32nd Floor
New York, NY 10167

 

11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between Executive and the Company, and this Agreement shall supersede any all other prior agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, relating to the employment of Executive by the Company. This Agreement may not be rescinded, modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed both parties.

 

12. PARTIAL INVALIDITY. The parties intend and agree that if any clause, sentence, provision, section, or paragraph of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason by a tribunal of competent jurisdiction, the remaining clauses, sentences, provisions, sections or paragraphs shall continue to be valid and enforceable. If a tribunal of competent jurisdiction finds that any part of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, but that by limiting such part it would become valid and enforceable, then both Executive and the Company intend, agree, and request that such provision be deemed to be written, intended, construed, and enforced as so limited.

 

13. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law which might otherwise apply.

 

14. ASSIGNABILITY. This Agreement may not be assigned by Executive, and all its terms and conditions shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors. Successors to the Company shall include, without limitation, any corporation or corporations acquiring, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise and such successor shall thereafter be deemed the “Company” for purposes hereof.

 

8
 

 

15. AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE DISPUTES.

 

(a)    Arbitrable Claims . The Company and Executive mutually consent to the resolution by final and binding arbitration of any and all disputes, controversies or claims related in any way to Executive’s employment with the Company, including, but not limited to, any dispute, controversy or claim of alleged discrimination, harassment or retaliation (including, but not limited to, claims based on race, sex, sexual preference, religion, national origin, age, marital or family status, medical condition, handicap or disability), any claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof, and any dispute as to the arbitrability of a matter under this provision (collectively, “ Claims ”); provided , however , that nothing herein shall require arbitration of any claim or charge which, by law, cannot be the subject of a compulsory arbitration agreement. The Company and Executive expressly acknowledge that they waive the right to litigate Claims in a judicial forum before a judge or jury, except as provided in Section 15(f) below.

 

(b)    Claim Initiation/Time Limits . A party must notify the other party in writing at the addresses indicated in Section 10 of a request to arbitrate Claims within the same statute of limitations applicable to the legal claim asserted. The written request for arbitration must specify: (i) the factual basis on which the Claims are made; (ii) the statutory provision or legal theory under which Claims are made; and (iii) the nature and extent of any relief or remedy sought.

 

(c)    Procedures . The arbitration will be administered in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures then in effect (“ Rules ”) of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”), a copy of which is available upon request to the Company, in Wilmington, Delaware, before a panel of three arbitrators, experienced in employment law and licensed to practice law in that jurisdiction, who have been selected in accordance with such Rules. With respect to any Claims, the Company and Executive shall pay their own legal fees (including counsel fees), accounting fees and related expenses incurred by them in obtaining or defending any right or benefit under such Claims, including without limitation all court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenditures of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending or investigating any arbitration, action or suit irrespective of the outcome of such arbitration, action, or suit; provided , however , that, irrespective of the outcome of any arbitration, the Company will pay any filing costs, arbitrator fees or expenses for any arbitration proceeding.

 

9
 

 

(d)   Responsibilities of Arbitrator; Award; Judgment . The arbitration panel will act as the impartial decision maker of any Claims that come within the scope of this arbitration provision. The arbitration panel will have the powers and authorities provided by the Rules. The arbitration panel will have the authority to issue a summary disposition if there are no material factual issues in dispute requiring a hearing and the Company or Executive is clearly entitled to an award in its, his or her favor. The arbitration panel will not have the power or authority to add to, detract from or modify any provision of this Agreement, or any related agreements or plans, including but not limited to any equity awards. The arbitration panel, in rendering an award in any arbitration conducted pursuant to this provision, shall issue a reasoned award stating the findings of fact and conclusions of law on which it is based, and the arbitrators shall be required to follow the law of the state designated by the parties herein. Any judgment on or enforcement of any award, including an award providing for interim or permanent injunctive relief, rendered by the arbitration panel may be entered, enforced or appealed from in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Any arbitration proceedings, decision or award rendered hereunder, and the validity, effect and interpretation of this arbitration provision, shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.

 

(e)    Confidentiality . It is part of the essence of this Agreement that any Claims hereunder shall be resolved expeditiously and as confidentially as possible. Accordingly, the Company and Executive agree that all proceedings in any arbitration shall be conducted under seal and kept strictly confidential. In that regard, no party shall use, disclose or permit the disclosure of any information, evidence or documents produced by any other party in the arbitration proceedings or about the existence, contents or results of the proceedings except as necessary and appropriate for the preparation and conduct of the arbitration proceedings, or as necessary and appropriate for submission in any regulatory investigation or to defend any Claims resolved in the arbitration, or as may be required by any legal process, or as required in an action in aid of arbitration or for enforcement of or appeal from an arbitral award. Before making any disclosure permitted by the preceding sentence, the party intending to make such disclosure shall give the other party reasonable written notice of the intended disclosure and afford such other party a reasonable opportunity to protect its interests.

 

(f)    Injunctive Relief . Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party shall be entitled to seek injunctive or other equitable relief under Sections 4 and 5 from any court of competent jurisdiction in Wilmington, Delaware without the need to resort to arbitration, and each party hereto hereby consents to the jurisdiction in any such court and unconditionally waives any defense of forum non conveniens, and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement.

 

16. COMPLIANCE WITH CODE SECTION 409A. The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided under this Agreement shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A and any payments described in this Agreement that are due within the “short term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, Executive shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of this Agreement and no payments shall be due to Executive under Section 7 of this Agreement until Executive would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A. To the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following Executive’s termination of employment shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following Executive’s termination of employment (or upon Executive’s death, if earlier).

 

* * * * *

 

10
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THIS CONTRACT CONTAINS A BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION WHICH MAY BE ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

 

    KINSALE MANAGEMENT, INC.
       
       
    By:  
       
    /s/ Greg M. Share
    Greg M. Share
       
    /s/ Michael P. Kehoe
    Michael P. Kehoe

 

11
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Summary of Terms of Restricted Stock Grant

 

Award

An award (the “Award”) of 22% the pool of common shares (the “Shares”) of Kinsale Capital Group Limited (the “Company”) designated by the Company for distribution to the management team. The Award shall be subject to the restrictions set forth below.

 

All terms, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the employment agreement entered into between the Executive and Kinsale Management, Inc. 

Vesting Schedule

Restrictions will lapse over a seven-year period, with the vesting restrictions applicable to 12.5% of total number of Shares subject to the Award (the “Restricted Shares”) lapsing at the initial closing and the vesting restrictions applicable an additional 12.5% of the total number of Restricted Shares lapsing on each subsequent anniversary of the initial closing, provided in each case that Executive is employed by the Company on the applicable vesting date.

 

In the event of Executive’s termination of employment due to Disability, any vesting restrictions that would have lapsed in the year following Executive’s termination of employment will lapse effective as of the termination and such Restricted Shares will be treated as Vested Shares. 

Termination of Employment

If Executive resigns (with or without Good Reason) or is terminated without Cause, the Company shall be permitted, but shall not be obligated, to repurchase unvested Restricted Shares at cost and repurchase previously vested Shares granted pursuant to the Award (“Vested Shares”) at fair market value.

 

In the event that Executive is terminated with Cause, the Company shall be permitted, but not obligated, to repurchase Vested Shares at cost and unvested Restricted Shares shall be forfeited. 

Transferability Restrictions

Restricted Shares subject to the Award are not transferable at any time.

 

Executive shall be prohibited from selling or encumbering Vested Shares until the Company effects a Qualified Public Offering (a “QPO”, which shall be defined as a public offering raising a minimum of $75 million of proceeds to the Company at a valuation per share of common stock of at least 3.0x the original purchase price of the Preferred) and thereafter only in a percentage that is equal to the percentage of common shares Moelis Capital Partners LLC and the related investors (the “Investors”) have sold or distributed prior thereto; provided, however, that Executive will have tag-along rights on the Investor’s major sales of common shares. 

Change in Control All vesting restrictions on the Restricted Shares will lapse upon the sale of the Company.  Upon a QPO, vesting restrictions that would have lapsed in the year following the QPO will lapse as of the QPO and the date on which all other vesting restrictions would have lapsed will be accelerated by one year.
Restrictive Covenants The vesting of the Award will be subject to continued compliance with the confidentiality, non-compete, and other restrictive covenants (the “restrictive covenants”) contained in the employment agreement with Executive.  If Executive fails to comply with the restrictive covenants, any Restricted Shares and any Vested Shares may be repurchased by the Company at cost.

 

 

12
 

Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF KINSALE CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 

Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Formation
Kinsale Insurance Company   Arkansas
Kinsale Management, Inc.   Delaware
Aspera Insurance Services, Inc.   Virginia

 

 
 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Kinsale Capital Group, Inc.:

 

We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Richmond, Virginia 

July 1, 2016